> oY rent zs ct 25253 #222. vy aye i 34 ig # b . HEE S07 a heey Sara laFe: POURS SS WAAR Ro rahey: aon ED Shyite ‘. sPadeapateas eiitenin stort Mireacrahs spe TN nineteen Lead otis) Mitenet. + ee By 4 Bee ad arpa enl Ra TALS wt Talal ees ve aly a) Fee sta a yer : AIS eth chat : Me Ses et i a ieee poser! Bey Mi} ears Ube pest + td uaeels Cee aleapate Mideatatint eres Ay sie age ‘ Aa He ve a ‘ ~ of | | | - > = 2 E m 2 3RARIES SMITHSONIAN — sy 5 “YY } = 5 atts [e) EY 2 > Zz SMITHSONIAN | - Bea L, Salyve ISDS : SaluVv INSTITU Saiuva isi NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSITLIBR SMITHSONIAN NOILALILSNI SONIAN NVINOSHLINS SAluVvue SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS NVINOSHLIWS NVINOSHLIWS SMITH - ; > ess SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYUaIT ES SMITHSON! [LALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVa NOILNLILSNI 3RARIES SMITHSONIAN Gtr s S31YVYEIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI Saiuyvusil LIBRARIES INSTITUTION _ NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS se S3!1YVYa!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN “ye AN ‘ eX K S3luvudi1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI INSTITUTION INSTITUTION Yudi1_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S3I1YV LIBRARIES ANLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YV SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS N INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES NVINOSHLINS S3IYWVYdEIT_LIBRARIES NVINOSHLIWS NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 3RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ui a oc tes i OG cm. a — oO = = LINLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS & ; z ao Ws & as SS = > WSS = xy Ee = a o _ =z BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN eee f = Ws x “3 te es SS Ln iSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN S31YVUSIT LIBRARIES _SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saluvyudit LIBRARIES S3lyvVusIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN sziuvugi Salyvydiy INSTITUTION INSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYEITILIBRARIES ISHLINS HSONIAN 1 OSHLIWS HSONIAN OSHLINS SA1YVUGIT LIBRARIES HSONIAN JOSHLIWS THSONIAN a NS 5S » 5 gBFG,2 5 2 > NY 3S > 2 Li Fe > ee] WAS rz ee] = ha C2, ce | = a = SS » — at aa -_ = m SN = m = m = m NS o = o = wo = : n RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3INYVYSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSO ‘ wn z * w a un r za ‘. wn = = = < = W) = = we z Ng 2 = 2 U5 Nei yn 7%) : ‘ - w ene? w Gas n \ BASS w oO. xr 2 WWE fe) =f ro) lf a WILY OC Z E AV" 2 = z, E Woy 2 -: See = z Bei sc JLSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNI_NVINOS “a % = wo — a oc ul : ul Z ul & j a = = = 4 = 4 ce =] z A < a) wy) S 3 : os z 5 2S re} 2 re} e 3 = oe z al Fa zy = = 2 RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS Saldviaya PIBRARIES Sila a <— ° . 6 — 5 = = — — ow acs . - x x - mal = til + S 2 5 2 : E de = 2 = ad = = Gy -— = D z a st wo = WILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVUGIT_LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN Pa elicit |)! | Bez = = ®. = z = << / = 5 2 WS 5 z =| Zz fe) se D9 CeKR =z S xr fe) 2 gz 2 \N 3 = re) ‘ E 2 = y= = 2 E / a = = » = = a ; re ARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Saluvudi7_cIBRARIES SMITHSC 2) = ee) > et no > n” uw , 7) lJ ee WW a = : 2. oy ty a x a a a ap & Bip i z = = = < if Z, ba Sy +b c < e < (== & tS «Uns Si S : 2 =o Ci 0 Wf 3 S 3 m S = oF z a z See 2 4 NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSE BCs 5 = a ee Ge 5 ae o = wo. oe IY w — iss) > : 5 s 5 ¢4> : 2 \ > K > = 4 dipge = a * . 2 = x = UP fei 2 = ras NG = o a n* ‘ = v3 m N ro 7) ns = t,) = n = y Bie ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILQLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, Sa1uVUdI7 SLIBRARIES | SMITHSC Z 2. = see = thy, = . = z 5 z 25 = 9 a 3S 2 me) “2 3 = fe) 2 = 2 iE z E Wer 2 > = = = > = »S = z 7) 2 77) Zz n _NWINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI_ NvINOSI 2 ” 2 o » 2z ws a wn wo wo = = ae 4 ay a a = = a = a a 4 ek = < it < Ss . = ao S oa sr a 4 SN 5 Wa 5 a. a = Eanes: 3 a =i Zz =] ra 4 = RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVuYdI7T LIBRARIES SMITHS ee - z ire = a = °o ies () = Oo = ° 5 a 5 2 = a 5 of, 3 > = = = > -xZZ = a r= 2 E = - “Gy 7) = ” = = = ” ‘Mf? . 2 ae z re 2 a = ILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31IYVYSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILAMLILSNI_ NINOS! z 77) = aN on ad ; o z= << = ZW =F = & = = 5 z 5 VW = 2 SS 3 5 (72) wo wo . no ” on 22) ral O ¥ ale \. [e) x [e) alg = z2 = Zz = z = = > = a = > = ¥ re + ¥ ' ; Pe d : —s (JES _— sae ; ; : i é “) : [ igre? | i & aon DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND LABOR BUTE ENN OF THE mMUREAU OF FISHERIES Wa@re..) ox eT Vi 1904 GEORGE M. BOWERS, Commissioner WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE I1gO05 Le . St ‘a fees “ “ON t CONSE NGS: A REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. By William Perry Hay. (Issued Feb- Saks PULEAI, Vn Gsm OED) apa Se ere es ee ek eee Be Oe SS eo cee eels case 1-20 Tue Mepusx or THE Woops Horie Recion. By Charles W. Hargitt. (Issued February 14, IGS) = SS ee See Str Sac oe tee ees en eg ea 21-79 THE OSTEOLOGY AND IMMEDIATE RELATIONS OF THE TILE-FISH, LOPHOLATILUS CHAM ELEONTICEPS. bye Hrederic-Aq/Gucas: . ((issned! Webruany 14; 1905.)\2222..22-4-2252-2 5-2 2.6 e Sassen aGs Sees eee es Geds cseeeectesenaces sca aes-- 97 Granin marion Onarterial sySpemmin toadfish oo... seins cee ane stew scoot ~ Seco see ss en aa Sees aclesheeeceaceece 98 Cranial portion of arterial system in flounder 99 Ventral ends of efferent branchial vessels and their branches in tile-fish...............--.-.--2----------+++---++- 101 Ventral ends of efferent branchial vessels and their branches in tomcod .....-...-.-...------------+--+---+----e-0- 102 Ventral ends of efferent branchial vessels and their branches in goose-fish.......-.......-.----------------+------- 103 TR STeirEn Hein CCTOSSEECOONLOM DOG WON) tle NS Me sere eee ome ane ete ae ele ee te eee eae sone owpeicseciace ess esas 104 FISH PARASITES OF THE GENUS ARGULUS: Argulus alos, female 122 AA CUT DUO Tin ONG) Ss ae a ry cee Ea neh cer 122 Beer UBLET SCAN e OS UCIT eee et ME Sar itatnata, peels Ne site craiotale eins cree aeptic sSomicleitelee ease oe cite owisicieinisle wine sciences Sais sonee 123 NeNwibye ra CHE OM Eny HIG iA TOS; CH LOSLOMDaiacer So octser ae atoe cctoretsio'e slate alert i =e a wisieidia,s Hisje anise te his Sydawiee oe eine coi 124 Munn elerClIStenOLer sa OlATPUINS CRLOSLOMM es ono. c seas sei se seccGnar acca ccecetneaess Gace saincenenmee sat ceceecmes "195 ONE CREPE MATS ETSI CHUOS LOIN seetne Bie eae aah me ater iaia mre iota lace jee sso a ge ts sinietise fice secs o mee Seae 125 Argulus funduli -. 126 Argulus laticauda . 127 Argulus latus -. 128 Argulus megalops eso bs) en npan LG honereminl euaivanO Are WIS MeEPAlODS es eee ew cect eee ose = sone eae sas lente e ect eernecs -ceccceesceteeess 130 Hepes ouAreUlasmeralops about ready, tO, DAC css. - = ose nce cose messes waco een actos ans eocsecaweccenoreebacececess 130 SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN: eT Eticd sa (eligi Umi COMOMUM) secs s2a2 220 scisncs soe cs es eek teae eect oe ce oeecSos cee sce sse dees eCieecieeeseen-s- 137 Ee CA ORC DONEC DOUIN PAL GCL ORIN. an a alam a le ereinla see e sn nora an npc isaac vie laces salen elscececleee scenes 138 PAROS O IES UATE PAC Li @ SCaW COU Cll Wiasmacs sae ee sea tana aeeea a= os avise eon neaui-ascen Sen cor esos cote anes coretetc 139 Pouring liquid kanten into cooling trays..--........--...--- 139 * Articles used in cutting seaweed jelly into sticks and bars ..- 140 SeuUnori (Gloiopeltis,colitormis) |=. <---.--<22+----cceee-=--- ae sos ace ee JA Tatil SHAT CTH Stas sens sees secede aD ESS ASS SE eOS + SDRC CROCE S DECOR AGES HE SSE SEES Cane Sone me Sra aCseaeenece 145 Kelps used in preparing kombu 147 Kelps used in preparing kombu 147 Norms OBHoGks ised iniratherine» kelpiin Hokkaido: 225.2. o-sssere sacle tenn soe beeen tose ve seeesesce eee acemeeaeees 148 Kelp fishermen of Hokkaido ..........--.---------- 149 Drying kelp on the beach in Hokkaido. . 150 Gathering kelp with poles and drags -- see Gt Gu He Tar Pace ppp ee eee ee ann ae Ne we oe woos Sea abacecesee eee es ceeees de caceseseccas caeeesosecseesawacenesasscee 152 PI HO NONI LVeN COLD AYRVUACIONAA)) cis oo-.0- case Saneen ee cess cose et aces ioe tesees agessc ce ecasenebaneeeee 155 [Bre Dab LO PADUA MeL ODPM ETC ELUL Vet O ILE tar oe ct ce ees Se erin a caceite as sees sete eee ance nee aoee ees 156 Bundle of brush and conical frame used in planting brush on soft bottom .....-........----.--+-----+--+-+-+--+-- 157 Planting bundles of brush on which laver is togrow...... sre oAteoy i saeAr gas nese kaa Aotcoc Hascopeeamanceocus sehoSes 158 Wiha Pal eMC priO rst SOLLLUPS ATO CULULD Pm cies eo eralh etic e inpinclseeiaaniebebcics sega tmatass ease ences on: Sas aatwecnese 158 Sorting and cutting laver-............--. - 4159 Preparing laver sheets -- 26 Seat) RMPSH Te RATA DOT OT OLD MMT e= masa ales alae anaes sais ean emia in olnle Pelee aa [= aie ss ainianiale = sa), 160! Sees pe RC OF an Ce Va) eee ee eas cleans aeemame see oie cen wena acce maa ohana scissor ec ews (naan a naneeeeee sac seas 161 SPOR HIN CUMCL IC KIQTIEANDICY CLS) te tte alse semen een a= eae Se ae eit tai ssa caec, conus seco acne beset a scen ste tie cece ac 161 VIIl LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. UTILIZATION OF SEAWEEDS IN THE UNITED STATES Page. Trishimioss;((Chongrus) Crispus) a= = sae ete seas) see eee ae eee = 170 Dulse (Rhodymenia palmata).-.... SRS AOA Scene 172 Giant kelp (Nereocystis liitkeana) - 173 Rockweed (Fucus vesiculosus) - 175 Sea lettuce (Ulva latissima) -..- 179 “Badderlocks”’ (Alaria esculenta) 180 Dulse (Schizymenia edulis). - 180 IsoPODS FROM THE ALASKA SALMON INVESTIGATION /Ega syminetrica. 212 Rocinela belliceps -.- 213 Rocinela angustata -- 214 Rocinela propodialis - 215 Tolesyholmesi -.2< 25-3520 < sestnsy seo deena Sesion sale sets dee henselae eis Seemann PRS eee Se Sairiciv cea e cio me ee ae eee ea 217 First incubatory lamella of Bopy nailer hippolly test: 22522. Fe5 2 ow cs.s se Gece tise eee oe ae Bae Ree one ee eee 218 Sixth legof Bopyroides hippolyteswoc- so. 2- cece sca c ones eae ewe sens ne espe cin Soe tea ce ne sealant eee See ERE Reece eee 219 Adult female.of Holophryxus'alaskensis\. 2225.2 3 .csacec Seen ns oo eines sea sale ie See oe oe ee ee eo ee 221 Maxilliped’of Holophryxus alaske@nsis§:2-scsemewcstces sone s oes ae Se aesone ents aie einen Sees eee Ee See eee 221 Terminal segment of first lamella of inecubatory plates of Holophryxus alaskensis......................----------- 221 FISHES FROM BOULDER COUNTY, COLORADO: Leuciscus evermannt = 22.22) Ss. oot hes See sce e eee Se cee oe Se ciate ae lel nae Sora eS nse at rat cn 226 FiIsH FAUNA OF THE TORTUGAS ARCHIPELAGO: Holocentrus:tortugee soe essen cece noo neon oreo ies tea eiee eens tees cece aaeee eeeniae eee treet eee eee eee eee 236 Etelides aquilionaris:. - ©5222. 22. cts odscshccesis sees ee asc cnt loca sane sien cee einun clameie oe seme eR eiacs cee eee eee 241 Eviota\personatats .2o cs 55 ee eee ore ee teresa es anette a oe ce ae eaten ie eine ate hate ee oe On ke ee 251 Gnathypops:aurifrons:< <3 +s. ac) see senc2 Sen stn e tae Se ubie eee San Bis e ee seen ce ne aan aes SESE oe ee Soe ee ee ee 252 Execestides egregius: (7-22.22 022 05 cesecseacnsees setee sees seabss soeese sees nsedeense der seeecases sce eeee eee 253 ‘Execestides'egrepius; fromtivie wh aa. ase acer idee ote ais Sb eicnic Se nan este ne dinere etalon Se elec lee eee een eee 253 CULTIVATION OF MARINE AND FRESH-WATER ANIMALS IN JAPAN: Plan’ of a'turtle farm ::5. 02 fos lose see onic Soca eitmints See eaatan ved Nem cieaoke oak eet e Reee Ree ae eee ee eee 261 sectionland planiofiaiturtle ponds ee saa eee ee ee ee eae oto Peto ee et eee ee 262 Diagram. of the: tail/ofa:goldtfish’: 425.2 canescens sea cemanan cee dence ar ae ete ah eee nies eee eee eee eee 267 AMD @mME=TANCH Wohin se = alein ne ssake ne sialon = orate nso vals fe lalele saclay ee siete sie cies erect et Selene ee ee eae eee eee 269 Diagram of typical oyster farm, Kaida Bay.-..........-.----.-.--.----- BOO SOUR SBRAA eros Diae mc noar St aarmaabARGnTape 219 Diagram.of well-developedoysterfarm) 222252 22-5 tesco aoc eee ee ae oe ees Se oe See Eee ee eee eee 279 Bamboo collectors for oyster spat 280 Ground plan of a ‘‘toya’’.......-..-- 281 Map of oyster and seaweed concessions in an estuary of Nihojima........--.--.-----.0--22-2 2222-22 e eee eee ee ee eee 282 PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON: Diagram of normal! bloodpressure from) vemtrally MONTE «im joe elm mies ema lo ae alae mie teat anette eet ete retal ere 435 Diagram of a type of biood pressure from ventral aorta when affected by respiratory moyements..........-.--.-- 437 Diagram of blood pressure from ventral aorta showing rhythmic interference of respiratory movements with PULSE \PLESSUTE 2 - oa crs es wee ee ere st ate otal re eles ha ara eet ti Pe ae wl a a ae 438 Diagram of blood pressure from dorsal aorta 441 Diagram showing maximal blood pressure in ventral aorta when that vessel is completely occluded .- ==, 42, Diagram showing fall in yentral aortic pressure and the irregular heart rate following cutaneous stimulation... 448 Diagram showing effect on blood pressure in ventral aorta and on heart rate following stimulation of the vagus SNC eee SeME SED aoe SOE CCU ma Se EH OSOO sae O0 0 SSDO NESS OudSst saps coecosha Samm arootacusasoseeses Sate aoding SGT Fee 44 AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND: Hyperiagalbaly: 2 cccatceesccen eds cs ene sense ete ce ee cee cierto octets paren oe ee ee ne Secor es oR eee ere eee 464 Talorchestia longicornis 468 Talorchestia megalophthalma 469 Orchestia agilis.............. =e 470 Orchestia/ palustris: .--s520 <> eases Seo samen sean eee ies oem eee “AGH Allorechestes littoralis;:2-222222 222022 jon Sean cane <5 aoe ee eeeesee se =). A) PaO NE StL tb lh ee ogc ss oe eg Ie SSAC DSS SIGS EO rIOnT So soparEoeasNDdseS 473 MryphosaipIn puis ras eee ses ae eae ae ae eee See ete eee 473 Hippomedoniserratuse--02sesc2s0 = cael ee once eee aac e eee cee eteae Be -- 474 Ts ySia nO psis(al Dates ace soe nea ele eae ers ee eet eee crate ae ee ee eee eee ee aa cs) Pontoporeia femorata........- aed Nodes EA omnes SUC EEE Ret eee matinee Ban ehieoeciste 476 austorusarenariush= =n eo- cos eee ee co eeme asec ae ee male one eee ey) Sid IPhoxocephalus hol bolliteiq <2 tse. nee ne sore sees ee eee se Beas. Suse H omecdscopicem aeaccuRoacare ee ie ParaphoxusispiulOSus sse- ease ee = Cee eee saeco Se eee Ree iene eal eal ee ee ate ee eee - 478 AM PELISGA MACTOCE PLA oe areie ates pee ate epee esta ae atta ee eae erate oie tae et reer Ce aS eee = 479) Am peliscaspinipes 2. 226 se oo s.cs oma mete ae sate cee ele ee mele =m eaten nye se ieee ee ee See enclere eter a eoU ACM PELISCA) COM PLESSE ea ee = wetland ee are til Ampelisca agassizivs.: - a oe a a, Sain ane 7 U ‘ 7 A REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. Bay NV TAM Pl RRY HAY, Protessor of Natural History, Howard University. B. B. F. 1904—1 1 eee tM) as Bull. U.S.B.F. 1904 PLATE I. JULIUS BIEN & CO.NLY. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA CONCENTRICA A REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. By WILLIAM PERRY HAY, Professor of Natural History, Howard University. INTRODUCTION. During the summers of 1902 and 1903 the writer was engaged in conducting a series of experiments for the Bureau of Fisheries with the object of determining the life history of the diamond-back terrapin and its adaptability to artificial propaga- tion. The field of work covered Chesapeake Bay and its tributary rivers, but the major portion of the time was spent at Solomons Island, a small town at the mouth of the Patuxent River, and at Crisfield, Maryland, the well-known oyster, crab, and terrapin depot on the ‘* Eastern Shore.” Both of these localities afford excellent facil- ities for study not only of the terrapin native to Chesapeake waters, but of those from other localities as well, for certain residents of these towns are extensively engaged in impounding the animals to fatten them for market, for this purpose buying them wherever they can be obtained. There have thus been brought together collections of diamond-back terrapin which are unsurpassed by the collections in any museum, and which have the added advantage of containing living instead of dead specimens. In addition to the observations in these localities, the markets of Baltimore and Washington have been carefully watched; and the Bureau of Fisheries, through its agents in various southern cities, has secured a number of interesting specimens, from which the accompanying color drawings have been made. Through the courtesy of the American Museum of Natural History I have been enabled to study the terra- pin in that collection, including types of Maximilian’s Hinys pileata; and the speci- mens in the United States National Museum were also placed at my disposal, through the kindness of Doctor Stejneger, who has assisted me in many ways. An extensive series of photographs made by the writer from the living animals furnishes a part of the illustrations accompanying this paper. The remaining plates are taken from photographs by Mr. R. E. Coker, of the Beaufort (N. C.) laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries, and from color drawings by Miss E. A. Woodbury; to whom, and to the dealers in terrapin who assisted me in my work, I return grateful acknowledgment, with especial thanks to Mr. J.C. Webster, of Solomons, Maryland, and Messrs. I. H. Tawes, J. H. Riggin, and A. T. Lavallette, of Crisfield, who allowed me to prosecute investigations at their pounds and to study the shipments of terrapin as received. + BULLETIN OF: THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GENERIC SYNONYMY AND DIAGNOSES. The genus Jalaclemmys was established in 1844 by Gray to receive the species described by Schoepff under the name Zestudo terrapin. The synonymy of the genus is as follows: Emys, part, Dum., Zool. Anal., p. 76, 1806. Emys, part, Dum. and Bibr., IT, p. 232, 1835. Clemmys, part, Wagler, Syst. Amphib., p. 136, 1830. Clemmys, part, Strauch, Chelon. Stud., p. 28, 1862. Terrapene (not of Merrem), part, Bonap., Ossery.s. sec. Ed. d.R. A., p. 135, 1830. Malaclemmys Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &e., of the Brit. Mus., p. 28, 1844. Malaclemmys Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. I, p. 37, 1855, +, p. 41, 1870. Malacoclemmys Agassiz, Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., p. 437, 7 (nom. emend.). Euchyloclemmys Sclater, Ann.and Mag. Nat. Hist., I, p. 292, 1858 (name proposed as a substitute for Malacoclemmys Agassiz). The genus is characterized by Boulenger (1889, p. 89) as follows: ** Neural plates hexagonal, short-sided in front, plastron extensively united to the carapace by suture, with feeble axillary and inguinal peduncles, the latter anchylosed to the fifth costal plate; entoplastron anterior to the humero-pectoral suture. Skull with a bony tem- poral arch; alveolar surface very broad, without median ridge; choanz behind the level of the eyes. Upper surface of head covered with undivided skin. Digits webbed. Tail short. North American.” The species included are JL terrapin Schoepft, JL geographica (Lesueur), and Jf. lesueurti (Gray). In 1890, Baur (Science, XVI, p. 262, Nov., 1890) added to this list two new species, M. oculifera and WM. kohnii, but later he reestablished the genus Graptemys of Agassiz and removed to it J/. geographica, M. lesueurti, M. oculifera, and MM. kohnii, thus leaving J. terrapin of Schoeptt the only species in the genus J/alaclemmys. The examination of the extensive series of diamond-back terrapin which have been available to me shows that instead of one there are at least four well-marked species and one subspecies: J/. centrata (Latrielle), J/. centrata concentrica (Shaw), JI. macrospilota sp. noy., M. pileata (Max. zu. Wied), and J. /ittoralis sp. nov. The description of these will be found in this paper. The genus Malaclemmys as recognized here and by Doctor Baur may be char- acterized as follows: Emydoid chelonians with the plastron united to the carapace by wide but flat bridge; hind legs stouter than the fore legs and provided with a broad web extend- ing beyond the articulation of the nail joint; distinct scales present only on the legs and feet; inguinal and axillary scales small or wanting; horny sheath of jaws straight, strong, and smooth; alveolar surface flat and broad, without ridges; alveolar margins meeting at an angle in the upper jaw and tapering to a triangle in the lower jaw. All the species are American and inhabit salt marshes along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts. i BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE GENUS. By practically all who in recent years have treated of the genus J/alaclemmys, only a single species has been recognized, and although most of the authors have spoken of its extreme variability, but few of them have gone so far as to propose names for any of the forms. The synonymy to be cited is as follows: Testudo terrapin Schoepff, Hist. Test., p. 64, pl. xv, 1792 (not TZ. terrapin Gmel. 1788). Testudo terrapin Schoepff, Naturgesch. der Schildkréten, parts 3 & 4, p. 71, 1793. REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 5 Testudo terrapin Bechstein, Lacepede’s Naturgesch. der Amphib., I, 166, pl. ry, fig. 2, 1800. Testudo centrata Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Rept., I, p. 145, 1802. Testudo centrata Daudin, Hist. Nat. Gen. et Partic. des Rept., IT, p. 153, 1803. Testudo concentrica Shaw, Gen. Zool. III, p. 48, pl. rx, 1802. Testudo palustris Le Conte (non Gmel.), Ann. Lye. N. Y., II, p. 113, 1830. Emys centrata Schweigger, Prodrom. Iconog. Chel., p. 32, 1814. Emys centrata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Ser. I, IV, p. 205, 1825. Emys concentrica Gray, Synop. Rept., part 1, p. 27, 1831. Emys concentrica Bell, Monograph Test. 1834.* Emys concentrica Duméril et Bibron, Erpétol. Gén., II, p. 261, 1835. Emys terrapin Holbrook, North Am. Herpetol., I, p. 87, pl. x11, 1842. Emys terrapin De Kay, Fauna N. Y., i, pl. x11, fig. 63, 1842. Emys terrapin Maximilian zu Wied, N. Acta. Acad, Leop. Carol. XXXII, I, p. 16, 1865. Emys palustris De Kay, 1. ¢., p. 10, pl. 111, fig. 5. Emys pileata Maximilian zu Wied, l. ¢., p. 17, pl. 1, figs. 2 & 3, 1865. Terrapene palustris Bonaparte, Osservy. sulla seg. Ed. Cuvier Reg. Anim., p. 157, 1830. Malaclemmys concentrica Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., Brit. Mus., p. 28, 1844. Malaclemmys concentrica Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. Brit. Mus., p. 37, 1855, and suppl., p. 42, 1870. Malaclemmys var. centrata Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. Brit. Mus., p. 37, 1855. Malaclemmys var. tuberculifera Gray, Cat. Tort., &e., Brit. Mus., p. 28, 1844. Malaclemmys var. areolata Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. Brit. Mus., p. 37, 1855. Malacoclemmys palustris Agassiz, Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S., I, p. 437, pl. 1, figs. 10 and 12, pl. 7a, figs. 11-14, 1857. Clemmys terrapin Strauch, Chelon. Stud., p. 132, 1862.* Clemmys terrapin Strauch, Verth. Schildkr., p. 90, 1865.* Malacoclemmys terrapen Boulenger, Cat. Chelon. Brit. Mus., p. 89, 1889. Malaclemmys concentrica Sowerby & Lear, Tortoises, &c., p. 8, pls. XXXINI-XXXVI, 1872. Malaclemmys terrapin Bangs, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxv11, 159-161, 1896. Malaclemmys centrata Jordan, Manual of the Vertebrates, 8th ed., p. 209, 1899. A review of the literature given in the above list, only those works marked (3) having been inaccessible to me, has brought out the following facts, which are presented in full: 1792. Scuorprr, J. D.—Historia Testudinum, pp. 64-66, pl. xv. ) This author describes ‘“‘the terrapin’’ under the name Testudo terrapin, and gives three figures of the animal, showing the carapace, plastron, and a front view (the first two figures colored). The habitat is given as North America. @ ’ The figure shows a shell which must have come from the northern form, probably from Delaware Bay or northward. The carapace is brown with darker mottlings, and the concentric ridges on the plates are plainly visible. The greatest height is at the 3d vertebral plate. The plastron is light yel- low with a large orange blotch and an irregular dusky ring or rectangle on each plate. Unfortunately Schoepff seems to have been misled by the name terrapin, and accordingly regarded his species as identical with the species of Gmelin, which was based on the species described by Brown from Jamaica (Rept. Jamaica) under the name Testudo terrapin or Testudo palustris. The latter animal has nothing to do with the one in question and belongs to a distinet genus, Pseudemys. 1793. Scuorrrr, J. D.—Naturgeschichte der Schildkréten, Abth. 3 u. 4, s. 71-74. The description previously cited is given, though in German instead of Latin, with the additional statement that two of the shells upon which the species was based were brought by the author from North America. From the context we may infer that these two shells came from Long Island. The figure shown is the same as in the edition already referred to. 1800. Brcusrery, J. M.—Lacepede’s Naturgeschichte der Amphibien, I, pp. 166-170, pl. ry, fig. 2. Under the name Testudo terrapin the description of Schoepff is repeated. The plate is a reduced copy of Schoepff’s figure, showing the shell from the side. a‘*Habitat in America septentrionali. Duas inde mecum adportavi testas; duas minores misit Rey. Henr. Miihlen- berg. Terrapins ibidem nuncupari solent, et hoc sub nomine in soris Philadelphiz, et alibi, yenales prostant. Licet capitis et extremitatum cognitione destitutus, aquaticam esse speciem pro certo tamen scio, nam maxima, quam possideo, hujus speciei testa, ex animali in aquis subdulcibus Insule Long capto, deprompta fuit.”’ In recentissime epistola, Rey. Mihlenberg sequentia addit: ‘‘ Habitat in aquis salsis; ad pedis magnitudinem inter- dum excrescit. Pedes palmati; palm 5, plants 4-dactyla, cauda brevis.” 6 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 1802. Larretuur, P. A.—Histoire Naturelle des Reptiles, Vol. I, p. 145, pl. v1, fig. 2. A description of Testudo centrata, ‘‘la tortue 4 lignes concentriques.’’ This description was com- municated to Latreille in manuscript by Bose, who had had an opportunity to study the diamond- back terrapin in the neighborhood of Charleston, 8. C. It will be noticed that the specific name centrata is the earliest acceptable one, and the type locality may be fixed with almost perfect certainty as Charleston, 8. C. 1802. SHaw, Grorcr.—General Zoology, vol. 3, pp. 43 and 44. The author describes under the name Testudo concentrica a species which he says is sold in the markets of Philadelphia and elsewhere under the name of terrapin. It is a native of North America and was ‘‘apparently first described by Doctor Browne in his Natural History of Jamaica.’’ Character- ized as “tortoise with subdepressed, subcarinated, oval, yellow shell, with the scutella marked by concentric brown zones.’” A varietal form of the species is figured on Plate IX, the carapace being shown in dorsal view, from ‘‘a fine specimen in the Leverian Museum, which is remarkable for having the dark zones on the several pieces of the shell double; being slightly separated by an intermediate line of pale or yellowish ground color.’’? The figure shows the shell of the northern form of WM. centrata, with the not uncommon character mentioned. 1803. Dauprn, F. M.—Histoire Naturelle Générale et Particuliére des Reptiles, Vol. IT, pp. 153-158. Under the name Ja tortue a lignes concentriques, this author describes a terrapin concerning which in a footnote on p. 153 he quotes as follows: ‘‘ Testudo centrata, lineis duabus aul quatuor atris, cireulari- ter centratis, in scutellis lorice superioris et marginis; sterno flavo immaculato, posticeque marginato.”’ Bose, description manuscrite communiquée.—Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Rept., I, p. 145, pl. v1, fig. 2. Daudin doubts the validity of the new species, observing that it differs from Schoepff’s only in having the plastron entirely yellow. His specimens came from Bose, who reported them as coming from the sounds of Carolina. He describes three varieties, two based on color differences and one on the divided nuchal plate, but does not name them or assign localities. 1814. ScuwerGcer, A. T.—Prodromi Iconographize Cheloniorum, p. 32. In this pamphlet occurs the name mys centrata, with references to Bosc, Nouvelle Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle, vol. 22, p. 264, and to Shaw’s General Zoology. In the description which follows there is nothing to indicate which form of the terrapin the author was describing except that it was based on six specimens in the Paris Museum and on those of Bose, which, as before stated, probably came from the neighborhood of Charleston, 8. C. 1825. Say, THos. In this paper the diamond-back terrapin is described as follows: (mys) centrata. Shell somewhat ovate, carinate excepting on the last plate; plates with concentric circles, either simply colored or deeply impressed; posterior marginal scuta crenate; anterior one quadrate; skin whitish, with very numerous blackish spots; jaws simple. Journal Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Ser. I, Vol. IV, p. 205. 1830. Le Contr, J.—Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, III, p. 113. Under the name Testudo palustris, this paper includes a description of M. centrata. The form is not identifiable. Three varieties are mentioned: a. Smooth, with very few concentric strize. Shell above gray, with concentric marks of black on each plate. Sternum yellow, spots on the skin larger. : b. Dark brown, somewhat varied with black; lateral and marginal plates more or less marked with concentric strive; vertebral plates smooth. c. With concentric striz on all the plates and black concentric marks on some of them. The distribution is stated to extend from New York to Florida and even to the West Indies, in salt water and always in the neighborhood of marshes. 1830. Bonapartr, Carto Luctano.—Testudinum Genera. Sulla Segonda Edizione del Regno Animale del Barone Cuvier Osseryazioni di C.-L.-Bonaparte. 1830. Page 157, species 8. Terrapene palustris. The description is in Latin and Italian and refers to M. centrata of all forms. The range is stated to extend from New York to Florida. -~I REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 1831. Gray, Joan Epwarp.—Synopsis Reptilium. Part 1. Cataphracta, p. 27. This author describes Emys concentrica, giving references to Bosc in Daudin’s Histoire Naturelle des Reptiles, Schoepff, Latreille, Gmelin, and Schweigger. The following forms are described: a. livida. Testa livida obscure annulata, Emys livida Bell, Mss. b. polita. Testa margine reyoluta, scutellis nigris politis profunde sulcatis, sterno lutes- cente maculis magnis nigris notatot. Junior, testa carinis continuis scutellis sterni nigro marginatis; cute albido cinereo nigro maculato, capite colloque lineis nigris notatis. Habit in America Boreali. Continuing he says: ‘“‘The head of the living animal is yery broad and depressed like the Hydraspes, and the neck thick; skin slate colored, black-speckled. In the young specimens the skin is bluish and black-speckled; the forehead is marked with concentric black lines, and there are three curved black lines over each ear; the neck is also marked with short black strokes. The polished variety appears very different, but I have seen specimens which unite it with the common state of the species.” The latter part of this description, at least, undoubtedly applies to some other turtle than the diamond-back, probably to some South American species. The forms described under a and b are indeterminable, as no localities are assigned, and the descriptions are such as to make it uncertain whether they belong to this species at all. 1834. Brxtxi, THos.—Monograph of the Testudinata. ~ No copy of this work has been accessible to me, and I am therefore unable to cite the page or plate referring to the present species. From the fact that four of the plates depicting Emys concentrica and intended for this work were published later, by Sowerby and Lear, it is probable that the matter in Bell’s Monograph is of little value. 1835. Dumeriz, A. M. C. et Brsron, G.—Erpétologie Générale ou Histoire Naturelle des Reptiles. On pp. 261-266, Vol. LI, is a detailed description of Emys concentrica Gray. The authors regard this species as one of the most variable known to them, and describe three varieties, A, B, and C, based on the colors of the head, neck, legs, shell, and the markings. The material evidently came from numerous localities, and the distribution of the species is given as extending from New York to Florida. 1842. Horsroox, J. E.—North American Herpetology. Second edition, Vol. I, pp. 87-91, pl. xm. Emys terrapin Schoepff. The author gives a detailed description of M. centrata, in which he refers to the very large head and the frequent greenish color of the head and shell. The specimens were evidently from South Carolina. The distribution given is from Rhode Island to Florida and the Gulf of Mexico (northern shores), and this species is stated to be the only one common to both North and South America. The plate gives two views of an animal which is unmistakably the Carolina terrapin, M. centrata. The predominating color is greenish; the head is large and heavy. 1842. Dr Kay, J. E.—Fauna of New York, Part II, pp. 10, 11. The species figured in plate 23 is the characteristic northern form of Malaclemmys centrata concentrica. The concentric markings on the plates of the carapace are strongly brought out. mys palustris and Emys terrapin are described, the former being called the ‘‘salt-water terrapin’’ and the latter the ‘‘smooth terrapin.” Of Emys palustris the author says: ‘‘It is well distinguished as the salt-water terrapin, for it is found exclusively in salt or brackish streams near the seashore. They bury themselves in the mud during the winter, from which they are taken in great numbers, and are then very fat. The geographical limits of this species extend from the Gulf of Mexico along the Atlantic to New York. They are found along the northern shores of Long Island to its extremity, but I am not informed whether it occurs on the opposite main shore. Dr. Storer does not mention it in his valuable report on the Reptiles of Massachusetts. The Prince of Canino has introduced this species into Italy, but I have not learned with what success.”’ : Of Emys terrapin he says: ‘“‘I am indebted to Major Le Conte for a figure and note, pointing out the distinctive marks between this and the preceding species * * *. They are brought to our 8 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. markets at the same time and sold under the common name of terrapin. The specimens of the two species of the same size, examined by Major Le Conte, were both females. I had noticed the two, but supposed them to be sexual varieties. The market people say they are caught in the same localities; but as Schéepff derived his specimens (the present species) from Miihlenberg, I am inclined to believe that the FZ. terrapin inhabits indifferently fresh and salt water. Schoepff himself found one on Long Island in water which was almost fresh.’’ De Kay’s conclusions regarding the above species must have been based on insufficient material, or possibly on the really distinct northern and southern forms of M. centrata. It would be quite easy at the present day to pick out a dozen individuals in a large series of M. centrata concentrica which would differ from each other quite as much as the two specimens just mentioned. 1844. Gray, Jonn Epwarp.—Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles, and Amphisbzenians in the British Museum, London, p. 28. Malaclemmys.—Generie diagnosis. ‘‘Salt-water terrapin, Maloclemys concentrica=Testudo concen- trica of Shaw,”’ etc. Following this is a description and list of specimens: A, b, ¢, d, e, f, g, h, andi. Under h is noted, “Shell only (young); the three central vertebral plates with a central tubercle, the hinder tubercle orbicular. M. tuberculifera, Gray, B. M. California. Mr. J. Drummond’s collection.’’ As no Malaclemmys is known to inhabit any part of North America except the eastern and southern coastal regions it is impossible to say to what the name M. tuberculifera refers, although the description fits admirably the young of the species from the Gulf of Mexico; the locality given may be erroneous or the turtle may not be a Malacleminys. 1855. Gray, Joun Epwarp.—Catalogue of the Shield Reptiles in the Collection of the British Museum, London, p. 37. Malaclemmys. Generic diagnosis. Malaclemmys concentrica, salt-water terrapin. Var. 1. concentrica. Head black-lined, limbs black-spotted; shield smooth; dorsal and sternal shields with well-defined dark rings. Var. 2. Not named. Var. 3. centrata. Head black, with small specks, ete. Var. 4. tuberculifera. Characters given in preceding reference. Locality, California. Var. 5. areolata. Head small, back elevated. Central America. Peten. For varieties 1, 2, and 3 no more definite locality is given than North America, and the distine- tion is probably based on color variations such as are to be found among any considerable number of these animals. M. areolata is too insufficiently described to be identifiable with anything now known, but the record is of interest in that it shows that the genus extends to the neighborhood of Yucatan. 1857. Acasstz, L.—Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, I, pp. 487-438; IT, pl. 1, figs. 10-12, pl. 7a, figs. 11-14. Gray’s genus Malaclemmys is recognized as very distinct, but the name is altered on etymological grounds to Malacoclemmys. A single species, M. palustris, is mentioned and a short description is given. The range is stated to extend along the Atlantic coast, in salt marshes, from New York to Texas, and even to South America. Specimens from the States bordering on the Gulf of Mexico are said to be generally smaller than those of the Atlantic States and the edge of the carapace is more revolute; but such specimens occur even in the vicinity of New York. In all other respects, also, the species is said to be extremely variable. mys areolata A. Dumeril, it is stated in a footnote (p. 437), was probably based on a specimen with strongly revolute marginal plates, from the Gulf of Mexico. Emys macrocephalus Gray, is said (footnote, p. 438) to have been based on a large-headed yariety of M. palustris (=M. centrata) . Figures show the young and the eggs of M. centrata. 1862. Srraucu, A.—Chelonien Studien. This work has not been accessible to me. I therefore cite the page reference given by Boulenger— Clemmys terrapin, p. 132. 1865. Srraucn, A.—Vertheilungen der Schildkroten. Like the preceding work, this has not been in my hands, and the reference is Boulenger’s—Clemmys terrapin, p. 90. REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 9 1865. Maximinran, Prinz zu Wiep. Verzeichniss der Reptilien welche auf einer Reise in Nordlichen America beobachtet werden; p. 16, pl. 1, figs. 2 and 3. Contains several paragraphs on ZF. terrapin Schoepff, which are evidently condensations of the more lengthy descriptions of other authorities. The author mentions haying seen the animals in the markets of New York and Pittsburg and states that he received in the winter of 1832-33, while at New Harmony, Ind., a lot of nine terrapins from New Orleans which appear to show constant differences from Z. terrapin of the more northern waters, and which he will describe as Emys pileata, “die Emyde mit schwarzen Scheitel.’’ ‘‘#. pileo nigro splendente; corpore cinereo, maculis nigris; testa immaculata aterrima, margine subtus aurantiaco, subrevoluto.’’ Then follows the description of ‘fan apparently female animal:”’ “A thick, rounded emyd, with thick head, massive, strong shell, which, when looked at fron: above, has a rounded, elliptical form, only slightly conyex; somewhat depressed in front and behind; seen from the side, is higher in front than behind; all the marginal plates somewhat revolute, and all the vertebral plates with a strong knob or carina, so that the upper line in profile has almost a saw- toothed appearance. The head of the animal is thick, broad, flat aboye, very smooth skinned, or . covered with a smooth, horny shield, which on the top of the head forms a diamond-shaped surface, and is concaye, in so much as the sides of the head are somewhat swollen. The eyes are not prominent. * * * The horny covering of the lips is yery wide, extending to just below the eyes. The neck is smooth skinned, of medium length * * * Tail rather short. “Color: Head and neck ash gray, washed with greenish on the sides of the top of the head. Upper side of neck clear olive brown, but everywhere with small black or dark-brown specks. Legs and body darker gray than the head, everywhere strongly spotted; an olive-yellow streak from the eye to behind the nose (often wanting). A constant character is the black-brown rhomboidal field which covers the top of the head, extending from the nose to the back of the head and from eye to eye. Carapace uniform black, sometimes brown-black, but without any markings except the clear orange on the uprolled marginal plates. The plastron is uniform dusky yellow, or clear gray-yellow, with an occasional clouding of brown or dusky, usually uniform, however. Lips reddish white, claws grayish yellow, hind legs and tail dark gray with the dark speckling obscure, iris olive yellow with small gold specks. “The male similar, but with a black mustache; plastron clouded with brownish black. “These emyds occur throughout the Southern States, especially in the salt marshes at the mouth of the Mississippi, near New Orleans, whence they were brought to me alive. They are brought to market by the fishermen, especially the negroes and Indians.”’ Maximilian thinks that Duméril and Bibron had this species for examination. The plate shows a male with the above characters. 1872. Sowersy and Lear.—Tortoises, Terrapins, and Turtles drawn from life by James de Carle Sowerby, F. L. 8. and Edward Lear. A series of plates made under the superintendence of Mr. Thomas Bell to illustrate his Monograph of the Testudinata, but owing to the interruption of that work not published with it. Bell declined to furnish text with these plates and it was supplied by John Edward Gray. Emys concentrica, No. 22, p. 8, pls. xxxur, xxxiv, xxxy, and xxxvi. The text is of no value. The description is confined to two lines, and then follow quotations from Agassiz and Holbrook. The distribution is stated to be from Rhode Island to Florida, also along the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. “This seems to be the only Hmys common to North and South America, and it does not appear to be found in the West India Islands.”’ Pl. xxxu, a dorsal view of Hmys concentrica; a represents a rather large-headed form of centrata, but with the concentric markings prominent. Female. Pl. xxxtv represents the under side of the shell only. Pl. xxxy, dorsal view of J. concentrica; ¢ represents an individual with a much-pitted shell. Male. Pl. xxxvi, dorsal view of /. concentrica; b represents an individual probably a Carolina male. 1889. BouLencer, G. A.—Catalogue of the Chelonians of the British Museum. On page 89 this author gives a diagnosis of the genus Malacoclemmys and describes M. terrapin. The full synonymy is the most valuable part of this reference. 10 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 1896, Banas, OurraAm.—Procceedings Boston Society of Natural History, XX VII, 159-161, Oct., 1896. Records the occurrence of M. terrapin in the headwaters of Buzzards Bay, at Eastham, on Cape Cod. “After careful study we came to the conclusion that the terrapin from the whole Atlantic coast is one species. It is subject to the most extraordinary range of individual variations, however, not only in color, markings, and roughness of shell, but in the more important structural features, such as size and shape of skull, of the horny portions of the mouth and the alveolar region. All these variations are purely fortuitous and do not depend on age, sex, or locality. It is hard to find two terrapin alike.” The author does not believe the species was introduced into Buzzards Bay. An 8-inch terrapin, he thinks, is 50 years old. 1899. JorpAN, Dayip Srarr.—Manual of the Vertebrates, 8th edition, p. 209. This work contains a short description of Malaclemmys centrata Latreille. Under this name all the diamond-back terrapin are included, but the work is of interest as being the first in which the proper combination of generic and specific names occurs. GENERAL NATURAL HISTORY, Diamond-back terrapins, so well known to connoisseurs and purveyors of sea food, are distributed more or less continuously along the eastern coast of North and Central America from Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts, to Yucatan.“ All the species are lovers of salt or brackish water and find their most congenial homes in low-lying swamps and protected bays or inlets; but they also occur more or less abundantly in nearly all the rivers that empty into the sea within the limits given, and they ascend these rivers to points where the water is quite sweet. In the James River J. centrata is found considerably above Jamestown; in the York River it was formerly abundant at West Point; in the Potomac individuals have been taken within 4 miles of Washington. Of the habits of J/. V/ttoralis, M. pileata, and M. macrospilota, absolutely nothing is known except as observed in individuals transported to the pounds near Crisfield, Maryland. Here they act much like J/. centrata, but go early into hibernation and emerge late in the spring. The northern species, J/. centrata, is well known, and its habits have been care- fully studied. Its period of hibernation begins soon after the advent of cold weather, but for some weeks it emerges whenever there isa warm day. Eventually, however, it buries itself completely at the bottom of some pool or stream and remains until spring. Very soon after the winter sleep is over it seeks out others of its kind and the process of reproduction begins. Conjugation usually takes place at night or in the very early hours of morning, and always in the water, the diminutive male being carried about on the back of the female. The eggs are laid during May or June, for the most part. Fora nest the female, with her hind legs, digs a hole in some conyenient bank, and at a depth of 5 or 6 inches deposits from 5 to 12 eggs. She then crawls out, carefully covers up the nest, effaces every trace of her work, and departs. The eggs hatch in about six weeks, if the weather is warm, but may require twice as long if the season is a cold one. The young soon after hatching go to the marsh and dig into the ground, where they spend the first winter and possibly a part of the second summer. The growth is, for a turtle, fairly rapid, the average increase in length being about 1 inch a year until 5 inches or thereabouts is reached, when it becomes slower. Growth probably continues throughout the life of the individual but in old age is so slow as to be almost imperceptible. Twenty- five or thirty years is apparently the limit of life. a Their occurrence in Yucatan has been recorded by Gray (1855). It is quite possible that the range extends farther to the southward, but Professor Agassiz’s statement that it reaches some point on the coast of South America is not sup- ported by any evidence. The genus Malaclemmys does not appear in Cope’s list of the reptiles of Mexico. REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 1 The food of the diamond-back terrapin consists largely of such crustaceans and mollusks as it is able to catch and crush, but as its jaws are rather weak it is com- pelled to feed upon the smaller and softer animals of these groups. During excep- tionally high tides it sometimes follows the water into the grassy lowlands, and may be seen to catch and eat insects. The tender shoots and rootlets of some of the marsh plants are also eaten, and undoubtedly at times form a very considerable portion of the food. Fresh water seems to be a necessity to the well-being of the diamond-back terrapin, though it can live for a long time without it. Although it isa common belief in many places where this turtle is found that it is nomadic, moving restlessly from place to place, and that it is able to make con- siderable journeys in a very short space of time, there is no evidence to support these notions. On the contrary, the individual born in or accidentally transported to a favorable locality probably stays there indefinitely; no other theory will explain the numerous local races and the stories of the reappearance of certain marked terrapins season after season. The former abundance of the diamond-back is a matter of record. At one time hundreds could be seen in a single day where now perhaps only one or two can be found in a season. Thanks to lax laws and ruthless hunters, the species is on the verge of extinction, and before long, unless proper measures are taken, must be numbered among the great host of animals that man has exterminated. SEXUAL DIFFERENCES. The sexual differences in the genus J/alaclemmys, aside from the genital parts, are greater than in any other group of turtles known to me. ‘The females are much larger than the males, they alone attaining the sizes usually cited in descriptions. Their heads are heavier and less pointed, their bodies deeper, and their tails shorter. The males seldom, if ever, reach a greater length than 5 inches“; the shell is flatter aTerrapins are usually sold in market by length instead of weight, the measurement being made along the middle line of the lower shell, or plastron, from the lowest point in front to the bottom of the posterior notch. Throughout this paper I follow the popular method of measurement, and such citations of length as are made must be so understood. The length of the carapace exceeds that of the plastron, sometimes slightly, sometimes considerably, varying with the age and the species of the individual; but so far as I have been able to determine the proportion does not possess sufficient constancy to be of value asa character. The following table shows the variations for a number of specimens in this and certain other respects: Bottom Locality. Sex. shell. Topshell. Weight. pone 2 Inches. Inches. Ounces. Years. (WIR eST SND TS. SRS es ess= See PASCO SCE CRORE T ESB aaa ae en ee g 45 53 16 a 2 4 4i 10 5 2 45, 5 16 6 Q 43 5h 16 8 $ Bf 6 24 6 g 63 7 48 | 9 ? Tre 83 48 | 10 ¢ 4} bia 17 6 of 3he 4 5 { Ais 5y H OMTERUANOLIN A enone ae eee eater mais aeicniero ae casas So ccecooceets ven caee nes 9 4 4} 5 Ay 4} ¥ diy 475 ¥ At OF t re 415 UGS Ec es - Bee eee OCA Coe aE pee eee Boe eeRCe ese ac g 4y 53 My at $ Ie {NSSERE 2 ncn caeode esha See mee Se coos on bss See oot sera Sen ease soo oe ones 4 7 * 6% of 4¥5 | | | | 2) BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. than that of the female, and posteriorly more triangular; the marginal plates are apt to be revolute, the head is smaller, the nose sharper, and the tail longer. All these characters, except the difference in size, are shown in the illustrations accom- panying this paper. in-the descriptions the female has in every case been placed first, as the material available consists almost entirely of this sex. The laws of several states where the industry is conducted forbid the sale of terrapin less than 5 or 6 inches in length, and therefore only females are caught and sent to market, the males being thrown aside as worthless. Largely on this account the collections of terrapin, in museums as well as in the terrapin pounds, contain very few males.. Furthermore, in the pounds the males are thrown together regardless of the locality from which they came. If possible, this sex is more variable than the other and is really not as satisfactory for the purposes of the present paper. Of the Georgia and the Louisiana terrapins, the writer has not seen perfectly satisfactory male specimens, but males of all the other species have been examined and will be dealt with in their proper places. DIFFERENCES DUE TO AGE. Aside from the natural increase in size and weight the turtles of this genus exhibit some very interesting and important changes in form and sculpture as they advance in age. The young of the northern species, J/. centrata, and its subspecies resemble the female parent very closely, with the shell perhaps a little rounder and the head proportionally a little larger. The color, however, in every case among the large number I have seen, was a dark blackish-brown, the soft skin being every- where so thickly speckled with black as nearly to obliterate the ground color. The top of the head and the lips were always dark. The carapace and plastron were more or less flexible and the covering plates, while finely pitted, never showed concen- tric ridges, and only occasionally the concentric markings so conspicuous in the adult. As the young animal increases in size the plates of the shell are spread apart. To fill the space thus left new shell is developed, underlying the original plates and extending beyond their margins, where it appears in the first year as the first concentric ridge. Presumably this growth takes place periodically, as Agassiz (1857, pp. 260, 290) observed in several species of turtles, and the age of the turtle can be approximated by counting the ridges. For the first six or seven years the growth appears to be quite uniform, the ridges being well separated and usually quite easily counted. Later in life the growth is much slower and the ridges are so close together and so narrow that it becomes impossible to distinguish them. The determination of the age of a very large and old terrapin is rendered still more difficult by the fact that the shell becomes worn off so as to obliterate all but the last-formed ridges. The sexual differences in the young terrapin are apparent after the second or third year. The striking differences between the young and the adult of the Texas terrapin are described in the paragraphs devoted to that species. Of the Florida species, I have seen individuals ranging from 35 to 7 inches in length. The very young are still unknown. There is, however, some indication of an increasing roughness of the shell with advancing age up to the fifth or sixth year, when the inevitable wearing away of the older ridges begins. REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 18 MALFORMATIONS. During my investigations I have met with a very considerable number of specimens of diamond-back terrapin which in one way or another were malformed, either congenitally or as the result of some injury or disease. Malformations of the latter character are of no special interest, except in so far as they show the ability of the animal to recover from its injuries and the futile effort on the part of nature to regenerate the lost parts. In any large collection of terrapin it is easy to find individuals that have lost a foot. Occasionally both the feet on one side or both feet of one pair will be missing and I saw one individual in which all four feet were gone. After such an injury the stump usually heals over smoothly, but occasionally irregular growths, not at all like the missing member, appear, and the result may be a curiously branched, stumpy termination. I have never seen a specimen which showed even an approximately perfect regeneration of any lost part. Injuries to the body, unless too severe, are often survived. One individual I observed in a pound at Crisfield, Md., had lost about one-third of the posterior half of its body, including its left hind leg. The wound, which must have exposed the body cavity, had healed, and the animal was apparently none the worse for the injury. ; A disease similar to necrosis of the bone has been observed in a large number of terrapins, especially those confined in pounds. The first appearance of the disease is a small white spot on the plastron. This gradually enlarges, pushing its way through the scale, and a cheesy nodule from the size of a pin head to that of an almond kernel drops out, leaving a more or less deep cavity in the bone. Usually this cavity speedily becomes covered with scar tissue, but in some instances it grows until eventually a large area of the shell is eaten away. In severe cases death results, but I saw-one individual which had recoyered after more than half the plastron had disappeared. In quite a number of terrapin from South Carolina and in a few from Chesapeake Bay I have found similar cheesy nodules in the skin of the neck and legs. There was always an aperture in the skin, but no amount of pressure could force out the contents. When the tumor was opened a nodule dropped out which on examination showed a concentric structure. The skin surrounding it was considerably inflamed, but there was no suppuration and the wound healed quickly. The congenital malformations, with one exception, affected the plates of the carapace and were of the most varied character. The most common*was the appear- ance of supernumerary plates, one or more small scales being intercalated among the costal plates. Another, and a very common malformation in one species, was the longitudinal division of the nuchal or the vertebral plates. This seldom led to any rearrangement of the scales, but in one case, on a terrapin from Chesapeake Bay, there was a double series of perfectly formed vertebral plates arranged alternately down the full length of the carapace. The exception mentioned above was a dwarfed animal, which had a very broad and short shell slightly twisted to one side; there was no trace of injury and the terrapin was apparently very old. THE AGE THAT TERRAPIN MAY ATTAIN. Professor Agassiz was of the opinion that most of our turtles, the present species included, may attain a very great age and continue to grow almost indeti- 14 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. nitely. It is true that there is almost indisputable evidence to support this assertion in regard to some species, but for nearly all there is a limit, in size at least. For the diamond-back terrapins the maximum size is about 9 inches, very rarely exceeding 8, and is attained probably at the age of 15 or 20 years. It is quite possible, of course, that the turtles live for many years after attaining their growth, but in this event we should expect to find the plates of the shell worn perfectly smooth, a condition I have never observed in any species except the Texas terrapin, which, probably as a result of the warmer and more uniform climate of its habitat, seems to grow more continuously than its relatives. I am therefore led to believe that from 20 to 25 years is the average duration of life for the turtles of this genus.? DISCUSSION OF SPECIES. Key to the species and subspecies of the genus Malaclemmys. a. Carinz of vertebral plates never tuberculate. Atlantic coast species. b. Head large to medium size; sides of carapace subparallel; southern form ranging north about to’ Cape Hatteras. <2 -22s-- 20 o-oo ee se ace eee eee M. centrata. bb. Head medium to small; carapace widest posteriorly; northern form ranging from about Cape Hatteras to Buzzards Bay ...-..-.-------------- M. centrata concentrica. aa. Carin of vertebral plates more or less tuberculate, at least in the young. Gulf coast species. c. Each plate of the carapace with a large central yellow or orange blotch ~~~... -- M. macrospilota. ce. Plates of carapace without yellow blotch. d. Carapace uniform black or dark brown, top of head and upper lip dark..-...---- M. pileata. dd. Carapace uniform light brown or with traces of concentric markings; upper jip’and: top) of head! mearlyalwaysiwhites=5-—-e-e shee eee ease eee M. littoralis. Malaclemmys centrata (Latreille). The Carolina Terrapin. Pls. II, III, X (fig. 1), and XII (fig. 1). 1802. Testudo centrata Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Rept., I, p. 145. 1803. Testudo centrata Daudin, Hist. Nat. Gen. et Partic. des Rept., II p., 153. 1814. Emys centrata Schweigger, Prodrom. Iconog. Chelon., p. 32. 1825. Emys centrata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IV, p. 205 (part). 1830. Terrapene palustris Bonaparte, Test. Gen., p. 157. 1830. Testudo palustris LeConte, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., III, p. 118 (part). Emys centrata Gray, Synopsis Rept., pt. 1, p. 27 (part). Emys concentrica Bell, Monog. Test. (part?). (This work not examined). Emys concentrica Dumeril & Bibron, Erpétol. Gén., p. 261 (part). Emys terrapin Holbrook, North Am. Herp., I, p. 87, Pl. X11 (part). Emys terrapin DeKay, Fauna N. Y., II (part). Malaclemmys concentrica Gray, Cat. Tort. &e., Brit. Mus., p. 28 (part). Malacoclemmys palustris Agassiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U. S., I, p. 437, pls. 1 and 7a (part). Clemmys terrapin Strauch, Chelon. Studien, p. 132 (part?), not examined. Clemmys terrapin Strauch, Vertheil. Schildkr., p. 90 (part?), not examined. Emys terrapin Maximilian, N. A. Acad. Leop. Carol., XX_CIT, I, p. 16. Malacoclemmys terrapen Boulenger, Cat. Chelon. Brit. Mus., p. 89 (part). Malaclemmys centrata Jordan, Man. Vert. 8th ed., p. 209 (part). Type locality.—Bose’s material, on which Latreille’s description was based, probably came from the neighborhood of Charleston, South Carolina. Distribution.—Littoral region of the eastern United States from the neighborhood of Cape Hatteras southward to the coast of Florida. Characters.—W hen looked at from above, the shell of this terrapin is ovoid in outline, the greatest width being behind the middle and across the fourth vertebral plate; the front is not very deeply, some- times scarcely at all, notched. From the side view the shell is seen to be highest near the middle, the tops of the crests of the second and third vertebral plates usually being the highest points, from which the curve downward is gradual, both backward and forward; the lower margin of the carapace slopes gently downward from the front to a point near the suture between the seventh and eighth marginal plates, a In this connection see Bangs (1896), in which article the occurrence of M. centrata (‘‘ M. terrapin”) in Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts, is recorded and remarks are made on the variations observed in a large series of the species REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 15 then flares upward and outward a little and descends again behind; vertical and horizontal measure- ments of the marginal plates above the bridge—the fifth, sixth, and seventh—approximately equal; “edges of marginal plates from the sixth backward often sharp and conspicuously revolute; inguinal and axillary plates may be well developed or small, or one of them may be wanting; keels of vertebral plates rather low and rounded, those of the third and fourth only being at all trenchant; plates of the carapace usually concentrically ridged, although in large individuals they are apt to be almost perfectly smooth. The plastron is comparatively broad, slightly notched or truncate in front, thence curving outward and backward tothe bridge; behind the bridge the sides of the plastron are subparallel to the posterior margin of the femoral plate, where there is a prominent notch, and are then rather strongly convergent to the ends of the anal plates, between which, on the median line, there is a rather deep notch; epidermal plates of the plastron usually smooth. The head is large and heavy, its sides behind the eyes being more or less swollen; nose short and blunt; jaws strong and provided with a broad horny covering; eyes somewhat prominent, but not so markedly so as in the species from the Gulf of Mexico. The legs and feet are strong, provided with stout claws; hind feet broadly webbed. Tail short and weak. The male differs very markedly from the female in the shape of the carapace; the margins from a little behind the bridge to near the posterior end of the shell are nearly straight, so that they meet at an angle instead of together forming an arc; the marginal plates from a little in front of the bridge to the posterior end are nearly always strongly revolute. The head is proportionally much smaller and lacks altogether the heavy, blunt appearance just described in the case of the female; the tail is longer and stronger. The coloration is extremely variable and offers no diagnostic characters of value. A series of 85 terrapin from Enterprise, North Carolina, showed the following variation: 13 females, 5 inches long and under (measured on the middle line of the plastron), ranged from rather light slate-green individuals, very slightly marbled with darker, to some in which the scales of the carapace were black with more or less wide slate-green margins; the plastrons ranged from a rather pronounced orange yellow, through honey yellow, to greenish gray; in some cases the plastrons were uniformly colored, in others they were more or less blotched or clouded with dusky; the lips were white and the top of the head was white or light greenish. Eight females, 5 inches long and under, had the carapace entirely black and the plastron yellow orange much blotched and clouded with black; the upper lip and the top of the head were black, and the skin of the neck, legs, and tail was gray-green with many short crooked black lines and small specks. Five females, of about the same size as those just mentioned, were almost perfectly intermediate in coloration, haying brownish carapaces with more or less strong traces of green marbling, and plastrons varying from green-gray to orange yellow, some plain and others clouded. Of 8 females about 6 inches long, 2 were very light colored, the scales being marked with concentric lines of greenish gray or brown on a darker background; 2 were very dark brown, the others were intermediate; the plastron was yellowish gray-green, almost uniform in the light colored individuals, but clouded with black in the darker colored specimens. Of the males 20 had the scales of the carapace broadly margined with greenish gray, around a center of black or light brown; the lips and the top of the head were white or whitish; the plastrons were as variable as in the females described above, but the dusky markings had the form of small specks rather than indefinite cloudings. Eighteen males varied from uniform black to specimens in which the scales had a large black center and a margin of dark greenish-gray; the top of the head was black and in all but one case the lips were black; in 11 males the color was like those just described, except that the upper lip was white; in 2 males the color was dark, like those just described, but both the top of the head and the upper lip were white. This form, although variable, can readily be recognized by its large head, smooth carapace, and low dorsal ridge. From North Carolina northward it begins to intergrade with the northern form, M. centrata concentrica, and is displaced altogether before the mouth of Chesapeake Bay is reached. The absence of concentric markings, usually mentioned as characteristic of the species, is apparently the common condition in typical M. centrata, although now and then an individual is found which shows them quite as plainly as the northern form. The usual coloration seems to be dark brownish or greenish black with a border of lighter green gray around each scale of the carapace. It is not exceptional to find individuals of this species with the transverse diameters of the shell before and behind the bridge nearly equal and the sides straight, the outline of the carapace thus a long oval. 16 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Dealers in terrapin regard Malaclemmys centrata with little favor, and it commands a much lower price in the markets than the northern form. The reasons for this unpopularity are variously stated to be toughness and coarseness of the flesh, large size of the bones, lack of flavor, uninyiting appear- ance, and it would seem that all the disagreeabie qualities are found combined in the terrapin from South Carolina and Georgia; those from North Carolina are more esteemed, probably owing to the fact that among them are to be found numerous individuals which can be made to pass muster as genuine ‘‘Chesapeakes’’. By Agassiz (1857, p. 438), and by Boulenger (1889, p. 89), Emys macrocephalus of Gray (1844, p. 26), is regarded asa synonym of M. centrata. Agassiz states that the species was based on a large- headed specimen of the diamond-back terrapin. An examination of Gray’s description shows E. macrocephalus to be indeterminable, as it does not apply to any one turtle more than to another, and even the locality is doubtful. Malaclemmys centrata concentrica (Shaw). The Chesapeake Terrapin. Pls. I, IV, V, and X (fig. 2). Testudo terrapin Schoepff, Hist. Testud., p. 64, pl. XV (name preoccupied). Testudo concentrica Shaw, General Zool., III, p. 43. Emys centrata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IV, p. 205 (part), &e. Numerous other authors as cited under M. centrata. Type locality. —Both Schoepff and Shaw obtained their specimens from the markets of Philadelphia, and we may therefore fix the type locality somewhere in that region, probably Delaware Bay, as in that early day practically all the sea food handled in Philadelphia came from those waters. Distribution.—The littoral region of the eastern United States from Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts, to Virginia or North Carolina; Long Island Sound, Delaware and Chesapeake bays, «&e. Characters.—The carapace has in general the form of that of M. centrata, but is broader posteriorly and the marginal plates behind the bridge are seldom revolute; the plastron, also, is less convergent posteriorly; the plates of the carapace bear conspicuous concentric ridges, but those of the plastron are smoother, nearly always, however, except in some old individuals, showing at least traces of the lines of growth; the head is small, narrow, and neatly formed, the top of it flat, giving the nose a sharper appearance than is to be seen in the other.form of this species. The color varies from uniform black to light brown, the latter always marked with darker con- centric lines on each plate of the carapace and more or less blotched with darker on the plastron; the skin of the head, legs, and tail varies from nearly pure black to a very light green-gray, the latter more or less marked with specks and short, crooked lines of black; the lips and top of the head are usually dusky, but individuals may be found with either or both white. The males resemble the females in the shape of the carapace, except that they are a little sharper posteriorly and the marginal plates are frequently a little revolute; the nose is much sharper than in the females. It seems very probable that some+of the types of coloration indicate local variation, but the species has been so thoroughly mixed by the shipping of large consignments from one place to another that it is doubtful whether anything of this kind could be proved. All the specimens from Connecticut and other northern localities, so far as { have seen, are very light in color, with conspicuous concentric markings, but very smooth shells; Potomae River specimens are similar, but have rougher plates; those from the ocean and inclosed bays of the Atlantic coast of the Maryland-Virginia peninsula are, in more than 75 per cent of the specimens, very dark and without markings of any kind. The terrapin from Delaware Bay are more like those of more northern localities, but usually present very little contrast in the color markings on the plates of the carapace. ‘Many varieties are recognized by the dealers in terrapin—‘‘Chesapeakes,” ‘‘Delaware Bays,’’ ‘Long Island terrapin,’’ “‘Connecticuts,’’? &c.—but in most cases the determinations are nothing more than guesswork. Malaclemmys macrospilota, sp. nov. The Florida‘Terrapin. Pls. VI, VII, and XI (fig. 1}. Type.—U. S. National Museum No. 33917, an adult female from Charlotte Harbor, Florida, secured at the Washington market, December, 1902, by W. P. Hay. Distribution.—Salt marshes of the western coast of Florida, the limits of the range as far as known being from Charlotte Harbor northward to Sand Key. REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. VG Characters.—The carapace does not differ greatly in outline from that of M. centrata concentrica, but is nearly always a little less full along the sides between the shoulders and the hips, the sides in most eases being nearly straight: marginal scales behind the bridge revolute; carinse of the vertebral plates always well developed and, except in very old individuals, often more or less expanded at their tips into roundish knob-like execrescences. Notch in front of shell, above the neck, deeper than in the forms previously described. Plastron usually rounded in front, its sides behind the bridge more nearly parallel and the notch between femoral and anal plates deeper than in M. centrata. Epidermal plates of both carapace and plastron strongly marked with concentric ridges. Head large and blunt and, owing to greater development of the masseter muscles, apparently swollen back of the jaws; horny covering of the lips strong; eyes protuberant, more so than in M. centrata; top of head flat. Legs and feet perhaps a trifle smaller proportionally than in M. centrata. The coloration in this species is very characteristic and will serve to distinguish it at a glance. The ground color of the carapace is a deep blue-black, but near the middle of each plate and covering about two-fifths of its area is a conspicuous orange-yellow spot; the marginal plates are largely orange yellow both aboye and below and as these plates are revolute, a chain of color encircles the body; the plastron is largely yellow or orange yellow, this color having nearly displaced the dusky brown ground color; head and neck a peculiar whitish flesh color, the head almost unmarked but the neck with numerous small black spots; lips and top of the head white; legs and feet light grayish green with many small specks and spots of dark brown or black; tail grayish and usually unmarked. The males are essentially like the females, though much smaller, of course, and with longer tails, but the knobs on the carinie of the vertebral plates seem to be more persistent. In the specimens of M. macrospiiota examined by me, about 100 in number, I have observed little variation. Two specimens were almost entirely black, but a close examination of these showed traces of the characteristic orange blotches. In afew individuals the lips and the top of the head were dusky. When handled, this terrapin shows more readiness to bite than any of the others, and its strong jaws enable it to inflict a painful wound. In one case a piece was cut cleanly out of the palm of an incau- tious investigator. It is qhite surprising that this beautiful species has escaped the notice of naturalists for so many years, but perhaps the growing scarcity of diamond-back terrapin in northern waters has only recently led to the appearance of this animal in our markets. My first specimens were selected from a barrelful which had been sent from Charlotte Harbor, Florida, to a dealer in Washington. In the summer of 1903 I noticed a considerable number of both males and females in one of the pounds at Crisfield, where they had been received from Sand Key, Florida. In the markets the ‘‘ Florida terrapin’’ does not meet with a ready sale. Its peculiar coloration proclaims it at once as different from the Chesapeake article, and by those who have eaten it, its flesh is said to be somewhat gelatinous and entirely lacking in the qualities which have made the northern species famous. Malaclemmys pileata (Maximilian zu Wied). The Louisiana Terrapin. PI. XJ, fig. 2. 1865. Emys pileata Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied, Verzeichniss der Reptilien welche auf einer Reise in Noérdlichen America beobachtet werden, pp. 16, 17; pl. I, figs. 2, 3. Type.—No. 916, American. Museum of Natural History (?) the carapace and plastron of an adult male or immature female from New Orleans, Louisiana, collected by Maximilian. Distribution.—So far as is known, the range of this terrapin is along the Gulf coast from the region about the mouth of the Mississippi River eastward as far as Mobile Bay, and possibly well along the coast of Florida. Characters.—This- species is very similar to M. macrospilota in form and sculpture of carapace, size and shape of head, and proportion of parts, but it differs in coloration. The carapace is entirely black or very dark brown, except for the clear orange or dark yellow of the upturned marginal plates; the plastron is yellow, more or less inclined to dusky or olive, and sometimes with cloudings of brown or dusky. The ground color of the head and neck is a gray or green gray, very clear and light on the sides and lower part of the head, but gradually shading into dark olive brown or dusky on the neck, and everywhere thickly strewn with black or dark brown spots and specks; a large rhomboidal black- ish patch on top of the head covers the entire area from nose to oceiput, and touches the eyelid on each side; the horny coyering of the upper lip is very broad and usually white, but often is strongly B. B, F, 1904—2 18 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. marked with dusky; between the upper lip and the black rhomboidal patch on top oi the head and extending from nose to front of eye there is usually a streak of olivé. The legs, tail, and soft skin of the body are nearly black, owing to the great quantity of black spots which practically cover the surface. The male is similar to the female, but the crests of the vertebral plates are nearly always knob- like, and the size is, of course, much smaller than the adult female. The black marking on the upper lip seems to be constantly present in the male, and has been compared by Maximilian to a moustache. The plastron is nearly always quite strongly clouded with brownish black. Maximilian’s specimens were received from New Orleans while he was at New Harmony, Indiana. Since then no specimens have been obtained until two years ago, when Dr. H. M. Smith, of the Bureau of Fisheries, received two or three from the same locality. These fit Maximilian’s description in every way and place the species on a firm basis. Of the nine specimens mentioned by Maximilian, six seem to have disappeared; the three others are in the collection ot the American Museum of Natural History (Nos. 799, 800, 916). No. 916 is labeled in Maximilian’s handwriting, ‘‘ Emys pileata mihi, Emys concentrica yar. Dum. et Bibr.’? The original number of this specimen appears to have been 65; the other two were numbered 66 and 67. The locality as given on the labels is ‘‘Texas, New Orleans.”’ The specimens are small, and probably represent males from 5 to 7 years_old. It has been possible to examine only three or four specimens of this turtle from the type locality, but I have seen large numbers of females from Biloxi, Mississippi, and Mobile, Alabama, They appear in the markets under the name of Biloxi terrapin or Gulf terrapin, and, next to the northern form of M. centrata, command the highest prices. They are said to be rather tough, however, and according to some opinions are not so delicately flavored as the ‘‘genuine Chesapeakes.’’ In one or two instances among the Mobile specimens there was the faintest possible indication of a large whitish blotch on each plate of the carapace, and subsequent investigation may show that the present species and MW. macrospi- lota intergrade at some point on the Florida coast. At present, however, the indications of this are so slight that the two must be regarded as distinct. Malaclemmys littoralis, sp. noy. Pls. VIII, IX, and XII (figs. 2 and 3). Type.—U. 8. Nat. Mus. No. 33913, an adult female from Rockport, Texas, secured at Crisfield, Md., in August, 1904, by W. P. Hay. Distribution.—Salt marshes and channels along the coast of Texas and outlying islands. Carapace oval in outline, but of nearly equal width at shoulders and hips, the sides conyex, straight, or even slightly concave; notch above the neck usually deeper than in the species previously described; carapace much more yaulted, greatest height usually farther back than in the other species, being at top of third vertebral plate; marginal plates in front of the bridge blunt at the edges, behind the bridge sharper and rather strongly revolute; margin of carapace rounded just aboye the bridge, so that the sharp longitudinal ridge, so prominent in all the other species, is almost want- ing; bridge high; plastron narrower proportionally than in the other species; posterior lobe with more convergent sides. Plates covering the shell thin with old age, often becoming so worn away as to expose the bone beneath them; plates on the plastron usually quite smooth. on the carapace sometimes smooth, but usually concentrically ridged or roughly pitted. Head large, the nose blunt. In the male the carapace is flatter than in the female marginal plates from near front of the shell backwards strongly revolute; plates of the carapace much pitted. The coloration is variable. Of the 250 specimens examined the few males were all dark brown; there were a few females which were almost black, with dark heads, necks, and legs; others were so light a greenish gray as to appear almost white; the majority, however, were brown, varying from rather light yellowish brown to dusky. The upturned marginal plates in the darker colored individuals were orange, but in light-colored specimens were light greenish gray or nearly white; the plastron was Characters. usually yellowish, but if the carapace was very light colored, the plastron was nearly white with a faint greenish tint; the markings on the plates of the carapace were always indistinct, but occasionally there was a faint indication of one or two concentric bands near the centre; usually, however, the plates were only slightly and irregularly clouded, or unmarked. The top of the head was usually dusky, but sometimes white, and the upper lip was white in every individual. The soft skin was everywhere a pronounced green-gray, but thickly marked and more or less obscured by small, nearly circular, black or brown spots. REVISION OF MALACLEMMYS, A GENUS OF TURTLES. 19 All the terrapin of this species that I have seen alive came from Rockport, Texas, but they are said to occur southward as far as Brownsville, at least, and northward as far as Galveston. In the American Museum of Natural History there are four specimens of this turtle, Nos. 801, 802, 804, and 805, which were probahkly collected by Maximilian; no locality is given for them other than Texas. It is quite possible that the range of this species and that of W. pileata merge somewhere between Gal- yeston and New Orleans, and it may be that the two will be shown to be more closely akin than is indicated by the classification adopted here. The very dark brown individuals of M. Jittoralis are very similar in general appearance to the Mobile Bay specimens of M. pileata, but may usually be distin- guished by the higher and heavier body and the white upper lip. A yery interesting malformation, consisting in the longitudinal division of one or more of the vertebral plates, was observed in many individuals of this species, a condition so common that it was really difficult to pick out a full-grown specimen which did not show it in some degree. As to the possession of the inguinal plate, these terrapin were variable; of 50 specimens examined for this character, 26 had it and in 24 it was wanting. The young of WV. littoralis are very remarkable, and in the absence of any other distinctive charac- ters would serve to separate the species from M. centrata. I haye secured a good series of the young from eggs laid in one of the terrapin pounds near Crisfield, Maryland. They are much larger than the young of M-centrata, having probably twice the bulk, and seem much more vigorous and lively. The first vertebral plate is raised on the middle line to form a broad, low carina; on the second plate the elevation is greater, and stands out as a smooth boss on the otherwise finely wrinkled plate; the elevation on the third plate has the form of a hemispherical button with a well-marked constriction around the posterior half of the base, so that it stands up prominently above the plate posteriorly but anteriorly slopes into it; on the fourth plate the elevation rises into a knob-like protuberance from a base which is constricted all around; the tubercle of the third plate is usually the broadest, but the one on the fourth plate is the highest and most conspicuous of the three; all are smooth and polished, while the plate upon which they rest is finely wrinkled. The fifth vertebral plate is flat or with only a trace of an elevation. The color of these young specimens is brownish yellow or horn color, and the margins of all the plates of the carapace are thickened and darker than the remainder of the plate. The centres of the costal plates usually bear a small dark dot, around which there is sometimes a narrow dark ring. Attention has already been called to the knob-like tubercles observable on many specimens of M. macrospilota and M. pileata, and these unquestionably baye their origin in structures such as those just described in WV. Jitloralis. In the latter species they seem to disappear with age, but in macrospi- lota and pileata they persist, in the males at least, for many years, increasing in size very little, if at all, but very conspicuous when present. In the hundreds of adult and young terrapin from the Atlantic coast which have come under my observation, nothing approaching this character has been found, and it will therefore serve to divide the genus into two distinct groups. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE ll. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA, FEMALE. SPECIMENS TAKEN NEAR BEAUFORT, N. C. Figs. 1 and 2. An individual 4 inches long. Fig. 3. A nearly full-grown individual 6} inches long. Figs. 4and 5. An indiyidual 32 inches long. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE Ill Fig, 4. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA. SPECIMENS FROM BEAUFORT, N. C. Figs. land 2. An adult male 4 inches long. Fig. 3. A 3-inch female. Fig. 4. A 4}-inch female, Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLaTE IV. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA CONCENTRICA, FEMALE. Figs. 1-4. An individual 7} inches long, from Chesapeake Bay. Fig. 5. An individual 5! inches long, from the same locality. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLATE V. Fig. 3. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA CONCENTRICA. Figs. 1 and 2. An adult male, from Chesapeake Bay (about two-thirds natural size). Fig. 3. Young, of same species, leaving the nest (about natural size). " i rete sale Rhy ee = : Paes 2 = = oa eos, T; ut a. or . is a ~ Pi? 1 me a Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLATE VI. Fig. 5. MALACLEMMYS MACROSPILOTA, FEMALE. Fig. 1. An individual about 6 inches long, from Sand Key, Florida. Figs. 2-5. An individual 6} inches long, from the same locality. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLaTe VII. MALACLEMMYS MACROSPILOTA, MALE. Figs. 1 and 2. An adult from Sand Key, Florida (about one-half natural size). Fig. 3. Another individual from the same locality, showing tubercles on the vertebral plates (about two-thirds natural size). i | Sa Sf Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLate VIII. Fig. 1. Fig. 3. Fig. 5. MALACLEMMYS LITTORALIS, FEMALE. Figs. 1-4. An individual 7 inches long, from Rockport, Tex. Fig. 5. A slightly smaller individual. aU Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE IX. MALACLEMMYS LITTORALIS. The figures represent the same individual, an adult male 5 inches long, from Rockport, Tex. The tip of the tail has been injured. *. Cr ai aee £. r Bull. U.S.B.F. 1904 PLATE X. |. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA 2.MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA CONCENTRICA JULIUS BIEN & CO.N Bull. U.S.B.F. 1904 PLATE XI. |. MALACLEMMYS MACROSPILOTA 2. MALACLEMMYS PILEATA JULIUS BIEN & CO.NY Ae Bull. U.S.B.F. 1904 PLATE XIl |. MALACLEMMYS CENTRATA (YOUNG). 2. MALACLEMMYS LITTORALIS (YOUNG) 3. MALACLEMMYS LITTORALIS (ADULT) JULIUS BIEN & CO.NY CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES AT WOODS HOLE, MASS. THE MEDUSA: OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. By CHARLES W. HARGITT, Protessor of Zoology, Syracuse University. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES AT WOODS HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS. THE MEDUSA! OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. By CHARLES W. HARGITT, Professor of Zoology, Syracuse University. INTRODUCTION. The present report forms one of a series projected by the director of the biological laboratory of the United States Bureau of Fisheries, the primary object being to afford such a biological survey of the region as will bring within easy reach of students and working naturalists a synopsis of the character and distribution of its fauna. The work which forms the basis of this paper was carried on during the summers of 1901 and 1902, including also a brief collecting reconnaissance during the early spring of the latter year, thus enabling me to complete 2 record of observations upon the medusoid fauna during every month of the year, with daily records during most of the time. For parts of these records during late fall and winter I am chiefly indebted to Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, which it is a pleasure hereby to acknowledge. It is also a pleasure to acknowledge the cordial cooperation of the Commissioner, Hon. George M. Bowers, and of Dr. H. M. Smith, director of the laboratory in 1901 and 1902, Most of the drawings have been made directly from life by-the writer or under his personal direction. A few of those occurring in the text have been copied from various sources, due credit for these having been given in every case, so far as known. Since the publication of ** North American Acalephee” by Alexander Agassiz in 1865 no connected and systematic account of the medusoid fauna of the north- eastern Atlantic coast has been undertaken. Various reports dealing only inci- dentally with this phase of the subject have been made from time to time by Prof. A. E. Verrill, notable among these being that known as ‘*The Invertebrate Fauna of Vineyard Sound,” in the Report of the United States Fish Commission for 1871; and a number of papers by J. Walter Fewkes have appeared in issues of the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, describing new species and incidentally giving some account of their morphology. More recent contributions are several articles by Mr. A. G. Mayer, in conjunction with Mr. A. Agassiz, dealing with various aspects of the subject, though not limited especially to this region— indeed, only touching it in a very general way. 23 24 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. While by reason of the peculiar interrelations of hydroids and meduse the present paper may here and there touch to a limited extent a phase of the subject included in Nutting’s ‘‘ Hydroids of the Woods Hole region,” it will not materially - duplicate that work, but rather supplement and extend it, the two parts forming a fairly complete summary of the entire phylum, the Anthozoa alone excepted. The present paper will also include something in the nature of a synopsis of the develop- ment of representative forms, together with data as to habitat, seasonal variations, etc. The region covered will be about that already outlined by Nutting, namely within the limits of a single day’s cruise from the Fisheries Station; for example, Cape Cod and Nantucket on the east, the Gulf Stream on the south, and Narragansett Bay or Long Island Sound on the west. The order of presentation will follow substantially that adopted by the present writer in th, ‘*Synopsis of the Hydromedus,” recently published in the American Naturalist, ywpich follows in general order and nomenclature Haeckel’s ‘* System der Medusen,” th ugh without adherence to that or any special authority, except as noted in the bgdy of the paper. While deploring the more or less chaotic condition of existing systems of taxonomy in relation to coelenterates, it has not seemed expedient to propose any radical changes at present, even if data were available for such an undertaking. A prerequisite thereto, and one open to students of the group everywhere, is the critical study of ontogeny. Unfortunately, this has not only been neglected in too many cases, but the tendency to devote attention to a single phase of the subject, for example, the Aydroid, or on the other hand the medusa, has, perhaps indirectly, cultivated the neglect. It is greatly to be desired that in the future less emphasis be placed upon elaborate monographs of ‘*Gymnoblastic Hydroids” or ‘System der Medusen,” valuable as these have been, and more upon monographs of Hydromeduse, or, in other words, monographic details of the ontogeny of species, constitution of genera, families, and orders, including also critical data as to the varietal effects of environment, nutrition, ete. Such monographs would afford final data from which a consistent and scientific taxonomy might be established. Except in so far as necessary in order to obviate ambiguity, little effort has been devoted in the present report to details of synonymy, or to the unraveling of conflicting claims of priority, ete. ” GENERAL ACCOUNT. Under the general title of ‘*Medusee” are included animals of a remarkable range of size, habits, distribution, and life history. In size they vary from less than a millimeter in diameter in the adult condition, as in many of the Hydromedusie, up to enormous specimens of Scyphomeduse, more than 2 meters in diameter and with tentacles more than 30 meters in length. One of the interesting anomalies associated with some of these animals is that notwithstanding their large size, no less than 99 per cent of the entire mass is com- posed of water, so that a specimen exposed upon a clean surface to the desiccating influence of sun and air would, after a few hours, leave hardly sufficient organic matter to identify the place. Such being the case it might not be a wholly unwar- ranted paradox to define.a medusa as organized and animated sea water. In habit most meduse are marine, though a few are known to occur in fresh MEDUS& OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 25 waters of inland lakes. Most are free swimming at some time during their life history, yet not a few among both Hydromedusee and Scyphomeduse are per- manently sedentary, some as degenerate sporosacs, others as polyp-like forms such as the Lucernaride. In distribution they range from a littoral to a pelagic life and from the surface to abyssal depths. Under the head of Medusie is also usually included a group of animals of similar form and habits, though of somewhat doubtful structural affinities, namely, the ctenophores or **comb- jellies.” While admitting a reasonable doubt as to their true morphological relations, the ctenophores may still be most conveniently recognized as a distinct class of medusze and included within the present synopsis. Hence species indigenous to this region will be noted and briefly described. Concerning the economic relations of medusz very little is knov That they sustain intimate general relations to the varied forms of marine life an hardly be doubted. Their vast numbers, wide distribution, and more or less @ ‘ive life habits all support the general inference. The well-known cases of comme alism existing between meduse and several species of fishes which follow them at umes with more or less persistence, often taking refuge in the frills of the pendulous lobes of Seypho- medusz, and resisting efforts to separate them, still further suggest the probability. Some fishes are said to feed upon the oral tentacles and margins, as well as the larger tentacles of the umbrella, which they tear off at times with great vigor. Often, however, the meduse reverse the operation and deyour the fishes. It does not seem likely that medusze can afford any large measure of food for fishes in general, but several species of fish are known to feed upon them at times with great avidity. The horned dog-fish, Squalus acanthias, when first arriving at Woods Hole in the spring migration, in May, is said to feed largely on ctenophores. (H. M. Smith.) The sun-fish, J/ola mola, and also the file-fish, A/utera schoeppi, have been found by Mr. Vinal Edwards to have fed entirely on ctenophores and medusee. As aspecial case of mutualism between fishes and medusz may be mentioned that of the young of the butter-fish, Rhombus triacanthus, found with Dactylometra quinquecirra. Whether this particular case is of more than temporary nature may be doubtful. So far as I am aware it is chiefly, if not wholly, limited to the period of the young fish. Another case of similar character is that of the Portuguese man- of-war, Physalia pelagica, with its commensal, the Portuguese man-of-war fish, Nomeus gronovii. In a single excursion in 189+ the United States Fish Com- mission collected 21 specimens of this fish, averaging 6 inches in length, all of which were found associated with Physal/a. A dozen specimens of omeus have been found under a single Physalia. (H. M. Smith.) While the importance of medusze as food for fishes may as yet be an open question, there can be no doubt, on the other hand, that fish, especially the fry, are an important article of food to many meduse. Even small Hydromeduse, such as Gronionemus, gorge themselves with fry frequently too large to be entirely swallowed, and large medusx, like Cyanea and Aurelia, are often found with their stomachs filled with fish of considerable size, some of which are often in a partially digested condition. It is not rare to observe the capture of minnows by medusze in the aquarium. In general, however, so far as my own observations go, the prin-_ cipal food source of the smaller medusie is copepods, and since copepods also furnish 26 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU Of FISHERIES. an important part of the food of fish fry, the relations of fish and medus in certain cases may be due to the relation of both to a common source of food. In this connection may be noted another feature of medusoid life, namely, suscep- tibility to certain parasites. When working upon the regeneration of meduse, I found several species of Protozoa very closely associated with them and, under the limitations of the aquaria, often exceedingly troublesome, seriously interfering with the progress of the experiments. This suggested the probability of a parasitic relation. I have also found seyeral species of Hydromedus infested with a minute nematode, a species of 2/stomum, which in many cases was so abundant as to per- meate almost every part of the medusa. The parasitism of a small actinian, a species of Kdwardsia, on Mnemiopsis leidy/, is well known, though the entire history of the case is not yet fully determined. The irregular and apparently capricious occurrence and distribution of medusze has long been known but little understood. That many have a seasonal period there can hardly be reasonable doubt. Such for example is true of /Zybocodon, Sarsia, Tima, Pennaria, ete., among Hydromedusie, and Dactylometia, Cyanea, wd to a less extent Aurelia, among Seyphomedusee. Further consideration will be given to this in connection with the subsequent descriptions. Agassiz has called attention to the gregarious habit noted among many medusie at certain times and places (cf. Catalogue of North American Acalephe, pp. 42, 46), and has sought to explain the phenomenon as due to breeding conditions. This seems to me a somewhat gratuitous assumption, as facts do not confirm it so far as my observations have gone. As I have elsewhere suggested, it seems much more probable that these aggregations may be quite as easily accounted for by the influence of prevailing winds, tides, etc. At no time haye I seen Cyanceu in greater numbers than in April, when the specimens were very small, hardly more than 2 to 3 inches in diameter, and sexually immature. A change in the direction of wind or tide would disperse them again within a day’s time so that only by careful search could an isolated specimen here and there be noted. This is true likewise of many Hydro- meduse, which may often occur in large numbers for a day or two and then as suddenly disappear. The occurrence of some other species, however, is less easily explained. For example, Rhegimatodes tenis and Staurophora laciniata I have taken but twice at this station in ten years. Both of these being of littoral babitat their appearance could hardly be accounted for by a heavy wind from the direction of the open sea, as may be the case with pelagic forms like Zrachynema or Physalia. When we know more definitely the details of the life history of such forms, light will undoubtedly be thrown upon this as well as many other more or less obscure phenomena concerning them. A feature more or less similar to those just discussed is the apparently nocturnal habits of not a few meduse. Whether the occurrence at the surface during the early evening or night can be said to constitute a definitely nocturnal habit may be an open question, but certain it is that there is here a fairly well-defined responsive- ness to light and darkness. This has been experimentally demonstrated in several well-known cases—for example, Gonionemus, Pennaria, ete., where advantage has been taken of it to secure the discharge of ova at times other than those normal to the species. May there not be here also an explanation of a fact that has been often MEDUS#® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. Dit observed—namely, that cloudy or foggy days are frequently better times for collect ing from the surface than bright, clear weather? If, however, such a nocturnal, or negatively heliotropic, habit exist, we must seek the seat of response in different organs. If we may allow that sensory bulbs are present in Gon/onemus and are visual, we shall he confronted with a variation of the problem in Pennaria, which is wholly devoid of such organs, and without sign of ocellar bodies. It should be noted in this connection that experiments on /ennaria as to the effects of darkness were entirely negative in results; at the same time no medusa known to me is more apparently responsive to twilight conditions in its liberation from the hydroid, and in the prompt discharge of its sexual products immediately after. I have elsewhere pointed out that /’%nnar7a shows certain aspects of degeneration, and among them the visual organ may have been involved. If such has been the case, the process must have been a gradual one, during which the visual function may haye become more or less generalized and distributed over the entire nervous organization, or to generalized sensory cells similar to those of many other well-known animals, as the earthworm, for instance. The brilliant coloration of many medusz is too well known to naturalists to need particular emphasis, and to the general reader it will suffice to refer to the accom- panying plates, from some of which a better idea may be obtained than would be given by means of verbal description. Like several of the problems already raised, that of color is noteworthy, if not indeed among the most difficult associated with medusoid morphology, in connection with which it has usually been considered. As will be seen from the following discussion, there is good reason to believe that the most hopeful outlook for its solution lies along the line of physiology rather than morphology. As already pointed out, many medusze are apparently devoid of visual organs, and this fact alone would seem to preclude the usual explanation of coloration as found among animals possessing eyes of any marked acuteness. Again, it has been pointed out that many medusie are of abyssal habit, where solar light is almost if not wholly absent, and where in creatures with or without eyes color as a physical feature must necessarily be of minimum yalue. Many naturalists have speculated upon these phenomena, and various theories have been proposed by means of which it was sought to bring them into some sort of harmony with our ordinary conceptions of color as a factor in adaptation and natural selection. It has been suggested that the absence of solar light at great depths is measurably compensated for in the pres- ence of phosphorescence, a property known to be possessed by not a few abyssal animals, and that this is adequate for the recognition of colors, or to render colors variously protective. While these views are interesting and somewhat suggestive, they seem to me to fall far short of affording even an approximation toward anything like a solution of the simplest aspects of the problem involved. That phosphorescence may afford some small measure of illumination when possessed by segregated groups of deep- sea forms may be true, but not more so than in the case of surface and littoral animals of similar properties. So far as I am aware, there has been little, if any, disposition to interpret phosphorescence among the latter as serving any such function; and while this alone may not disprove for it a function very different under the very 28 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. different condition of deep-sea life, the burden of proof rests upon those who make the claim. Whether available or not for animals with functional visual organs, however, it fails to touch the problem among creatures which, like many of the medusze, are wholly devoid of such organs; but interesting as might be further dis- cussion, the present is not the most appropriate place for the treatment of this and related problems, nor is their morphological aspect likely to afford more than mere plausibility. As suggested in a previous paragraph, it seems to me to be a physiological rather than a morphological question. This phase has been discussed hy me elsewhere (cf. Science, Jan. 22, 1904), and the briefest summary is all that can be attempted here. It was long ago pointed out by Darwin himself that color among lower forms could not have any value as a factor in natural selection; it was considered as an expression of the ‘‘chemical nature or minute structure of their tissues,” and Wallace regarded color as ‘fa normal product of organization” among such creatures. It has more recently been determined that among annelids, mollusks, and, indeed, among certain insects, coloration often results from the purely physiological processes of excretion, and I have shown that the same is probably true concerning the coloration of meduse and other ceelenterates. Morgan and Stevens have demonstrated that among hydroids during regenerative processes pigmentary matters, which were first thought to have an important function, were in reality waste products in process of elimination. The marked changes of coloration often observed in these organisms under artificial environment have been shown to be associated with changed conditions of nutritive metabolism in some instances, while in others light has been found to be an important factor. Similar observations and conclusions are not lacking concerning coloration among echinoderms, crustacea, and many other groups. Without seeking to discredit the value of color as a factor in adaptation among some of the highly specialized groups, I can not repress the conviction that its importance in this respect has been greatly overestimated. SYSTEMATIC SYNOPSIS. The medus comprise three fairly well differentiated classes, known as Hydromeduse, Seypho- medusee, and Ctenophora, and distinguishable by the following diagnostic characters. I. HYDROMEDUS.%.—Definite velum, gonads usually ectodermal and developed upon the walls of the manubrium or beneath the radial canals; sensory organs in the form of ocelli or otocysts, never modified tentacles. Polyp stage usually present, but devoid of gastric filaments or ridges, and producing medusie or sporosacs by a process of budding. Il. SCYPHOMEDUS 2®.—Devoid of true yelum; gonads always entodermal, and borne within the gastric pouches; sensory organs when present are usually entodermal and are perhaps modified tentacles. Polyp stage when present possessed of distinct gastric ridges and often filaments, and multiplying or metamorphosing by transverse fission to form the larval medusa. II]. CTENOPHORA.—Devoid of nematocysts, locomotion by means of vibratile plates, which are arranged in eight meridional rows. Tentacles when present only two in number, adradially placed on opposite sides of the body. THE HYDROMEDUS#&. The Hydromedusze comprise some five fairly distinct orders: I. Anrnomepus®.—A more or less hemispherical umbrella, sometimes ovoid or conical; velum usually well developed, affording an effectual swimming organ, because of which these medusse are MEDUS2 OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 29 characterized by an active habit and quick vigorous movements lacking in many of the other orders. Sensory organs when present are on the bases of the tentacles as pigmented, ocellate structures, prob- ably visual in function. Otocysts are entirely lacking in this order. The radial canals are usually four in number, rarely six or eight. Gonads are deyeloped and borne on the walls of the manubrium, rarely extending somewhat upon the proximal portions of the radial canals. —Nemopsis. II. Lerromepus©.—Compared with the Anthomedusze the umbrella of medusze of this order is usually flat and disk-like; velum smaller and more delicate, at times difficult to distinguish, so that in many of the species motion is somewhat sluggish, being produced as much through the general contraction of the umbrella as by the velum. Sensory organs, when present, are usually otocysts, rarely ocelli, more rarely both, or both may be lacking. Otocysts are usually borne between the bases of tentacles, sometimes upon the inner side of their bases, and are probably equilibrium organs rather than visual. Gonads are borne along the line of the radial canals, rarely extending to the manubrium and upon its sides.— Tima, Nemopsis. III. Trachomepus®.—Usually devoid of a polyp stage, though the recent determination of this in Gonionemus, by Perkins, suggests the possibility of its occurrence in others. Sensory organs, when present, are otocysts, entodermal in their origin, ocelli usually lacking. Gonads borne upon the subumbrellar surface of the radial canals, often throughout their entire length. Umbrella usually hemispherical or bell-shaped; marginal tentacles usually numerous. IV. Narcomepus®.—Somewhat flattish, or disk-shaped umbrella, with tentacles set in socket-like receptacles high on the exumbrellar surface; radial canals usually in the form of flat, pouch-like diverticula of the stomach. V. SrpHonopHora.—Comprising free-swimming polymorphic colonies, which are produced by budding from a medusoid individual. Gonads produced in specialized medusoid gonophores which seldom become free from the colony. The Siphonophora are characterized by an extreme degree of specialization found nowhere else among the ccelenterates, so great indeed as to leave some doubt as to the homologies of some of the individuals. . ANTHOMEDUS. Coponi1ip#.—Manubrium cylindrical; mouth simple, devoid of lobes or tentacles; gonads borne on the manubrium, but not radially divided; radial canals four, narrow; marginal tentacles four, unbranched. Trarip#.—Manubrium quadrangular; mouth with four lobes, simple or fimbriated; gonads four or eight, radially disposed upon the manubrium; radial canals four, rather wide; marginal tentacles unbranched. MarGcerip®.—Manubrium quadrangular, mouth usually simple or with four plain lip-like lobes, and with four or more simple or branched oral tentacles; gonads four or eight, borne on the manubrium; radial canals four, usually narrow; marginal tentacles unbranched. CLapoNemMIp&. —Manubrium usually quadrangular, mouth rarely simple, usually provided with oral lobes or tentacles; radial canals narrow; marginal tentacles variously feathered or branched. Family CODONIIDA. KEY TO THE GENERA. A. With two or four marginal tentacles, equally developed. 1. Tentacles and manubrium long, the latter extending far beyond the velum; bell hemispherical........-..: Syneoryne 2. Tentacles rather short and stout, capitate ends, manubrium with one or more constrictions, sometimes extending slightly beyond the velum; bell often conical... 3. Tentacles as in preceding, but clavate, and with a distinet ring of nematocysts between the base and club-like ends; bell rather high and with rounded projection. .........-.-..-.--------------- 4. Tentacles closely coiled in swimming; bell high and with eight rows of nematoc 5. Tentacles only two at liberation, four in maturity; bell oval or hemispherical, its surface dotted with THETA TS NT 5 se ec Sb eee Sos Sn DE SESE AIC CODES GOCE Sa ce AS OT OOS eRe hoe ae ieee ta eC OSS Eee moe aos Hydrichthys PRUE CeNMGIMEN any sDell ClOUPALE, OVAL... coca ccc =< ce nle deuce cine oie ees lee nen =e mane ol minfeniatls eee alm Pennaria 7. Tentacles only two; bell hemispherical and with rounded apical projection Dipurena Dipurella Ectopleura - Perigonimus 30 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. B. With a single conspicuous tentacle, others rudimentary or unequally developed. 8. Large tentacle stout and subtriangular; other three rudimentary; bell elongate oval or rectangular in Outline: manip rim Ss HOr bs UGH Cem eae see ete nee eat ia ee oe ol onal Euphysa 9. A single large, long tentacle, two very small, one rudimentary; bell hemispherical, slightly ymmet- 1) DAR Rp aaesrinn Gerace ae 6 hone coe sSacancbo cece sadcosanqaccne SEB gacoce yea SReesy Coad Sonssnter syeuse ase Corymorpha 10. A single greatly enlarged tentacle, with thick base, from which secondary medusze are budded; bell evidently, asymmetrical ss aen = oases er ek Sanaa see es eee ee eee een croae Hybocodon SYNCORYNE Ehrenberg (in part, 1854). Syncoryne mirabilis (L. Agassiz). Pl. V, fig. 1. Sarsia mirabilis L. Agassiz, Memoirs American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. IV, 1849, p. 224. Coryne mirabilis L. Agassiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, Vol. IV, 1862, pp. 185, 340. Syncoryne mirabilis Allman, Monograph of the Gymnoblastie Hydroids, 1871, p. 278. Sarsia mirabilis Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 17. Bell subhemispherical, very transparent, varying from 6 to 12 mim. in diameter. Tentacles 4, very long and filamentous, but capable of great contraction. Manubrium long and pendulous, extend- ing far beyond the velum, but highly contractile, often coiled within the bell. Mouth simple. Gonads borne on the manubrium, at maturity enlarging this organ till it fills the bell cavity. A very common medusa, ranging in season from February to May. Colors.—Bell very transparent, manubrium pale greenish, tentacular bulbs greenish about a brownish center, within which is located the black ocellus. Distribution.—Fairly common: throughout the region; reported by Fewkes as somewhat rare at Newport. Syncoryne reticulata (A. Agassiz). Sundictyon reticulatum A. Agassiz, in L, Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. TY, 1862, p. 540. North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 177. Syncoryne reticulata Allman, Monograph of the Gymnoblastic Hydroids, 1871, p. 288. Sundyctyon reticulatum Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 21. Medusa very similar to the preceding, but said to be distinguished in younger stages by the spirally disposed nematocysts about the distal portions of the tentacles, and by the reticulated disposi- tion of the nematocysts over the exumbrella. These characters said to disappear after maturity, when the species is chiefly distinguished by the permanentiy red-brown ocelli. ; This medusa has not been distinguished by the present writer, nor have I seen it reported by recent students of the group. This brief description is taken from A. Agassiz’s account (North Amer- ican Acalephe, page 177-180). Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay, Boston Harbor, Nahant (Agassiz, Clark). Syncoryne producta Hargitt. Pl. I, fig. 1. Coryne producta Hargitt, American Naturalist, Vol. XXXVI, 1902, p. 550. Bell high hemispherical or ovate, 1.5 mm. in long diameter by 1 mm. in short diameter; tentacles 4, rather long and with prominent basal bulbs, which are orange colored with a central black ocellus. Manubrium long and distinctively sarsian in character, projecting far beyond the velum, but capable of gceat contraction, its terminal portion bulb-like, basal portion forming a gastric pouch; mouth simple. Gonads medusoid and borne in a whorl about the base of the manubrium. This is the first member of the genus from this region or from American waters known to produce proliferous medusie, as do Forbes’s species, Sarsia gemmifera and S. prolifera. Colors. —Bell very transparent; manubrium with basal portion orange; terminal bulbs proximal light sky-blue; distal green; tentacle bulbs orange, margined. with delicate greenish; ocelli black. Distribution.—-A single specimen taken at Woods Hole. DIPURENA McCrady (1857). Dipurena strangulata McCrady. PI. I, fig. 2. | Dipurena strangulata MeCrady, Proceedings of the Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 33. L. Agassiz, Contri- butions to the Natural History of the United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 341. A. Agassiz, North American Acalepha, 1865, p. 181. J. W. Fewkes, Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 155. Slabberia strangulata Haeckel, Prodromus Systeme Medusarum, 1877, No, 1. Dipurena strangulata Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 25. MEDUSA OF WOODS HOLE REGION, 31 This medusa was first described by McCrady from Charleston Harbor. The only record of its subsequent occurrence within that region is that by Fewkes above cited. For several years I have taken meduse at Woods Hole which differ in no essential respect from McCrady’s species and which I consider identical. Bell subhemispherical to half ovoid, very transparent, with firm walls; marginal tentacles 4, stout, rather stiff, and with evident terminal knobs, basal bulbs prominent, each with a single black ocellus on its outer central surface; manubrium usually long, though highly contractile and distin- guished by one or more rather sharp constrictions, usually one at the base and another about the middle, suggesting the specific designation. Mouth siniple or slightly lobed. Colors. —Body of manubrium bright green margined with red or pink; tentacular bulbs reddish orange, terminal knobs bright reddish. Distribution.—Common at Woods Hole, rare at Newport (Fewkes). Dipurena conica A. Avassiz. Dipurena conica A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz's Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p. 341; North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 181. Slabberia conica Haeckel, Prodromus Systema Medusarum, 1877, No. 16. Dipurena conica Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 24. Bell conical to hemispherical, with rather firm aboral thickening; marginal tentacles 4, of same character as in preceding species; manubrium indistinguishable from preceding; mouth similar. Colors.—Indistinguishable from preceding. Distribution.—Buzzards Bay, Vineyard Sound, ete. Medusie answering in every particular to Agassiz’s description have been taken constantly for many years, but associated with individuals which as clearly correspond with the preceding; and, what is more significant, these two forms graduate imperceptibly into each other in all essentials of shape, structure, ete. It seems altogether probable, therefore, that we have here simply a varietal form, which would hardly justify specific separation, and should probably be included under the above species. DIPURELLA Hargitt (1902). Resembling in some respects the preceding genus, these medusze have marked differences in shape of bell, form of manubrium, and certain aspects of the tentacles, demanding generic distinction. Dipurella clavata Hargitt. PI. I, fig. 3. Dipurella clavata Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. TV, 1902, p. 19. Bell rather high, subrectangular in profile, with slight apical projection; sides of bell almost straight, thin, flexible, and capable of marked contraction both in long and short diameters. Surface of the exumbrella dotted rather promiscuously with clusters of nematocysts. Radial canals 4, rather wide and simple. Tentacles 4, unequally developed in the type specimen. This difference would seem to be due to immaturity, as is also indicated by the exumbrellar nematocysts. It will be noted from a comparison of the figures of this medusa and Dipurena that there is more or‘less similarity in the form and general aspects of the tentacles. Both are rather stout and rigid, both end in clavate knobs, both have similar basal bulbs. On the other hand the knobs of Dipurella are of a heavier and more club-like character, and in addition there is about the median portion of each tentacle a ring of nematocysts which are wholly peculiar to the latter species. The manubrium is sessile, rather short, with large gastric basal portion; mouth simple or slightly lobed. Colors.—Chiefly restricted to the tentacles; terminal knobs with bright carmine-red center tinged with delicate green; basal bulbs duller orange, red, or brown; ocelli black; manubrium tinged with pale green. Distribution.—A single specimen taken in Great Harbor. Size small, 2mm. in height by about 1.5 mm. in width. 32 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. ECTOPLEURA L. Agassiz (1862). Ectopleura ochracea A. Agassiz. PI. I, fig. 1. Ectopleura ochracea A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 348; North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 191. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 22. Bell elongate ovoid or pyriferm, with thick aboral mesoglea, sides of uniform thickness, exum- brellar surface with eight meridional bands of nematocysts uniting at the apex. Radial canals 4, narrow, and communicating with a well-defined marginal canal. Tentacles 4, usually long and fila- mentous, though often coiled and contracted when taken in the tow. Size from 2 to 4 mm. in long diameter, by about half as wide. Manubrium large and flask-shaped. Colors. —Manubrium yellowish on base and oral end, the latter often reddish; central portion red- dish to pink. Tentacular bulbs of similar color; ocelli reddish brown. Distribution.—Common throughout the region in midsummer. HYDRICHTHYS Fewkes (1888). Hydrichthys mirus Fewkes. Hydrichthys mirus Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XIII, 1888, p. 224. Bell oval or subspherical, its outer surface dotted here and there with clusters of nematocysts. Marginal tentacles 4 in adult specimens; only 2 when first liberated; tentacular bulbs reddish in color, but devoid of ocelli. Manubrium cylindrical, rather short; mouth simple. Colors. —Bulbs of tentacles reddish-brown; manubrium yellowish to orange. Distribution.—A single record, so far as known to the present writer, that of Fewkes above cited; the medusa taken from a fish at Newport. PENNARIA Goldfus (1820). Pennaria tiarella Ayres. Pl. III”. Globiceps tiarella Ayres, Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. IV, 1852, p. 193. L. Agassi>, Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 344. Eucoryne eleyans Leidy, Marine Invertebrates of New Jersey and Rhode Island, 1854, p. 4, in Journal of Academy of Sciences, Philadelphia, Vol. IIT. Pennaria tiarella McCrady, in Proceedings of Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 153. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 187. Halocordyle tiarella Allman, Monograph of the Gymnoblastie Hydroids, 1871, p. 369. Globiceps tiareila Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 39. Bell high, eliiptical or ovoid in outline; size 1.5 mm. high by 0.8 mm. broad. Radial canals 4 marked by lines of reddish pigment on the exumbrellar surface; marginal tentacles 4, very rudi- mentary. Manubrium spindle-shaped, about half as long as bell; mouth rudimentary, probably not functional. Gonads borne on manubrium and filling entire bell cavity at maturity. Sexual products discharged at once on liberation of the medusa from the hydroid—indeed, often before—in many cases the medusa never becoming free, but discharging the eggs or sperms and dying upon the branches. Pennaria seems to be just on the border line between the fixed and free gonophore phases not uncom- mon among the Tubulariidee. I have elsewhere discussed this feature of the species in more detail. (Cf. American Naturalist, Vol. XXXIV, p. 390, et seq. ) Colors. —General color, pale rosy pink; manubrium, chocolate-brown, reddish pigment along lines of radial canals. Ova vary from creamy white to orange. Distribution.—General throughout the region in shallower waters; less common from deep waters. One of the commonest of our hydromeduse, and exhibiting in striking way the characteristic alter- nation of generations. As previously shown (op. cit.), Pennaria exhibits interesting seasonal and environmental variations. Specimens of P. gibbosa from Florida and Porto Rico, compared with P. tiarella, show hardly sufficient differences to warrant specific distinctness. a Figs. 3 and 4 drawn from life by H, B, Bigelow, MEDUS® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. - 33 PERIGONIMUS Sars (1840). Perigonimus jonesii Osborn & Hargitt. Text cut. Perigonimus jonesii Osborn & Hargitt, American Naturalist, Vol. XVIII, 1894, p. 27. Hargitt, Mittheilungen Zoologischen Station, Neapel, Bd. 11, 1895. Bell hemispherical, with slight apical projection, about as high as broad, 2 mm. or slightly more. Marginal tentacles 2, located on opposite sides, and with 2 additional tentacular bulbs at the inter- mediate points; tentacles highly retractile and often carried coiled within the bell cavity, especially when the medusa is disturbed. Velum well developed; manubrium short, subquadratic, and with simple, 4+lobed mouth. Gonads undeveloped in specimens taken, and showing no evidences of growth within a period of more than two weeks, during which they were kept in apparent health in the aquaria. Habitat.—Found only on the legs and abdominal appendages of the common spider crab, Libinia, and taken from this source during several seasons. Distribution.—Long Island Sound, originally taken at Cold Spring Harbor. EUPHYSA Forbes (1848). Euphysa virgulata A. Agassiz. Euphysa virgulata A. Agassiz, North American Acalephz, 1865, p. 189. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 33. Bell somewhat elongate oval or subrectangular in profile; tentacles 4, but unequally developed, one being much longer and heavier than the others; basal bulbs pinkish and extending upward along the radial canals for a short distance; manubrium short and thick, cylindrical, and with an accumulation of fat-like globules about its base; mouth simple; gonads borne upon the manubrium. In size the medusa is from 8 to 10 mm. in long diameter, slightly less in breadth. Colcrs.—Bases of tentacles with bright pigment, extending up the radial canals; manubrium yel- lowish; bell transparent. Distribution.—Nahant, Massachusetts Bay, Woods Hole. Perigonimus jonesti. HYBOCODON L. Agassiz (1/862). Hybocodon prolifer L. Agassiz. PI. I, fig. 2. Hybocodon prolifer L. Agassiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, 1862, Vol. IV, p. 243. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 193. Allman, Monograph of the Gymnoblastie Hydroids, 1871, p. 422. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 33. Bell subhemispherical, unsymmetrical, being humped upon one side adjacent to the single large tentacle, the latter having a heavy, thick base and affording support for the proliferous secondary medusze which bud asexually therefrom. The tentacle is very Jong, the terminal two-thirds being abundantly supplied with rings of nematocysts. Manubrium rather short, cylindrical, and with simple mouth. Gonads on walls of manubrium, where the ova develop directly into actinulie, several of which may be found in various stages of development at the same time. Developing actinulee and budding medus:e are found at the same time, usually during the early spring—March to May—though proliferous medusie seem to arise almost constantly, being present on specimens taken in August. An examination of the histology of the gonads shows aspects of oogenesis and development almost exactly similar to those exhibited in Pennaria, Corymorpha, Tubularia crocea, and others. Egg cleavage is so similar to that found in the last-named species as to be almost indistinguishable during corresponding phases. Ova which become active and begin development show the same phenomena of absorption of their fellows as Doflein has pointed out in Tubularia mesembryanthemum and Allen in T. crocea. It is not clear how fertilization occurs, since the early B. B. F, 1904—3 B34 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. development takes place wholly within the tissues of the manubrium, but it is presumably through the penetration of the ectoderm by the spermatozoon, as in several other-tubularians. Hybocodon is characterized by the presence of 5 meridional lines of orange or pinkish pigment over the exumbrella, two of them arising from the base of the large tentacle. Associated with these bands are batteries of nematocysts. A remarkable feature is the apparently gradual disappearance during late spring and summer of these bands, together with their nematocysts, both being wholly absent in specimens taken in August. Colors. —Bell transparent; orange bands over the exumbrella, on base of tentacle, and on knobs at distal ends of radial canals; manubrium similarly colored at its base and oral end. Distribution.—General throughout the region, though usually in greatest abundance within limited areas along the coast. Hybocodon pendula (L. Agassiz). PI. II, fig. 3. Corymorpha pendula L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p.276. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 192. Hybocodon pendula Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 34; Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. IV, 1902, p. 20. Monocaulus pendulus Allman, Monograph Gymnoblastie Hydroids, 1871, p. 397. Bell similar to that of preceding species, though but slightly unsymmetrical, medusa slightly larger; tentacles unequally developed, one rather large, the others much smaller, one being sometimes rudimentary. Manubrium very similar to that of preceding, and with gonads borne on the surface as in the former. The hydroid of this medusa I have frequently taken at various places in and about Vineyard Sound and Muskeget Channel, and off Chatham, usually from sandy bottoms and at considerable depths. It is a most beautiful form and lives quite well for a few days in the aquarium. L. Agassiz stated that its meduse were not liberated, but A. Agassiz later claimed this to have been a mistake and reported having taken the meduse, though without direct evidence of their relation to the hydroid. Such has been my own experience. Hydroids with medusve in all stages of development have often been taken, as have also free medusve, from waters near where the hydroids were dredged, and at the same time, so that there seems to be little doubt as to their relations. Colors. —Very similar to those of H. prolifer, though less bright. Family TIARID. KEY TO THE GENERA. A. Marginal tentacles two or four. 1. Marginal tentacles'four; bell: with rounded) apical projection’ -<<- =< 2 23- 3.--22 een e es 2 eee eee eee Protiara 2. Marginal tentacles two; bell with rather sharp apical projection .....-......-.-.-.-+.-- a a eS Stomotoca B. Marginal tentacles numerous. 3:;, Bell with globular‘apical’ projection(. \< 2-25. -s-¢ <.-c2 sean e tee oes oe ei eee ee 4° Bellawithoutiglobulariapicali projection =~ eae ae eae eee eel BS hehe poe PROTIARA Haeckel (187%). Four perradial tentacles; manubrium with broad sessile base; gonads borne in four masses on the angles of the manubrium. This genus was established by Haeckel to distinguish a medusa of synthetic characters, somewhat intermediate between the Codoniidee and the Tiaridie and indicated by him as the prototype of the latter family. I have elsewhere described briefly a medusa taken in the Woods Hole region which has characters quite similar to the genus under consideration. Protiara haeckeli Hareitt. Text cut. Protiara haeckeli Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. TV, 1902, p. 17. Bell hali-oyoid, with rather elongated apical projection; tentacles four, rather stout, slightly longer than bell, and with enlarged basal bulbs, the latter devoid of ocelli; velum well developed; manubrium prominent, gastric portion quadratic in cross section, and with the milk-white gonads borne on its _ » Be MEDUS® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 355 walls; mouth simple with slightly lobed lips. Height of bell from 2 to 4 mm. by slightly more than half as broad. Ontogeny entirely unknown. Colors.—Bell very transparent, manubrium and gonads milk-white. Distribution. —Off Gay Head and Nomans Land, Vineyard Sound. Several specimens were taken on two occasions during the summer (July and August) in the same general region. Protiara haeckeli. Stomotoca apicata, ¢. (After Mayer.) Stomotoca apicata, @. (After Mayer.) STOMOTOCA L. Agassiz (1862). Stomotoca apicata (McCrady). Text cuts. Saphenia apicata McCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 129. Stomotoca apicata L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 347. Dinamatella cavosa Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 151. Amphinema apicatum Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 50. This species presents rather striking sexual dimorphism; the male has a long tapering apical pro- jection which is solid, while in the female it arises abruptly from the bell and is hollow. The colors of the two sexes also differ, the male showing a preponderance of green, while the female is dull brownish ocher. Radial canals wide, tentacles two, highly contractile and with prominent basal bulbs; rudimentary bulb-like processes at the intermediate radial points, and often interradial bulbs about the margin; manubrium large, quadratic in section, with broad base; gonads in four masses on manubrial walls; mouth with prominent everted lobes. ~Ontogeny unknown. Colors as indicated above. Distribution chiefly southward in Woods Hole region; Newport, R. L., ete. Mid-summer. Stomotoca rugosa Mayer. Stomotoca apicata Fewkes, Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p Amphinema apicatum, Brooks, Studies Biological Laboratory Johns Hopkins University, Vol. If, 1883, p. 473. Stomotoca rugosa Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 32. Shape of bell similar to that of preceding species, but of larger size, 5 mm, high by 3mm. broad, 56 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and haying a rugose manubrium. Tentacles similar in size and character to preceding; radial and circular canals wide, all with undulating outlines; velum well developed. The sexual dimorphism noted in the preceding seems to be lacking in this species. Ontogeny. —Brooks has described this medusa (cf. op. cit.), as derived from a hydroid which he identified as Perigonimus minutus Allman. Colors.—Bell transparent; tentacles and bulbs reddish as is also the manubrium. Distribution.—Similar to the preceding. TURRIS Lesson (1837). Turris vesicaria A. Agassiz. Text cut. Turris vesicaria A, Agassiz, Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. IX, 1862, p.97; North American Acalephz, 1865, p. 164. Catablema vesicarium Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 64. Medusa high, bell-shaped or hemispherical, with a prominent globular apical projection; tentacles numerous, each with broad basal enlargement bearing a single ocellus, and tapering to filamentous Turris vesicaria. (After A. Agassiz.) Turris episcopalis. (After Fewkes.) ends; manubrium large and with prominent crenulated oral lobes; gonads borne on base of manu- brium and extending somewhat upon the four radial canals. Edges of the latter and of the marginal canal irregular or jagged. Colors. —Bell transparent, manubrium and gonads dull yellowish. Distribution. —Nahant. I have neyer taken this medusa, and the above description is condensed from that of A. Agassiz, who reports having taken it but once, and supposes it to be somewhat rare. Turris episcopalis (Forbes). Text cut. Oceania episcopalis Forbes, British Naked-eyed Medusz, 1848, p. 27. Turris episcopalis Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 147. Medusa shaped somewhat like an inverted teacup and with a rather sharp apical projection. Radial canals 4, wide and with jagged edges; marginal tentacles 16, long and highly contractile, MEDUS& OF WOODS HOLE REGION. B7/ with very short interposed tentacle-like structures; the long tentacles have prominent triangular bases, at the apex of which are borne bright crimson ocelli; between the bases of the long tentacles are 3 short tentacular processes and on each of these also is an ocellus, of color similar to those on the long tenacles. All the tentacular organs are hollow, and have smooth surfaces. Manubrium large, with wide base. Gonads borne in conspicuous masses upon the upper portion of the manubrium; mouth large and with prominent, everted lobes. Colors. —Bell transparent, pale milky white, tentacles pale yellow, ocelli crimson. Distribution.—Newport, R. I. This medusa is among the larger of the anthomeduse and is said to be one of the most beautiful. I haye not seen it, however, and the above description is condensed from that of Fewkes. TURRITOPSIS McCrady (1857). Turritopsis nutricula McCrady. Text cut. Turritopsis nutricula MceCrady, Proceedings of Elliott So- ciety of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 127. L. Agassiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 347. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephz, 1865, p. 167. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 66. Modeeria multitentaculata Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Com- parative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 149. Turritopsis nutricula Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900; p. 38. Medusa high-hemispherical, with rather thin walls; radial canals four, narrow; velum well deyeloped. Marginal tentacles numerous and of equal size, each with a dark brown ocellus on the inner side of its hbase. Tentacles usually long and highly contractile. Manubrium large and when bearing gonads on its basal portion fills nearly half the upper part of the bell. Mouth large and with four pairs of knobs plentifully loaded with nematocysts. ; Ontogeny.—Brooks has described the development of this species in his memoir on North American Hydromeduse. Colors.—Bell transparent; tentacles with brownish bases; ocelli dark brown or blackish; gonads cinnamon-brown; manubrium dull yellow, sometimes streaked with brown or orange. Distribution.—Oceasionally taken at Woods Hole, Vineyard Sound, and southward. Turritopsis nutricula, Family MARGELID#. KEY TO THE GENERA. 1. Marginal tentacles 8, rarely 4, symmetrically disposed ...........-.....-------------------+--2-- 2-2-2222 e+ § Dysmorphosa ( Podocoryne 2s 3. Marginal tentacles 8 to 16. . Tentacles in 8 clusters.........--- . Tentacles in 4 clusters -..........--..- Bougainvillia Bot diss Se ont as echond sea ce aSccsacs eae eecossesEioe Nemopsis oe a 8 o z ° S) ® i] a =] c— ° = & rt o 4 BR © 2 ° = & oy cH i=} Q 2) ia <¢ ~ =} ® q ® + = Cj e 5 35 ; BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. DYSMORPHOSA” Philippi (1842). Dysmorphosa (?) fulgurans A. Agassiz. Text cut. Dysmorphosa fulgurans A, Agassiz, North American Acalephie, 1865, p. 163. Haeckel, System der Medusen,1879, p. 77. Bell subhemispherical, with a slight conical apical projection; radial canals 4, simple and narrow; marginal tentacles 8 in adult specimens, only 4 in young; sym- metrically disposed; manubrium of medium size, its oral end proyided with 4 rather prominent tentacles; secondary medusxe budded from the body of the manubrium in great numbers, this apparently the chief mode of reproduction, as I have not found the sexual products at any time. A. Agassiz says the number of medus:e thus budded becomes so great at times as to afford a splendid phosphorescence. Ontogeny, not known with certainty. Colors. —Bell transparent, bases of tentacles and tip of manubrium reddish orange, pigment at base of tentacles probably ocellate in nature. Young medusa buds pale bluish by reflected light. Distribution.—Common generally throughout the region in July and August. Dysmorphosa fulgurans. (After A. Agassiz.) PODOCORYNE” Sars (1846). Podocoryne carnea Sars. Pl. IV, fig. 5. Podocoryne carnea Sars, Fauna Littoralis Norvegiz, Tome I, p. 4, 1846. Krohn, Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, Bd. XVII, 1851, p. 226. Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 29. Allman, Monograph Gymnoblastic Hydroids, 1871, p. 349. Dysmorphosa carnea Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 7 General form very similar to the preceding species, with which it has been confused, unless upon fuller knowledge of the entire life history it should appear that the two forms are but dimorphie phases of one species. Their occurrence in the same region and season, however, makes this possibility somewhat doubtful. Bell hemispherical with low arched aboral portion, entire exumbrella dotted with scattered clusters of nematocysts in young which disappear in the adult; 1 to 3 mm. in height and slightly more than half as broad. Marginal tentacles 4 in young medusa, but 4 additional interradial ones appear early, always remaining shorter than the perradials, however. Manubrium well developed, usually quadrate in section and with 4 oral tentacles which are tufted with clusters of nematocysts. Gonads borne on base of manubrium and apparently approaching maturity when the medusa is liberated from the hydroid. Colors.—Bell very transparent, base of manubrium reddish-brown, gonads pale bluish, bright reddish-brown spots on perradial tentacular bases, duller ones on the interradials. It is somewhat doubtful whether these pigment spots are true ocelli. Ontogeny.—Derived directly from the hydroid Podocoryne, the life cycle being easily traced on specimens kept in aquaria. A Distribution.—Generally the same as the preceding species and during essentially the same season. «There can hardly be serious doubt as to the identity of these genera. Were there certainty as to the hydroid described by Philippi, the name Dysmorphosa should have recognition. In yiew of reasonable doubt on this point and the predomi- nance of Sars’ name in the literature, it seems best to give it right of way. Uncertainty as to ontogeny may warrant the former for Agassiz's species. MEDUSZ® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 39 LIZZIA Forbes (1848). Lizzia grata A. Agassiz. PI. I, fig. 4. Lizzia grata A. Agassiz, Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. IX, 1862, p. 99. Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 142. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 161. Margellium gratum Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 95. Bell subeonical with high, rounded apical projection. Marginal tentacles in 8 clusters, perradial clusters with usually 5 tentacles, interradials usually 3 in mature specimens, fewer in young. There are no ocelli. Manubrium of moderate size with 4 rather prominent oral lobes, which are slightly branched. Gonads form prominent clusters on the basal portion of the manubrium. This medusa, like Dysmorphosa fulgurans, produces meduse by asexual budding from the body of the manubrium. Specimens are found with secondary medusie in all stages of development. Like the species just cited, this form does not seem to produce-sexual products and meduse at the same time. Ontogeny.—So far as known to me the hydroid stock of this medusa has not been traced. The phases in medusoid budding have been studied by Taeckel, Agassiz, Fewkes, and Forbes, and observations have been made by Claparede (Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., Bd. X) on the development of the egg. The tentacles arise first from the perradial points, 3 from each; this is followed by the appear- ance of a single tentacle at each of the interradial points, to which are added later 2 more tentacles; finally 2 tentacles are added to each of the primary sets. It should be noted, however, that this rule has exceptions, considerable variation appearing in both the number and the order of appearance of the tentacles. : Colors.—Bell very transparent, tentacular bases pinkish, tending to brown and eyen blackish in rare cases. Distribution.—Fairly common throughout the region. (Nahant, Massachusetts Bay, A. Agassiz; Newport, Fewkes.) I have repeatedly taken this medusa at Woods Hole, both in the open tow and with a small dip net in the eel pond. April to August. BOUGAINVILLIA Lesson (1856). Bougainvillia carolinensis (MceCrady), Pl. II, fig. 4. Hippocrene carolinensis MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society Natural History, Vol. I, 1 Margelis carolinensis L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. TV, 1! can Acalephe, 1865, p. 156. Bougainvillia carolinensis Allman, Monograph Gymnoblastie Hydroids, 1871, p. 316, Margelis carolinensis Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 89. , p. 164. 2, p. 344. A. Agassiz, North Ameri- Bell subspherical, with very thick walls of great transparency; radial canals 4, very narrow. Marginal tentacles in 4 clusters of from 2 to 15 each, varying with age, arranged about a finely pig- mented triangular base. Velum well developed; manubrium rather long and with dichotomously branching oral tentacles; gonads borne on walls of manubrium. Ontogeny.—The medusa is derived directly from the hydroid of the same name. When first lib- erated the medusa is small, with rather thin-walled, hemispherical bell, and but 8 radial tentacles, 2 at each point. As growth takes place the bell becomes spherical and the mesoglea becomes greatly thickened, particularly over the aboral region. The oral tentacles, which at first are single, soon bifureate, and this process repeats itself about three times, forming a somewhat complete series of oral tentacles. The adult medusa is from 8 to 10 mm. in diameter. Colors.—The triangular pad from which the tentacles originate is bright reddish with green borders, the ocelli as many as the tentacles, forming a crescent of black points. The manubrium is of similar colors, pinkish about the base, bordered with green and with streakings of the same colors running lengthwise. There is, however, great variation in the color markings on this medusa. Distribution.—Common generally throughout the region, though chiefly limited to shallower waters, where the hydroid evidently finds favorable environmental conditions. June to September, 40) BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Bougainvillia superciliaris L. Agassiz. Text cut. Hippocrene superciliaria L. Agassiz, Memoirs American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. III, 2d series, 1849, p. 250 Stimpson, Marine Invertebrates of Grand Manan, 1853, p. 11, in Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. VI Bougainvillia superciliaris L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p. 289 and 344. A, Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 153. Hippocrene superciliaris Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 92. In general form and characteristics very similar to the preceding species, but of larger size and differing somewhat in shape and in the complexity of the oral tentacles as well as the disposition of the gonads. The marginal tentacles are also more numerous and of greater length. The manu- brium is shorter and broader, and the gonads are crowded about its base instead of near the oral end, as in the former species. Size from 8 to 12 mm. in diameter in maturity. Colors.—Less bright than in preceding species; sensory pads dull yellowish to orange, ocelli black, manubrium similarly colored, reddish orange distally. Distribution.—Similar to that of preceding, but often taken from greater depths and farther offshore. June to September. Bougainvillia gibbsi Mayer. Bougainvillia gibbsi Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 5. Bougainvillia superciliaris. Medusa very similar to B. carolinensis, distinguished by Mayer by the relatively greater height of bell and by the shorter and broader manubrium. Moreover, the size is smaller, the marginal tentacles fewer in number, and the oral tentacles less complex. Mayer records its occurrence at Newport, from July to October. He gives ample description in the article cited. WILLIA Forbes (1848). Willsia Forbes, British Naked-eyed Medusz, 1848, p. 19. Willia L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of the United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p. 346. Willia ornata McCrady, Pl. I, fig. 5. Willsia ornata MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 149. Willia ornata A, Agassiz, Nortlh American Acalephe, 1865, p. 171. e Willia gemmifera Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. IX, 1882, p, 299. Dyscannota dysdipleura Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 152. Willetta ornata Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 157. Body of medusa rather low, bell-shaped, somewhat conical above, about twice as broad as high, and with rather firm walls. Radial canals only 4 at birth, later each of these branches as shown in the figure, finally resulting in from 12 to 16 terminal canals, which communicate with that of the margin. Tentacles likewise but 4 at birth, but increasing in number with the increase of radial canals, so that finally there may be 12 or more at maturity. Between the terminal branches of the canals are irregu- lar lines of nematocysts, which pass upward on the outer surface of the bell for short distances. Manubrium well developed, mouth with 4 eyerted loves. Gonads form prominent masses on the base of the manubrium, but never extend outward upon the radial canals. Ontogeny wholly unknown. Color.—Ocelli reddish brown, gonads and manubrium pale greenish. Distribution.—More or less common at irregular intervals. Occasionally taken in numbers in the Kel Pond and in the tow of the harbor. Haeckel, in the System der Medusen (vide supra), has placed this form among the cannotid Lep- tomedusre, which seems to me to be wholly without warrant in so far as its more fundamental charac- MEDUS® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 4] ters are concerned, the branching radial canals, perhaps, excepted. As will be noted, its shape, tentacles, ocelli, ete., are all distinctively Anthomedusan, and I have therefore ventured to place it among the Margelidz. When its ontogeny comes to be known a different assignment may be required. NEMOPSIS L. Agassiz (1849). Nemopsis bachei L. Agassiz. Text cut. Nemopsis bachei L. Agassiz, Memoirs American Academy Arts and Sciences, Vol. IV, 1849, p. 289; Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 345. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 149. Nemopsis gibbesi MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 160. Allman, Monograph Gymno blastic Hydroids, 1871, p. 362. Nemopsis bachei Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 93. This medusa, while similar in general aspects to the species of Bougainvillia above described, has several very distinctive differences, such as the disposition of the gonads beneath the radial canals, and also the pair of clayate marginal tentacles which arch over the clusters of long tentacles. It is specifically distinguished by the height and the thickness of the walls and upper portion of the bell. The marginal tentacles are in 4 clusters, arranged about a bulbous pad, with a distinct series of ocelli at their bases and each cluster with a pair of erect, clavate, tentacular bodies. As in Bougainvillia, the tentacles yary in size and number with age, averaging about 7 or 8 in each cluster in mature specimens, the ends usually appearing to have clavate enlargements. Manubrium similar to the species already referred to, mouth with 4 complexly branched tentacles which are capable of great contraction, so that they may become almost indistinguishable. Gonads borne on basal portion of manubrium and in course of development extending beneath the radial canals, almost or quite the entire length in many cases. Ontogeny. —Unknown. Colors.—Sensory bulbs yellowish orange, gonads yellowish. Distribution. —Common throughout the region, ranging in season from June to September. STYLACTIS Allman (1871). Stylactis hooperi Sigerfoos. Nemopsis bachei. Stylactis hooperi Sigerfoos, American Naturalist, Vol. XX XIII, 1899, p. 802. Bell globular, slightly elongate, about 1 mm. in height. Marginal tentacles 8, rudimentary, symmetrically disposed about the margin. Ocelli absent. Manubrium large, deyoid of oral tentacles or lobes. Gonads borne in general mass about the manubrium; products discharged at once upon liberation of the medusa. Ontogeny.—Derived directly from a small hydroid, haying its habitat upon the shell of a living snail, I//yanassa obsoleta. Distribution.—Originally described from Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island. Likely to be found within the present region. Family CLADONEMID. KEY TO THE GENERA, Ae Mareinnlitentacles Our tWO) TUGIMENTALY. «o.oo nao oo ni wie nln a Soin nle ewww wenn nine conn noew ne cianec=sescccss== Gemmaria 4. Marginal tentacles two Corynitis GEMMARIA McCrady (1857). Four simple radial canals, at the distal exumbrellar terminus of which are 4 clusters or bands of nematocysts. Marginal tentacles 2, at opposite perradial points, each long and with various knob-like and stalked clusters of nematocysts. 42 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Gemmaria cladophora A. Agassiz.” Gemmaria cladophora A, Agassiz, North American Acaleph, 1865, p. 184. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 1M. Bell subhemispherical to conical, with walls of varying thickness over different regions, giving to the subumbrellar cavity a form differing from that of the exumbrella. Marginal tentacles 4, 2 rudi- mentary, the other 2 long and abundantly supplied with batteries of nematocysts, many of which are stalked. Manubrium well developed and with the gonads borne on its proximal portion; mouth simple, with 4 slightly everted lips, richly supplied with nematocysts. Ontogeny unknown or doubtful. Colors.—Tentacles light brownish, with orange pigmentation at the bases. Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz. Woods Hole. CORYNITIS McCrady (1857). Corynitis agassizii McCrady./“ Corynitis agassizii MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 132. Gemmaria gemmosa MeCrady, op. cit., p. 49. Zanclea gemmosa McCrady, op. cit., ibid. Halocharis spiralis L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 239. Corynitis agassizii A. Agassiz, North American Acalephae, ), p. 185; Allman, Monograph Gymnoblastie Hydroids, 1871, p. 287; Murbach, Quarterly Journal Microscopical Science, Vol. 42, 1899, p. 354. Corynetis agass Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 49. Bell elongate hemispherical, slightly higher than broad, about 2 mm. in height when liberated. Marginal tentacles 2, long, with broad base, the entire tentacle rough with batteries of nematocysts, many of which are stalked and erect like vorticellee, for which they might easily be mistaken upon casual examination. Radial canals 4, with rather conspicuous knots of nematocysts on the exum- brellar surface of their distal ends. Manubrium well developed, flask-like, with 4 oral lips, which are simple and slightly everted. Ontogeny.—Derived directly from the hydroid stock, easily kept in aquaria. Habitat of hydroid, often on shell of Mytilis, fronds of sargassum, ete. Distribution.—Buzzards Bay, Naushon (Agassiz); taken at docks of Fish Commission, Woods Hole, July. LEPTOMEDUS#. In contrast with the Anthomeduse, the Leptomedusze are usually characterized by a flatter and more disk-like umbrella, which is also often of more delicate texture, or thinner and softer; the velum is usually less developed; tentacles usually more numerous and with a more general disposition about the margin. Gonads almost always borne upon the radial canals. Ocelli may or may not be present; sensory bodies usually of the vesiculate type—otocysts. THaumMANtTIID#®.—Radial canals 4 or 8; rarely more, always simple and unbranched. Tentacles usually numerous; ocelli usually present, otocysts usually lacking; manubrium usually short, with 4- to 8-lobed mouth; gonads in the form of undulating band-like organs along the radial canals. Cannotip®.—Radial canals 4 or 6, branched or with lateral pinnate diverticula; tentacles usually very numerous; ocelli usually present, otocysts lacking; gonads usually spindle-like pouches on the radial canals; mouth with 4 or 6 oral lobes, which are sometimes rudimentary. Evcopip®.—Radial canals always 4, simple and unbranched; tentacles usually numerous, at least +; manubrium usually short and quadrate in section, with 4 oral lobes; ocelli absent, otocysts always present, usually 8 or more; gonads usually vesiculate bodies on the radial canals. /Equoretp#®.—Radial canals numerous, 8 to 16 or more, often 100, simple; tentacles at least 8, usually very numerous; otocysts always present, 8 or more; ocelli absent; gonads usually ribbon-like; manubrium varying from very short to long, oral lobes usually numerous and variously plaited or folded. aIn a fortheoming paper (Mittheilungen Zoolischen Station Neapel, Bd. 16, 1904, S. 550), on some Hydromedusie from the Bay of Naples, the present writer has taken occasion to express decided doubt as to the generic distinctness of these medusee, It would seem more correct to regard them as related species. MEDUS4 OF WOODS HOLE REGION, 43 Family THAUMANTIID. KEY TO THE GENERA, GREE Ge aaaHe ae oS aAe “ .. Laodicea staurostoma C. Radial canals, 8; marginal tentacles numerous, without basal cirri.......................-......-.---- ee .. Melicertum Orchistoma LAODICEA Lesson (1845). Laodicea calcarata A. Agassiz. Text cut. Laodicea calearata A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 350, Lafea calearata A. Agassiz, North American Acalephie, 1865, p. 122, Laodicea calcarata Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 134. Bell broad, low dome-shaped, about twice as broad as high. Marginal tentacles very numerous and with swollen bases; interspersed with them are numerous tentacular spurs and cirri. Radial canals 4, along which the gonads are disposed in undulating masses. Manubrium rather short, with 4 plaited oral lobes. Velum well developed. Ocelli black pigment spots on bases of tentacles. Ontogeny.—This medusa is derived from the hydroid stock of Lafwa calearata. When first liberated it has but 2 tentacles, has a high, miter- shaped bell, and bears little resemblance to the adult. Growth seems to be rapid, other tentacles appear in rapid succession, and the bell gradually loses its earlier form and assumes the typical shape of the adult, with the various cirri, clubs, ete. Colors. —Bell transparent; ovaries dull yellowish . to brown; tentacles of similar color near the base, ocelli black. Laodicea calcarata. After A. Agassiz. Distribution.—Common throughout the region; usually taken in considerable numbers in the tow at Woods Hole during July and August. STAUROSTOMA Haeckel (187%). Staurostoma laciniata (L. Agassiz). Text cut. Staurophora laciniata L. Agassiz, Memoirs American Academy Arts and Sciences, Vol. Ty, 1849, p. 300; Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 351. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 136. Staurostoma laciniata Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 130. Bell low dome-shaped, about twice as broad as high, adult specimens attaining a diameter of 150 mim. or more, the average, however, only about 40 to 50 mm. Marginal tentacles very numerous; yelum thin and delicate; manubrium indistinguishable, mouth early confluent with the genital folds, which are Stawrostoma laciniata. After L. Agassiz. double along the ventral aspect of each radial canal, and are variously folded or crinkled; gonads develop within the complicated folds just mentioned. Ocelli present as violet pigment spots on the bases of the tentacles, more prominent on young specimens. 44 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Ontogeny imperfectly known. Ova develop within the genital folds, the laryze being later dis- charged as actinulze. Colors. —Bell transparent, with bluish milky tint, genital folds and oral ridges of similar tints. Distribution.—Very common at times at Woods Hole and in adjacent waters. Agassiz reports the species extremely abundant at Nahant, Boston Harbor, and Massachusetts Bay during early spring, May and June. Its occurrence seems to be somewhat erratic, however, as I have taken specimens but twice within recent years. MELICERTUM“” A. Agassiz (1862). Melicertum campanula A. Agassiz. Melicertum campanula A. Agassiz, in L, Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p. 349; North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 130. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, pp. 136-7. Medusa bell-shaped, about as high as broad, capable of consider- able change of form by erratic contractions of the umbrella. Marginal tentacles numerous in the adult, but the young resemble Laodicea in having but 2, later acquiring others. Radial canals 8 in the adult, only 4 in early life. Manubrium much as in Laodicea, oral lobes 8, with sinuous edges. Ontogeny.—Medusa derived directly from the hydroid stock. Its development has been followed by A. Agassiz (op. cit., p. 134). Color.—Bell light ocher; gonads and bases of tentacles brownish. Distribution.—Massachusetts and northward (L. and A. Agassiz). So far as I am aware, the medusa has not been recorded at Woods Hole, though likely to be found at any time. ORCHISTOMA Haeckel (187%). Orchistoma tentaculata Mayer. Text cut. Orchistoma tentaculata Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XXXVII, 1900, p. 8. Mayer describes an immature specimen taken at Newport which has the following specific characters: Bell slightly flaring near the margin, gelatinous substance of upper portion very thick; marginal tentacles 32, in yarious stages of development, the longest about one and one-half times the height of bell and with hollow basal bulbs; radial canals, 16 functional ones, and 16 others in process of develop- Orchistoma tentaculata. After > . . Mayer ment; velum well developed; manubrium flat and shallow, with 8 lips; gonads undeveloped. Colors.—Bell transparent, basal bulbs of tentacles a delicate green. A medusa taken at Woods Hole, resembling this in many respects, I have considered as probably the young of Rheginatodes. aThis generic term was apparently first employed by Oken in 1816 (Lehrb. der Naturgeschichte), and the very similar term Melicerta was proposed by Peron & Lesueur in 1809 in designating a Greenland medusa, presumably identical with that later described by Oken. In 1829 Eschscholtz, under the binomial here used, described with somewhat more detail and accuracy a medusa quite similar. Fabricius, however (Fauna Greenlandica, 1780, p. 366), had used the same specific term in describing probably the same, or a similar medusa. Haeckel has shown (System der Medusen, p. 139), that all these earlier accounts were either so inadequate or inaccurate as to leave serious doubt whether the medusa described by A. Agassiz (op. cit.) with critical detail was identical with that of the earlier accounts. He therefore proposes to credit both the generic and specific terms to the latter, and so designates them in his account (op. cit.). While in strict conformity with established usage the priority of the olde descriptions should have recognition, I have accepted Haeckel’s yersion and leaye a final adjustment for those haying larger concern in problems of synonymy. MEDUSA OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 45 Family CANNOTIDA. Rawal canalsiwiin numerous, pinnate, blind diverticula. -- cu... 2.2 ole caw ewe cnc ncdanencedoccnccectasecsesne Ptychogena PTYCHOGENA A. Agassiz (1865). Ptychogena lactea A. Agassiz. Ptijchogena lactea A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 137. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 147. Bell dome-shaped, about twice as broad as high, with rather thick walls; marginal tentacles numerous and filamentous; radial canals 4, lateral walls with numerous pouch-like diverticula; gonads variously folded and disposed beneath the canals; gastric cavity very flat, quadrate in form; mouth large, but deyoid of definite lobes or lips. The medusa seems wholly devoid of sensory organs of any sort. According to Agassiz, from whose account this description has been condensed, this is a deep-sea form, seldom coming to the surface, and when doing so apparently killed by the action of the light. Ontogeny unknown. Colors. —Gonads, radial canals, and tentacles milk white. Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay. The occurrence of this species within the immediate region of Woods Hole has not been reported, so far as I am aware, though it is likely to be taken at almost any time. Family EUCOPIDA. KEY TO THE GENERA. A. Marginal tentacles 4, sometimes with lateral cirri. Taman nrrum very lone extending De yONdVelum (<<... oes cccc5 cnc ccc ce ceee cess occeceeceedscceepts-ssxcewns Eutima 2. Manubrium short, tentacles with lateral basal cirri Sucheilota Sean pEOM SHOLL tentacles GeyvOid OL DASA) CIETL 252252 < ct ssc ajoce nn eiecis needs oeeces os adescnseees Clytia (juv.) Bh. Marginal tentacles 16 or more. eNO DEM E Oli 27d DE] MM EMS HOTICA je cistcteiel hase a ta a) aia niaalelnln ove cin= sloaeie ion eine cin cima sce cis ans, Sele cease Sages mie Tima 5. Manubrium short, bell discoid, otocysts on bases of tentacles .........--.-.--. 2-2-2222 ee eee eeeee eee seeeesees Obelia 6. Manubrium short, bell hemispherical, otocysts between bases of tentacles ..............--..-- Clytia or Epenthesis Fa Mann DrUM SHOU, OLA Lips VarlOUSly tim DriaAted = ccce = cen cee ewes ew ci ween ain wwe een tees ces aeseees Tiaropsis 8. Manubrium short, 12 otocysts, tentacles with interposed cirri .....:..-.---.---5----- 222+ - 005-2 eee eee eee sees Phialis 9. Manubrium short quadrate, 16 marginal tentacles, with 16 interposed otocysts .-.............----------- Epenthesis 10. Manubrium short, oral lobes plain, tentacles more than 16, two otocysts between each pair ....-....-..... Oceania EUTIMA McCrady (1857). Eutima mira McCrady. Pl. IV, fig. 1. Eutima mira McCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society Natural History, Vol. I, 1897, p. 190. L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 360. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 116. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 191. Medusa low, bell-shaped, about twice as wide as high, walls of bell very flabby, collapsing almost at once on being taken from the water. Size of adult 15 to 20 mm. in wide diameter. Marginal ten- tacles 4, very long and tapering to mere threads; each has a larger base with a pair of distinct cirri, though these are often so closely coiled as to escape attention. The velum is extremely delicate and perhaps little functional as an organ of locomotion, which is chiefly accomplished by rhythmic con- tractions of the entire bell. The manubrium is very long and pendulous, extending beyond the bell- margin two or three times its height. There is a long gelatinous peduncle, only the distal fifth consti- tuting the gastric portion. The mouth is 4-lobed with strongly eversible lips, which form a disk-like organ not unlike the sucking disk of a leech. Gonads are borne along the median portion of the canals. The 8 otocysts are disposed about the margin of the bell, each containing several otoliths arranged in the form of crescents. Within each marginal quadrant there are also 3 rudimentary ten- tacles, each with its pair of cirri, which are also rudimentary, and slight swellings which appear to be of similar character. Ontogeny unknown. Colors.—Bell yery transparent, basal portion of tentacles pale green by reflected light, but a beauti- ful rose color by transmitted light, an interesting character which is possessed by many other medusie. The distal portion of the manubrium is also greenish with a pale pinkish hue, and the same color though less distinct, is found in the gonads. Distribution. —Very common at Woods Hole and in Vineyard Sound during August. 46 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Eutima limpida A. Agassiz. Eutima limpida A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. 1V, 1862, p. 262; North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 116. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 191. This medusa is very similar in general aspects to the preceding species, if indeed it may not be found upon a more critical comparison to be identical, or perhaps a regional variety. Its size seems to me the only distinctive difference, though the tentacles are said to be shorter and to have the basal enlargement. Agassiz gives the size of adults as nearly 2 inches broad by about 3 inch high. He describes the otocysts also as of unusual size, easily visible to the naked eye. In many years of collecting about Naushon I haye never taken this medusa, nor do I find it reported by other collectors. May it not be that some unusually large specimens afforded the occasion for this specific distinction? Distribution.—Buzzards Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz). EUCHEILOTA McCrady (1857). Eucheilota ventricularis McCrady. 1. LV, fig. 4. Eucheilota ventricularis MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 187. Eucheilota L. Agas Contributions to Natural History of United States, 1862, Vol. LV, p. 353. Eucheilota ventricularis A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 74. Haeckel, System der Medusen, p. 179, 1879. Bell subhemispherical, broader than high. Marginal tentacles 4 perradial, with 4 somewhat rudimentary interradial, each set with a pair of basal cirri. The interradial tentacles afterward develop and adradial tentacles appear with later maturity, but none of the specimens taken by me showed these, and they are therefore absent in the figure given. Velum well developed. Gonads in spindle- like masses on the distal third of the radial canals. Ontogeny unknown. Colors. —Bell transparent, tentacular bases and manubrium bright green by reflected light. Distribution.—Fairly common in the waters adjacent to Woods Hole, and at Newport (Fewkes). Eucheilota duodecimalis A. Agassiz. Pl. LV, fig. 3. Eucheilota duodecimalis A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 353; North American Acalephie, 1865, p. 75. Phialium duodecimale Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 180. Medusa similar in form to the preceding species, but distinguished by having but 4 long tentacles with their lateral cirri, and by the presence of 12 otocysts, 3 between each two tentacles. Distribution.—Similar to the preceding species. CLYTIA Lamouroux (1812). Clytia bicophora L. Agassiz. Text cut. Clytia bicophora L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural Tlistory of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, pp. 804, 354. A. Agassiz, North Amer- ican Acalephe, 1865, p.78. Epenthesis bicophora Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 184. Clytia bicophora, Medusa variable in form and other characters with development, at first inclined to be globular, later hemispherical. Marginal tentacles at first but 4; at maturity, 16. Velum fairly well developed, though narrow. Otocysts 8, disposed on either side of the perradial tentacles. Ontogeny.—From hydroid Clytia bicophora. Colors. —Bell, transparent; ovaries and tentacle bases, brownish. Distribution.—Not especially abundant, though frequently taken at yarious) points within the region. Frequent in the tow at Woods Hole. -] MEDUSA OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 4 : Clytia nolliformis (McCrady). Campandaria nolliformis McCrady, in Proceedings Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 194. Campanularia volubilis Leidy, Marine Invertebrates, New Jersey and Rhode Island, 1855, p. 6. Clytia cylindrica L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 306. Platypivis cylindrica A. Agassiz, North American Acalephm, 1865, p. 80. Epenthesis bicophora Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 184. This medusa resembles the preceding species so closely in most respects that Haeckel has included both under his penthesis bicophora, and it seems likely that they are identical. Only occasionally have I taken a specimen that seemed to differ sufficiently to warrant separate classification, though the hydroids seem to be fairly distinct. ; Distribution as of preceding. TIMA Eschscholtz (1829). Tima formosa L. Agassiz. P. IV, fig. 2. Tima formosa L, Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p.362. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephie, 1865, p. 118. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 205. Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 157. This splendid medusa, one of our most beautiful eucopids, has a bell-shaped umbrella about as high as broad. Size in maturity about 50 to 60 mm. Body of bell rather thick and heavy, particu- larly in aboral region. Marginal tentacles numerous, with bulbous bases. Manubrium long, capable of protrusion beyond the yelum, though usually about on a leyel therewith. Radial canals 4, rather wide, with gonads extending the entire length and downward upon the elongated peduncle of the manubrium. Mouth with 4 fimbriated eversible lobes. Otocysts numerous and symmetrically dis- tributed about the margin, each containing several otoliths. Fewkes has called attention (Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, p. 157) to the fact that specimens are often devoid of the gastric and oral portions of the manubrinm. I have frequently noted the same thing, and have suspected that it might be due to voracious fishes, some of which are known to feed upon the oral lobes, ete., of the Scyphomedusie. Whatever the cause, it seems to prove of small inconvenience to the medusa, as the organ is soon regenerated. Ontogeny.—The ontogeny of Tima has been traced by A. Agassiz (cf. North American Acaleph:e, p- 115), who has reared the hydroid from the eggs discharged by the medusie in aquaria. The characteristic phases of development, through planule to polyps and hydroid colonies, occupied some six months, at the end of which the colonies were very minute tufts, barely visible to the naked eye. Colors.—W hile the bell is quite transparent, the milk-white gonads and mouth lobes render the medusa yery conspicuous. The tentacles also are white, with a delicate rosy pink in many specimens. Distribution.—Rather general throughout the region—Cape Cod, Vineyard Sound, Woods Hole, Buzzards Bay, Newport, etc. I have taken the species only during early spring—April and May. It has been reported by Agassiz in March, June, October, and December. Facts seem to indicate the sexual season as rather distinctively spring. OBELIA Peron & Lesueur ( 18()')). The genus Obelia, as at present defined by most authors, is much more comprehensive than was understood by Forbes, MceCrady, and Agassiz. As now constituted it comprises meduse having the following characteristics: Hight adradial otocysts, which are borne on the inward projecting bases of the marginal tentacles of that region; marginal tentacles numerous, 12 to 24, or even 100 or more. Velum rudimentary, bell flat and freely eversible, the medusze often swimming more or less freely in that condition.@ The extremely variable stage of deyelopment at which the meduse leave the gonothecz, some- times with 12, 16, 24, or even 48 tentacles, sometimes with the gonads already well developed, sometimes without any traces of them, render yery difficult any certain determination of species; and the same variable tendencies of the hydroid stocks but add to the difficulties of the problem. Hence, in comparatively few cases may we feel even a reasonable assurance that the species usually recognized as distinct are entitled to that rank. a As will be noted, this definition includes what by earlier writers were recognized as the genera of Ewcope and Obelia, chiefly. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Obelia commissuralis MeCrady. : Laomedia gelatinosa Stimpson, Marine Invertebrates of Grand Manan, 1853, p. 8, in Smithsonian Contributions to Knowl- edge, Vol. VI. Laomedia dichotoma Leidy, Marine Invertebrates of New Jersey and Rhode Island, 1855, p. 6, in Journal Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. III, 2d series. Obelia commissuralis MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p.197. L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, pp. 315, 351. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 91, in Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. I. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 174. Bell flat and discoid; mar- ginal tentacles 16 at liberation; gonads borne on distal half of radial canals; manubrium eylin- drical, mouth four-lobed. Size of medusa about 1 mm. at time of liberation. Developed from hydroid of same name. Obelia diaphana. Distribution. — Everywhere throughout the region. Hydroid found on various species of Mucus, and very polific, hundreds of medus:e being discharged from asmall colony within a few hours at the breeding season. Obelia diaphana (L. Agassiz.) Text cuts. Thaumantias diaphana L. Agassiz, Memoirs American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. IV, 1849, p. 300. Bucope diaphana A, Agassiz, in L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 322. North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 83. Obelia diaphana Allman, Annals and Magazine of Nat- ural History, Vol. XIII, 1864, p. 372. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 175. Medusa flat, discoid, with usually 24 ten- tacles at liberation, later as many as 200 or more. Size about 1 mm. at birth, becoming as much as 5-6 mm. at maturity. Manubrium cylindrical, with four-lipped mouth, lips short. Gonads usually absent at birth, becoming Obelia diaphana. Oral view ‘ pyriform at maturity, and borne on distal third of radial canals. Development as in preceding species, the young sometimes occurring in almost incredible num- bers. Hydroid stock very similar to preceding species. Distribution as of preceding. Common everywhere. Obelia gelatinosa (Pallas). Serlularia gelatinosa Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, 1766, p. 116. Laomedia gelatinosa Lamarck, Animaux sans Vertebres, Tome II, 1817, p. 134. Lamouroux, Histoire des Polypiers Coralligénes Flexible. 1816, p. 92. North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 94. Obelia gelatinosa Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 176. Obelia dichotoma Allman, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. XIII, 1864, p. 372. Laomedia gigantea A. Agas Medusa much as preceding as to general form, tentacles, etc. Tentacles at birth 16 (Hincks), 24 (Haeckel). Manubrium and gonads about as in preceding species. Development from hydroid stock of same name, which, in contrast to those of both the previous species, is very large, attaining a height of a foot or more. Distribution.—Less common than preceding, though taken throughout region, ae tl MEDUS OF WOODS HOLE REGION. : 49 Obelia pyriformis (A. Agassiz.) Eucope pyriformis A. Agassiz, North American Acalephee, 1865, p. 8. Laomedia pyriformis Leidy, Marine Invertebrate Fauna New Jersey and Rhode Island, in Journal Academy Sciences, Philadelphia, 1855, p. 6. Obelia pyriformis Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 175. Medusa flat, discoid, with 24 tentacles at birth; gonads also present at this period, pear-shaped and borne on proximal half of radial canals. Otocysts somewhat larger than in some of the preceding species and usually slightly to one side of the tentacular base. Manubrium globular with simple mouth devoid of lobes or lips. Development.—From hydroid of same name, having its habitat chiefly on eel-grass or in similar surroundings. Distribution.—Somewhat general throughout the region. Obelia fusiformis (A. Agassiz.) Eucope (?) fusiformis A. Agassiz, North American Acalephi, 1865, p. 90. Eucope (?) divaricata A. Agassiz, op. cit. p. 91. Obelia fusiformis Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 177. Medusa very similar to former species, but with 48 tentacles at birth, when also the gonads are well developed and of fusiform shape along the length of tbe radial canals. Manubrium quadrate in shape, with four-lipped mouth. Development.—From hydroid of same name. Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay, Nahant (Agassiz). I have not identified this medusa from the Woods Hole region, and there may be a question as to its specific distinctness, since Agassiz has him- self expressed doubt on this point. TIAROPSIS L. Agassiz (1849). Tiaropsis diademata L. Agassiz. Text cut. Contributions Natural Tiaropsis diademata L. Agassiz, Memoirs American Academy Arts and Sciences, Vol. 1V, 1849, p. 28 History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 308. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1 der Medusen, 1879, p. 188. 5, p. 69. Haeckel, System Bell hemispherical, or low dome-like, about half as high as broad. Marginal tentacles very numerous in maturity, though comparatively few when the medusa is liberated. They are always short, forming a deli- cate fringe upon the margin of the bell. Pigment spots occur at the bul- bous bases of the tentacles, and are probably ocellar in character. Eight _otocysts are present, distributed between the tentacles, 2 in each quadrant and between the radial canals, each containing black otoliths. The velum is narrow and yery delicate. Gonads spindle-shaped, disposed beneath the median radial canal region. Manubrium very short, with four fimbriated oral lobes. Ontogeny unknown. Tiaropsis diademata. After A. Colors.—Bell pale bluish milky tint, gonads darker. AGES: Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay, Boston Harbor; occasionally taken at Woods Hole, March to May. OCEANIA Peron & Lesueur (1809. ) Oceania as a generic term has been largely superseded by most European writers upon Hydrome- dusie, and Haeckel has designated it as obsolete, merging the medus:e formerly classed under it into other genera, as Epenthesis, or instituting new genera which better define the characters of those forms. Several American authors have likewise abandoned the use of Oceania as a generic name, but still others, notably A. Agassiz and Mayer, have continued to use it in something of its earlier sense. To - the present author it has seemed expedient to continue to use it, though recognizing its growing obso- lescence. As at present defined by Agassiz and Mayer, it would seem to differ from Epenthesis chiefly in the presence of two octocysts between each two marginal tentacles, and in its larger number of the latter. B.B. F.1904—4 50 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Oceania languida A. Agassiz. Pl. V, fig. 2. Oceania languida A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 353; North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 70. Phialidium languidum Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 188. Bell rather low, symmetrically arched, walls very thin and delicate, collapsing when taken from the water. Velum also very narrow and delicate. Marginal tentacles numerous in adult, usually 32 or more, with about 2 otocysts between the bases of each two. Gonads elongate masses along the distal half of the radial canals, or when fully mature extending almost to the manubrium, the latter very short and with four-lobed mouth. Tentacular bulbs large and oval in form. The medusz are sluggish in temperament, moving languidly, often simply drifting; when disturbed, or even without apparent disturbance, they often contract the margins of the bell, folding the body into an aspect of collapse. This species is very abundant in the Woods Hole region, particularly in middle or late sum- mer. In size it varies from 15 to 20 mm. in broad diameter, with about half the height. The ontogeny of this medusa is somewhat doubtful. Haeckel assigns it to Campanulina languida. T have neyer been able to determine definitely its entire life history. Colors.—Bell very transparent; tentacle bulbs brownish with green center; gonads likewise greenish brown; manubrium streaked with greenish. Distribution.—Rather general throughout the region, June to September. Oceania singularis Mayer. Oceania singularis Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 7. Medusa with straight, sloping sides, and with a rather sharply constricted apical region, somewhat lens-shaped. Marginal tentacles 16, with large hollow basal bulbs, the tentacles rather short and abundantly supplied with mematocysts. There are also 16 rudimentary tentacles and 32 otocysts, 2 between the bases of each two rudimentary tentacles, each otocyst with a single otolith. Manu- brium rather long, quadrate in form, and with four-lobed mouth. Ontogeny unknown. Colors. —Bases of tentacles greenish, distal portions brownish, gonads of turquoise tinge. Distribution.—Newport, R. I. (Mayer). EPENTHESIS McCrady (1857). Epenthesis folleata MeCrady. Pl. V, fig. 3. Epenthesis folleata MceCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 191. Oceania folleata L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 353. A. Agassiz, North Ameri- can Acalephe, 1865, p. 70. Epenthesis folleata Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 184. Low, sub-hemispherical bell about two-thirds as high as broad, with firmer walls than in preced- ing species. Marginal tentacles 16 in mature specimens, with 16 otocysts alternating therewith, tenta- cles with rather large basal bulbs. Velum rather narrow but fairly firm in texture. Gonads form elliptical masses on the distal half of the radial canals. Manubrium moderately developed, quadrate in shape, mouth with four everted lips. Ontogeny unknown. Colors.—Basal bulbs of tentacles greenish by reflected light, or brownish by transmitted light. Gonads similarly colored, though paler. Manubrium more or less streaked with light green. Distribution.—Common in Vineyard Sound, Woods Hole, ete., from July to September. PHIALIS Haeckel (1877). Phialis cruciata (A. Agassiz). ruciata A. Agassiz, North American Acalephz, 1865, p. 102. Phialis cruciata Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 181; Prodromus Systemz Medusarum, 1877. Bell low hemispherical, somewhat broader than high, about 30 to 40 mm. broad in adults. Mar- ginal tentacles rather numerous, and with interposed cirri. Otocysts 12, three between each two radial canals. Manubrium rather short, with quadrate base, and with four-lobed mouth and eyerted lips. Gonads linear along the course of the radial canals. Ontogeny unknown. Colors.—Bell light pinkish, as are also the gonads. Distribution.—Nahant, Massachusetts Bay. This medusa has not been taken within the region in question, though likely to occur there. MEDUSZ OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 51 Family ZQUOREID. KEY TO THE GENERA. A. Radial canals 8 or more, often lobed or forked near proximal ends .............--..-------------++++--+---2++--- Halopsis B. Radial canals 12, manubrium very short and flat, oral lobes long, simple or crinkle (. Radial canals usually numerous, 16 to 32, sometimes 100 or more. Stomobrachium 1. Manubrium very short or even indistinguishable, with simply a crenulated oral margin-......-.----- Rhegmatodes DRMAN IDL Wy elleGeveloped wOrall lO DES pl foo sere eee axe wie < olajcicin) ore pine este mle efeee fe = olla cha ie mele mimic leim n= == oa Equorea 3. Manubrium large and with complexly plaited oral lobes..:.-.......-.-----------++ +--+ -eeee eee ee ee eee Zygodactyla HALOPSIS A. Agassiz (1865). Halopsis ocellata A. Agassiz. Halopsis ocelata A. Agassiz, Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, Vol. IX, 1863, 1865, p. 99. Haeckel, System der Meduseng p. 2 . 219; North American Acalephz, Bell low and evenly arched, 3 or 4 times as broad as high. Tentacles very numerous and capable of great contraction and extension, with numerous alternating cirri. Radial canals 4 in young speci- mens, increasing from 12 to 20 in adults. Otocysts large and numerous, composed of double rows of otoliths, and symmetrically disposed along the margin of the bell. Manubrium very short, with four- lobed mouth. Gonads form elongate masses along almost the entire length of the canals. Agassiz has noted the occurrence of double manubria in specimens of this form, particularly where there is an extension of the gastric pouch in one plane of the medusa, attributes this appearance to a tendency to or ‘‘beginning of transverse fission.’’ This inference seems to me hardly warranted without clearer evidence of such fission among medusie. I have occasionally found the same appear- ance in smaller medusve, for example, Oceania languida and Gonionemus, in which so far as I am aware there has never been noted any tendency to fission. G. T. Hargitt has found frequent examples of such double manubria and mouths in individuals undergoing regeneration of excised parts. (Cf. Biological Bulletin, Vol. IV, p. 6 et seq. ) Agassiz has made observations upon the development of this species. (Cf. Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, Vol. IX, p. 219.) Distribution.—Nahant, Mass., Bay (Agassiz). This medusa has not been taken at Woods Hole recently, nor elsewhere in the southern part of the region, so far as known to me. STOMOBRACHIUM Brandt (1838). Stomobrachium tentaculatum L. Agassiz. Stomobrachium tentaculatum L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p.361. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1866, p. 98. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 224. Bell low, evenly arched; radial canals 12, gastric portion of manubrium very flat, mouth with 4 rather triangular lobes which are variously frilled or folded. Tentacles very numerous, but short and devoid of any considerable contraction or extension. Gonads linear in form and disposed along the several canals. Ontogeny unknown. Colors.—The medusa is almost wholly devoid of color. Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay (Agassiz). I have occasionally taken at Woods Hole what may have been fragments of the somewhat firm gelatinous portions of this medusa. RHEGMATODES A. Agassiz (1862). Rhegmatodes tenuis A. Agassiz. Text cut. Rheqgmatodes A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. TV, 1862, p. 36 Rhegmatodes tenuis A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 95. Haeckel, System der Medusen, p. + Bell very low and flat with evenly rounded exumbrellar surface. Radial canals numerous, from 30 to 40 or more in mature specimens, mostly simple, but exhibiting numerous variations, as spurs, anasto- mosing branches, etc. Marginal tentacles numerous and evenly disposed, rather filiform and capable of 52 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. great contraction, during which they are offen characteristically coiled, and with a broader base, above which is a tubular, spur-like flap; numerous rudimentary tentacular bodies interposed between the long tentacles. Gonads in double-linear series along the course of the radial canals, extending from slightly beyond the gastric cavity to about the same distance from the marginal canal. Manubrium almost lacking, gastric pouch yery flat, mouth asimple crinkled rim about the edge of the gastric pouch. Otocysts numerous and variously interposed between the bases of the tentacles. In general habits this medusa is sluggish, swimming lan- & - guidly by only irregularly intermittent pulsations of the bell . margins. The velum is but poorly developed. It varies in size from 25 to 70 mm., the average being about 40 to 50 mm. Ontogeny wholly unknown. Distribution.—Not uncommon throughout the region, but very erratic. During the summer of 1900 it was very abundant at Woods Hole; in 1901 it was entirely absent; in 1902 a very few specimens were taken. Rhegmatodes tenwis. ZEQUOREA Peron & Lespeur (1809). ZEquorea albida A. Agassiz. /Equorea albida A. Agassiz, in L. Agassiz Contributions Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 359. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 110. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 221. Bell somewhat less than hemispherical, tending to conical above. Radial canals very numerous, 80 to 100, or even more. Marginal tentacles, about three between each two adjacent canals, and each with a superposed spur similar to Rhegmatodes. Manubrium better developed than in preceding, gastric portion very flat and wide, mouth simple or somewhat crenulated when contracted. Gonads disposed along the entire course of the radial canals. In size this medusa varies about as the preceding species. Ontogeny entirely unknown. Distribution. —Not uncommon in and about Woods Hole during late summer and autumn. ZYGODACTYLA Brandt (1838). Zygodactyla greenlandica (Peron & Lesueur). Medusa xquorea, Fabricius, Fauna groenlandica, 1780, p. 364. Aquorea granlandica Peron & Lesueur, Tableau des Meduses, ete., in Annales du Museum, Vol. XIV, 1809, p. 339. Zygodactyla grenlandica L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 360. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 103. Rhacostoma atlantica, L. Agassiz, Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, Vol. III, 1862, p. 342. Polycanna grenlandica Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 232. This is one of the largest of the Hydromeduse, sometimes measuring a foot or more in diameter, and about one-third as high. The bell is rather low and evenly arched above. Radial canals very numerous, 100 or more. Marginal tentacles also numerous, like the preceding species, usually three between each two adjacent canals, and with similar superposed spurs. Manubrium very large, extend- ing beyond the bell margin; gastric portion very broad; oral portion comprising highly complex plaited folds and frills. Gonads in double-linear series along the course of the radial canals. Ontogeny unknown. Colors.—Manubrium, gonads, and tentacles dull whitish. Distribution.—Greenland (Fabricius). Maine to Massachusetts (Agassiz). Occasionally found in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay in late summer and autumn. MEDUS2® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 538 THE TRACHOMEDUS&. Prrastp®.—Radial canals 4; manubrium without peduncle, mouth usually simple, occasionally 4 fimbriated lobes; gonads variously folded or undulating, suspended beneath radial canals. Tentacles numerous, usually solid. Otocysts variously distributed between bases of tentacles. TRACHYNEMIDX®.— Radial canals 8; manubrium long, devoid of peduncle, with mouth four-“obed. Gonads 8, borne beneath radial canals. Sensory organs, otocysts with central otolith. AGLAuRID&.—Radial canals 8, manubrium long, with short distal bell-shaped stomach, and gelat- inous peduncle; mouth usually four-lobed, rarely simple. Gonads usually rather long and cylindrical, borne on radial canals or manubrium. Tentacles always solid. Sensory organs usually free. Gerryonip#.—Radial canals 4 or 6, manubrium long and pendulous, with terminal stomach; peduncle gelatinous, radial canals extending usually the entire length. Gonads usually flat and leaf- like, borne on the subumbrella beneath radial canals. Tentacles of three series: Primary, occurring during young stage, perradially distributed, and solid; secondary, interradially disposed, also solid, and usually disappearing by atrophy; tertiary, the final series, hollow and communicating with the marginal canal. Sensory organs are otocysts, each with a central otolith. Family PETASID. A single genus under this family comes within this region—namely, Gonionemus, which was by _ Haeckel referred to the cannotid Leptomeduse (cf. System der Medusen, p. 146). Later and more detailed knowledge both of the structure and life history of Gonionemus has clearly demonstrated its trachynemid affinities. While it does not easily come within the current limitations of the Petaside, the genus seems most closely related here, and it appears upon the whole better to enlarge the scope of the present family than to establish an additional one. GONIONEMUS A. Agassiz (1862). Gonionemus murbachii Mayer. Pl. VI, fig. 1. Gonionemus vertens A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 128; in Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 350. Gonynema vertens Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 147. Gonionemus murbachii Mayer, Bulletin Brooklyn Institute Arts and Sciences, Vol. I, 1901, p. 5. Gonionema murbachii, Yerkes, American Journal of Physiology, Vol. VII, 1902, p. 181. Perkins, Johns Hopkins University Circular, May, 1902. This species was first described by A. Agassiz in 1862, from the Pacific coast. In 1895 a species was found at Woods Hole and supposedly identified with the Pacific species by Murbach, but it has since been classed as a distinct species by Mayer. Gonionemus murbachii may be characterized as follows: Bell somewhat ‘less than a hemisphere, though in early life, and even in many specimens approaching maturity, it is almost if not quite hem- ispherical. Manubrium rather short, seldom extending to the velum, quadrangular m shape, with 4 prominent and delicately frilled orallobes. Radial canals 4, though many specimens are found with 5, 6, or even 2 and 3. (Cf. paper on Variation in Hydromedusie, by writer, Biol. Bull., Vol. IT, 1902.) Gonads extending under radial canals in undulating folds. Tentacles numerous, 50 to 80 or more in fully developed specimens, and with prominent basal bulbs of brownish color delicately tinged with bright green. Each tentacle with a prominent suctorial pad near the tip, at which point the tentacle often presents a sharp knee-like angle. Sensory bodies, or otocysts, each with a central otolith, vari- ously distributed between the bases of the tentacles. Ontogeny.—The life history and development of this medusa has recently been worked out with much care by H. F. Perkins, who has thus shown that there is a well-defined, though lowly organized hydroid generation, from which presumably, the medusve are derived by asexual budding. Color.—Bell transparent, radial canals and gonads yellowish-brown, manubrium brownish. Distribution.—Chiefly in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Vineyard Haven, and adjacent waters. aThe figure is faulty in some respects, but a better substitute was not available. 54 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Gonionemus has afforded some extremely interesting ecological phenomena. Its most congenial habitat seems to be in small protected pools or ponds, such as the Eel Pond at Woods Hole, which has only a narrow connection with the harbor, and being surrounded by dwellings, receives garbage and other wastes which fiust render its waters more or less foul. Eel grass grows luxuriantly in the shallower portions, and in this the meduse seem to find favorable conditions for lodgment and at the same time abundant food, such as small crustaceans, fish-fry, etc. Thousands of specimens are taken annually from this pond for use in the laboratory and elsewhere, but without apparently dimin- ishing the numbers. When taken elsewhere, as at Vineyard Haven, the conditions haye been very similar. The adaptation of the species to such a habitat has seemed to fit it for aquarium life, which in turn has made possible a most remarkable and yaried amount of experimental work on coelenterate physiology, as the abundant literature of the past few years amply attests. Family TRACHYNEMIDA. Radial canals 8, simple; no blind centripetal canals; otocysts 16 ..-/.........--- 22-22-22 - <2 oe one ne eeeee Rhopalonema RHOPALONEMA Gegenbaur (1856). Rhopalonema typicum (Maas). Text cut. Homenema typicum Maas, Memoirs Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XXII, 1897, p. 22. Rhopalonema typicum A, Agassiz & Mayer, Memoirs Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX VI, p. 152. Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. TV, 1902, p. 15. Bell hemispherical in general shape, with a low, rounded apical projection. Average size about 9 mm. in broad diameter by about 6 mm. in height. Radial canals 8, with the slightly developed gonads borne about the mid-region of their subumbrellar course. Manubrium urn-shaped and with slightly flaring oral margins. Velum well developed and capable of extension outward, a condition often assumed normally. Marginal tentacles were lacking on the specimens taken, though a fairly regular series of basal fragments indicated about the usual number char- acteristic of the species.. Those of the region adjacent to the radial canals seemed to haye been of larger size than the others. No otocysts _ were distinguishable on the specimens. In yiew of the solvent action of strong formalin on these bodies in other cases it may not be unlikely that a similar effect resulted in the present case, for this condition pre- Rhopalonema typicum. vailed with almost all the specimens of the collection. Ontogeny entirely unknown. Colors.—Bell quite transparent, but with an evident irridescence; manubrium dull white, as were also the gonads in the preserved specimens. Distribution.—Region of Gulf Stream, fragments taken in the tow in Vineyard Sound. The oecur- rence of the species in this comparatively high Atlantic latitude may seem extraordinary, if not improbable, but there do not seem to be sufficient grounds for considering the specimens as distinct from the species here indicated. Maas has described R. typicum from the west coast of Mexico (cf. Memoirs Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XXII), and Agassiz and Mayer have recently recorded it from the tropical Pacific (cf. op. cit., Vol. XX VI, No. 3). It should be noted that the specimens taken in Vineyard Sound were all more or less damaged, as already indicated. More perfect specimens and in larger numbers may afford grounds for a different conclusion from that here expressed. MEDUSA OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 55 Family AGLAURID. KEY TO THE GENERA, A. Gonads 8. SURE COREL CLARO NTL CoOL MN eR LLED LCA OS iat arate ears etare etn lg ciate foimemettntelmestans (ala etataesiaatm mpelaotmta Em, clale ei leiniainisint ms cellars rine iglantha PP GOT ECD OTT GN OLMIS ATTEN OL LLIN te area ic ae ota learn fete ee ole ioe ete nies oPeieininicla Sie ain njeteisiniese ee =) ies see --- Aglaura B. Gonads 4, or sometimes 2. EGON S12 1OLO DDOSLLE IC eM OMIM DIOl a esse estat dain oes ee ese ee a wlcla clea we nine sala Ge Wainis sin wee se else n= Sale Persa AGLAURA Peron & Lesueur (1809). Aglaura hemistoma Peron & Lesueur. Text cut. Aglaura hemistoma Peron & Lesueur, Tableau des Méduses, 1809, p. 351. Aglaura peronii Leuckart, Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrgaug 22, 1856, p. 10. Aglaura hemistoma var. nausicaa Maas, Die Craspedoten Medusen der Plankton-Expedition, 1893, p. 26. Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. TV, 1902, p. 14. = Medusa in form of a cylinder, somewhat octagonal as viewed from either pole. Average size 4 mm. in height by about half as broad. Radial canals 8, extending downward upon the long gelatinous manubrium, which hangs freely in the subumbrellar cavity for about two-thirds its extent. Gastric portion rather short and with prominent four-lobed oral lips. Gonads, 4 or 5 in number, are suspended as finger-like processes from the lower portion of the gelatinous peduncle. Velum well developed and normally having the aspect Aglaura hemistoma. shown in the figure, though often infolded in similar form within the bell. The tentacles were in nearly every case entirely lacking or so badly distorted as to make impossible any accurate determination of either their number or character; usually, however, the basal portions showed with suflicient clearness to enable a recognition of their presence, and by comparing a number of specimens an approximation as to the number was possible, as shown in the figure. Ontogeny entirely unknown. Colors.—Bell very transparent; oral portion of the manubrium pale reddish; gonads pale brownish to yellow, or whitish. Distribution.—Region of the Gulf Stream, some 60 miles south of Marthas Vineyard. AGLANTHA Haeckel (1879). Aglantha digitalis (O. F. Muller). Text cut. Medusa digitale O. F. Muller, Prodromus Zoologica Danica, 1766, p. 233. Fab- ricius, Fauna Groenlandica, 1780, p. 366. Melicerta digitale Peron & Lesueur, Tableau des Meduses, 1809, p. 352. Kirene digitale Eschscholtz, System der Acalephen, 1829, p. 95. Circe rosea Forbes, British Naked-eyed Meduse, 1848, p. 34. L. Agassiz, Contribu- tions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 349. Trachynema digitale A. Agassiz, Nort) American Acaleph, 1865, p. 57. Aglantha digitalis Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 272. Medusa elongate bell-shaped, with rather sharp apical projec- tion. Radial canals 8, rather wide and extending downward upon the long gelatinous peduncle. Marginal tentacles numerous, but fragile and in many cases detached, apparently by the medusa when brought into captivity. Otocysts 4, with reddish colored otoliths. Gonads 8, suspended like sausages from the upper portion of the radial canals. Velum strong and usually folded within the bell : cavity. Gastric portion of the manubrium comparatively small, Aglantha digitalis. After A. Agassiz. mouth with four everted lips. The medusa presents different aspects at varying ages, as pointed out by A. Agassiz, the young being shorter and more spherical. Adult specimens 25 to 35 mm. high. Ontogeny entirely unknown. Colors.—Bell transparent, slightly pinkish, gonads milky white. Distribution.—Taken at various points within the region, chiefly Woods Hole, March to May. Reported by Agassiz from Massachusetts Bay; by Fabricius from Baftins Bay. 56 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Aglantha conica Hargitt. Text cut. Aglantha conica Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. IV, 1902, p. 21. Bell high, with rather sharp apical projection which is slightly constricted at its base in many specimens. Bell walls rather firm, and when compressed tending to wrinkle longitudinally, a condi- tion which often appears also in preserved specimens. Manubrium long and pendulous, though not reaching the velum; peduncle gelatinous; gastric portion much as in the preceding species, as, indeed, are other general characters. Radial canals 8, extending the length of the peduncle. Gonads 8, cylindrical and suspended from the upper portion of the radial canals. Velum well devel- oped and the chief, if not sole, organ of locomotion; movements quick and erratic, the medusve darting with arrow-like swiftness through the water. Ten- tacles apparently numerous, but mostly lacking in the specimens taken, not- withstanding the effort to distinguish them on living specimens. Those present rather short and blunt. No marginal organs (otocysts) distinguished even in living specimens. In many respects the specimens resemble very much the preceding species and were at first taken for the young. A comparison as to size and sexual Aglantha conica. maturity, however, seems to show undoubted specific distinctness as elsewhere pointed out. Average size from 5 to 6 mm. high by about kalf as wide. SSS j Ivy) a) fe a | Ontogeny entirely unknown. Colors.—Bell yery transparent, with only the slighest irridescence by reflected light Distribution.—Taken chiefly off Nantucket; in fewer numbers at another time off Chacham, Mass. Collections were made with the open net at depths of from 12 to 20 fathoms. August. Family GERYONIDA. KEY TO THE GENERA. 1. Three centripetal canals between each pair of radials ...........-.-----.--------2------- ee neces eee eee eee eee eee Liriope 2. One centripetal canal between each pair of radials ....-.....-.-...------- : -- Glossocodon LIRIOPE Lesson (1843). Liriope scutigera McCrady. Liriope scutigera MeCrady, Proceedings Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I, 1857, p. 208. Liriantha scutigera Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 287. Bell hemispherical, with thick walls. Radial canals narrow, 4 in number. Manubrium very long, extending far beyond the margin; mouth simple, devoid of lobes; lips small, fringed with nematocysts, short gastrostyle protruding from the mouth. Tentacles long, hollow, very flexible, and with nematocysts arranged in definite rings. Otocysts 4, each with a club-shaped organ. Gonads flat and spindle-shaped in outline, disposed beneath the radial canals. Ontogeny unknown. Distribution.—Newport, R. I. (Fewkes). Liriope cerasiformis Lesson. Pl. V, fig. 4. Liriope cerasiformis Lesson, Histoire Naturelle Zoophytes Acalephes, 1843, p. 332. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 289. Maas, Craspedoten Medusen der Plankton-Expedition, 1893, p. 35. Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. IV, 1902, p. 16. Liriope exigua (et cerasiformis) Haeckel, Familie der Geryoniden, 1864, p. 24. Bell subhemispherical, with firm, rather thick walls; size averaging about 10 mm. broad by slightly more than half as high. Radial canals 4, quite distinct, centripetal canals 12, 3 between each two radials. The centripetal canals are only evident upon very critical examination, and this may account for their absence from the earlier accounts of McCrady and the later one by Fewkes, from which a part of the description of the preceding species is condensed. The central of these canals is rather long and narrow with rounded apex, the lateral ones are about half as long and of similar shape. The marginal canal is wide, and communicates freely with both the radial and centripetal canals. ; MEDUS® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 57 Marginal tentacles 4 on adult specimens; younger specimens often with well-developed interradial tentacles, the gradual disappearance of which is easily traceable in a series of specimens of increasing ages. Nematocysts of tentacles disposed in regular annulations with intermediate perfectly smooth spaces. Manubrium long, extending far beyond the velum; gastric portion rather short and bell- shaped, with slightly quadrate oral lips, beyond which protrudes the pointed gastrostyle. Gonads flat and heart-shaped, and disposed about midway beneath the radial canals. Ontogeny wholly unknown. Colors.—Bell quite transparent, gonads and manubrium dull whitish in formalin specimens. Distribution.—Region of the Gulf Stream, taken in sur- face tow. — GLOSSOCODON Haeckel (1864). Glossocodon tenuirostris (L. Agassiz). Text cut. Liriope tenuirostris L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States, Vol. IV, 1862, 365. Glossocodon tenuirostris Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. 1X, 1882, p. 278. Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 165. Bell somewhat similar to L. scutigera, but more globular; also single broad centripetal canals alternating with the 4 radial canals, which are themselves rather wide and prominent. The marginal tentacles present the same aspects of modifica- tion as to number, ete., as in Liriope cerasiformis, only the 4 perradial being permanent in the adult medusa. Manubrium very long and pendulous, extending far beyond the bell mar- gin; mouth 4-lipped, fringed with nematocysts. Colors.—Bell transparent, gastric portion of manubrium reddish. Distribution.—Chiefly in subtropical waters; reported by Mayer as occasionally taken at Newport. I have not seen this species, the above description being abridged from that of Fewkes. Glossocodon tenuirostris. After Mayer. THE NARCOMEDUS#. So far as I am aware, only two, or at most three, families of this order are represented in this region, and these by very few species. Diagnostic characters of the families are given below, but no keys to the genera will be necessary as in families of larger numbers. Family CUNANTHIDA. Wide, pouch-like rddial canals, which connect by double peronial canals with the marginal canal. Otoporpze on the bases of the sensory bodies. CUNINA Eschscholtz (1829). . Cunina discoides Fewkes. Cunina discoides Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, 1881, p. 161. Medusa flat, lens-shaped, transparent, with smooth exumbrella. Tentacles 14, stiff, solid, and usually carried at right angles to the vertical line of bell. Manubrium very small or wanting. Otocysts located on the lower margin of the collar-like structure called by Fewkes the subumbrella. Distribution.—Occasionally found at Newport. This account is condensed from Fewkes’s descrip- tion, the medusa being unknown to me. 58 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Family PEGANTHID. No radial canals or gastric pouches, but peronial canal present. Otoporp:e as in preceding. Family EGINIDA. Double peronial canals connecting the gastric pouch with the marginal canal. Interradial pouches present. Otoporpze lacking. EGINA Eschscholtz (1829). Z@gina pachyderma (A. Agassiz). Text cut. Campanella pachyderma A. Agassiz, North American Acalephie, 1865, p. 52. Agina pachyderma Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 339. Bell somewhat conical, slightly broader than high, 1.5mm. by 1mm. Marginal tentacles 4, rather ; “long and arched, with numerous clus- ters of nematocysts, and with ocellate spots on the bulbous base of each. Manubrium well developed, conical in shape, and with plain mouth, gen- ital pouches 8, symmetrically disposed about the manubrium base. Radial and marginal canals well defined. Color.—Bell dull yellowish, with darker spotsscattered over the surface; tentacle basis brownish red. Distribution. —Nahant, September ( Agassiz). T have not seen this medusa, the above description being compiled from that of Agassiz. gina pachyderma. After A. Agassiz. Family SOLMARIDA. No marginal or peronial canals; sometimes radial canals or modified radial canals. Otoporpze absent. SOLMARIS Haeckel (1879). Solmaris tetranema Hargitt. Text cut. Solmaris Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 395. Solmaris tetranema Hargitt, Biological Bulletin, Vol. IV, 1902, p. 18. Bell flat, discoid, about three times broader than high, 9 mm. by 3 mm. Exumbrellar sur- face convex, of firm consistency, and with a soft, flexible collar region indefinitely marked off from the former. Medusa without circular or peronial canals. Velum fairly developed. Gastric pouches Solmaris tetranema. small, and without distinguishable radial canals. No signs of gonads present. Tentacles 4, of similar size and inserted high upon the sides of the bell, terminating proximally in sharp inwardly directed ends; tentacles stiff over proximal half, but attenuate and rather flexible distally, the endodermal cells in this region seeming much less crowded than proximally. Alternating with these primary tentacles were what appeared to be 4 undeveloped or rudimentary tentacles. At first these were thought to be associated with sensory bodies, but the absence of otocysts or similar structure seems to indicate their tentacular nature. A single specimen was obtained near the Gulf Stream and had the appearance of immaturity; being also somewhat damaged, accurate determination was not practicable, yet I have proposed for it the provisional name ‘‘tetranema,’’ indicative of the number of tentacles. le) MEDUS#® OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 5 SIPHONOPHORA. Almost, if not all, the members of this order likely to be taken in the Woods Hole region are inci- dental rather than integral faunal factors, borne hither by tropical currents or prevailing winds from seaward. The proximity of the Gulf Stream and its general course are undoubtedly the most domi- nant influences in transporting various subtropical faunal elements to these waters. The following synopsis furnishes hardly more than a convenient check list of species of which I have been able to find records, and only a comparatively few of which I have personally taken during the more than ten years of observation and collecting within the region. The order Siphonophora comprises three fairly distinct suborders or sections. DiscoNECT®. With discoidal pneumatophore, but devoid of nectophores or bracts. VELELLA Bosc (1802). Velella mutica Bosc. Velella mutica Bose, Histoire Naturelle des Vers, Tome IJ, 1802, p. 158. L. Agassiz, Contributions Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 366. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 216. Armenista mutica Haeckel, Siphonophora Challenger Report, Zoology, Vol. XX VIII, 1888, p. S4. Velella mutica Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 71. Pneumatophore an elliptical or oblong disc, usually with an oblique vertical crest, and with numerous zooids suspended from its lower surface. Color of radial canals and manubrium often bril- liant ochraceous. Occasionally taken in Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay, and off Newport. PORPITA Lamarck (1816). Porpita linnzana Lesson. Porpita linnzxana Lesson, Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes Acalephes, 1843, p. 589. L. Agassiz, Contribution Natural History United States, Vol. IV, 1862, p. 366. A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 218. Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 72. Pneumatophore a circular dise but devoid of vertical crest, other wise similar in general aspects to the preceding. Distribution.—Oceasionally taken at Woods Hole, Vineyard Sound, Newport, R. L., ete. CALYCONECT.B. Without pneumatophores, but with one or more nectophores. DIPHYES Cuvier (1817). Diphyes bipartita Costa. Text cut. Diphues bipartita Costa, Genere Diphya, 1840, p. 4. Diphyes acuminata Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VI, 1880, p. 142. Diphyes bipartita Chun, Siphonophoren der Kanarischen Inseln, 1888; Siphonophoren der Plankton-Expedition, 1897, p. 24. Mayer, Bulletin Museum Com- parative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 74. This species is widely distributed throughout the tropical Atlantic and not infrequently drifts into the bays of the region from the Gulf Stream. Mayer records it as often taken at Newport in late sum- mer, Specimens were taken off the borders of the Gulf Stream during 1902. Figure 25, after Mayer, gives a good general impression of the shape of this medusa, but no figure can give the remotest idea of its delicacy or motions. Diphyes bipartita. After Mayer. 60 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. DIPHYOPSIS Haeckel (1888). Diphyopsis campanulifera Eschscholtz. Text cut. Diphyes campanulifera Eschscholtz, System der Acalephen, 1829, p. 137. Diphyopsis campanuliyera Chun, Die Siphonophoren der Kanarischen Inseln, 1888; Die Siphonophoren der Plankton- Expedition, 1897, p. 26. Mayer, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. XX XVII, 1900, p. 75. This form is similar in general characters and distribution to the pre- ceding. The accompanying figure, after Mayer, gives an i¢ea of its general shape and size. Chun regards it as an extremely variable species, both in the size and proportions of the colony. It is frequently taken in the deeper tows, particularly south of Marthas Vineyard and in the region of Nantucket. CUPULITA Quoy & Gaimard (1827). Cupulita cara (A. Agassiz). Nanomia cara A. Agassiz, North American Acalephe, 1865, p. 200. Agalma elegans Fewkes, (?) Report U. S, Fish Commission 1884, p. 964, 1886. Cupulita cara Chun, Die Siphonophoren der Plankton Expedition, 1897, p. 103. This is a large siphonophore, of a generally boreal habitat. The deserip- tion of Agassiz (vide supra) is quite full, with good figures, including also accounts of its development, which obviates the necessity of fuller details here. HIPPOPODIUS Quoy & Gaimard (1827). Hippopodius luteus Quoy & Gaimard. Hippopodius luteus Quoy & Gaimard, in Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome X, 1827, p. 172. Gleba hippopus Fewkes, Report U.S. Fish Commission 1884, 1886, p. 963. Hippopodius luteus Chun, Die Siphonophoren der Plankton-Expedition, 1897, p. 34. " Occasionally taken within the region adjacent to the Gulf Stream, but Diphyopsis campanulifera, Tarely, if at all, near to the coast. After Mayer. ANTHOPHYSA Mertens (1829). Anthophysa formosa (Fewkes). Athorybia formosa Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. TX, 1882, p. 271. Anthophysa formosa Chun, Die Siphonophoren der Plankton-Expedition, 1898, p. 61. This species was first described by Fewkes from the Tortugas, and has not since been recorded out of that general region till reported by Chun (vide supra). Heeckel has described under the name of Anthophysa darwinii what is apparently the same species. During the summer of 1902 a single specimen of this interesting siphonophore was taken south of Marthas Vineyard. It agrees in general characters with the descriptions of both Fewkes and Chun. In size it is intermediate between the specimens they described, being about 4 mm. in diameter, and about the same in height. MEDUS® OF WOODS HOLE REGION, 61 SPHERONECTES Huxley (1859). Spheeronectes gracilis (Claus). Text cut. Monophyes gracilis Claus, Schriften Zoologischer Institut Wien, 1874, p. 29. Diplophysa inermis Fewkes, Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Vol. VI, 1881, p. 143. The figure given herewith will afford a generally sufficient means of identification. Fewkes reports the species from Newport, R. I. Other than this I am not aware that it has been found within this region. CYSTONECT®. With large vesicular pneumatophore only, no nectophores or bracts. PHYSALIA Lamarck (1801). Physalia pelagica Bosc. Physatia pelagica Bosc, Histoire Naturelle des Vers, Tome II, p. 168, 1802. Physalia arethusa Tilesius, in Krusenterns Reise, 1812, p. 91. Physalia caravella Eschscholtz, System der Acalephen, 1829, p. 160. Physalia pelagica Lamarck, Animaux sans Vertébres, 2d edition, 1840, p. 92. Huxley, Oceanic Hydrozoa, 1859, p. 100. Physalia arethusa L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of the United States, 1862, p. 335. Chun, Die Siphonophoren der Plankton-Expedi- tion, 1897, p. 89. This is, for several reasons, the best known of siphonophores. Its large size and conspicuous float, and long and numerous ten- tacles with their powerful batteries of nematocysts, have combined Spheronectes gracilis. After Mayer. to render the species noteworthy. These alone are generally sufficient for its easy identification. The large and beautifully colored pneumatophore, capable of nice adjustments to wind and wave, the graceful and pendulus tentacles, the languid, passively floating habit of the creature, and last, if not least, its venomous repute, render its presence a center of eager interest to observers. It is a fairly familiar object in Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters, at times as many as fifty specimens being taken during a single cruise within a few miles of Woods Hole. THE SCYPHOMEDUS£. ° In general form, structure, habits, and distribution. the Scyphomeduse have much in common with the Hydromeduse and probably sustain a much closer relation to them than to any other of the ccelenterate classes. As a rule they are of larger size, somewhat sluggish in habits, the margin of the umbrella is more or less evidently lobed, and there is usually a large manubrium which is provided with large oral lobes, often complexly fimbriated or plaited. The body is also usually much thicker and more rigid than in the Hydromeduse, and in some of the orders it is provided with a well-organized muscular system. As in the Hydromeduse there is usually a well-defined alternation of genera- tions, though with notable exceptions in some of the orders, and in all there seems to be a tendency toward the suppression of the nonsexual stage, which is frequently quite inconspicuous and more or less temporary. In contrast with this phase in the Hydromeduse, the metamorphism is usually more extended and arises differently— namely, by a process of transverse fission, known as strobilization, the entire body of the polyp constricting into a series of segments which eventually become free larval 62 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. jelly-tishes known as ephyree. These in turn pass by an insensible metamorphism directly into meduse. Direct asexual budding from the adulé medusz is very rare in this class, though quite common in the former. Here the medusa seems the pre- dominant phase in the life history, while quite the reverse is frequently the case with the Hydromedusx, where the hydroid is often large, long lived, and conspicuous, the medusa small, rudimentary, or entirely suppressed. The following morphological characters are usually sufficient for the distinction of the two classes: 1. Absence of a true velum. The velarium of the Cubomedusie has important structural differences, though doubtless serving essentially similar functions. 2. The sexual organs and products of entodermic origin. 3. Gastric filaments usually distinct. 4. Sense organs, when present, are perhaps moditied tentacles, known as tentac- ulocysts, or rhopalia. There are four clearly distinguishable orders of Scyphomedusie, characterized as follows: I. SravromMepus®.—Vasiform or subconical umbrella. The medusa sedentary in some cases, attached by an aboral peduncle or stalk. Wholly devoid of sensory organs, but provided with 8 tentacles or tentacular organs which serve as anchors. Stomach with 4 wide gastric pouches, which communicate with a marginal canal. Gonads in four crescentic loops on the floor of the gastric pouches. II. Peromepus®.—Umbrella more or less conical in shape and with usually a well-developed horizontal constriction which divides the body into two regions-—-an aboral, which often resembles very much the apical projection of many Hydromedusie; and a basal or marginal portion, which is 8 or 16 lobed and bears tentacles and rhopalia. Stomach capacious, with 4 gastric pouches which are separated by narrow septa and extend into a circular sinus. Gonads much as in the former order. III. Cusomepus%.—A distinctively quadrate body or umbrella, which is provided with a definite velarium supported at the radial angles by thickenings or frenulee. Marginal tentacles 4, interradially disposed, their bases often provided with wing-like expansions known as pedalia; rhopalia 4, perradially disposed. IV. Discomepus®.—A_ shallow, or disk-shaped, eight-lobed umbrella. Marginal sense organs 8, per- and interradially disposed about the margin. Tentacles often very numerous. Manubrium frequently large and with pendulous oral lobes variously plaited or crenulated. Stomach usually large, with + to 8 or more gastric pouches, within which the sexual organs are borne in gastrogenital pockets. The meduse of this order are often of large size, many specimens of Cyanea reaching a diameter of 3 to 4 or even 6 feet and having tentacles of 50 to 60 feet or more in length when fully extended. The average size, however, even in this genus, is generally much smaller. By far the greater. number of Scyphomedusze are members of this order, as will be seen in the following list of genera and species found within the*region under discussion; and this is true of other regions as well. STAUROMEDUS#. i TessArip#.—Margin of umbrella devoid of lobes or anchors, apex attenuated into a hollow stalk, which in certain genera serves as a means of attachment; tentacles 8, 4 of which are perradial and 4 interradial. So far as known to me, no representatives of this family come within this region. Lucernarub®.—Margin of umbrella definitely lobed, each lobe terminating in a tuft of delicate, knobbed tentacles. Exumbrella attenuated at the apex as an organ of attachment; margin of umbrella with 8 tentacles, arranged as in the preceding family, but in some cases modified as anchors. MEDUS2 OF WOODS HOLE REGION. 638 Family LUCERNARIIDA. KEY TO THE GENERA. SE ante gastrogenital pockets in the subumbrellar wall of the radial pouches. MUM prellaAswitNns WATS Nal ANGHOTSs. «2.0.0. csc sce ncee nse cence ea enie- cease tes SSeS poeade ISOs Haliclystus PEC DU DrellagmUnO nos meaAreina ae hOrsacee oe cm = alee wine seein owl « Slaie cee oem cisineon oe ieee a eiennenelonaisec Lucernaria B.—With 4 perradial gastrogenital pockets in the subumbre Nar wall of the 4 radial pouch San are INO MUM rel awe hes ANCHO clas eset iu= ale la cl senlt= = oieionjee inieelsclne nce Ceoescces lance lenesecsecee Halicyathus HALICLYSTUS Clark (1863). Haliclystus auricula Clark. Text cut. Hatliclystus auricula Clark, Journal Boston Society Natural History, Vol. VII, 1863, p.559; A. Agassiz, North American Acalephie, 1865, p. 63; Lucernarice and Their Allies, 1878, p. 13, in Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. XXIII. Haeckel, System der Medusen, 1879, p. 389. Haliclystus primula Haeckel, Prodromus Systemze Medusarum, 1877, No. 375. Umbrella octangular to pyramidal, stalk quadrate, approxi- mately as long as the bell height; 8 arms, arranged in pairs; 4 perradial sinuses, broader and deeper than the 4 interradials, each arm with from 100 to 120 tentacles; 8 large marginal anchors. Size, broad diameter, 20-30 mm.; height, including stalk, about the same. Colors.—Variable, often including every tint of the spectrum. Usually, however, the color is simple. Distribution.—Massachusetts Bay northward. Haliclystus salpinx Clark (1863). Haliclystus auricula. After A. Haliclystus salpinx Clark, Journal Boston Society Natural History, Vol. VII, 1863, p. 563. OsSnes nase ceshsoose. folleata ... DPE NADI Gok sore sce sneascanagnsesoCsacuoposconsccacgaes 6 EPHYROIDES 29,3 rotaformis 78 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Page Page. BUCHEILODA © 3-0 ec cmc cece lew winw ne ei pew nie mien 45,46 | MERTENSIIDE.......----------22-2-22-2ee errr rr cte eee 71 MuOdeCIMIAlIS ss seas =e nee = eat mien 46) |) MINEMIMD Rincon bee oe teem esa ieee a 72 ventricularis ........-----------------+--- 46 | MNEMIOPSIS. - - 72 PUCOPE: «<= vse =m <== ool om - 48,49 Neidyieeemesseessceecce emer: ace 72 UCOPID Mic sec econ secant aes ain=ioin init ~. 42,45 | Modeeria.......-2--20---02--2-2 0 ene see eee ee= . 37 Eucoryne...------++2-202e cree ceseseseseeeetee ee 82 | Monocaulus ......----- Fee aBeae ree caea aso 34 OUBEES 8 ete oo ee ee nein acini tonic 30,33 | Monophyes as 61 virgulata ...--..---- 33: || “Nanomideacceee cece teteceee ces cusses eres LOU BUTIMA ...--------2+-000------ 45!" | “NUR GOMEDUSBeacacsecsenciectacc oe sec ste tere see 29,57 limpida ...---.-----------22 22-222 seer oeee rns: 46) NAUUPHANTOPSIS) soecee ceeae shee aan eee ee eee en eeee 66 TITS esos oie een 45 diomed@e..s. ssees 2 ae dese oes Soe 66 GEMMARIA ....2-00+---- 2225-2002 22 ene ceeres ans eo Alls] SNARITH OR cee nese eee eee eee eae eee 66 Cladophora... --..-----++-+-2+-+++2eeecteete 42 punctatarcte cred test catnce ose eeae ee nee 66 GED OI eine vec = ono sean cleo a 60)l|| WEMOPSISise lv ccctoce ts cS och onee pe eee eee ees 37,41 GERYONIDZ ----- 56 bachelocectcs eee ere, oe eee GOTH CED om ata ne oe ee en oe ea a 82, INOBELTAN scoce eee ec eas Sat eee oe eee GLOSSOCODON ..--- een or ce oo ae 56, 57 commissuralis tenuirostris.....------------------------- 57 ciaphianial~co.n aire seen hee se eee GONIONEMUS ...---------------- = 25220292 esse ose= es 53 e aT 53 fusiformis Dee ieee Grae se ee haere ee Gontonema...-----------+--<22 20-22 eee 22 ee 53 Belo Sy BER ES hes Sea ae aac pyriformis.. HALICLYSTUS ...--.------------- 22020-02022 *- 63 A OCEANIA SULICU Asse see =< 63 1] id Sa) pikes sees oe ay 6S pe hecetetae HALICYATHUS..---.---------------=- _ 63, 64 singularis ..........2.-.----<+----+--22--=005* liens eee 64 ORCHISTOMA ...-.------- edn core eee 39 tentaculata.........---------------------- 44 Halocharis ...-..------2--000-- sce eeceerseerser es 42 PEGANTHIDE ....---.----22 0-000 --0---- 22 renee een ee 58 TTT OATS eee eee ete eee 51 PELAGIAYccecs anicee noose neins eee nine oe casita 69,70 anelintaee eee ee ee 51 eyanella.... 55.02. .ce-c- eee ses ee ssidn nena Hippocrene...------------+---++7+--- Le 40 PELAGIIDH...---------- TTIPRORODIUS Saeseee oese eee Fa) | |e ES Sees SooSb SS luteus .-..---- a Gye betldbetesesoss Homoenema ...------------222220t ttre crt 54 HYBOCODON ...---------------2 220s err t rrr 30, 33 prolifer ...:-------- oe OSMlies i ted eos ce ese pees pendula .....--------- 3D BY Ha ee eh OR an ta a HyDRICHTHYS ..---- Perr eee . 29,32 humilis .....-..------ 64 SAiTtie eee 39 hyacinthina .......---.--- 64 HypRoMEDUS™ 28 peronii......2--2--------- os > 64 Taypi@ ie eee on ee ne are orem 73 | PEROMEDUSE ....------++----2-+ 2-2 2eree recesses - 62, 64 Idyopsis .. 7g | PETASIDA)....-.----+2+02e0ec2-eeceeeeeeeeen eons 3 53 qfoeu nese een eee see 4g | PHACELLOPHORA....-.-.---22+2------2-+2e022007- . 67,68 MINODICEA Cre. cas se feecn acs seee ence = 43) ornata..-----------------2-05s00: = 68 calcarata...-- 5 4g | PHIALIS.....---.----- 2020000202 2c een nsec sceetcs te nees 45, 50 LOQOMEGIO » « «22+ - 2-22-22 ee sere e enn n eine etna nese ans taneins 48,49 (CAO C) Olen Ee epRABaaeRnas soaacodcsteescocnS 50 LEPTOMEDUSE ..------------ 29, 42 Phialididum. ......--+--+-+++-+---- 2222 e tees reer 50 TESUBURIA foi esc eee -- = u 79 | PHYSALIA....---------+00+- 22022 eesenes soos nner encase 61 hyboptera .....------ aos 72 3 61 TESUEURIIDA «eee ee eae 79 | PILEMIDHE......---.----2+-0 02-022 een ee enero rene tonnees 65 LINERGES ...--- of 67 | Platypizxis - 47 mercurius - 67 | PLEUROBRACHIA .....-------2-- 2202220202 e erences Bese 0! TINERGUD Ect coe arees see tee aeer . 65, 67 pileus ....--.--2--2-+--2---+--seeeeees 7 Liriantha - 5g | PLEUROBRACHIIDE .....--.+-+++++-+-222- 22250 r erent 71 TARIOPE:«.----: <2 ES 56 | PODOCORYNE....----+-+------+2-- +2 22ers erence cress 37, 38 lak 56 38 SSO ECTS AACS =? 56 | Polycanna. 52 TGTZZ YA meadows inte nies serene steisinns ... 37,39 | PORPITA 59 pratar. ccc... sme = =o ae 39 linneeana. . 59 LUCERNARIA...----+s00---eesn0-= en 62 | PROTIARA.......-- 34 quadricornis ....------ cs: heeckeli 34 LUCERNARIIDE .......-------+----5-- _ 62,63 | PTYCHOGENA......-- 45 Manania:peceer eos sssae eee cme a 44 Tactea) sso. <6. 2 -sae= ee -eeins sere meee 45 MAR GELID 2) ase eee see ee enaaeee ener . 29,87 | Rhacostoma ....--- 52 Mar gels en -eee secre s See eer ee _. 89 | RHEGMATODES ...- 51 Margelium ....26.-22---00-2622252s0ee ees aA 89 TOM UWIS soe re cite lace sre serene sale tectacarermietatelate 51 MELICERTUM.....---5--.--->- .. 48,44 | RHIZOSTOMA .........---2.2- 02-222 e sees serene etee es 65 campanula........---.-----++--eeeeee eee 44 | RHOPALONEMA .....-.---------- 2-2-2022 -2 022 tc eter 54 MERTENSIA xt lu a a > a < 26, (S) wo ¥ Bull. U.S.B.F. 1904. PLATE VI. JULIUS BIEN & CONY. |. GONIONEMUS MURBACHII. 2 AURELIA FLAVIDULA. JULIUS BIEN & CO.NY. |. PELAGIA CYANELLA. 2. DACTYLOMETRA QUINQUECIRRA. THE OSTEOLOGY AND IMMEDIATE RELATIONS OF THE TILE-FISH, LOPHOLATILUS CHAMA:LEONTICEPS By FREDERIC A. LUCAS, Curator, Division of Comparative Anatomy, U.S. National Musewmn B. B. F. 1904—6 THE OSTEOLOGY AND IMMEDIATE RELATIONS OF THE TILE-FISH, LOPHOLATILUS CHAMA:LEONTICEPS. By FREDERIC A. LUCAS, Curator, Division of Comparative Anatomy, U.S. National Museum. The genera Latilus, Caulolatilus, Lopholatilus, and Malacanthus have usually been grouped in one family, the Malacanthide, but Boulenger” adds to these Opisthognathus, Bathymaster, and Rathbunella to form his Pseudochromidex. It was suggested by Doctor Jordan, in The Fishes of North and Middle America, that the family Malacanthide might not be a natural assemblage, and the present paper is an attempt to define its limits; the question of affinities with other species or fam- ilies must await the accumulation of more material. The skull of Lophotatilus is moderately elevated, with an occipital crest formed almost entirely by the supraoccipital, which extends forward between the frontals and is produced backward as a narrow tongue of bone running between the exoccipi- tals to the foramen magnum. In Ma/acanthus the supraoccipital is not extended forward between the frontals, nor is it produced backward between the exoccipitals, these bones interposing between the supraoccipital and the foramen magnum. The mesethmoid extends well forward, slightly in advance of the vomer, and is deeply forked, while in Malacanthus there is a mere indication of a fork. The vomer is proportionately broader in Lopholatilus, as is also the parasphenoid, the anterior forks of which do not reach so far forward. At the same time the keeling of the parasphenoid in Lopholat‘lus is A-shaped in cross section, while in Mulacanthus in the anterior part it is decidedly |-shaped. In the particular characters mentioned, as in the general arrangement of the bones of the cranium and their relations with each other, Lat//us and Caulolatilus agree with Lopholatilus and disagree with Mala- canthus. A myodome is present in all these genera. The number of vertebra, not including the terminal semivertebra, is approxi- mately the same in all the species under consideration, being in Lopholatilus 10 thoracic and 13 caudal, in Zaté/us 11 and 12, in Cawlolatilus 12 and 14, and in Malacanthus 10 and 13. In Malacanthus the vertebr are somewhat elongate and but lightly sculptured on the sides, while the other genera agree in having the vertebr not elongated and rather deeply sculptured. aAnnals and Magazine of Natural History, 7th series, vol. 8, p. 270. In the same paper (p. 264) Boulenger gives excellent figures illustrative of the principal characters of the shoulder girdle of Caw/olatilus and two of the genera with which the latilids have been associated, 83 S4 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In Lopholatilus the parapophyses begin on the fourth vertebra, the ribs anterior to that articulating directly with the centrum. On the eleventh, or first caudal vertebra, the parapophyses turn abruptly downward and unite a short distance below the centrum, thus making a sharp distinction between the thoracic and caudal regions. In Cavwlolatélus the parapophyses do not begin until the fifth vertebra, uniting on the thir- teenth and in a manner slightly dif- ferent from that in Lopholatilus. In Latilus there is a short pedicel on the second vertebra, the parapophy- ses beginning definitely on the third, the eleventh being the first saudal.- The manner in which the parapophyses are united on this vertebra is at once peculiar and characteristic: A branch is sent backward, downward, and inward from the posterioredge of the para- pophysis of each side, and this unites with its fellow to separate definitely the thoracic and caudal regions. In Malacanthus, the parapophyses of the eleventh, or first caudal, bow widely apart and are united only at their tips, where they reach the interhemals or inferior axonosts. This occurs to a lesser extent with the twelfth and thirteenth vertebrae, and as a result the body cavity is prolonged into the caudal region, thus making a great distinction in this respect between J/alacanthus and the other genera under consid- eration. It is of interest to note that the epipleural is attached to the eleventh vertebra directly in line with the vertebree immediately Cranium of Lopholatilus, superior aspect. preceding it. The scapular arch presents no peculiarities in any of the fishes in question, and that of Lopholatilus may be taken as typical of all. This has a post-temporal of the usual modified V-pattern, articulating with a simple postero-temporal which in turn joins the proscapula. The post-clavicle is formed of two bones; the actinosts are four in number, gradually increasing in length from above downward, the lowermost being moderately long. In cranial characters the genera Latélus, Lopholatilus, and Caulolatilus agree with each other and differ from J/alacanthus in having the skull moderately elevated OSTEOLOGY OF TILE-FISH. 85 and the supraoccipital extended forward between the frontals and produced back- ward between the exoccipitals to the foramen magnum. Furthermore, the thoracic region is sharply marked off from the caudal, while in Malacanthus it is, as it were, continued into the caudal portion of the vertebral column. Cranium of Lopholatilus, left lateral aspect. It would therefore seem best to separate MJalacanthus from the three other genera and consider them as forming the family ZLat//ide, as proposed by Doetor Gill. A still more marked difference exists between Zaf//us and its allies and Bathymaster in the fact that the latter does not possess a myo- dome and also lacks the basi- sphenoid. The skull of Bathy- master is smooth, depressed, and has a small supraoccipital shut out from the foramen magnum; the vertebral column comprises 14 thoracic and 38 caudal ver- tebre besides a semivertebra, this being double the number found in any of the Latilidee. The arrangement of the para- pophyses in Lathymaster is also quite different from that in the other genera; there is a closed canal beneath the eleventh to sixteenth thoracic vertebree, formed by the inward extension of a process from the parapophysis of either side, so that these are united below the centra. Lathymaster furthermore presents a peculiarity in the shoulder girdle, hayiag the hypocoracoid prolonged beneath and in contact with the fourth, or lowest actinost, while in the Cranium of Lopholatilus, posterior aspect. 86 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. majority of fishes there is a considerable gap between the lowest actinost and the projection of the hypocoracoid. Consequently Bathymaster must be considered as quite distinct from any of the other genera herein discussed, entitled to the rank of a family, and only distantly related to the Latilide. Explanation of figures. bas, hasisphenoid. pas, parasphenoid. bo, Dasioccipital. pri, pretrontal. eo, exoccipital. pro prootic, epo, epiotic. _ ptf, postfrontal. eth, ethmoid. pto, pterotic. Jr, frontal. so, Supraoccipital, opo, opisthotie. vo, vomer, pa, pari-tal. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES AT WOODS HOLE, MASS. CHE SOO) VASCULAR-SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH, LOPHOLATILUS CHAMAZLEONTICEPS. By CC. F. SILVESTER, Curator of the Morphological Museum and Assistant in Anatomy, Princeton University. CONTENTS. introductions. <2 {those Bose eee The heart.... Mhesanteriesss--- eae Ventral aorta and afferent branchial arteries Efferent branchial arteries. ... Arrangement of the branchial y The efferent vessels The afferent vessels .............. Branches of the efferent branchial arteries The first efferent branchial artery ..........-..... The afferent pseudobranchial vessels The'second efferent ibranchialiarteryse--- 0-2 ne ee a The third efferent branchial artery ... The fourth efferent branchial artery... Dorsal aorta and its branches The cceliacomesenteric artery The subclavian arteries CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES s AT WOODS HOLE, MASS. THE BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH, LOPHOLATILUS CHAMA:LEONTICEPS. By C. F. SILVESTER, Curator of the Morphological Museum and Assistant in Anatomy, Princeton University. INTRODUCTION. - In the following pages an effort has been made to present a fairly complete list as well as description of the blood vessels of Lopholatilus chameleonticeps, with the hope that the results may serve as a basis for comparison with the blood vessels of other teleosts. Fifteen tile-fish were dissected, 11 for the arterial and 4 for the venous system. For purposes of comparison the arterial systems of 20 other teleosts also were examined, and many of them are figured in the present paper. Since it has frequently been found difficult successfully to inject the blood vessels of teleosts, the method adopted. by the writer, which has proved most satisfactory, may be mentioned: The best French gelatin, after being soaked for from five to ten hours in cold water, is rinsed and drained for a short time in order to get rid of the excess of water, then heated, and a 20 per cent glycerin solution stirred in until the whole possesses the consistency of cream. The coloring mass, either yermilion or insoluble Prussian blue, is then added. The arteries are usually injected from a branch of the coeliacomesenteric, the veins from one of the tributaries of the portal vein and the genital or caudal vein. In order to make a successful injection the specimen must be cold and the injection mass heated to about 39° C., or even warmer. After the injection the specimen should be plunged into cold water to facilitate the hardening of the gelatin. Injected specimens are preserved, as a rule, in a 5 per cent formalin solution. The material for the subject under consideration was collected under the auspices of the United States Fish Commission at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, and I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to Dr. H. C. Bumpus and Dr. H. M. Smith for their kind assistance in connection with this portion of the work. It is with pleasure that I acknowledge also my deep indebtedness to Prof. C. F. W. McClure for much valuable assistance throughout the research. THE HEART. The heart of Lopholatilus chameleonticeps is similar in position and form to that of many other teleosts. It lies in the pericardial cavity between the two clavicles, just dorsal to the basipterygium and ventral to the cesophagus and first two or three verte- bre. Its chambers consist of a sinus venosus, an auricle, and a ventricle. The sinus is a transversely placed, thin-walled, tubular chamber, into which the Cuvierian ducts 89 90 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. empty, and communicates with the auricle by the large sinu-auricular opening, which is guarded by a two-lipped valve. The auricle is large, thin-walled, and situated cranial to the sinus and slightly cranial and dorsal to the ventricle. Its lateral angles project somewhat ventrad upon the sides of the bulbus arteriosus, and it opens into the ventricle by the auriculoyentricular aperture, which is a transverse, elliptical opening with a two-lipped valve. The ventricle is thick-walled, and shaped like a triangular pyramid with the apex directed caudad. The bulbus arteriosus, which is quite large, extends craniad from the base or cranial portion of the ventricle, and tapers into the ventral aorta. The valve between the ventricle and bulbus consists of two segments and is of the usual semilunar type. According to Boas (1880), the small region between the bulbus and ventricle, in which the valve is situated, corre- sponds to the conus arteriosus of the elasmobranch heart. THE ARTERIES. THE VENTRAL AORTA AND THE AFFERENT BRANCHIAL ARTERIES. The ventral aorta (figs. 16 and 18, pl. 1) extends craniad as a continuation of the bulbus arteriosus, and after giving off, in the order named, the fourth, third, Fria. 1.—Efferent branchial vessels of tile-fish (Lopholatilus chameleonticeps) , with circulus cephalicus. Ventral aspect, natural size. On the left side the hyoidean and afferent pseudobranchial arteries are shown; on the right side the efferent pseudobranchial artery. and second pairs of afferent branchial arteries, bifurcates at its cranial end to form the first pair of afferent vessels. On each side the third and fourth afferent branchial arteries arise from a common stem. ‘The second pair arise as separate vessels. THE EFFERENT BRANCHIAL ARTERIES. The efferent branchial arteries (1 to rv, figs. 16 and 18, pl. 1) correspond pair 5 ’ for pair with the afferent vessels just described. They converge, one from each gill BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 91 arch, and run mesad; the first and second pairs unite to form the first aortic root (fig. 4, Ar. 1), while the third and fourth similarly unite to form the second (Ar, 2). The aortic roots of each side unite in the median line, ventral to the first vertebra, to form the dorsal aorta. The posterior are of the cireulus cephalicus is formed on the base of the skull by the proximal portion of the first pair of efferent branchial arteries and the first pair of aortic roots. In front the circulus is completed by the union of the internal carotids. Ridewood (1899) has classified the circuluscephalicus of teleosts into four groups, A, B, C, and D, on the basis of the relationships held by the efferent branchial arteries to the cireulus and the dorsal aorta. The groups A, B, and D are represented by Pomolobus (tig. 3), Leptocephalus (fig. 2) and Microgadus (tig. 9), re- spectively. The tile-fish would fall under group C, since ‘the first and second efferent branchial arteries open into the circulus cephalicus and the third and fourth open into the aorta immediately behind the cir- culus (fig. 1). ARRANGEMENT OF THE BRANCHIAL VESSELS ON THE GILL ARCHES. The efferent vessels.—The etterent branchial arteries are usually split for 68 some distance at their ventral ends fie. 2—rferent branchial and head arteries, with cireulus cepha- (fig. 12), the two branches lying one licus, in eee conger eel i Teptocephaius conger) . Neutra sea as » ‘ natural size. On the right side the efferent branchial vessels on each side of the afferent trunk. are shown reflected so as to bring them into one plane. The For the most part the efferent fila- ventral ends of the left efferent branchial arteries are drawn to show their relation to those of the opposite side. mentar arteries open directly into the efferent trunk; the most dorsally situated, however, communicate with it by means of two collecting vessels (2, figs. 5 and 18), one from each hemibranch. (In a specimen 50 cm. long, these collecting vessels measured 1 to 3 cm. in length.) So far as known to the writer, the efferent branchial vessels of teleosts have been described as single, one vessel on each holobranch and the two series of filamentar vessels opening into it. Parker (1886, p. 689) states as follows regarding the efferent branchial vessels: ‘*In //olocephali and Teleoste there is only one efferent artery to each gill, corresponding to the anterior of the two efferent arteries in the plagiostome holobranch.” The writer finds, however, in a large number of teleosts in addition to the tile-fish, indications of two efferent branchial arteries on a single arch. In some instances these vessels are double for almost the entire length of the arch, as in the case of the conger eel (Leptocephalus, tig. 2), thus resembling in many respects the corresponding vessels in Cvratodus, described by Spencer (1893). 99 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The afferent vessels (fig. 18, pl. 1). The afferent branchial arteries, as a rule, run some distance on the gill arches before branching to the gill filaments. At a point where the split ends of the efferent arteries join to form a single vessel, the afferent artery gives off a recurrent branch (7, fig. 18) which runs between the two efferent vessels and branches to the most ventrally situated gill filaments. Beyond this point the afferent vessel oecupies a position lateral to the efferent trunk. i : oO) 4 7 Fic. 4 4i Fig. 3.—Cranial portion of the arterial system in the hickory shad (Pomolobus mediocris). Ventral aspect, natural size. The efferent branchial arteries have their ventral ends reflected on the right side and cut off short on the left. Fic. 4.—Second efferent branchial artery in the hickory shad, viewed from front, showing arrangement of efferent ves- sels. Natural size. Fic. 5.—Fourth efferent branchial artery in the hickory shad, viewed from front, showing arrangement of efferent vessels on arch; filamentar vessels not shown. BRANCHES OF THE EFFERENT BRANCHIAL ARTERIES. The jirst efferent branchial artery (1, fig. 16, pl. 1). This artery gives off the following branches, which will be described in the order named: A. The hyoidean artery. B. The direct afferent pseudobranchial artery. C. A small vessel which lies dorsal to the gills. D. The carotid artery. A. The hyotdean artery (3) arises about 2 cm. from the ventral end of the first branchial arch, and pursues a course chiefly following the hyoid arch ultimately: to reach the pseudobranch. Passing mesocraniad along the first branchial arch, it «The hyoidean artery has been described by former writers under a number of different names, such as A, hyoideo- opercularis (Miiller, 1839), A. hyo-opercularis (Owen, 1866), A. hyo-mandibularis (Maurer, 1888). BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 93 curves laterad through a foramen situated in the lower (ventral) end of the ceratohyal near its dorsal border, continues along the lateral or cranial surface of the ceratohyal and interhyal and passes through a fissure between the caudal angle of the quadrate and the dorsal end of the symplectic, still occupying a position lateral to the bones; then passes dorsad through a fissure between the ventral end of the hyo-mandibular and the metapterygoid and continues dorsad along the inner surface of this bone until it reaches the pseudobranch “. The following are its branches: a. A vessel at the ventral end of the first branchial arch which divides into the nutrient artery to this arch (5, fig. 16) and into branches which go to the cranial part of the musculus sternohyoideus.’ (4, fig. 16.) Fic. 6.—Efferent branchial vessels of tile-fish, with circulus cephalicus. Ventral aspect, natural size. On the left side the hyoidean and direct afferent pseudobranchial arteries are shown; on the right side the efferent pseudobranchial artery. b. An anterior anda posterior branch shortly after passing through the fora- men at the ventral end of the ceratohyal. The anterior branch (6) corresponds to the lingual artery of Wright (1885) and supplies the musculus geniohyoideus and structures on the floor of the mouth; it terminates in two vessels which accom- pany the rami of the dental bone. The posterior branch (7) is somewhat smaller than the anterior and runs caudad over the lateral surface of the ceratohyal to supply the branchiostegal region. ec. Two branches where the artery passes through the fissure between the quad- rate and symplectic; the largervanterior branch (8) runs craniad and divides into aThe pseudobranch of the tile-fish consists of from 40 to 50 filaments, and occupies a position on the medial side of the dorsal end of the hyomandibular; its filaments are parallel to the most dorsally situated filaments of the first gill. >For the muscular system the writer has followed the terminology of Allis (1897), and for the bones that of Reynolds (1897) and Parker & Haswell (1897). 94 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. several branches which supply the greater part of the musculus adductor mandibule; the posterior branch (9) runs ventrad and caudad, spreading out on the inner side of the infra- and subopercular. The afferent pseudobranchial vessels (figs. Land 6). Before entering the pseudo- branch the hyoidean artery usually anastomoses with or is joined by one of two arteries. The ordinary arrangement (fig. 1) is that where the hyoidean artery is joined by a branch (20) of the a. hyodpercularis (77) and then enters the pseudo- branch at its ventromedial angle to spread out over the surface which adjoins the b hyomandibular bone. In the second arrangement (fig. 6) the hyoidean artery is joined, by means of a connecting branch & ; : (23), with a vessel which might be called ( pf OX the direct afferent pseudobranchial artery y. (12). A \ 25 B. The direct afferent pseudobranchial ne 7) Cer artery (12) was present in only two of the I ; : é sq] hine specimens dissected, and only on one sm «60 side. ~=It was given off from the first efferent branchial artery just lateral to the aS ar = carotid, and supplied the medial half of the pseudobranch. It also anastomosed with the hyoidean artery, and in this case the latter supplied the lateral portion of the pseudobranch. This arrangement re- sembles that found in Gadus, as described by Miiller (1839), where the pseudo- branch receives its blood from the hyoi- dean artery and from a branch which comes directly from the circulus cephali- cus. The former condition, which is the one more generally met with among tele- osts, resembles that described by Miiller Fic. 7.—Cranial portion of the arterial system in the swell- for Sander (Lucioperca), in which the fish (Spheroides maculatus). Ventral view, natural size. 5 2 . On the right side the ventral ends.of the efferent branchial pseudobranch receives blood from the arteries and their branches are reflected so as to bring hyoidean and hyodpercular arteries. them into one plane. 5 There appears to be considerable variation among the teleosts with regard to the blood supply to the pseudobranch. Aside from the two methods described above for the tile-fish, the pseudobranch of teleosts in general receives its blood (a) entirely from the circulus cephalicus (pike, according to Maurer, 1888); (b) entirely by the hyoidean artery (Spherordes, fig. 7); or (c) by all three vessels—i. e., the hyoidean artery, a branch of the a. hyodper- cularis, and the direct afferent pseudobranchial artery (J/yovocephalus, tig. 8). In teleosts where the pseudobranch is wanting, the dorsal portion of the hyoidean artery is reduced in size, as in Leptocephalus (fig. 2), where it terminates in branches which supply the branchiostegal region and membranes at the dorsal end of the ceratohyal. BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 95 The efferent pseudobranchial vessel (tig. 16, pl. 1, and figs. Land 6). The efferent pseudobranchial or ophthalmic artery (74), arising from the caudal or exposed surface of the pseudobranch, leaves the latter at its ventromedial angle, and runs slightly at, [, 4 38 = i i A. Fic. 8.—Cranial portion of the arterial system in the sculpin (Myoxocephalus octodecimspino- sus). Ventral view, natural size. On the right side the ventral ends of, the efferent branchial arteries and their branches are reflected so as to bring them into one plane. craniad and mesad, piercing the m. adductor hyomandibularis; thence it continues dorsad to a point just cranial and ventral to the origin of the recti eye muscles, where it sends off a stout branch (25) which anastomoses with its fellow of the opposite side 96 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. directly dorsal to the parasphenoid. From this point it continues dorsad and craniad between the rectus inferior and rectus posterior and pierces the sclerotic at the lower edge of the optic nerve. Within the eye it forms an anastomosis known as the *‘choroid gland.” According to Maurer the hyoidean artery represents in teleosts the most anterior of the six aortic arches, or the mandibular aortic arch. He states that in the trout embryo two vessels are developed in connection with the hyoid arch, one of which is situated in front of and the other behind the cartilage. The former is regarded by him as equivalent to the mandibular aortic arch, the latter as equivalent to the hyoid- ean aortic arch. Since the vessel in front of the cartilage alone persists in the adult, becoming the hyoidean artery, it is the homologue of the mandibular aortic arch. Both of these vessels are originally connected with the anterior end of the ventral aorta, their connection with the first efferent branchial artery, which is characteristic of the adult, being a secondary one (Maurer, 1888). Allis (1901) also seems to regard the hyoidean artery as belonging to the mandibular rather than the hyoid arch. He says (op. cit., pp. 115-116), ‘* This postero-ventral prolongation of the efferent pseudo- branchial artery of 12 mm. larvee of Ama thus has, in its dorsal portion, the same relation to the cartilage of the palato-quadrate arch that the branchial arteries have to the cartilages of their respective arches. * * * In its ventral portion this artery acquires relations to the hyoid arch, but it there lies anterior to the cartilage of the arch and not posterior to it. * * * It thus has a position it could naturally acquire by simply slipping backward off the hind edge of the mandibular cartilages. * * * Tn both its ventral and dorsal positions this artery seems to correspond closely, in general position, to the artery usually described in teleosts as the arteria hyoidea.” Wright (1885) regards the hyoidean artery as representing simply the enlarged nutritive branch to the hyoid arch. He says (op. cit., p. 486): ‘* The condition of the parts in Lep/dosteus proves that the arteria hyoidea of the teleosts is not the homologue of the hyoidean aortic arch, as is sometimes assumed, for the two vessels coexist in the genus. * * * It appears to me to be homodynamous with the nutritive or branchial arteries which spring from the succeeding efferent arteries, in the way this does from the first, and to owe its greater relative size in ganoids and teleosts to the development of the gill cover from the hyoid arch.” Owen (1866) and others, however, regard the hyoidean artery as equivalent to the hyoidean aortic arch. From the conditions found in the adult teleost, the writer ‘an see no reason for assigning it to the mandibular rather than to the hyoid arch. It seems perfectly natural to regard it as belonging to the latter, and as representing the more cranial of the two efferent vessels which are present on each branchial arch in sharks and rays. C. The next branch of the first efferent branchial artery is a small vessel (11) which arises near the dorsal end of the first gill, and, passing caudad, dorsal to the second and ventral to the third branchial artery, supplies the muscles and membranes at the dorsal ends of the gill arches. D. The carotid arteries and their branches (tig. 16, pl. 1). The carotid artery (76) is given off at the angle where the first efferent branchial artery bends caudad to join the second. Almost immediately beyond its origin it sends off a large branch, BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 97 which extends dorsad, craniad, and laterad. This vessel (77), the ‘*muscular branch” of many writers, has been called by Allis (1897), in his description of Am/a, the a. hyodpercularis. About 1 cm. from its point of origin the a. hyodpercularis (77) passes through the facial foramen and then divides into three main branches. eee Fic. 9.—Cranial portion of arterial system in the tomcod (Microgadus tomcod). Ventral aspect, x2. The first efferent branchial and hyoidean arteries of the right side are reflected so as to bring them into one plane. The largest of these three branches runs craniad and yentrad. below the orbit for about 1 em., sends a small branch to the m. adductor hyomandibularis, and then divides into two branches; the larger (29) runs craniad and supplies the inner or deep division of the m. adductor mandibule; the smaller (20) running ventrad and slightly laterad for about 18 mm., in a groove which crosses the metapterygoid, joins the hyoidean artery, B.B. F,1904—7 98 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and, in common with the latter, supplies the pseudobranch as described above. In the two cases where the direct afferent pseudobranchial artery was found to be present, this latter branch was small and did not join the hyoidean artery. The second division of the a. hyodpercularis (27), running caudad and yentrad just medial to the upper end of the hyomandibular, sends a small branch to the m. adductor hyomandibularis, and supplies the mm. adductor and levator operculi. The remaining or third branch of the a. hyodpercularis (22) divides into a supra- orbital and a postorbital branch. The supraorbital branch (23) runs craniad on the dorsal wall of the orbit; the postorbital branch (24) supplies the m. levator arcus pala- tini and membranes behind the orbit. According to Allis (1901) the a. hyodpercularis in Amza represents the dorsal portion of the hyoidean aortic arch. In the teleosts this vessel may arise in three different ways: From the first efferent branchial artery, as in Wicrogadus (tig. 9); from the junction of the first efferent bran- chial artery with the carotid, as in Opsanus and Spheroides (figs. 10 and: 7); and from the common carotid, as in the tile-fish. After giving off the a. hyo- opercularis, the carotid continues craniad for a short distance, pierces the skull wall between the parasphenoid and .proétic, and immediately divides into the internal and external carotid arteries. The external carotid artery and its branches (fig. 16, pl. 1). Fic. 10.—Cranial portion of the arterial system in the toad-fish (Opsanus taw). Ventral view, natural size. On the right side the ventral ends of the efferent branchial arteries and their branches are reflected so (a) Two small branches are given as to bring them into one plane. off from the external carotid near its origin. The larger (30) runs laterad and divides into two branches which supply the external and superior recti muscles of the eye. The artery that supplies the latter muscle runs along its inferior border and pierces the sclerotic to enter the eye (32). The other branch is a small vessel (32) which supplies the inferior and internal recti muscles of the eye. These two arteries frequently arise by a single trunk from the external carotid. (b) Beyond the point of origin of the arteries supplying the recti muscles, the external carotid artery lies close to the eveball and in this position gives off two BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 99 small branches (33) to the membranes lining the orbit. It then curves slightly dor- solaterad and, passing between the oblique muscles of the eyeball, gives off a small branch (34) which divides to each of these two muscles and to the mucous lining of the orbit. The main trunk continues craniad and, passing through a foramen in the prefrontal bone, occupies a position just ventral to the olfactory organ, which itsup- plies by means of one or two small branches (35). At this point, also, a branch (56) runs ventrocraniad to supply the maxilla, the roof of the mouth, and the maxillary breathing valve (Dahlgren, 1898). The direct continua- tion of the main artery ex- tends craniad ventral to the nasal bones, where it gives off small branches to the upper lip and membranes of this region, and finally pierces the premaxilla as the superior dental artery (37). The internal carotid ar- tery and its branches (tig. 16, pl. 1). The internal carotid artery (25) runs mesad and slightly craniad until it reaches the median line, then dorsad for a short distance, accompanied by the internal carotid of the opposite side, with which it anastomoses to form a single median vessel, the carotis interna impar (26). The latter continues dorsad, passing through a : < : 5 _ Fic. 11.—Cranial portion of the arterial system in the flounder (/imanda fer- median foramen In the basi- ruginea). Ventral aspect, natural size. On the right side the ventral ends sphenoid, and on the ventral of the efferent branchial arteries and their branches are reflected so as to 5 a bring them into one plane. surface of the hypophysis divides into two pairs of vessels, the anterior and posterior cerebral arteries. The anterior cerebral arteries run craniad, side by side, to supply the telenceph- alon. The posterior vessels curve laterad and caudad over the lobi inferiores to join again in the median line on the ventral surface of the medulla near its cranial end. At this point they give off anterior and posterior branches, the former supplying the yf — fl 100 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. greater portion of the brain, while the latter run caudad, on the ventral surface of the medulla, to reach the spinal cord. On the sides of the lobi inferiors the posterior cerebral arteries usually give off several small branches, one or two of which supply the ear. In some teleosts (Upsanus and Limanda, figs. 10 and 11) the internal carotids join near their points of origin to form an arteria carotis interna impar; in others (Leptocephalus, tig. 2) union does not take place until they reach the base of the brain. The position and constant occurrence of the arteria carotis impar of teleosts suggests its homology with the cranial end of the primitive dorsal aorta (Ayres, 1889) of the lower elasmobranchs. The second efferent branchial artery (fig. 16, pl. 1, and fig. 12). About 2 cm. from its ventral end the second efferent branchial artery (1) gives off a large branch (38) corresponding to the fourth” commissural artery of Am/u as described by Parker and Davis (1899). This vessel (38) runs toward the median line and joins its fellow of the opposite side at a point ventral to the thyroid gland and ventral aorta, forming the median hypobranchial artery (42), which runs caudad, passing below the ventral ends of the clavicles, and terminates in branches which supply the ventral fins. The fourth commissural artery gives off three small branches, namely, two nutrient arteries, one to the second (39) and one to the third (40) branchial arch, and a ventral coronary artery (47), which is given off near the median line or, in some cases, from the median hypobranchial artery itself, which runs caudad on the ventral aorta and, in combination with a coronary artery that usually arises from the fifth commissural artery, supplies the bulbus arteriosus and the heart. The median hypobranchial artery divides into the thyroid artery (43), which immediately enters the thyroid gland; two small branches (44) which supply part of the m. sternohyoideus; and finally a branch (45) which supplies the muscles attached to the clavicles. Opposite the cranial end of the basipterygium the coracoid artery (SO) anastomoses, by means of a small branch, with the median hypobranchial, which terminates (46) in the ventral fin. Since the coracoid artery is a branch of the sub- clavian, it will be described in connection with that artery. In teleosts where the ventral fins are wanting (Leptocephalus and Spheroides, tigs. 2 and 7), or where they are situated far back on the abdomen (Pomo/obus”, fig. 3), the median hypobranchial artery is somewhat reduced in size and terminates in the m. sternohyoideus. Parker and Davis (1899) have described it as dividing into coronary and epigastric branches, but in many teleosts this description will not hold, for the coronary may be a branch of the commissural artery. For this reason the entire median vessel formed by the joining of the commissural arteries is designated in this paper as the median bypobranchial artery. The third efferent branchial artery (fig. 16, pl. 1, and fig. 12). Like the second of the series, the third efferent branchial artery usually has but one branch, which corresponds to the fifth commissural artery of Parker and Davis. This branch (47) eens and Davis in ee the visceral arches followed the scheme laid down by Gegenbauer (1898), in which the first visceral arch is represented by the upper and lower jaws, the second by the hyoid arch, the third by the first branchial arch, ete. bIn Pomolobus the ventral fins are supplied by a pair of somewhat larger peritoneal branches. BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 101 arises about 2 cm. from the yentrat end of the artery and runs toward the median line, where it may join the corresponding artery of the opposite side to form a single vessel—the dorsal median hypobranchial artery (52). As a rule, however, it does not reach the median line, but curyes caudad dorsal to the fourth division of the musculus obliquus ventralis, and terminates, like the dorsal median hypobranchial, in the musculus constrictor pharyngis and inferior pharyngeal teeth. The branches of the fifth commissural artery are the dorsal coronary artery (49), which is given Lol LP Fic. 12.—Ventral ends of the efferent branchial vessels and their branches in the tile-fish. Ventral aspect, 2. off from either the right or left side, and two pairs of nutrient branches which go to the fourth (45) and to the rudimentary fifth (50) branchial arch. In one case the vessel which supplied the rudimentary fifth arch was joined by a branch (57, fig. 12) from the left fourth efferent branchial artery; also, in one individual the fifth com- missural artery was wanting, its place being taken by the sixth, which was present only on one side and arose from the fourth efferent branchial vessel. Summing up the arrangement of these vessels in the tile-fish, it will be seen that the species possesses dorsal as well as ventral coronary arteries, a dorsal and 102 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. ventral median hypobranchial artery, fourth, fifth, and sixth commissural arteries, and indications of a lateral hypobranchial artery. In individuals of the same species, as well as in species, teleosts show much variation as to the arrangement of their hypobranchial and commissural vessels, all tending to indicate a primitive condition, such as is found in the Elasmobranchii, where the ventral ends of all the efferent branchial arteries of each side are connected by means of a lateral longitudinal vessel—the lateral hypobranchial artery of Parker & Dayis—and where vessels (commissural arteries) from these lateral hypobranchial arteries run toward the median line and unite to form the median hypobranchial artery. As Parker & Dayis have pointed out, the usual arrangement of these vessels in teleosts is a single pair, the fourth com- missural arteries running toward the median line, where they join to form the median hy- pobranchial artery. Parker (1899 and 1900), however, describes for J/o/a the presence of dorsal as well as ventral coronary arteries, and considers more than one pair of commis- sural arteries a remarkable condition not likely to be possessed by a teleost. The writer has found lateral hypobranchial ar- teries, as well as dorsal coronary arteries, in a number of teleosts in addition~to J/ola. Ina kinetish (/enticirrhus) the ventral ends of the first, second, and third efferent bran- chial arteries were connected by a lateral hypobranchial, while in a tomeod”(J//croga- dus, fig. 13) the ventral ends of all four of the efferent brancial arteries were connected. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of com- missural arteries were also present in this ay ac individual. lg > . > Fic. 13.—Ventral ends of the efferent branchial vessels The fourth efferent branchial artery (fig. = their branches in the tomeod. Ventral aspect, 16, pl. it and fig. 12). This artery, which as arule has no branches, joins the third efferent branchial artery to form the second root of the dorsal aorta. A small artery (53) arises from the ventral surface of the second aortic root, and, running ventrad and laterad,’ divides into branches which supply the sides of the pharynx, superior pharyngeal teeth, and membranes on the rudimentary fifth branchial arch. THE DORSAL AORTA AND ITS BRANCHES. The dorsal aorta (fig. 16, pl. 1, and fig. 15) is formed by the junction of the two pairs of aortic roots, and extends caudad along the ventral surface of the vertebral column in a series of undulations which correspond to the topography of the ventral BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 108 surface of the vertebral column. That portion of the dorsal aorta which runs in the abdominal region lies free, while that in the tail is inclosed by the hzmal arches. The caliacomesenteric artery. The coeliacomesenteric artery (54) is not, strictly speaking, a branch of the dorsal aorta, as it arises in common with the latter and the second right aortic root. It is an artery of considerable size, running caudad and dividing into numerous branches. The first branch (55) arises about 1 em. from the origin of the artery, runs caudad along the right dorsal surface of the esophagus and right side of the stomach, and curves upon the ventral surface of the latter, where its main termination runs ventrad and caudad, in the gastrohepatic omentum, as the left hepatic artery (67). It gives off the following vessels: (a) G&sophageal branches (56) to the right side of the ceso- phagus; (b) the right ovarian or spermatic artery (57), which is given off at the junction of the esophagus and stomach and runs directly caudad to supply the geni- tal gland; (c) a small branch (58) which is given off on the ventral surface of the stomach and crosses the ductus choledochus to the central portion of the liver; (d) several small gastric branches (59), which run to the ventral surface of the stomach oO So —— 3 : l FF 42 we ZT. al KS — 1 GA j 3 WS ae i 46 p\ Fic. 14.—Ventral ends of the efferent branchial vessels and their branches in the goose- fish (Lophius piscatorius). Ventral aspect, x 4. and proximal portion of the intestine, one or two of them usually anastomosing with a branch (66) of the second branch (62) of the cceliacomesenteric artery. The second branch (62) of the cceliacomesenteric artery arises about 1 cm. caudal to the first. It runs caudad on the left dorsal surface of the cesophagus and left side of the stomach, dividing into a left spermatic or ovarian artery (64) which runs directly caudad to supply the genital gland of the left side, and into several gastric branches (65) which supply the left side of the stomach. As stated above, one or two of these gastric branches usually anastomose on the ventral surface of the stomach with a gastric branch (60) of the first branch of the cceliacomesenteric. The anastomosis of these two vessels (60 and 66) may form an artery (67) which runs in the gastrohepatic omentum close to the left hepatic artery (6Z), supplying a portion of the liver. The second branch of the cceliacomesenteric artery also sends ont a small artery (63) to the left side of the cesophagus. The third branch (68) of the cceliacomesenteric is a vessel of considerable size, given off about opposite the middle of the stomach, and itself giving off two branches (69 and 70), beyond which point it runs caudad to enter the swim-bladder at 104 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. the ventral surface and to break up into the rete mirabile. As already stated, it has two main branches, which are given off near its origin. The first is a gastric branch (69) and supplies a part of the left side of the stomach; the second is the right hepatic artery (70) which supplies the gall bladder and right side of the liver. The fourth branch of the cceliacomesenteric artery is the pancreatic artery (77). This is a small vessel which is given off about 1 em. eaudal to the third branch and almost imme- diately enters the pancreas. Beyond its fourth branch the cceliacome- senteric artery continues caudad, passing to the right of the stomach to divide, at a point just cranial to the spleen, into four branches (72, 74,75, 76). The first branch, or gastrosplenic artery (7:2), runs ventrad along the cranial border of the spleen, which it supplies by a branch (73) immediately entering that organ. After a short distance the main trunk of the artery (72) divides into several branches, which supply the cieeal portion of the stomach and the distal loop of the intestine. The remaining three branches (74, 75, 76) ave mesenteric arteries; two of them (74, 75) supply the proximal portion of the intestine; the remaining one (76), which is the largest, runs caudad in the mesentary, and supplies the distal portion of the intestine and rectum, Numerous variations occur in connection with the branching of the mesenteric vessels; for example, branches 74 and 75 often send twigs to the distal, as well as to the greater part of the proximal loop of the intestine. The subclavian arteries (fig. 16, pl. 1). The subclavian arteries (77) arise in common from the ventral surface of the dorsal aorta just -audal to the origin of the cceliacomesenteric artery. They run laterad, caudad, and some- what ventrad to the base of the pectoral fin, where they terminate in two branches, the Fig. 15.—Diagrammatie cross section of body of brachial artery and the ramus epigastricus de- Hee an ea reece Showing arrangement of scendens of Miller (1839). ‘hey give ofiva number of branches: (a) About 1 em. from the dorsal aorta, a branch (78), which runs dorsad and parietal arteries. Natural size. BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 105 eraniad, giving off a small branch to the cranial portion of the kidney, several branches to the muscles on the dorsal and caudal surface of the skull in the region of the supraoccipital bone, and finally, branches which terminate in the skin and cephalic crest. (b) A branch (79) which supplies the thymus gland” and adjacent muscles. (c) In addition to several small muscular branches, the coracoid artery (SO) of Parker & Davis (1899) a short distance from the base of the pectoral fin, this vessel extending ventrad, close to the pericardium, and giving off numerous small muscular branches. At a point opposite the cranial end of the basipterygium, either the right or left coracoid artery joins the median hypobranchial. (d) The brachial artery (87) which supplies the pectoral tin. (e) The ramus epigastricus descendens (82), which runs caudad close to the skin and supplies the ventral abdominal muscles as far as the cloaca. The parietal arteries and their branches (fig. 16, pl. 1, fig. 15). The parietal arteries (83) arise from the dorsal aorta along its entire length, a pair opposite every other vertebra. They will be described in order. The first pair are given off, as a rule, opposite the third vertebra, and, one on each side, curve laterad, dorsad, and craniad, then, after sending small branches to the cranial portion of the kidney, run dorsad to supply the dorsal parietal muscles. The second pair are given off opposite the fourth vertebra, and run laterad through the kidney, to which both send one or more small arteries (84). At a point just lateral to the kidney each of the pair divides into a peritoneal, an intermuscular, and a dorsal branch. The peritoneal branch (85) runs ventrad close to the peri- toneum and supplies the lateral abdominal muscles of that region. The intermuscular branch (87) extends laterad along the intermuscular bone to supply the adjacent muscles. The dorsal branch of the left side (88s) is small and runs dorsad to the membranes and muscles adjoining the fourth vertebra; the corresponding artery of the right side (SSd) is quite large and runs dorsad, between the neural spines of the fourth and fifth vertebra, to the lower end of the pterygiophores of the dorsal fin, where it divides into several muscular branches, two of which run dorsad, one on the right (89d) and one on the left (89s). Close to the skin each of these two branches divides into an anterior and a posterior vessel, the anterior running craniad and sup- plying the skin, while the posterior runs caudad to anastomose with the correspond- ing anterior branch of the next dorsal artery. The pairs of dorsal branches are throughout bilaterally asymmetrical, the larger branches being sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other. The smaller branch of each pair supplies the structures adjacent to the vertebral column. The larger branch, as already described, sends off on each side of the base of the dorsal fin an anterior and a posterior vessel which anastomose, respectively, with the posterior and anterior corresponding adjacent arteries, thus forming a more or less continuous vessel (97) on each side of the base of the dorsal fin. These vessels send numerous small branches (97) to the skin and dorsal fin. aThe thymus gland of the tile-fish is situated in the dorsal part of the gill chamber just cranial to the supra-clavicle. In fishes of about 50 em, inlengthit isa triangular gland about 17 mm, long and 9mm. wide; in the large indiyiduals—those of about 85 em.—it is very much reduced in size, traces of it, however, being always present. 106 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The third pair of parietal arteries are given off opposite the sixth vertebra and have the same branches as the second, described above, with the addition of a small branch to the swim-bladder. This additional branch (86) arises from the peritoneal branch of each parietal artery and immediately enters the swim-bladder to supply, with its fellow of the opposite side, the anterior dorsal portion. The fourth pair of parietal arteries arise opposite the eighth vertebra and have branches corresponding to those of the third. The vessel to the swim-bladder, how- ever, is larger than the corresponding branch from the third pair, and supplies the median dorsal portion. Between the origin of the fourth and fifth parietal arteries, though but slightly anterior to the latter, the dorsal aorta sends a large branch to the kidneys. ‘This vessel, the posterior renal artery (92), leaving the ventral surface of the aorta, runs caudad and ventrad in the posterior division of the kidney, which it supplies, and sends a branch also to the bladder. A short distance beyond its origin it gives off two vessels, each of which almost immediately divides into a peritoneal branch (55) and a branch (86) which supplies the posterior dorsal surface of the swim-bladder. The fifth pair of parietal arteries is given off opposite the tenth vertebra, just caudal to the posterior renal artery, as stated above. Each divides into a dorsal and an intermuscular branch. The peritoneal branch belonging to this segment arises from the posterior renal artery, as already stated. The dorsal aorta at this point leaves the abdominal cavity and continues as the caudal aorta, inclosed by the hemal arches of the caudal vertebre. It gives off, opposite alternate vertebra, three branches, two lateral, one on each side, and a median ventral branch. Each lateral branch divides almost immediately ‘into an intermuscular (S87) and a dorsal artery (88). The ventral branches (93) arise as median vessels from the ventral surface of the caudal aorta. They run ventrad in front of the hzemal spines of their respective vertebrie and divide into right (94d) and left (94s) branches which run ventrad, one on each side of the pterygiophores of the anal fin. At the base of the anal fin each one of these branches divides into an anterior and a posterior branch. These anastomose with corresponding vessels, thus forming a continuous artery on each side of the base of the anal fin (95) in the same manner as do the dorsal branches at the base of the dorsal fin, these continuous arteries (95) giving off small branches (96) to the skin and fin. The first ventral branch of the caudal aorta, which is given off opposite the eleventh vertebra, is somewhat larger than the more caudally situated ventral branches, and its anterior branch extends craniad to supply the muscles around the cloaca. The caudal aorta terminates in two branches which run dorsad and ventrad, respectively (97), in a groove at the base of the caudal fin, supplying the latter by means of numerous small branches (98). THE VENOUS SYSTEM. The veins (fig. 17, pl. 1) will be described in the following order: I. The hepatic portal system. Il. The veins opening into the sinus yenosus. III. The veins opening into the Cuvierian ducts. IV. The caudal vein and ven advehentes of the kidney. BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 107 I. THE HEPATIC PORTAL SYSTEM. The arrangement in the abdomen of the veins which form the hepatic portal vein is not at all constant. The order generally met with will be described. At the base of the liver two main trunks (4/7, 50) enter the large transverse hepatic portal vein (40) which distributes the blood through the liver. The larger of these two trunks (47) is formed by the union of the following vessels: (a) Branches from the rectum and distal portion of the intestine (49); (b) branches from the distal loop of the intestine (47) (principally from its left side); (c) a gastric branch (46) from the cxeal portion of the stomach; (d) a vein (45) from the spleen and distal loop of the intestine (principally right side) which joins the trunk opposite the right side of the stomach; (e) the small pancreatic vein (44), and a large vein (43) which leaves the ventral surface of the swim-bladder and returns the blood of the rete mirabile; and finally (f) a vein from the cesophagus (42) which joins the trunk just before it enters the liver. The second trunk, which helps to form the portal vein (50), returns blood to the liver from the greater part of the proximal loop of the intes- tine (52), and from the stomach by several gastric branches (57); it also, at times, receives branches from the distal loop of the intestine. II. VEINS OPENING INTO THE SINUS VENOSUS. A. The hepatic veins (2), which are two in number, leave the right and left seg- ments of the liver, one on each side of the median line, and empty immediately into the sinus venosus. B. A large vein (4) from each side opens into the ventral surface of the sinus venosus near the Cuvierian duct. This vessel is formed by the union of the follow- ing three veins: (a) The brachial branch (5), which returns blood from the pectoral fin and from the anterior part of the lateral muscles of the abdomen (6); (b) a vessel (7), which returns blood from the ventral fin and adjacent muscles, and (c) a vein (8), which returns blood from the thyroid gland and muscles ventral to the ventral aorta. Sometimes this latter vein (8) unites with its fellow of the opposite side by a small trunk (9) just below the ventral aorta. These three veins (5, 7, and 8) run close to the pericardium and, after uniting to form a single vessel on each side of the heart, open into the sinus venosus, as described above. C. The Cuvierian ducts (3) open into the lateral extremities of the sinus venosus. They are two large vessels, about 2.5 cm. in length, situated on each side of the cesophagus just behind the fifth branchial arch. iI. THE VEINS OPENING INTO THE CUVIERIAN DUCTS. A. The inferior jugular vein (Z0), a large single vessel, its cranial end situated in the median line, returns blood from the lower jaw and floor of the mouth. Just caudal to the hypohyal, it receives two veins (//), one from each side, which return blood from the branchiostegal and ceratohyal regions, and, continuing caudad just dorsal to the ventral aorta, it curves to the right of the heart, close to the pericar- dium, and opens into the right Cuvierian duct near its junction with the sinus venosus. 108 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. B. The spermatic or ovarian veins (73), which return blood from the genital organs, run craniad in the abdominal cavity, emptying posteriorly into the Cuvierian ducts. ©. The jugular veins (15), two large vessels, one on each side, return blood from the head region. Behind the orbit each jugular vein is situated directly dorsal to the branchial arches and between the base of the cranium and the hyomandibular bone. Branches of the jugular vein.—(a) The most cranial tributaries of the jugular vein are vessels (26) that return blood from the upper jaw and contiguous structures. (b) About 1 em. in front of the orbit the jugular receives a vein (25) from the olfactory organ and adjacent tissue. (c) Ventral to the middle part of the orbit it receives the facial vein (22), which is formed by the union of a vessel (24) from the angle of the mouth and the m. adductor mandibule, and a branch (23) which returns blood from the operculum. (d) Directly behind the orbit the right and left jugular veins are connected by the transversely situated interorbital vein (29). This vessel (29), which is about 2.5 em. in length, arches between the two jugulars and in the median line receives the cerebral vein (22), which returns blood from the brain, It also receives the ophthal- mic veins (20), which, one on each side, leave the eye at a point near the entrance of the optic nerve, and after passing between the rectus superior and externus usually receive branches from the eye muscles and open into the interorbital not far from the jugular. Sometimes, however, the vessels from the eye muscles open directly into the interorbital vein. The jugular vein from this point continues caudad, partly surrounded by the cranial end of the kidney (K’), from which it receives branches, and opens into the dorsal end of the Cuvierian duct with the posterior cardinal vein of the same side. Three important vessels enter the cranial end of the kidney to empty into the jugular vein: The postorbital vein (78), which returns blood from the muscles of the head behind the orbit; the pharyngeal vein (47), which returns blood from the superior pharyngeal teeth, the muscles, and contiguous structures dorsal to the branchial arches; and a vein (/6), which returns blood from the thymus gland, muscles, and membranes on the outer surface of the clavicle. These three veins (6, 77, and 78) enter the cranial end of the kidney, and, after giving off several yen advehentes, usually unite to form a single vessel, which opens into the dorsal surface of the jugular vein. D. The posterior cardinal veins (74) lie immediately ventral to the vertebral column, embedded in the substance of the kidney, and are asymmetrically developed. The left (74s) is small and its cranial portion, which is about 3 em. long, functions as a vena revehentis renalis. The right cardinal vein (74d) is a vessel of considerable size; it receives at its caudal end a large vein (37) from the posterior division of the kidney, a connecting trunk (36d) from the caudal vein, and revehent branches from the kidney, as well as branches directly from the parietal veins; it then empties with the corresponding jugular vein into the right Cuvierian duct. BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 109 IV. THE CAUDAL VEIN AND VENZ ADVEHENTES RENALES. The caudal vein (35) is situated in the hzemal canal just ventral to the caudal aorta. After receiving branches from the caudal fin (39) it collects blood from the tail region by means of ventral (38), dorsal (29), and intermuscular (30) veins. These are received opposite every other vertebra, and alternate with the arteries. After leaving the hemal arches at the caudal extremity of the kidney the caudal vein divides into a right (36d) and a left (66s) branch. The right branch is short (36d) and opens directly into the right cardinal vein. The left branch (36s) runs forward in the substance of the kidney as an advehent vein, which, according to Parker (1884), is the remains of the posterior portion of the left cardinal vein. Four veins empty into the enlarged posterior division of the kidney, two from each side of the body. The posterior pair (34) return blood from the ventral muscles just behind the cloaca, while the anterior pair (33) return blood from the posterior lateral muscles of the abdomen. The parietal veins in the abdominal region consist of dorsal, intermuscular, and peritoneal branches. The dorsal (29 to 29’) and intermuscular branches (30) are received opposite every other vertebra, alternating with the arteries. The peritoneal branches (37) return blood from the lateral walls of the abdomen, and, in addition, each peritoneal vein receives a vessel (32) from the dorsal surface of the swim- bladder. The parietal veins in the abdominal region either enter and break up in the substance of the kidney as ven adyehentes (37’) or, after sending out advehent branches, connect directly with the right cardinal vein (37). REFERENCES TO FIGURES. d. and s. denote dextra and sinistra, respectively. K., kidney. A., auricle. | K’., cranial portion of kidney. Af., anal fin. | L.,. liver. Ar!., first aortic root. Ns., neural spine. Ar*., second aortic root. | CEs., cesophagus. B,, branchial arch. P. D., pterygiophore of dorsal fin. Ba., bulbus arteriosus. Ps., pseudobranch. Da., dorsal aorta. P. V., pterygiophore of anal fin. Df., dorsal fin. | V., ventricle. E., eye. Va., ventral aorta. Hs., Heemal spine. ARTERIAL SYSTEM. I’ to IV’. First to fourth afferent branchial arteries. 1. Recurrent branch to ventralmost filaments. Ito IV. First to fourth efferent branchial arteries. I. First efferent branchial artery. 2. Branch for dorsalmost filamentar vessels. 3. Hyoidean artery. 4. Muscular branch. 5. Nutrient branch to first gill arch. 6. Lingual artery. . Branch to branchiostegal membrane and rays. 8. Museular branch to angle of mouth. . 9. Opercular branch. 10. Afferent pseudobranchial artery. 110 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 72. Small muscular branch. 12. Direct afferent pseudobranchial artery. 13. Connection between direct afferent pseudobranchial and hyoidean arteries. (14. Efferent pseudobranchial artery or ophthalmic artery. ) (15. Anastomosing trunk between the two ophthalmic arteries. ) 16. Carotid artery. 17. Hyooépercular artery. Branch which divides into 29 and 20. 19. To m. adductor mandibule. 20. Branch which joins the hyoidean artery. Muscular branch to adductor and levator operculi. Divides into 23 and 24. 23. Supra-orbital branch. 24. Post-orbital branch. . Internal carotid artery. 26. Carotis interna impar. Anterior cerebral artery. Posterior cerebral artery. 29. External carotid artery. 30. Artery to rectus externus and superior. 31. Ocular artery. 32. Artery to rectus internus and inferior. 33. Small artery to membranes lining orbit. 34. Oblique artery. 85. Olfactory artery. 36. Branch in region of maxilla. 37. Superior dental artery. II. Second efferent branchial artery. 88. Fourth commissural artery. 39. Nutrient artery to second gill. 40. Nutrient artery to third gill. 4 N % % tS ~ =a 1. Coronary artery. 42. Median hypobranchial artery. 43. Thyroid artery. 44. Muscular branch. 45. Muscular branch at ventral end of clavicle. 46. To ventral fins. Ill. Third efferent branchial artery. +47. Fifth commissural artery. 48. Nutrient artery to fourth gill. 49, Dorsal coronary artery. 50. Nutrient branch to rudimentary fifth branchial arch. 51, Sixth commissural artery. 52. Dorsal median hypobranchial artery. IV. Fourth efferent branchial arvery. 58. Artery to superior pharyngeal teeth and membranes behind rudimentary fifth gill areh. 54. Coeliacomesenteric artery. 55. First branch which sends out the following six branches: 56. Right cesophageal artery. 57. Right genital artery. 58. Hepatie branch. 59. Gastric and intestinal branches. 60. Branch which anastomoses with 66. 61. Left-hepatic artery. ae Pe 92. 93. 97. ™ Ss) DABS me oo BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 62, Second branch of the cceliacomesenteric artery. 63. Left esophageal artery. 64. Left genital artery. 65. Left gastric branch. 66. Branches of the latter which anastomose with 60 to form 6y. Hepatic artery. 68. Artery te rete mirabile of swim-bladder. 69. Gastric branch. vo. Right hepatic artery. . Pancreatic artery. Gastrosplenic artery. 73. Splenic artery. Mesenteric branch. Mesenteric branch. . Mesenteric branch. en dE J wm © Cae wn a . Subclavian artery. 78. Muscular branch. 79. Artery to thymus gland. so. Coracoid artery. 87. Brachial artery. 82. Ramus epigastricus descendens. . Parietal arteries. 8%. Renal branches. 85. Peritoneal branches. 86. Branches to swim-bladder. sy. Intermuscular arteries. 88. Dorsal branch. s9. Branch on side of pterygiophores of dorsal fin. 90. Longitudinal vessel formed on each side of body at base of dorsal fin. 91. Branch to skin and dorsal fin. Posterior renal artery. Ventral branches. 94d. and s. Right and left branches of 93. 95. Longitudinal vessels. 96. Branch to anal fin and skin. Bifurcation of caudal aorta. 98. Branches to caudal fin. VENOUS SYSTEM. Sinus venosus. Hepatic vein. Ductus Cuvieri. Vein which receives blood from 4, 7, and &. Brachial vein. Branch from lateral abdominal muscles. Vein from ventral fin. Vein from thyroid gland and muscles ventral to the ventral aorta. Anastomosing trunk. . Inferior jugular vein. 11. 12: 13. 14. Vein from branchiostegal regions. Vein from teeth of lower jaw and floor of mouth. Genital vein. Posterior cardinal vein. 15s. Left jugular vein. Na ALA, BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 76. Vein from thymus gland and contiguous muscles. . Pharyngeal vein. “2 18. Postorbital vein. 19. Interorbital vein. 20. Ophthalmic vein. 21. Cerebral vein. 22. Facial vein. 23. Branch from inside of operculum. 24. Branch from m. adductor mandibule and angle of mouth. 25. Vein from nose and adjacent region. 26. Vein returning blood from lips and teeth of upper jaw. 27. Ven advehentes of kidney. 28. Veni revehentes of kidney. 29, 29, 29”. First, second, and third dorsal branches of parietal veins. 30. Intermuscular veins. 31. Peritoneal veins. $2. Veins from dorsal surface of swim-bladder. 33. Vein from lateral abdominal muscles. 34. Vein from muscles behind the cloaca. 35, Caudal vein. 36d. Connection between caudal vein and the right posteardinal. 36s. Left branch of caudal vein. 37. Venze revehentes of the posterior enlarged portion of kidney. 88. Ventral parietal branches. 89. Branches from caudal fin. 40. Hepatic portal vein. 41. Branch which receives the following eight veins (42 to 49, incl. ): 42. Oesophageal branch. 3. Vein from of rete mirabile of swim-bladder. 44. Pancreatic vein. 45. Vein from spleen and intestine. 46. Gastrie branch. 7. Intestinal branch. 48. Branch of proximal loop of intestine. 49. Branch from distal portion of intestine. 50. Branch from stomach and proximal portion of intestine. 51. Gastric branch. 52, Vein from proximal loop of intestine. LITERATURE. Axis, BE. P. 1901. The Pseudobranchial Circulation in Amia calva. Zoologische Jahrhiicher, Band XIV. ALLIs, EK. P. 1897. The Cranial Muscles and Cranial and First Spinal Nerves in Amia calva. Journal of Mor- phology, Vol. XII. Ayres, H. 1889. The Morphology of the Carotids, based on a study of the Blood Vessels of Chlamydoselachus anguineus. Bulletin of Harvard College, Vol. XVII, No. 5. Boas, J. E. V. i 1880. Uber Herz und Arterienbogen bei Ceratodus und Protopterus. Morphologisches Jahrbuch, Band 6. Boas, J. B. V. 1880. Uber den Conus arteriosus bei Butirinus und bei anderen Knochenfischen. Morphologisches Jahrbuch, Band 6. BLOOD-VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE TILE-FISH. 113 Bumevs, H. C. 1899. The Reappearance of the Tilefish. U.S. Fish Commission Bulletin for 1898. Pages 321 to 333. Cote and Jonnston. 1901. Pleuronectes. Liverpool Marine Biological Committee Memoirs, Vol. VILL. Danucren, Uric. 1898. The Maxillary and Mandibular Breathing Valves of Teleost Fishes. Zoological Bulletin, Vol. Il, No. 3. GEGENBACR, C. 1898. Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Band I. Leipzig. GeMMILL, J. F. 1898. The Pseudobranch and Intestinal canal of Teleosteans. Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Hyrtt, J. 1858. Das Arterielle Gefiisssystem der Rochen. Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. Wien. Band 15. Hyrrt, J. 1872. Die Kopfarterien der Haifische. Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien. Band 32. Martin, H. 1894. Recherches anatomiques et embryologiques sur les artéres coronaires du cceur chez les vertébrés. Paris. Mavrer, F. 1884. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pseudobranchien der Knochentise he. Morphologisches Jahr- buch. Band 9. Mavcrer, F. 1888. Die Kiemen und ihre Gefiasse bei anuren und urodelen Amphibien, und die Umbildungen der beiden ersten Arterienbogen bei Teleostiern. Morphologisches Jahrbuch. Band 14. McKenzig, T. ; 1884. The Blood-vascular System, Ductless Glands, and Uro-genital System of Amiurus catus. Proceedings of the Canadian Institute. Toronto. MULLER. 1839. Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Owen, RicHarp. 1866. The Anatomy of Vertebrates. Vol. I. Parker, T. J. 1884. A course of instruction in zootomy. Parker, T. J. : 1886. On the Blood-vessels of Mustelus antareticus. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Vol. 177. Parker and Haswett. 1897. A Text-Book of Zoology. Vol. II. Parker, G. H., and Davis, F. K. ‘ 1899. The Blood Vessels of the Heart in Carcharias, Raja, and Amia. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 29, No. 8. Parker, G. H. 1900. Note on the Blood Vessels of the Heart in the Sunfish (Orthagoriscus mola Linn. ). Anatomischer Anzeiger. Band XVII, No. 16/17. “ReEyNowps, 8. H. 1897. The Vertebrate Skeleton. B. B. F. 1904—8 114 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Ripewoop, W. G. 1899. On the Relations of the Efferent Branchial Blood-yessels to the ‘‘Cireulus cephalicus”’ in Teleostean Fishes. Proceedings of the Zoological Society. Spencer, W. B. 1893. Contributions to our Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part I. The Blood Vessels. Linnean Society of New South Wales. The Macleay Memorial Volume. Wrieut, R. R. 1885. On the Hyomandibular Clefts and Pseudobranchs of Lepidosteus and Amia. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. Vol. XIX. FIG. 16. Gani LOPHOLATILUS C ( NATU FIG. 16. ARTERIAL SYSTEM VIEWED FF FIG. 17. VENOUS SYSTEM VIEWED FR( FIG. 18. FIRST BRANCHIAL ARGH OF L SHOWING ARRANGEMENT OF EF MALLEONTICEFS. SIZE.) LEFT SIDE. EFT SIDE SIDE,VIEWED FROM FRONT, =NTAND AFFERENT BRANCHIAL VESSELS. PATE. ee 90 id 91 88 88 37 36 I6 poe 87 _ 98 & a 97 86 4 i 85 92 93 * Wa 94s FIG. 16 26 JULIUS BIEN & CO.NY LOPHOLATILUS CHAAMALEONTICEFS NATURA BESIZE)) . FIG. 16. ARTERIAL SYSTEM VIEWED ak LEFT SIDE FIG. 17. VENOUS SYSTEM VIEWED FROM@ LEFT SIDE FIG. 18. FIRST BRANCHIAL ARCH OF L& T SIDE, VIEWED FROM FRONT, SHOWING ARRANGEMENT OF EFFEBRENTAND AFFERENT BRANCHIAL VESSELS. —_ a) CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES AT WOODS HOLE, MASS. PE IS: PARASITES OF THE GENUS ARGULUS FOUND IN THE WOODS HOLE REGION. By CHARLES EB. WILSON, A. M., Department of Biology, State Normal School, Westfield, Mass. c °. ; aoe ASF a i 2 14 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLCSICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES AT WOODS HOLE, MASS. THE FISH PARASITES OF THE GENUS ARGULUS FOUND IN THE WOODS HOLE REGION. By CHARLES B. WILSON, Department of Biology, State Normal School, Westfield, Mass. The summer of 1871 witnessed the first effort on the part of the United States Fish Commission to obtain a knowledge of the invertebrate fauna of Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters, and thus of the parasites that infest the fish of that region. The results were embodied in an admirable monograph by Verrill and Smith, which has become the foundation of all subsequent work. In it were descriptions of three species of Argulus, all of which were new to science, but as they were captured while swimming freely at or near the surface, not even one of their hosts could be deter- mined. Two other species were mentioned as likely to occur in the vicinity, but one of them, alos, had never been seen since 1847, when it was found by Harris in Boston Harbor and very poorly described by Gould in his Invertebrata of Massa- chusetts, while the other species, catostom?, had been found only upon the suckers in Mill River, near New Haven, Conn. Since this first effort in 1871, the work has been carried forward steadily by members of the Fish Commission, and large collections have been made, showing the hosts for the various specimens taken. Especially should be mentioned the efforts of Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, whose extensive study of the fishes themselves has brought him frequently in contact with the parasites which infest them. Fully three-fourths of the entire collection of Argu// bear his signature. so that the deter- mination of hosts and breeding seasons is almost wholly a result of his labors. The material thus accumulated eventually found its way into the United States National Museum, and about a year and a half ago the entire museum collection was placed in the author’s hands for purposes of study, at which time and since every facility within the command of the Fish Commission has been generously placed at ‘his disposal. This has made it possible to determine with accuracy much that was previously in question with regard to the sexes of the Avgu//, their breeding seasons, the place and manner of depositing the eggs, the period of incubation, the main features of development, and many of the habits that result from parasitism. These facts are embodied in a paper already published in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum (Vol. XXV), but as that paper includes all the known species of the Argulide, both American and foreign, fresh water and marine, it has been thought advisable to select the forms that are known or are likely to occur in the 117 118 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. vicinity of Woods Hole, and give with them a list of the hosts upon which they are found, their breeding seasons, and such additional facts as may be of general value. They can thus be presented in a more compact form and one easier of reference for the working naturalist. There has also been included a description of the eggs and emerging larvee, so far as known, for identification when found in the tow or (in the case of the eggs) upon the surfaces where they have been deposited. There is good reason for supposing that all the species have three breeding seasons a year, but however that may be, the dates here given are those actually known from egos deposited in aquaria or from females obtained full of ripe eggs. Most species occur upon the external surface of the fish’s body and may usually be found near the fins or the operculum, but a few live within the gill cavity and are seldom found any- where else. These localities have been indicated under the separate species. This family often becomes important economically asa factor in the propagation and life history of our common food-fishes, especially fresh-water forms. Ordinarily the Argulide roam about so freely as to occasion little discomfort to their hosts. They change frequently from one species of fish to another, and must of necessity desert their hosts at the breeding seasons, since their eggs are deposited upon some convenient surface at or near the bottom, and are not carried about with them. Any fish, therefore, no matter how badly it may be infested, has a chance three timesa year to get comparatively well rid of its argulid parasites. Furthermore, under ordinary conditions only a few specimens will be found upon a single fish, and these probably do not occasion any greater discomfort than the fleas upon a cat or dog, and they certainly do not menace the life of the fish in the least. We must not forget, also, that these parasites, like every other creature, have active enemies, and at certain critical periods in their development they also find serious obstacles to overcome. Thus the great majority of them are destroyed and they are kept within due bounds. Let any of these conditions change, however, and the whole situation is reversed. If a fish for any reason becomes inert or debilitated the influence of the parasites is increased, and they may effectually prevent recovery and thus become at least the indirect cause of death. While the great majority of the Avgu/7 prefer a sound, healthy fish, there are some species that seem to congregate upon diseased individuals. This is especially true of Argu/us megalops, and almost every specimen of a summer or winter flounder that is diseased when captured will yield a harvest of this species. Yet even here we need to remember that the diseased condition is the cause and not the effect of the presence of the parasites. Again, surrounding conditions may become unfavorable to the fish, but not particularly so to the parasite, thus weakening the resistance of the host. A change of this sort always takes places when migrating fish leave the salt water and ascend a river or stream for the purpose of spawning. Of course stationary parasites are taken along with their host as a matter of necessity, but it has also been satisfac- torily proved that many species of Argu/us can live in fresh as well as salt water and probably accompany their host as a matter of choice. As the fish gradually succumb to the rigors of migration the pernicious effect of the parasites is increased twofold. In the first place all the fish are weakened by the tremendous effort required and the accompanying abstinence from food, and therefore would feel the irritation more; and then as fast as any of the fish die these free-swimming A7gu// can congre- ARGULID® OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. 119 gate upon the remainder and thereby increase their mischievous influence. Actual observations of the number of parasites present and their influence upon migrating fish are exceedingly meager and we have to be satisfied with a few crumbs of information, but it is more than evident that here is a field of inquiry which promises large returns for the future. Another change that is always more unfavorable to the fish than to the parasite is the increase of temperature in our fresh-water ponds during the summer season. If the pond happens to be shallow there may be a sufficient rise to produce fatal results, along with the accompanying increase of Argu//. Several such instances are upon record. Mr. F. L. Washburn (American Naturalist, XX, p. 896) records the death of thousands of fish during the summer season for several years at Lake Mille Lac in Minnesota. This lake is quite shallow, and the water becomes correspondingly warm during July and August, at which time the fish die in such numbers that the beach is strewn for miles with their dead bodies. Washburn says: The evident cause of death is the presence of an external parasite, one of the Siphonostomata, which we found swarming on head, operculum, and belly. These parasites are translucent, disgusting looking creatures about the size and shape of a wood-tick, though many are larger, the abdomen furnished with an umbrella-like disk, which apparently assists them in clinging to their slippery hosts. This is far from being a scientific description, but there is little doubt that a species of Argulus is referred to, especially when the kinds of fishes mentioned and the attendant circumstances are considered. The parasites had gathered upon the back of the fish, choosing most frequently a spot near the head, but often there were large patches upon the sides and belly. Washburn enumerates the following species among the dead: The wall-eyed pike (St/zosted/on vitrewm) was by far the most abundant; after this came yellow perch (Lerca flavescens), rock bass (Aimbloplites rupestris), black bass (J/eropterus), bull-head (Amezurus), crappy (Pomoxis annularis), calico bass (Pomoxis sparoides), whitetish (Argyrosomus arted/), ling (Lota maculosa), dogtish (Amia calva), pike (sox luctus), and large suckers. In the succeeding volume of the Naturalist (X-XI, p. 188), Prof. R. Ramsay Wright mentions a corresponding mortality of an undetermined species of Coregonus in Lake of the Woods as reported to him by Mr. A. C. Lawson, of the geological survey of Canada. The death in this case was due almost entirely to a species of Argulus of which fortunately specimens were secured, and the author has had the pleasure of examining these recently. They prove to be Argulus st/zostethii Kellicott, and thus add a new host for that species, besides confirming Kellicott’s statement in regard to the original host, the blue pike (S¢/zosted/on v/treum). This Argulus was first obtained from pike taken in the Niagara River at Buffalo, and Kellicott states that he has verified the reports of local fishermen to the effect that when the water is warm during midsummer this pike ‘‘ gets too lazy to take food; that it then gets poor and, through its inertness, becomes infested with lice.” They are usually found upon the top of the fish’s head, often ‘thuddled together in heaps, so the knife may remove a number at once.” It seems almost certain that some, at least, of the parasites found by Washburn must have been A. st/zostethii, though there may have been other species also. Washburn recognizes the fact that the warm water played an important part in 120 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. killing the fish, and he states that ‘Sin smaller lakes in the vicinity which are fed by springs, the fish are comparatively free from such enemies.” In such instances, therefore, it is evident that the heat weakens the fish and renders it possible for the parasite to kill it if the latter is present in sufficient numbers. After all, however, it is in restricted areas like artifical fish ponds, hatcheries, aquaria, etc., that these parasites become most troublesome. Here every condition deleterious to the fish is advantageous to the parasite. The artificial surroundings make more or less of a drain upon the fish’s vitality, and since the number of fish is restricted, there is a resultant concentration of the evil effects produced by the parasites. They are always assured of a suitable host and are enabled to choose the strongest and healthiest fish, thereby lowering the general tone. If the breeding of Arguli is once started in such a place it will rapidly assume dangerous proportions unless checked at the very outset. This truth was clearly stated by the first observer of the Argu//. Leonard Baldneur, in a manuscript dated 1666, deposited in the public library at Strassburg, while speaking of what he calls the *‘pou des poissons” (4A. fol/aceus), says that it is seldom found except upon trout, which it frequently kills, especially if they are kept in ponds. The United States Fish Commission has had several such experiences and is constantly on guard against these Argu//. Sometimes it is necessary even to remove fish from the aquaria and clean them. as was recently the case at Ann Arbor, Mich. The fish were Avia calva and the parasites Argu/us americanus. It is chiefly to the natural enemies of the Argu/7 that we must look for a practical solution of this important problem in fish economy. The author has elsewhere recorded” some of these enemies discovered while investigating the cause of a serious mortality among the fish in a small artificial pond at Warren, Mass. Here the death was caused by a superabundance of A. catostom?. After much trouble the cause of the increase in these parasites was found to be the removal of all the small surface species, dace, roach, etc., which had been seined and sold for fish bait. These small fish feed upon the newly hatched Avgulus larvee, and as soon as they were restored to the pond the Arguli were reduced to their normal numbers and no further trouble has been experienced from them. These facts have recently been confirmed by observations upon two species of Fundulus at Woods Hole. In September, 1902, many specimens of A. fundulus were obtained from Fundulus majalis and F. heteroclitus, both in the salt water of Woods Hole harbor and the almost fresh water near the head of Great Pond in Falmouth. On leaving Woods Hole, the writer attempted to take away some of the Argul/ alive, for this purpose placing nine of the parasites upon two rugged specimens of /! heteroclitus, which were taken in a large fruit jar to Westfield, Mass. (125 miles), and placed in a salt-water aquarium. Everything progressed well for about three weeks, but not much food was given to the fish through fear of contaminating the limited supply of salt water. Consequently they became quite hungry, and one night deliberately ate all the parasites. From these observations we are enabled to draw the following conclusions: 1. Under ordinary conditions it is not probable) uaa we Angult ¢ occasion uae a Procee Ses of the U nited States National Museum, vol. xxv, p. 651. ARGULIDZ OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. 121 host any serious inconvenience; their natural enemies keep them within due bounds and every fish has a chance to rid itself almost entirely of parasites when the latter are breeding. 2. If a fish becomes diseased the influence of the parasites is thereby increased, so that they hasten, and may partly cause, its death. 3. Fish while undergoing the rigorous efforts necessary to migration become greatly weakened and hence more susceptible to the influence of these pests. 4, The increased temperature of summer, especially in shallow fresh-water ponds, makes the fish so inert that they often become seriously infested, and are killed in large numbers. 5. The restrictions existing in aquaria, artificial hatcheries, etc., greatly assist these parasites, which speedily become a serious nuisance unless destroyed in some way. 6. Their most effective enemies are the smaller surface fish, dace, roach, etc., which eat the larve. Some minnows (/wndulus) will even eat the adults under the constraint of hunger. 7. The protection of these small fish and their introduction wherever possible is thus one of the most practicable preventives of any serious multiplication of the Arguli. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. KEY. 1. Carapace orbicular, wider than long, sucking disks very large.._.......--.---.------------------ 2 Carapace elliptical, considerably longer than wide, sucking disks relatively small. ........-.----- 4 2. Swimming legs of first and second pairs with recurved flagella ...........-...----- catostomi, p. 123 Simeone Weslo ne RUE, Sono ane ence So hon SS poSe Nese Tee See aE Sse nee eeeeeSeeeo sec) 3. Basal plate of second maxillipeds with three stout teeth.........-...-----..-------- funduli, p. 125 Basal plate prolonged posteriorly as an entire lobe without any teeth .-..--..-.-..---- latus, p. 138 4. Swimming legs of first and second pairs with recurved flagella............-..-.-.-- laticauda, p. 127 Summa Cale rs awit Ui a Cel apm ementas seca e ae mee ais Anelan a Siinee cna a ise ions cage asses ecee 5 5. Abdomen orbicular, wider than long, cut less than one-third, lobes well-rounded .-megalops, p. 129 Abdomen elongate, longer than wide, cut to the center, lobes lanceolate-acuminate -.--a/lose, p. 121 Argulus alose Gould. Male and female known. Carapace relatively small, elliptical, much longer than wide, just reaching to the posterior tho- racic segment; posterior sinus rather narrow and becoming contracted toward the base; eyes far for- ward, chitin rings in the lateral areas unequal, the smaller anterior to the larger, of nearly the same diameter, but much shorter; posterior segment of thorax projecting over the abdomen in a small rounded lobe on either side with a shallow sinus between; abdomen broad, elliptical, cut beyond the center; lobes divergent, lanceolate-acuminate; anal papillee basal, no spines on the ventral surface of the carapace; antennze rather small and poorly armed; posterior maxillipeds stout; basal plate triangular, considerably raised, and prominently roughened; posterior teeth short and blunt. Swimming legs reaching far beyond the carapace, without flagella; lobes on the basil joint of the posterior pair nearly rectangular and relatively very small. Male with no accessory sexual organs except the usual peg and semen receptacle; lobes of the basil joints of the posterior legs more pointed than in the female; abdomen much elongated; testes very large. Color a uniform pale bluish-green with scattering pigment on the dorsal surface arranged in radiating dots and lines. Length of female, 7-10 mm.; length of carapace, 4-6 mm.; breadth of carapace, 3-5 mm.; length of abdomen, 2-3 mm.; breadth, 1.7-2.5 mm. Male about half this size. (Description from living specimens. ) 122 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF .FISHERIES. Found upon the outer surface of the alewife (Clupea pseudoharengus) and the smelt (Osmerus mordax), usually in the vicinity of the fins; often numerous upon a single fish. The eggs of this species are deposited in August (18th) and again toward the last of September and the first of October (September 24-October 5). Deposited eggs and larvee unknown, but the 0.5 m2 m+ en | Argulus alose Gould. Female. a, Dorsal surface; b, ventral surface; c, posterior maxilliped; d, antenne. 2m m Argulus alos Gould. Male. Posterior legs and abdomen, eggs must be considerably larger than those of the other species and comparatively few in number, judging from the ripe females examined. A specimen from near Key West, Fla., taken in April, was full of apparently ripe eggs. Probably the species lays a little later than this around Woods Hole. ARGULID® OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. 123 Argulus catostomi Dana & Herrick. Female only known. Carapace large, orbicular, wider than long, almost covering the swimming legs; posterior sinus broad, with its sides approximately parallel; antero-lateral sinuses scarcely noticeable; chitin rings in the lateral areas very unequal in size, the larger one extending forward to the sucking disks, and having a deep indentation on its inner margin near the center, into which the smaller one projects. Abdomen comparatively very small, orbicular, wider than long, cut less than one-third its length; anal sinus narrow; papillze basal. Antennze comparatively small and weak; poorly armed; sucking disks large, placed well forward; second maxillipeds large and strong, every joint with a roughened _ d 0.5 #2 m. 0.5 Imm. Argulus catostomi Dana & Herrick. Female. a, Dorsal surface; b, ventral surface; c, posterior maxilliped; d, antenne. area on its ventral surface; basal plate with a raised pear-shaped area near its center; lobes (not teeth ) on its posterior edge broad and squarely truncated, usually three in number but often reduced by fusion to two. Swimming legs scarcely reaching the edge of the carapace; two anterior pairs with recurved flagella; lobes on the basal joints of the posterior pair medium size, boot-shaped. Color a uniform light sea-green, turning much darker in alcohol. Length, 12 mm.; length of carapace, 9.6 mm.; breadth of carapace, 11.2 mm.; length of abdomen, 2.3 mm.; breadth of abdomen, 2.4 mm. (Description from living specimens. ) 24 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Found upon the common sucker, Catostomus, and the chubsucker, Hrimyzon, in both salt and brackish water; deposits its eggs the middle or the last of May (May 20-June 5). Eggs of medium size, arranged in short rows, gathered into small patches containing 6 or 8 to 12 eggs; rows not parallel; eggs placed end to end and covered with a jelly envelope, the surface of which is raised into long rows of club-shaped papillze, which are often twisted spirally. Eggs hatch in 30-35 days; emerging larva light grayish in color, unpigmented, not very transparent, totally unlike the adult; carapace elliptical, longer than wide, but scarcely reaching to the center of the second (the first free) thoracic Newly hatched larva of Argulus catostomi, x 325. ad. d., Anterior antenne; p. @., posterior antenne; a. m., anterior maxillipeds; p. m., posterior maxillipeds; m. p., mandibular palp; s. /., swimming leg. segment, leaving a very shallow posterior sinus; free thoracic segments rapidly diminishing in size. Abdomen narrower than last thoracic segment, elongate-triangular in shape, cut nearly to the center; anal sinus triangular; each lobe somewhat constricted at the base; papillee terminal and ending in two very long sete. Skin glands scattered about promiscuously, scarcely noticeable. Larva furnished with a temporary rowing apparatus, consisting of the greatly enlarged second antenne and a pair of transitory mandibular palps, the former terminating in four long plumose setee and a fifth much shorter, nonplumose one, like the thumb and fingers of a hand; the latter with 3 ARGULID® OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. 1145) plumose setee; each anterior maxilliped terminating in a pair of stout, curved claws, the ventral one of which is barbed; only the first pair of swimming legs at all developed, the others mere rudi- mentary stumps. A single cluster of eggs of Argulus catostomt. (Actual size, 0.45 x 0.3 mm.) 10, TUL. 4" Asingle egg of Argulus catostomi, ~ 300. Argulus funduli Kroyer. Male and female known. Carapace orbicular, wider than long, searcely coyering the second pair of swimming legs; posterior sinus wide and shallow, widely cut at its base; eyes large and placed far forward, chitin rings in lateral areas nearly equal. On the ventral surface the anterior portion is covered with stout spines, while the whole thorax is papillated. Abdomen long elliptical, cut nearly to the center in the female, abortt 126 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. one-fourth in the male. Antenne large and well armed; sucking disks enormous, relatively the largest of any American species, occupying most of the breadth of the carapace; posterior maxillipeds long and slender; basal plate small, its teeth very short and blunt; anterior swimming legs reaching just beyond the edge of the carapace, posterior ones uncovered. Abdomen much elongated in the male, its lobes almost entirely filled by the large testes; a large conical appendage on the anterior of the swimming legs in addition to the regular accessory organs. 0.5 lms 2mm. 0.25 90 a7. 0.5 172 2. Arqulus fundwi Kroyer, a, Ventral surface of male; b, ventral surface of female: c, antennz of male; d, posterior maxilliped of male. Color yellowish-white, mottled with pale rust-color, the dorsal surface of the ovaries and testes heavily mottled with very dark brown pigment and thus contrasting strongly with the rest of the body. Length of the female, 5 mm.; length of carapace, 3.1 mm.; breadth of cara: ace, 3.5 mm.; length of abdomen, 1.1 mm.; breadth of abdomen, 0.6 mm.; male about three-fifths this size, but with an abdomen 1.3 mm. long. (Deseription from living specimens. ) ARGULID® OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION, D7 Found upon the ventral surface of Fundulus heteroclitus and Fundulus majalis in both salt and brackish water; prefers the neighborhood of the fins; usually only one ona single fish; also likely to be taken in the tow during the breeding season. Deposits its eggs in July and October. Larvie unknown. Argulus laticauda Smith. Male and female known. Carapace elliptical, longer than wide, just reaching the edge of the abdomen in the male; antero- lateral sinuses well-defined, leaving a large frontal lobe; posterior sinus wide and deep. Eyes large, Os Argulus laticauda Smith. Male. a, Dorsal surface; b, ventral surface; ec, first and second antenn; d, posterior maxilliped; e, two posterior swimming legs of female. chitin rings in the lateral areas concealed by the abundant black pigment. Abdomen orbicular, slightly longer than wide, cut less than one-third; anal papille basal. Antenne large and stoutly armed; sucking dises small; posterior maxillipeds medium size, stout, with a fringe of spines along the entire posterior margin. Basal plate elongate and narrow, its posterior edge cut into three oblong, squarely truncated lobes instead of teeth. Two anterior pairs of swimming legs with recurved flagella and entirely covered by the carapace; lobes on the. posterior pair long and pointed, boot-shaped. Males much larger than any females so far obtained, and with a conical projection on the anterior border 128 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. of the third legs and two large lobes on the posterior border of the second legs in addition to the regular accessory organs; testes medium size, hemi-ellipsoidal. Color yellowish horn color, mottled with thick plack pigment arranged in more or less radiating spots and bands, often so dense as to make the creature almost entirely black. Pigment sometimes dark reddish brown, inclining to purple, especially in the smaller specimens. The only black or very dark Argulus and the only species in which the male is larger than the female. Length of male 5-7 mm.; length of carapace 3.5-4 mm.; breadth of carapace 3.2-3.5 mm.; length of abdomen 1.3 mm.; breadth of abdomen 1.1 mm. Female two-thirds this size. (Description from living specimens. ) Found most commonly upon the eel ( Anguilla chrisypa) and various members of the Pleuronectidie (Pseudopleuronectes americanus, Paralichthys dentatus). May be looked for occasionally upon the tomeod ( Microgadus tomcod), upon skates, sculpins, and species of blenny. Deposits its eggs in August (14th) and the last of October (October 20-30). Larvee unknown. Argulus latus Smith. Female only known. Carapace orbicular, wider than long, scarcely covering the second pair of legs; posterior sinus narrow and about one-fifth the length of the carapace; eyes large and very far forward. Abdomen Argulus latus Smith. Female. a, Dorsal surface; b, ventral surface; c, posterior maxilliped; d, first and second antenne. narrow, elliptical, one-third as long as the carapace; anal sinus triangular, papillze basal. Antenne small but well-armed, widely separated; sucking discs very large and widely separated; posterior maxillipeds stout; basal plate uniformly papillated and prolonged backward as a whole without teeth or lobes. Swimming legs all reaching beyond the carapace, without flagella; lobes on the posterior legs small, rounded, triangular. Color yellowish-white, becoming brown in aleohol. Length 2.3 mm.; length of carapace 2.2 mm.; breadth of carapace 2.5 mm.; length of abdomen 0.7 mm.; breadth of abdomen 0.45 mm. (Description from alcoholic specimens. ) Has been taken only at the surface, one specimen at Woods Hole and one at Casco Bay, both females. Egg deposition and laryee unknown. ARGULIDH OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. 129 Argulus megalops Smith. Male and female known. Carapace elliptical, longer than wide, scarcely covering the third pair of legs; posterior sinus triangular and shallow, lobes broadly rounded and free from the thorax. Eyes very large (one-tenth of the breadth of the carapace) and far forward; thorax partly uncovered, narrowing slightly poste- riorly; abdomen broad elliptical, slightly longer than wide; anal sinus triangular (not more than . ee 01s, Vm. Argulus megalops Smith. a, Two posterior swimming legs of male; }, posterior maxilliped of male; ¢c, antennz of female d, ventral surface of female. one-fifth the entire length); papillee basal. Antenne medium, closely approximated and well-armed; sucking discs small. Posterior maxillipeds large, well-armed; basal plate broad triangular, teeth rather widely separated, stout and blunt. Swimming legs long, projecting far beyond the edge of the carapace, without flagella; lobes on posterior legs narrow and sharply pointed posteriorly. Male with a large thumb-shaped projection on the anterior border of the basal joint of the third legs, in addition to the regular accessory organs. B. B. F. 1904—9 130 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Color yellowish-white with four delicate longitudinal bands of pale yellowish pigment; the entire upper surface of the abdomen and the thorax in ripe females is red-brown, inclining to pink, thickly sprinkled with minute black dots; the lateral areas are also ornamented with an arborescent design in black pigment. Upon death the females frequently become a bright pink color. Length 6 mm.; length of carapace 3.8 mm.; breadth of carapace 3.5 mm.; length of abdomen 2 mm.; breadth of abdomen 1.4 mm. (Description from living specimens. ) Willy Newly hatched female larva of Argulus megalops, . br., Brain; ev., endopod of first swimming foot; g/., skin glands; a. m., anterior maxilliped; p. m., posterior maxilliped; s. b., side branch of stomach; s. g., shell gland; s. 7., semen receptacle; ¢. h., tactile hairs. Found most commonly upon the flounders (Paralichthys dentatus, Pseudopleuronectes americanus), upon or near the fins of which developmental stages may be secured in August and September. Has been found upon the common skate (Raia erinacea), the spotted sand flounder ( Lophopsetta maculata), the sand dab ( Hippoglossoides platessoides), and occasionally upon the sculpin ( Myoxocephalus octodecim- spinosus); upon the web-fingered sea-robin (Prionotus carolinus), the tomecod (Microgadus tomeod), the 12 m7 Eggs of Argulus megalops about ready to hatch. Actual size of one egg, 0.35 mm. long, 0.28 mm. wide. goose-fish (Lophius piscatorius), 2 species of minnow (Mundulus), and is frequently taken in tow. Deposits its eggs in August and September (August 31, September 1) and in October and November (October 14-November 2). Eggs placed end to end in single rows, 10 to 12 eggs in each row. Eggs yellowish-white, soon becoming dirty and brownish, 0.35 mm. long by 0.28 mm. wide; jelly covering perfectly smooth. Eggs require 60 days’ incubation at a temperature of 72-75° F, ARGULIDZ OF THE WOODS HOLE REGION. 13H Emerging larva totally unlike that of catostomi and foliaceus, ina more adyanced cyclops stage, with all the appendages except the first maxillipeds like those of the adult. Carapace elliptical, longer than wide, partly covering the base of the first pair of legs only; posterior sinus very wide and shallow; eyes one-fifth the width of the carapace, closely approximated, almost touching the anterior margin. Thorax narrowing gradually from in front backward; abdomen broad-elliptical, nearly as wide as long; anal sinus broadly triangular, papillee basal; a very distinct row of small skin glands around the edge of the lateral areas of the carapace; five or six much larger ones along either margin of the abdomen. Antenne thicker and stouter than in the adult, with the spines relatively larger; anterior maxillipeds four-jointed, terminating in two sickle-shaped hooks, the ventral one armed with barbs; there is also a stout spine on the anterior border of the terminal joint; posterior maxillipeds much smaller, five- jointed, each of the four basal joints armed on their ventral surface with a long curyed spine and many shorter ones; basal plate with only two posterior teeth, but with a long spine on its outer margin. Swimming legs all perfectly developed; exopods one-jointed, with two long, plumose, rowing sete; endopods of first pair three-jointed, first and second joints with sharp spines on their posterior border, third joint terminating in two similar spines, placed side by side; endopods of three posterior pairs of legs two-jointed with a single rowing seta. The following is a list of the hosts upon which any species of slrgu/vs has been found in the vicinity of Woods Hole: Common skate, Raja erinacea Mitchill. A. laticauda, A. megalops. Brook sucker, Catostomus commersonii (Lacépéde). A. catostomi. Chub sucker, Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill). A. catostomi Common eel, Anguilla chrisypa Ratinesque. A. laticauda. Alewife, Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson). A, alose. Smelt, Osmerus mordax (Mitchill). A. alosae. Killi-fish, Fundulus majalis (Walbaum). A. fundulus, A. megalops. Killi-fish, Pundulus heteroclitus (Linnweus). A. fundulus, A. megalops. Sculpin, Myoxocephalus wneus (Mitchill). A. laticauda, A. megalops. Sea robin, Prionotus carolinus (Linnzeus). A. megalops. Blenny, sp. A. laticauda. P, Tomeod, Microgadus tomcod (Walbaum). A. laticauda, A. megalops. Sand-dab, Hippoglossoides platessoides ( Fabricius). A. megalops. Summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus (Linneus ). A. laticauda, A. megalops, A. alosae. Common flat-fish, Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum). A. laticauda, A. megalops. Window pane, Lophopsetta maculata (Mitchill). A. megalops. Goose-fish, Lophius piscatorius (Linnzeus). A. megalops. THE SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. IBINe IBNONG lst Its Slabs t4 Deputy U.S. Fish Commissioner. 133 BAR OR ‘SQUARE’ KANTEN. A BUNDLE OF *’SLENDER”’ KANTEN. KANTEN, OR SEAWEED ISINGLASS. THE SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. “ By HUGH M. SMITH, Deputy U.S. Fish Commissioner. Seaweeds are among the most valuable of the aquatic resources of the Japanese Empire, and conduce largely to the prominent rank attained by the fisheries of that country. While marine plants are extensively utilized in France, Ireland, Scotland, and other European countries, in the East Indies, in China, and elsewhere, in no other country are such products relatively and actually so important or utilized in such a large variety of ways as in Japan. The seaweed industries of Japan owe their importance to the great extent of the coast line (estimated at 18,000 miles); to the abundance and variety of useful algw; and to the ingenuity of the people in putting the different kinds of plants to the most appropriate uses and in utilizing them to the fullest extent. The value of the seaweeds prepared in Japan at the present time exceeds $2,000,000 annually, this sum excluding the value of very large quantities of marine plants which do not enter into commerce but are used locally in the families of the fishermen. In view of the extent and long continuance of these industries, some diminution in the supply of economic alew might reasonably be looked for, and this has in fact occurred; but while excessive gathering has influenced the abundance of some species, much more serious decrease has been brought about by conditions not connected with the seaweed industries. Investigations conducted by the imperial fisheries bureau have indicated that the disappearance of useful alex on a number of sections of the coast has resulted from a temporary freshening of the littoral waters, probably owing to improper lumber operations near the headwaters of streams. The denuded areas have always been contiguous to the mouths of rivers or within the possible range of influence of streams during freshets. It is reported that in a few places certain algw have been able partly to reestablish themselves, but the process is very slow, and complete replenishment will require many years, even if no lowering of water density ensues in the meantime. Some experimental planting in the denuded districts has been undertaken with favorable results, but on a very small scale. In other parts of Japan cultivation is extensively carried on, but as yet is directed to practically only one species, the laver (Porphyra laciniata). It is noteworthy that the disappearance of seaweeds has injuriously affected another fishery—namely, that for abalones, which rank among the important water products of Japan. These mollusks feed among the alge and are no longer found on large areas of bottom on which they formerly abounded. 135 136 : BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The general name applied to algv in Japan is nori, which is also often given to the prepared products. The term enters into numerous combinations, as will be seen in the following chapters. The seaweed preparations to which special attention is given are kombu, amanori, funori, kanten,and iodine. All of these can be made in the United States, and it is largely with a view to pointing out the possibilities for a successful business in some or all of these products that this report is submitted. The information herewith presented embodies a brief account of the methods of taking and utilizing seaweeds in Japan, and is based on personal inquiries by the writer in 1903. Statistical and other useful data have been furnished by Dr. K. Kishinouye and Dr. K. Oku, of the imperial fisheries bureau, Tokyo. To Doctor Oku, especially, the writer is under great obligations for assistance and information, without which the preparation of this paper would have been impracticable. A number of manufacturers of seaweed products supplied samples, gave information, and accorded facilities for inspecting their establishments; among those to whom special acknowledgments are due are Messrs. Risuke Yamamoto, Hikobei Nakanisi, Hikobei Matsushita, Kingo Matsushita, and Manjiro Nakajima, all of Osaka. The biological and commercial aspects of the Japanese seaweeds have been con- sidered in various official reports, the most complete of which are published only in the Japanese language and are not available for foreign readers. The following publications have been consulted in the preparation of this paper, and some of the illustrations herein shown have been copied or adapted therefrom. Only the first three papers are in English. JAPANESE BuREAU OF AGRICULTURE. 1893. Useful Algze, in Descriptive Catalogue of Exhibits relating to the Fisheries of Japan at the World’s Columbian Exposition. Tokyo, 40 pages. 1894. Utilization of Algee, in The Fisheries of Japan. Compiled and arranged from the foregoing catalogue by Hugh M. Smith. Bulletin U. 8. Fish Commission, 1893, pp. 419-438. K. YENDO. 1902. Uses of Marine Algze in Japan. Postelsia, The Year Book of the Minnesota Seaside Station, 1901, pp. 1-18. St. Paul, 1902. 1903. Investigations on Isoyake (decrease of seaweed). Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Bureau, Vol. XII, No. 1, 1903. Miyasr, YAMAGAWA, AND OSHIMA. 1902. On the Laminariaceze and Laminaria Industries of Hokkaido, being Part III of Report on Investigations of the Marine Resources of Hokkaido, pp. 212, numerous plates. Sapporo, 1902. I. On the Laminariaceze of Hokkaido. By Prof. Kingo Miyabé. II. On the Laminaria Industries of Hokkaido. By Shin Yamagawa. III. Chemical Analysis of Laminaria. By Prof. Kintaro Oshima. T. NISHIMURA. 1903. Manufacture of Funori (seaweed glue) in the Prefectures of Tokyo, Osaka, and Miyé. Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Bureau, Vol. XII, No. 3, 1903. K. Oxv. ‘ 1904. Preparation of Kizami-kombu (green-dyed laminaria) in the Prefecture of Osaka. Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Bureau, Vol. XIII, No. 2, 1904. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 137 KANTEN, OR SEAWEED ISINGLASS. NATURE AND IMPORTANCE OF KANTEN. A very valuable and interesting product of seaweeds, comparable to isinglass and used for some of the same purposes, is known to the Japanese as kanfen. This name is like so many of the fanciful terms with which the Japanese invest common objects; it means ‘‘cold weather,” and has reference to the circumstance that this article is and can be made only during the colder months (December to February). In 1903 there were in Japan 500 establishments for the manufacture of kanten, located in Osaka, Kyoto, Hyogo, Nagamo, and elsewhere. The average capacity of the factories is 3,000 kin, or about 4,000 pounds. The leading manufacturer has his warehouses and store in Osaka, and his factory at Hyogo, where 70 to 80 persons are employed. Mountainous regions are the best for this industry. because of the dryness and purity of the air. Kanten has been made since about 1760. In the early years it was simply a “Tengusa’’ ( (relidium corneum). mass of jelly formed by the boiling of the seaweed, but at the present time the entire output is in the more convenient form of sticks and bars, a manner of prepa- ration which was taken up quite accidentally; some soft jelly was thrown out of doors and congealed in the shape of slender sticks, suggesting the idea of preparing it in this form. Kanten is made from alge of the genus Ge/édiwm, the principal species being (. corneum. The Japanese name for the plant is fengusa, a contraction of hantengusa, meaning ** weed for kanten.” Several similar seaweeds are used as sub- stitutes or adulterants, but are not so good as Gelidiwm. The alge grow on rocks, and are taken by diving, the gathering season being May to October, though July and August are the best months. The principal supply comes from Hokkaido and the prefectures of Shizuoka, Miye, and Wakayama. The weed is dried on the shores, some bleaching taking place at the time of drying, and is then ready for sale to the manufacturers. 138 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In 1903, the dried weed was selling in Osaka at 6 to 9 cents per pound; the sub- stitute alge brought 4 to 6 cents. The total crop of dried kanten algee in 1900 was valued at $113,140; the fishermen’s sales in 1901 were $125,282. Furnace and tub for the boiling of Gelidium. Press for straining crude sea-weed jelly. THE PREPARATION OF KANTEN- The process of making kanten is quite elaborate, although the appliances required are simple and inexpensive. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 139 (1) The first step is the removal of-all foreign matter from the masses of dried alge. Calcareous and other hard particles are dislodged by beating and pounding, and other substances are picked out by hand. Further cleaning is effected by wash- ing in running fresh water. (2) The wet alow are then spread in thin layers on flakes with bamboo or reed tops, through which the water drains. The principal object in thus spreading the alge is to bleach them; this is done in warm weather, beginning in August, and is facilitated by dew. Under favorable conditions, twenty-four hours may be sufficient, but usually several days are required. _—————— | SS |S F-~—--- .—— SS Pouring liquid kanten into cooling trays. (8) As the drying goes on, the alex become agglutinated and more or less fused, forming loose-meshed sheets. These sheets are loosely rolled and, as required, are boiled in fresh water in a large iron kettle or a wooden tub placed over a specially constructed oven or furnace. The boiling extracts the gelatin, and a thick, pulpy mass results. From the boiling kettle the jelly is strained or filtered through coarse cloths into a vat or tank, this preliminary straining being followed by a more thorough straining through linen bags of coarse mesh, which are placed in a crib and squeezed by means of a lever, the jelly falling into a large vat under the press. 140 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (4) From the vat the jelly is dipped with a peculiar rectangular wooden vessel and poured into wooden trays to cool. These trays are about 2 feet long, 1 foot wide, and 3 inches deep, and are arranged in rows in the open air, resting on parallel poles so as to be clear of the ground. (5) At a certain stage of the cooling and hardening process, the contents of the trays are cut into pieces of uniform size, in order to facilitate handling. The cutting is done by means of oblong iron frames, adapted to the shape of the trays, divided into squares of various sizes. One face of the frame has sharpened edges, and the cutting is done by inserting the frame along one side of the tray and drawing it horizontally through the jelly. (6) The bars are then put one by one in a wooden box slightly larger than them- selves and with a coarse wire grating over the lower end. A wooden piston with a broad end fits into this box, and is pushed against the bar of jelly, forcing it Articles used in cutting sea-weed jelly into sticks and bars. through the grating in the form of slender sticks. Another way in which kanten is prepared is in the form of blocks, 14 to 14 inches square and 10 to 12 inches long, which are made with a cutting frame such as has been referred to. There is a shrinkage of one-third in bulk in the course of solidifying. (7) The sticks and bars of hardening jelly are arranged in regular rows on flakes occupying an exposed position on a mountain or hillside. The congealing requires one to three days, according to wind and temperature, and a further drying of three or four days is usually allowed. A northwest wind is considered as giving the best results. (8) The thoroughly dried pieces are trimmed to uniform lengths and baled for shipment. The thin sticks, known as Awoso-hanten (slender kanten), are 10 to 14 inches SEAWEED INDUSTRIES-OF JAPAN. 141 long and about one-eighth of an inch thick, and are tied into bundles weighing about 6 to LO ounces ; the bundles are packed in bales holding 100 kin (133 pounds), incased in several layers of matting. The blocks, which are called haku-hanten (square kanten), are not adapted for close packing, and make a very bulky bale; about 50 blocks weigh 1 pound. THE USES OF KANTEN. Kanten is pearly white, shiny, and semitransparent, having in block form a loose, flaky structure, and is tasteless and odorless. In cold water it swells but does not dissolve, but in boiling water it is readily soluble and on cooling forms a jelly. In Japan kanten is used largely for food in the form of jellies (often colored), and as adjuvants of soups, sauces, ete. It is also used for purifying saké, the native wine made from rice. In foreign countries kanten is employed in a variety of way although chiefly in food preparations where a gelatin is required, such as jellies, candies, pastries, and many desserts, in all of which it is superior to animal isinglass. It is also used for the sizing of textiles, the stiffening of the warp of silks, the clarifying of wines, beers, coffee, and other drinks, the making of molds required by workers in plaster of Paris, and sometimes in the manufacture of paper. In China one of its uses is as a substitute for edible bird nests. The large consignments of square kanten to Holland are doubtless destined for the schnapps factories. A very important use in all civilized countries is as a culture medium in bacteriological work; the product is known in the scientific world under the name agar-agar, which is the Ceylonese equivalent of kanten. For this purpose a very pure grade of slender kanten is required. The following chemical analyses of kanten have been made by Dr. O. Kellner, formerly a professor in the Agricultural College of Tokyo University, and by the Imperial Fisheries Bureau, respectively: Ss Fiber OUTPUT, EXPORTS, MARKETS, AND PRICES. The quantity of kanten prepared in 1900 was 2,370,517 pounds, valued at 1,155,008 yen (or $576,500); and in 1901, 2,177,867 pounds, valued at 1,068,463 yen ($534,232). No later statistics of production are available, but judging from the exports of 1902, the output in that year was apparently larger than ever before, probably reaching 3,000,000 pounds, with a value of $750,000. The exports for a term of years and some detailed statistics of production are shown in theaccompanying tables: 2 142 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Kanten produced in Hyogo, Kyoto, and Nagano in the years 1897-1901. ; ; | | 2 = Quantity LU Quantity | aM | ‘Town and | Quantity. | Value. Zorn oe (square | Value. pon Bland (slender | Value. | year. year. | pieces). | Mea kanten). es Hyogo (Ka- | Hyogo (Ka- Hyogo(Muko | Wwabe dis- | wabe dis- district): Pounds. triet): | Nomber: | trict): Pounds. at eee 265,334 | $60,115 TSO7- 2... = | 2,226,667 | $7,345 | EO eeee 7,659 | $1,436 1898" <= - 283, 867 73, 399 SIS eee 2,213, 334 7,331 S98 Seen 6, 934 y | 1899! 22. 294, 667 § 5 189922 ss 2, 346, 667 7,701 |, 1899 eee 12, 200 3,431 | 19002 <== 317, 334 83, TOOO Se sce | 2, 466, 667 | 9, 300 | 190052 -e 15, 854 7, 664 LOO LE Sass 312, 000 68, 450 1901 Sa aene 2, 626, 667 | 9,713 | 1901 Se ssaan 16, 800 7,805 ry =| (a | | = ] Town and year. Quantity. | Value. | Town and year. Quantity. Value. | | | | | Kyoto: Pounds. || Nagano: Pounds. | I Bapeenctereasasmes soces 211, 471 $32, 080 || 1 Res rP eipase sIe ee ee 275, 012 $60,770 Dee Senet orceesa aaa eeo ne 171, 951 36, 444 | 1b Bas ocadpmcceio ise iecee | 291, 307 1, 858 ee BORO SODEGECRE Hee seoose 74, 851 16, 510 lo Beecactoneeesceec voces | 276, 891 67, 249 peolwns sehcosen abeseese 204, 615 68, 865 If Ub ee hea= osha ecoscdace -an5 331, 480 95, 305 1901 nacgeescOy sae certotet tas 259, 330 55, 620 LOD Leet iets ete eee | 396, 305 124, 106 | | : | The importance of the kanten industry in Osaka is indicated by the following table, showing an output of over 1,190,000 pounds in 1901: Statistics of kanten production in Osaka, 1897 to 1901, inclusive. | Slender Square | Wear. kanten. | kanten. Total. . Kina Kin. Kin. | Tet (In Se Sa SC CCR ROSEC ESOS 769, 000 160,125 925, 125 W898. c.2o Sree sce 774, 000 167, 750 941, 750 | Tee ee poe qenon areas ene 810, 000 172, 500 982, 500 UM Tere ies eee aeoorse 795, 000 150,988 | 945,938 OQ ae eceeaetaeeeioaeae 758,800 | 134,550 893, 350 a1 kin=1.33 pounds. The exports of kanten during the thirty-four years ending with 1902, as shown inthe following table, were 37,196,466 kin (or 49,595,288 pounds), valued at 14,646,910 yen (or 87,323,455). The exports in 1902 were larger than ever before, amounting to 1,655,501 kin (or 2,207,335 pounds), valued at 1,108,544 yen (or $544,272). The average price per 100 kin increased from 29.80 yen (or $14.90) in 1869 to 76.80 yen (or $38.40) in 1901, and 66.60 yen (or $33.30) in 1902. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLaTE Il. - > SPREADING THE WET SEAWEED ON MATS TO BLEACH AND DRY. VIEW IN THE YARD OF A FUNORI FACTORY IN OSAKA. THE MANUFACTURE OF FUNORI, OR SEAWEED GLUE. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. Quantity and value of kanten exported. 1,444, 500 1585, 144 1,665,501 Year. Quantity. Value. Kin. 221,771 272,227 | 283) 606 | 333, 399 ) 364, 286 | 102, 920 566, 384 134, 243 776.364 | 201, 655 1,171 971 303, 014 1, 120, 494 245, 761 1, 139, 458 227, 497 1, 169, 825 269, 867 1, 363, 164 291, 758 1,302,461 | 333, 048 777, 232 946,606 1, 214, 286 | 1, 300, 802 1, 543, 350 323, 444 453, 124 581, 218 6 40 595, 818 591, 057 611, 336 674, 435 964, 322 1, 217, 195 1, 108, 544 138, 646, 911 5, 449, 271 8 Average value per 100 kin, PARORAUANIALHOOCOIMENOW’ oo on a =) nN ON CO TS 14 3 (WDA Sepa oss aR Re scene pee ssosen | 37, 196, 466 1 yen=90 cents. As will be seen from the foregoing statistics, more kanten is exported than is consumed locally. Slender kanten is sent to China (Shanghai and Hongkong), British India, Australia, Germany, France, and Great Britain; small quantities have also been sold in the United States. The square kanten is exported only to Holland, with which country there has been a trade in this commodity for many years. The prices vary greatly, depending on quality of the product, the shape of the sticks, and the country in which sold. The best quality of square kanten brings as much as 55 or 60 cents a pound, and the best grade of slender kanten 40 cents a pound. The com- mon qualities of the same articles are worth about 40 and 25 cents, respectively, per pound. Following is a detailed statement of the prices of the different grades of kanten in Osaka for a series of years: Market prices of kanten per 100 kin. | Best quality. Medium quality. | Common quality. Year. = = | Slender. | Square. | Slender. | Square. | Slender. Square. | Yen. Yen. Yen. | Yen. | Yen. Yen. SOY ees ete 55.0 | 115.0 | 48.0 98.0 | 43.0 $5.0 A ROR ES = Sees. Soe oc ues 269.0 | 120.0 63.0 105.0 49.5 90.0 b 58.0 055.0 TBO9 Sas a Soe ser ee. «80.0 128.0 073.0 115.0 57.0 100.0 668.0 563.0 TED Obese RSS cele, See ta 138.0 «86.0 125.0 74.5 110.0 680.0 JE les Se eee aoeee «105.0 145.0 «380.0 130.0 65.0 113.0 | Db85.0 » 80.0 a For exportation to Europe. b For exportation to China. 144 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. FUNORI, OR SEAWEED GLUE. NATURE AND GENERAL IMPORTANCE. Funor? is the name given to a kind of glue made from several species of alge which also are called funori. The word means *‘ material for stiffening fabrics,” referring to the most common use of the substance. The principal funori alga is Glovopeltis coliformis, but G. intricata (known as Sukuro-funor’) is probably just as satisfactory. There are, however, various other succulent algve, belonging to other genera, employed for this purpose, which do not yield so valuable a product as the funori alge proper. (/odopeltis grows on rocks onall parts of the Japanese coast, but chiefly on the outer (or Pacific) shores of the warmer parts of the Empire. It is gathered at all seasons—in winter in some places, in summer in others—being taken from the rocks by long-handled hooks. According to Doctor Kishinouye, there is a limited cultivation of Glotopeltis colifor- mis in the prefecture of Aomori. The method is quite primitive, consisting simply of throwing stones into the sea to afford a surface for the attachment and growth of the spores. As the stones of the mountains have rough, clean surfaces, they are pre- ferred to others. While the manufacture of funori is less extensive than that of kanten or kombu, it is nevertheless quite important, being car- ried on in over 100 establishments, each em- ploying from 15 to 20 persons, located in about 30 different prefectures, the most northern being Hokkaido and the most southern Kagoshima. The industry flour- ishes most in southern Japan, and Osaka is the principal center. Funori has been *Punori”’ ( Glotopeltis coliformis) . made in Japan since about the year L673. THE PREPARATION AND APPLICATIONS OF FUNORI. The process of conyerting the raw seaweed into the marketable product is much simpler than in the case of kanten or kombu. The dried algw, as received from the fishermen, are first sorted and cleaned, and then soaked in fresh water, after which they are usually placed in thin layers on large shallow trays with reed or bamboo bottom, and tightly packed by hand so as to form a loose sheet. The sheets are then turned out on pieces of matting by inverting the trays, and are left to bleach and dry. Sometimes, however, the sheets are made directly on the mats without the use of trays. A tendency to curl in drying is overcome by sprinkling with a watering pot or a wet broom. When bleaching has proceeded as far as desirable, the drying is completed and the funori sheets are gathered in bundles of various sizes. The sheets are loose meshed, thin, flexible, and of quite uniform thickness. The usual PLATE Ith. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. een REE sa SPRINKLING THE SHEETS TO PREVENT CURLING. GATHERING THE DRIED SHEETS FOR BALING AND SHIPMENT. THE MANUFACTURE OF FUNORI, OR SEAWEED GLUE. es eV ey a ~ Ry yee eee SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 145 size is about 5 by 3 feet, but smaller sheets in neat packages are prepared for the retail trade. A favorite form of package for the wholesale trade is a roll 3 feet high and 6 or 7 inches in diameter, like Japanese matting. Funori is readily converted into a glue or paste by immersion in boiling fresh vater, and in that form is extensively used in Japan, and small quantities are exported. The principal objects for which it is employed are the glazing and stiffen- ing of fabrics, its most common use being as a starch for clothing. Other uses are the stiffening and coating of papers, the cementing of walls and tiles, the stiffening A roll of funori (about one-eighth natural size). of threads, and the decorating of porcelain. The funori sent to Europe is for sizing textiles. Japanese women sometimes clean their hair with a thin solution, although the rationale of the operation is not evident. PRICES AND OUTPUT. The price of funori varies with the quality. The purest grade sold (in 1903) for 40 yen per 10 kwan, wholesale, or at the rate of 24 cents a pound; the medium quality brought 18 yen per 10 kwan (11 cents a pound), and the poorest grades, made from substitutes for G/ovopeltis, were worth only 5 or 6 yen per LO kwan (3 to 3.6 cents a pound)., The production during recent years has been from 2 to 3 million pounds annually; in L901 it was 2,943,000 pounds. The following table shows the amount and value of the output between 1897 and 1901: Year. Quantity Value. Pounds LO hee Serenenee 2 1,429,111 $53, 857 We Bae See 987, 862 41,478 1899. 2, 799, 145, 326 1900... : - ‘ 77,033 Th Vl ae SaaS 2, 943. 130, S09 B. B. F. 1904—1' 146 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The exportation of funori is a small business, the shipments at the present time being valued at only $1,500, although they have at times reached $3,300. The countries supplied are Korea, China, Asiatic Russia, Russia, England, and France. KOMBU. NATURE AND GENERAL TMPORTANCE. Under the name of /ombu.the Japanese recognize various kinds of food made from kelps. This is one of the most important of the marine vegetable preparations, the annual sales in Japan and China being enormous and steadily increasing, espe- cially in China. Some of the products have occasionally been sent to the East Indies and San Francisco; but the sales in America are reported to have been small, and it af Laminaria longipedalis. Laminaria japonica. Kelps used in preparing kombu. may be said that kombu is as vet unknown outside of Asia. Although not so valuable as kanten, it is really more important to the country, because of its comparative cheapness and the numerous ways in which it is used for food; furthermore, the gathering of kelp gives employment to more people than does the gathering of Gelidium, and the value of the raw products exceeds that of any other kind of ‘seaweed. The manufacture of kombu dates back to about 1730. The present methods are very primitive, and differ but little from those of the eighteenth century. The principal centers are Osaka, Tokyo, and Hakodate, the leading place being Osaka, where in 1903 there were 45 small factories, each employing from 10 to 30 men, women, and children. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 147 THE RAW PRODUCTS. The seaweeds used in the manufacture of kombu are coarse, broad-fronded ~members of the kelp family (Laminariacee), and are obtained almost entirely from Hokkaido, the most northern of the main islands of the Japanese archipelago. The kelps grow in abundance on all parts of that coast, but those of best quality—that is, with the widest and thickest fronds—are obtained from the northeastern coast, within the influence of the Arctic current. Those most used are of the numerically large genus Laminaria, and include the species japonica, religiosa, angustata, longissima, ochotensis, yezoensis, fragilis, diabolica, gyrata, and several others recently described by Professors Miyabé and Oshima. Other kelps which are utilized in kombu manu- facture are Arthrothamnus bifidus and kurilensis, Alaria fistulosa, and various other species of Alaria. bordddder tb y | La bok, "W119 pone nv) D i; Arthrothamnus bifidus. Alaria crassifolia. Kelps used in preparing kombu. The gathering of kelp begins in July and ends in October, and is engaged in by many fishermen, amone whom may be found some Ainus, the peculiar aboriginal inhabitants of Japan now confined to Hokkaido. The fishermen go to the kelp grounds in open boats, each boat with one to three men and a complement of books with which the kelp is torn or twisted from its strong attachment on the rocky bottom. The hooks are of yarious patterns; some are attached to long wooden handles, and some are weighted and dragged on the bottom by means of ropes while the boats are under way. When the boats return to shore the kelp is carefully spread on the beaches in the vicinity of the villages and there left until thoroughly dried, The curing 148 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. accomplished, the plants are taken indoors and prepared for shipment. The stem is cut off, and at the same time the basal end of the frond is neatly trimmed. Plants of the same size and quality are tied together into long flat bundles of rather uni- form size, and these bundles are sent by water to the kombu manufacturers. KOMBU PREPARATIONS, The forms in which kombu is made ready for consumption number a dozen or more, and illustrate the ingenuity of the Japanese in providing a varied regimen from a single article. Some of the preparations are not pleasing to the taste of Forms of hooks used in gathering kelp in Hokkaido. the average foreigner, but others are highly palatable and ought to prove very acceptable to Americans and Europeans. Shredded or sliced (kizam?) or green-dyed (ao) kombu.—This is one of the most important preparations of kombu, being largely consumed at home and also exten- sively exported. The steps in the manufacture are as follows: (1) The dried kelp, as received in bundles from the Hokkaido fishermen, is immersed in large, covered, stationary iron kettles or vats containing a strong solu- tion of a dye in fresh water. A wood fire is kept under the kettles, and the solu- tion is maintained at a boiling temperature, the kelp being left therein for fifteen to twenty minutes and stirred from time to time. The dyeing imparts a uniform color to the prepared product as placed on the market, and thus serves the same purpose as the dyeing of canned French peas. Formerly a copper salt (carbonate or SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 149 sulphate) was employed, but the use of copper in this way has recently been pro- hibited by the government, and an aniline dye (malachite green) is now employed, although the latter is regarded with less favor by the manufacturers. The kelp is thoroughly cooked, and is saturated with the dye, which remains insoluble. (2) The dyed fronds are drained and then taken into the open air, where they are either spread on straw mats or suspended on poles to dry. In order to econo- mize space, a tier of horizontal poles covered with kelp may be placed between two upright poles, and in the yards of many of the kombu works the lines of freshly dyed kelp may be seen high in the air. (3) When the drying has proceeded to a point where the surface of the kelp is Kelp fishermen of Hokkaido. no longer wet, the fronds, taken one at a time and carefully spread, are rolled into wheel-shaped masses about 1 foot in diameter, in order to facilitate subsequent handling. The rolls are tied by ropes to keep them in shape, and then go to women, who unroll the fronds one by one and’arrange them flat in wooden frames, making a pile 14 feet high, 5 or 6 inches wide, and the full length of the fronds. Each pile is then tightly compressed by four transverse cords, and cut by means of a*knife into four equal lengths, each held by a cord. (4) The cut pieces are then arranged by hand in a rectangular frame 4 to 5 feet square, its thickness corresponding to the length of the sections of seaweed. When the frame is filled by the evenly arranged pieces, which are sprinkled with water in order that they may pack more closely, the whole mass is highly compressed by 150 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. means of ropes, wedges, and levers. One of the side boards forming the frame is then removed, the frame is supported at a convenient height and tilted at a conyen- ient angle, and the kelp is reduced to shreds by means of a hand plane, which cuts the fronds lengthwise along their edge. A factory has from 5 to 10 cutters, each with a separate press, and each using his plane in what to us seems an awkward manner— that is, he cuts by drawing the plane toward himself rather than by pushing it from him. Formerly the cutting was done with a knife held in the hand. The substitu- tion of a plane, by which shreds of more uniform thickness are obtained and the work done more expeditiously, is practically the only improvement in method in nearly two centuries. i (5) The shredded kelp is spread on mats or on board platforms in the open air, EE AA ALIS = SS Se i NY ig cs Drying kelp on the beach in Hokkaido. and repeatedly turned to secure uniform drying. When the surface has become dry, but the interior still retains its moisture as shown by the pliability of the shreds, the shavings are stored under cover and are ready for packing and shipment. The completed product resembles in color, shape, and feel the ‘*Spanish moss” which festoons the trees in the Southern States. For local use it is put in paper packages, for export to China in wooden boxes. If dry it will keep for a year or longer without deterioration. Other kombu preparations.—Those species of kelp with the thickest and widest fronds are often dried with special care, so that they will lie flat and smooth, and are used in making kombu products for which the thin, narrow-fronded species are not well adapted. The different kinds of kombu now to be mentioned have been Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE IV. WOMEN ENGAGED IN SORTING THE CRUDE KELP. DYED KELP DRYING ON POLES; SHREDDED KOMBU DRYING ON MATS AND READY FOR BALING. VIEWS AT AN OSAKA KOMBU FACTORY. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. Melt made for nearly two centuries, and the consumption at the present time is larger than ever before. The various grades, as will be seen, represent simply successive steps in the treatment of the kelp, one frond yielding a sample of each variety of kombu. (a) The entire frond is dipped in vinegar until thoroughly soaked, then drained and dried in the open air. The vinegar used is of Japanese make and of the best quality, and is diluted with a very little water. The vinegar softens the frond and Gathering kelp with poles and drags. leaves it pliable; it also imparts a flavor and doubtless has a slight preserving effect. Its chief supposed or intended action, however, is to permit the special treatment which will be described. Fresh water would have the same softening effect, but would spoil the seaweed for the purpose in view. (6) With a raw-edged knife shaped like a mince-meat chopper, the Japanese artisan, holding the broad frond taut with hand and foot, scrapes the epidermis from both sides. This outer skin, which comes away in shreds, is the cheapest grade of yy BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. kombu, containing more or less grit or dirt. A second scraping brings away all of the remaining green covering, and leaves only the thick white core of the frond. This product is called Awro-tororo (black pulpy) kombu. (c) The scraping is continued with a raw-edged knife, and a fine, white, stringy mass results, which is known as sh7ro-tororo (white pulpy) kombu. (zd) A sharp-edged knife may be used after the green coats are removed, and the scrapings then take the form of exceedingly thin and delicate filmy sheets of irregular sizes; this preparation is named coro (filmy) kombu. (ec) The remaining central band of the frond, now very thin and no longer pe SSS BBB aS Gathering kelp. workable in this way, is pressed into bundles with similar pieces, divided into equal lengths, and with a plane cut edgewise into shreds after the manner of the green- dyed kombu. The shavings resemble coarse hair, and the preparation has received a name (sh/rago kombu) which means white-hair kombu. (7) Fronds from which the outer green skin has been more or less completely scraped are often cut into small pieces of various shape—strips, squares, oblongs, circles, fans, ete.—which are then dried over a fire and made crisp; the long strips are frequently tied into peculiar loose knots. These pieces are placed on the market in this form, when they are known as /o7ro (dried-on-the-fire) kombu; or they are coated with a hard white or pink icing and called Aycash/ (sweet-cake) kombu. a eet SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 1U5 3 (y) The dried pieces just mentioned are sometimes pulverized and put through a fine wire sieve like a flour sieve, yielding a slightly greenish or grayish flour. A white and still finer powder is made from the deeper layers of the frond. The pow- dered preparations are named sa/matsu (finely powdered) kombu. Such powders are sometimes compressed into small cakes of various shapes and coated with sugar. (4) A form of kombu known as cia (tea) kombu is prepared by taking fronds which have been subjected to the first scraping process, reducing them to shreds in the usual way by planing and, after drying, cutting the shreds into half-inch lengths comparable to the rolled leaves of green tea. : FOOD QUALITIES OF KOMBU. Kombu enters into the dietary of every Japanese family, and is one of the stand- ard foods of the country, the various preparations having different favors and being used for different purposes. The green-dyed and shredded kombu is cooked with meats, soups, ete., and is also served as a vegetable. Strips of the dried untreated fronds are cooked with soups, fish, and vegetables, for the purpose of imparting a flavor. Fronds after being scraped once are cut in $-inch squares and boiled in soy- bean sauce, which treatment preserves them for a long time, and these pieces make an excellent relish, tasting like caviare or anchovy sauce. The Japanese name, fsu/-v- dani, means ** boiled with soy-bean sauce.” The tea kombu and the green and white powdered kombu are used as tea, boiling water being poured on a small quantity of the preparation and a palatable drink resulting. In Osaka the pulpy or pasty residue is eaten. The powders are also used in sauces, in soups, and on rice, like curry powder. These are put on the market in bottles or tins holding about one-quarter of a pound. ; The kombu cut into small pieces and dried is very palatable, whether eaten dry or after immersion in hot water, having a nutty flavor. The crisp, sugared strips are excellent. Filmy sheet kombu is cooked with sauces, soups, and other dishes, like the dried, untreated strips, to impart flavor. The chemical composition of various species of seaweed used in the manu- facture of kombu is shown in the following table. The specimens were collected in the Sea of Hokkaido, and the analyses were made by Prof. K. Oshima, of the Agricultural College of Sapporo. The figures are calculated for 100 parts of original samples of kombu: | | | | | Soluble | ‘ou | saratats li peatarn. || om |mon-nitro-| pyo. | Ac | Species. | Water. | Protein.| Fat. | genous Fiber. Ash, | matter. Per cent. | Per cent. Per cent. Laminaria angustata............------ | 1.520 47.031 4.549 | FOMPISSIM Hees ass cciicw wc ees ) 1.730 9 AApONICec ec seee cde. 1.590 | | OCGHOLENSIS 2 s2se 25.52 - = seco. -860 | Titel BY EATO Se a PORE 820 | PrASisie se scnee came ee ae 654. 24. Arthrothamnus bifidus............---- 738 16. 988 154 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. OUTPUT AND PRICES OF KOMBU. Official figures are available showing the quantity and value of the kelp gathered, dried, and sold by the fishermen during recent years. In 1901 the output was over 76,000,000 pounds, for which the fishermen received 3464,000. Year. Pounds. Value. “S64, 082 301,389 417, 332 There appear to be no statistics of the quantity and value of prepared kombu put on the maket, but the addition of 60 to 75 per cent to the cost of the raw materials would doubtless approximate the value of the manufactured article. In Osaka the output of green-dyed kombu in 1902 was as follows: For home con- sumption, +,728,640 pounds; for export to China, 7,092,960 pounds; total, 11,821,600 pounds, valued at $132,968. The operations of one Osaka manufacturer in 1902 are represented by raw materials used, 9,900 bushels, costing $4,950; green-dyed kombu made, 600,000 pounds, valued at $8,550. Following are the average wholesale prices of the various kinds of kombu in Osaka in 1908: Green-dyed kombu, good quality, 5 yen per 100 kin (133 pounds); black pulpy kombu, from 0.35 yen for cheapest to 0.70 yen for best per kamme (8.28 pounds); white pulpy kombu, from 0.80 yen for cheapest to 1.10 yen for best per kamme, white hair kombu, from 0.50 yen for cheapest to 0.80 yen for best per kamme; finely powdered kombu, 2 yen per kamme; filmy kombu, from 0.60 yen for cheapest to 1.30 yen for best per kamme; tea kombu, 1.20 yen per kamme; kombu chips (dried on fire), from 1.80 yen to 2.40 yen per kamme; sweet cake kombu, from 1,50 yen to 1.80 yen per kamme; kombu chips in soy sauce, 1.10 yen per kamme. The powdered kombu sells at wholesale for 0.08 yen per quarter-pound tins, and 0.10 yen for quarter- pound bottles. A very large part of the supply of green-dyed kombu is exported to China. Official figures of the quantity and value of the exports for the eleven years ending in 1902 are here given. It appears that in 1901 the foreign trade was larger than in any previous year, the shipments exceeding $1,000,000 pounds. Year. Pounds. Value, Year. Pounds. Value. $355, 646 473, 041 441, 864 774, 164 404,744 | Meer, SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 55, AMANORI OR LAVER. THE SEAWEEDS AND THEIR CULTIVATION. The Japanese have from a very early period made use of the red laver (Pr- phyra), formerly a popular food in the British Isles and sparingly eaten in the United States. The Japanese species is similar to or identical with that found in Europe and America (Porphyra laciniata or vulgaris), and grows abundantly in bays and near river mouths on all parts of the coast, but the supply is obtained almost exclusively from cultivated grounds. The local name for the seaweed is “Amanori” or laver ( Porphyra laciniata). amanor?, while the prepared product is called asakusanor?. The following descrip- tion of the species has been given: Fronds livid purple, gelatinous, but firm, membranaceons, composed of a single layer of brownish- red cells; fronds 3 inches to 14 feet long, persistent throughout the year, at first linear, but becoming widely expanded and finally much lobed and laciniate; antheridia and spores forming a marginal zone, usually borne on different individuals, or when borne on the same individual not mixed, but on separate portions of the frond. Found in all parts of the world; abounds on rather smooth stones and pebbles, near low-water mark, and when the tide falls covers them with slimy films, which make walking over them difficult. (Fartow. ) The cultivation of Porphyra is one of the most important branches of the sea- weed industry, and gives to Japan a unique position, for, so far as known to the writer, in no other country is this form of aquiculture practiced. The financial results are quite remarkable, and are surpassed by but few branches of agriculture, comparing the average yield per acre. The date of the beginning of seaweed culture has not been determined, but the business is known to be very old and probably began in Tokyo Bay, which has long 156 BULLETIN OF had the most celebrated cultivated on the Inland Sea. - The Japanese THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. grounds. ‘The next important point is Hiroshima, government collects very accurate statistics of this industry, and has furnished the accompanying data showing the area of the laver Preparing brush for layer cultivation... farms, the annual crop, ete. In 1901, the grounds under cultivation had an area of 2,242 acres, and the output was valued at $239,536, representing about 4,769,000 pounds of dried seaweed. Porphyra cultivation in 1901. Grounds. Yield. | Prefecture. i | Coe lbeaeee = Area Quantity | Value | Number. (tsubo).¢ |(kamme)®.) (yen). | | Ne BOR) Sappnpeseoeabreesceade bases €3, 493 37,478 Kanagaw 1 98 ACH e ses oe 12 30, 250 | Twates-o2- =. 14 7,715 | Hiroshima 846 4376, 700 | Yamaguchi 6 | 8, 154 | | Wakayama 2 105, 000 | | hime ee- =e 2 600 350) | Mukuoka'.os2s-2-5 7 | 147, 800 485 || ):Oita, = ena 2 3, 600 e7 | Kumamoto 2 74, 000 | Kagoshima 8 140, 000 | MO tad ease eee eee 4,395 Para BAe El eer ase «A tsubo=4 square yards. d Fresh plants. bA kamme=8.28 pounds. e¢ Number of families of fishermen, e Number of sheets of prepared Porphyra. _——- ee aalaiaiea iad Seer rrr mr SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 157 The following more detailed statistics show the extent of this industry in the Tokyo region during three years. In 1901 the area of the planted grounds was 951.5 acres, and the value of the crop was $148,862, or about $156 per acre. It is reported that in 1903 the yield was valued at 600,000 yen ($300,000). Porphyra cultivation in Tokyo Bay. | | | Families Reh oe Year and district. of fish- Ler OL | ermen. | & st | | | 1899, Tsubo. Shiba..........- Fukagawa. Kyobashi. - Crop. | Quantity,| Value. Yen. Kamme. | LEMONS OO ne Sg see pos ae oaeeer | any eid rie Se Se eee | Wbaraeeeecs cess eons cso tectoseee | Minami Katsushika ..............-. TORI ns tea e eee eae 3, 188 | 1, 212, 396 5 1901. | | Soil ane cone Soe Se CeOReSA Semone se -| 99 127, 800 4,360 26, 700 TWEE ce agen aeaeodoened dees 476 47 31, 432 Kev O DEN etree eee eem ceeeene Seeieiee= 6 7, 482 Weisberrak serene ie. setae by oe eat 2,080 | 107, 940 883 128, 809 3, 493 | 297, 723 In October and November (in Tokyo Bay) the grounds are prepared for the sea- weed crop by sinking into the muddy bottom, in water up to 10 or 15 feet deep at high tide, numerous bundles of bamboo or brush. These bundles are prepared on shore and taken to the grounds in boats at low tide, one or two men constituting a boat’s crew. The bundles of brush are planted in regular lines, deep holes being made for them by means of an elongated conical wooden frame with two long, upright handles, which is forced into the mud by the weight of the fisherman. The object of these lines of brush is to intercept and afford a lodgment for the floating spores of Porphyra. The spores become attached to the twigs and grow rap- idly, so that by the following January the plants have attained full size and are harvested from January to March, being cut from the brush as they grow. They die about the time of the vernal equinox, and the active business is at a standstill until the ensuing fall. During summer, however, the old brush is removed from the grounds, and fresh material is collected and prepared. The best grounds for growing Porphyra are in great demand, and the fishermen are often in conflict over them. Bundle of brush and conical frame used in planting brush on soft bottom. The local 158 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU Planting bundles of brush on which laver is to grow. OF FISHERIES. governments lease the planting . privileges. — In Tokyo, where five classes of licenses are issued, de- pending on the yield of the grounds, the license tax is from 0.20 to 0.70 yen. It is reported that the quality of the cultivated Porphyra depends very much on the weather, and is best when frequent rains and falls of snow have ren- dered the shallow water more or less brackish. Too large a proportion of sweet water is unfavorable to the growth of the plant. A century or two ago ama- nori was gathered in large quantities at the mouth of the Sumidagawa, near Asa- kusa in Tokyo; but as the river carried down with it a large quantity of gravel, its mouth advanced more and more into the sea, and, the water near Asakusa becoming too fresh, the plant disap- peared. Owing to this circumstance, the above-described mode of cultivation was instituted. The plant has, however, pre- served its former name of Asuhusa-nor7. PREPARATION AND UTILIZATION OF POR- PHY RA. While small quantities of amanori are eaten fresh, most of the crop is sun-dried before reaching the consumer. When gathered from the twigs, the seaweeds con- tain sand, mud, and other foreign sub- stances, to remove which they are washed in tanks or barrels of fresh water. After being picked and sorted they are chopped fine with hand knives. The chopped fronds ure then spread on small mats of fine bamboo splints and made into thin sheets, a uniform size being attained by means of a frame ap- plied to the mats. The mats are first placed Washing laver prior to sorting and cutting. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 159 in piles and later spread on inclined frames in the open air. Drying pro- ceeds quickly, and when completed the sheets are stripped from the mats and, after pressing to make them flat, are ar- ranged for market in bundles of ten. The sheets are about 10 by 14 inches, thin and flexible like writ- ing paper, and have a dark mottled brownish-purple color and a glossy surface. Before the dried /or- phyra is eaten it is put over a fire to make it crisp, its color changing to green under this treatment. It is then crushed between the handsand dropped into sauces, soups, or broths to Sorting and cutting laver. impart flavor. Pieces dipped in sauce are also eaten alone and there are various other culinary uses of this article, which is found in every Japanese kitchen. Recently it has YUL) P Wp YUH YY i Ue y : dH a TT cca Ae i sal oo og = ae A ‘ici Preparing laver sheets. been boiled with Japanese (soy bean) sauce and put up in tins. Atrailway stations, at street stands, and in the push carts of vendors, as well as in private families, a com- mon seaweed food article in all parts of Japan takes the place of asandwich in Amer- ica, and is called sush7. On a sheet of amanori boiled rice is spread, and on the rice strips of meat or fish are placed; the whole is then made into a roll and cut into transverse slices. From the following analyses fur- nished by the Imperial Fish- eries Bureau it appears that amanori is rich in proteid matter and is a nutritious food: 160 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Composition of Porphyra. Weight Locality. of 10..| Water. | Protein. Fat. Ash. sheets. | | | | | Grams. | Per cent. | Per cent. | Per cent. | Per cent. | ae | Sanaiiscict iscs tee sssaeeeeces 41] 14.575 444} 0.700 9.000 Do. a 37 5 . 500 Fukagaw a. ae 32 20.415 1.210 SHINSPAWA)..---ece ene week 30} 15.475 . 650 *, NS ~N —— Lt Ley hy ‘MH + Wk " \ OW 4 Oi) i V4 WEN Ay aX V, i“ Ts "WM, i iu! OT i aw we , ANT Y, 4 (iw NY KOOL : i tj Hl Y iled i vault a a " KS SS | ~ | | S Soh Sail po S | g All ml | Leg ! u n Al | | x | A A , WW \ Jr : S \ AN \ \ 9 : = SW WN d \ 2 ate 7) Sy. 4) A Ww \ Vy \v \ nga mma y / \\ \\ \, ‘Su » ft yj2R ON . 2) MS =S555 A IN \ y ey rh | vNK f gz as The preparation of Porphyra. From a Japanese print. SEAWEED IODINE. GENERAL INFORMATION, Although the manufacture of iodine from seaweeds is of comparatively recent origin in Japan, that country now supplies a considerable part of this commodity used in the world, supplanting Scotland, which formerly produced most of the iodine. extracted from marine plants. Up to ten years ago the business was very profitable, but, owing in part to competition and in part, perhaps, to a scarcity of suitable raw material, it has become less remunerative. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 161 The chief localities for the manufacture of iodine are in Hokkaido and the pre- fectures of Chiba, Kanagawa, Yamaguchi, and Shizuoka. No general statistics are available, and it is not known how extensive the business now is, but the following extract from the Yokohama Shimpo gives some idea of its importance (1903): Although the manufacture of iodine in Japan can not as yet be said to be carried on extensively, yet it is a matter for congratulation that it has been so far advanced as to put a complete stop to the importation of the foreign article, and the manufacturers in all parts of the country are making pretty good profits out of the business, The general tendency is that, with the increase of demand for the chemical, the business would become one of the most important industries in the Empire. In the case of Kanagawa prefecture, Mr. Sudzuki, of Hayama, near Yokohama, started the manutacture of iodine “ Kajime’ (Eeklonia cava). “Arame”’ ( Ecklonia bicyclis). at that place a few years ago with a small capital. The business has now proved so successful that he has enlarged the business to such an extent as to enable him not only to meet the demand at home but also to export some of the product to foreign countries. Probably this is now the largest factory of the kind in Japan. It is said that, as a result of careful investigations, he has now discovered that the residue left after extracting iodine from seaweed can be used as material for making nitrate of soda and chloride of sodium, and that he at present turns out some 12,000 yen worth of the latter article in ayear. The difficulty, however, seems to be that it is no easy work to collect such a quantity of sea- weed as is required in the manufacture. THE ALGZ UTILIZED. Iodine exists in many species of marine alge, and in Japan is obtained from about ten species, representing three or four genera. In Hokkaido only ** kombu™ (kelp) of various kinds is used, but in other sections the seaweeds in greatest favor B. B. F. 1904—11 162 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. are ‘* kajime ” (Kehlonia cava), “Sarame” (Leklonia bicyclis), and ** ginbaso” (Sargas- sum). The following table, based on the analyses of the Imperial Fisheries Bureau, shows the proportion of iodine in different alge. It will be seen that the percentage of iodine in. Sargassum is very small, while kelp (Laménaria) contains by far the largest percentage in a given quantity of ash and Zcklonéa the largest percentage in the fresh weed. Analyses of seaweeds from which iodine is extracted. | Iodine Yc Iodine | Ash in 5 | spear Scientific name. Locality. in raw | 100 parts | aoe | aun: weed. weed. ean | | Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Kajime....| Ecklomia Cava ...sceeeeeeee | Chiba Prefecture .........- | 0. 232 | 54. 828 0.424 Dots. 4 dow ee eee ce eee Yamaguchi Prefecture ..... 251 47. 223 | 531 | Arame....- aye. .271 | 50. 904 531 Ginbaso ...| Sargassum sp | 054 | 52. 042 104 | Do sesen| aren GO ese ete eens Chiba Prefecture...-......- -029 | 51.941 -057 | | : Laminaria angustata.....-. HOkKaidOe- a -eeee eee . 180 18. 686 +990 | Laminaria longissima A | -173 27. 290 | 634 Do. Laminaria Japonica a a “106 | 17.156.) . 619 Do. Laminaria ochotensis ......|..... 188 | 20.308] .922 ~The iodine salts are not uniformly distributed in the different parts of the plants, and moreover vary in quantity from month to month. These points are brought out in detail in the following interesting series of analyses of *‘ kajime” (Ecklonia cava) from the Chiba coast, made by the Imperial Fisheries Bureau: Analysis of Ecklonia cava. March, | April. May. June. July. | August. | Sepker Young stalk: | | | Iodine in 100 parts of material... 0. 061 0. 067 | 0. 093 | 0,177 Ash in 100 parts of material....... 45. 42 46.78 | : ss meet 5 Todine in 100 parts of ash ......... 134 . 144 Young leaf: Iodine in 100 parts of material... . 063 . 060 Ash in 100 parts of material... 47.27 45, 75 Todine in 100 parts of ash -. 134 | 130 | Old stalk: | Iodine in 100 parts of material.... .118 .118 Ash in 100 parts of material.....-. 46.77 44. 64 Iodine in 100 parts of ash ........- . 252 | . 263 Old leaf: | Iodine in 100 parts of material... -101 -li4 : 4 . ; a | Ash in 100 parts of material....... 48.42 | 43.64 45. 28 50.16 41.00 | 54.12 43.89 Iodine in 100 parts of ash ........- - 209 261 . 167 | 586 | 717 262 | 528 The seaweeds are gathered chiefly in summer, some from the shores where they have been washed, some from submerged rocks and small stones by means of a knife attached at right angles to a bamboo pole. It is reported that the supply of alow most valuable for iodine manufacture is diminishing. TREATMENT OF THE ALG. The weeds are dried on the shores in the sun, then heaped and burned. The esh is collected and either sold to the manufacturers or treated by the fishermen them- selves. Following is an outline of the reducing process: SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 168 The ash is washed with fresh water, and the soluble parts are thus extracted. The extract is then evaporated in iron pans over a fire, and a concentrated brine ts obtained. Besides iodine, this brine contains potassium chloride, sodium chloride, magnesium chloride, and calcium sulphate, which during further evaporation crys- tallize out, leaving magnesium and. potassium iodides in solution. The extract is finally placed ina glass or porcelain retort with sulphuric acid and potassium per- manganate, and boiled, the iodine passing over and depositing in crystals. This product, however, is not strictly pure, and refining is necessary. Refining factories are located in Tokyo and Osaka. The fishermen send their ash to the manufacturers in straw bags like those used for rice. As the ash is sold by weight, the fishermen are said to be not over careful to exclude sand and other foreign matter. The output of crude iodine in Hokkaido in 1901 was 12,405 pounds, valued at $15,866. OTHER JAPANESE ALGZE AND THEIR USES. The foregoing are the principal seaweeds and their applications in Japan, but there are many other species utilized in various ways. Many alex are not objects of trade, but are employed for home purposes, and the annual consumption of these is very large. Some are used for making jellies, some as vegetables, some as salads, some as condiments, and some for decorative purposes. Large quantities are also used for fertilizers. In few countries is agriculture more thoroughly intensive than in Japan, and the need and demand for fertilizers are most pronounced. Among the minor species which are especially sought and are most used, the following may be mentioned. For the information concerning them the writer is chiefly indebted to Dr. K. Oku, chemist of the Imperial Fisheries Bureau, and to the paper by Yendo on ** Uses of Marine Aleve in Japan.” **Arame” (Leklonia bicyclis). —This alga, which is employed in the manufacture of iodine, is also used as food and fertilizer. It grows on reefs on the coast of various provinces, and is gathered from March to July. Its greatest length is about 2 feet. The chemical composition of the plant, as determined by Prof. Dr. Edward Kinch, formerly of the Agricultural College of Tokyo University, is water, 13.17 per cent; protein, 8.99 per cent; carbohydrates, 45.09 per cent; fiber, 7.40 per cent; and ash, 24.74 percent. ‘‘Arame” is chiefly eaten as an ingredient of soups, as a salad, or mixed with soy-bean sauce. In localities where it grows abundantly it is sometimes spread on the land. The dried stem is very hard and may be used as handles for knives or other such implements. ‘‘Kajima” (ZeA/onia cava) is not used for food, but. is extensively employed for the decoration of houses on festive occasions. * Hijiki” (Cystophylliun fusiforme) grows on rocks that are exposed at low tide, and is gathered therefrom between January and May. In January and February, when it is very small and tender, its quality is better than in other months; the largest size attained is 6 to 8 inches. This species is sun dried and is ready for use after boiling in fresh water or cooking with soy-bean sauce. Following is the chemical composition, according to Doctor Kinch: Water 16.40 per cent, protein 8.42, carbohydrates 41.92, fiber 17.06, and ash 16.20, 164 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. * Wakame” (Undaria pinnatifida) is dried and sold in bales, and is acommon food article in parts of Japan. Before being used it is washed with fresh water, and then eaten as a salad, cooked with soy-bean sauce or put in soups. Yendo states that the peasants in northern Japan cut off the ripe sporophyls (fronds bearing sacs) and press them into a slimy liquid which is eaten after mixing with boiled rice. In some places **wakame” is treated much like ‘‘ama-nori” before being eaten; that is, it is put in a basket or tray with a wire mesh bottom and parched over a slow char- coal fire. Another method of preparation, peculiar to the province of Shima, is to cut the dried weed into 1-inch lengths and put them in cans or other vessels with sugar. The thick root of ‘‘wakame,” called ‘‘mehibi,” is often dried, shaved, or cut into thin slices, and eaten with sauce (miso). ‘* Wakame” usually grows on rocks in currents or where the water is not sluggish, at depths of 20 to 40 feet. It is gathered in many provinces during winter by means of long poles terminating in a radiating cluster of long teeth or prongs, the weeds being torn from their attachment by a twisting motion. **Suizenji-nori” (Phylloderma sacrum).—This species derives its name from the place where it is prepared. Suizenji is a park in Higo Province near Kumamoto, belonging to an old lord of the famous Hosokawa family. In this park is a large fresh-water pond, and at the lower end of this pond is a small lake from which **suizenji-nori” is gathered, and on the shore of which it is dried. This product is ordinarily eaten with raw fish (sas/7i7); the dry weed is soaked in fresh water, and after it has swelled boiling water is sprinkled over it and then soy- bean sauce is added. In the time of the feudal system this preparation was regularly presented to the local daimyo. “A wo-nori” (Enteromorpha compressa, E. intestinalis, and £:. linza) grows in viver mouths where fresh and salt water mix, and is cropped from November to April, being preserved by drying in the sun in sheets or bunches. Dr. O. Kellner gives the following analysis of dried /. compressa: Water 13.60 per cent, protein 12.41, fat and carbohydrates 52.99, fiber 10.58, and ash 10.42. ‘‘Awo-nori” is eaten after being gently heated over a charcoal fire and crushed or powdered; it has a very good flavor, and is used chiefly as a condiment. The first two species are abundant on the United States coasts. *Aosa” (CTna lactuca), the well-known sea lettuce of the United States, is much used in Japan in the same way parsley and lettuce are often employed by Americans— that is, as a garnishment for meats, fish, and salads. *Miru” (Codinm tomentosum, C. mucronatum, C. lindenbergi’).—TVhese species grow on rocks and stones along the shores of various provinces, and are cropped in Aprilor May. After drying they are preserved in ash or salt. They are prepared for food by boiling or baking in water, and are put in soups; or, after washing, by mix- ing with soy-bean sauce and vinegar. ** Haba-nori” (Phy/litis fascia).—TVhis plant is prepared for use after the manner of “awa-nori” (Porphyra), principally by peasants of the provinces of Awa and Sagami. The young fronds are dried in the sun in sheet form and subsequently parched, powdered, and mixed with soy-bean sauce. **Matsuma” (Chordaria abletina).—Vhis species, which resembles a spray of fir, abounds in northern Japan, and is consumed in large quantities by the peasantry. SEAWEED INDUSTRIES OF JAPAN. 165 [t is preserved by packing in salt, and is cooked with soy-bean sauce. Yendo refers to an interesting use to which it is put, namely, the preservation of mushrooms. The mushrooms are washed in fresh water and then packed in tight barrels in layers alternating with layers of salted seaweed. **Mozuku” (Mesogloia decipiens) reaches a length of about 1 foot, and is gathered in April or May while young. It is preserved by salting, and is eaten after wash- ing out the salt and immersing in soy-bean sauce or vinegar. ** Hondawara” (Sargassum enerve) grows on reefs on the seacoasts, and is used as fertilizer after being piled on the shore and allowed to decompose. When the plant is young it is eaten in soup or with soy-bean sauce. It has a bright green color avhen dried, and has been employed from a very remote time, intertwined with Laminaria, in New Year’s Day celebrations. Numerous other species of Sargasswi, collectively called mo or moku, are employed as fertilizer in middle and southern Japan. “Somen-nori” (Nemalion vermiculare) grows on rocks on various parts of the coast, being particularly abundant in San-in, Hoku-roku, and the-northeastern dis- tricts, and rarely found in the Sea of Tokaido. Its length is 5 to 12 inches. It is generally preserved by simply drying, or by mixing with ash or salt, and is eaten in soup or after mixing with vinegar and soy-bean sauce. In some places *“umi-zomen ” (V. /ubricuin) is dried, bleached, and eaten like the foregoing species. **Tosaka-nori,” meaning crest-like seaweed (Aa//imenia dentata), grows on reefs of Kozu Island and also in the provinces of Ise, Shima, and Higo, at depths of 8 feet to several fathoms, and is: collected on the shores in August and September after a strong wind. It is preserved by drying, und is eaten as a condiment or mixed with soy-bean sauce. ‘*Tsuno-mata,” ‘‘hosokeno-mimi” (Chondrus crispus, C. ocellatus, ete.).—The well-known ‘‘Irish moss” occurs on the coast of Japan and, with related species, is employed ina variety of ways, after first being dried in the sun. When boiled to form a jelly, these plants are used as food, as starch for stiffening linens, as a wash- ing medium, and as a substitute for agar-agar. **Ogo-nori” (Gracilaria confervoides).—According to Yendo, this is a favorite seaweed for garnishment in Tokyo, after being treated with lime water or dipped in hot water to change the color from pink to green. Other Japanese aleve which are dried and eaten or utilized in various other ways are: ‘‘Cata-nori” ((igartina teedi/), *‘comen-nori™ (Grateloupia affinis), ** mukade- nori” (Grateloupia filicina), ‘*makuri” (Digenea simpler), **ego” (Campylaephora hypneoides), ** okitsu-nori” (Gymnogondrus flabelliforimis), and ‘* tosaka” (Sarcod/a species). UTILIZATION OF SEAWEEDS IN THE UNITED STATES: IBS IBOOCE Isl Al SV Oeabbss (5 Deputy U.S, Fish Commissioner. yr mM » = 4 - E Pe . 7 Hee Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE V. VIEWS OF THE IRISH MOSS INDUSTRY OF MASSACHUSETTS. THE UTILIZATION OF SEAWEEDS IN THE UNITED STATES. By HUGH M. SMITH, Deputy U.S. Fish Commissioner. With seaweed resources certainly not inferior to those of Japan or any other country, and probably much superior, the United States may be said practically to ignore these valuable products except at a few points on its extensive coast. Statis- tics recently gathered give the paltry sum of $35,000 as the value of the marine algwe prepared in the United States in one year. The business is practically restricted to Massachusetts, and is addressed to a single species, the ** Irish moss” (Chondrus er/s- pus). Considerable quantities of seaweeds are used as fertilizer on farms adjacent to the coast, but this is not a commercial enterprise. In Monterey and Santa Barbara counties, Cal., the Chinese fishermen dry certain alge for food, medicine, and fer- tilizer; in 1899 the quantity prepared was 35,824 pounds, valued at $896. There is undoubtedly a good opportunity to develop the seaweed industry of every section of the United States coasts, and to establish a profitable trade in the various species and preparations of marine alge along the new lines indicated in the foregoing paper on the Japanese seaweed industry, as well as by increasing the outpat of the species already sparingly utilized. To this end the following informa- tion and suggestions are offered in regard to some of the useful algw of the United States. IRISH MOSS, OR CARRAGEEN (Chondrus crispus). This alga is found from North Carolina to Maine, being especially abundant north of Cape Cod, growing on rocks just below low-water mark. The fronds are 3 to 6 inches long and usually purple, but when growing exposed to a bright light are yellowish-green. There are various other alge considered to be quite as useful as Chondrus crispus for the purposes for which the latter is gathered. Among them are several species of Chondrus found on the California coast; various species of Gracilaria, found from Key West to Cape Cod and also on the Pacific coast; Eucheuma isiforme, found in the Key West region; and Gigartina mamillosa and numerous other species of Gigartina, which closely resemble Chondrus and abound on our east and west coasts. The plant has from time to time been gathered on various parts of the New England coast, but at present is utilized at only a few localities in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, the principal place being Scituate, where it would seem the busi- ness has always been more important than at any other place on our coast. It is recorded (Wilcox, 1887) that prior to 1835 the small quantity of Irish moss used in this country was imported from Europe and sold here at one to two dollars a pound, and that in the year named Dr. J. V. C. Smith, at one time mayor of Boston, made it generally known that the ‘‘moss” which abounded on the Massachusetts shores 169 170 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. was the same as that which was imported at such a high price. From that time to the present Irish moss has been prepared at Scituate, and in 1879 was the leading marine production. By 1853 the price, which in 1835 was $1 a pound, had dropped to 25 cents, and by 1880 to 3 or 3% cents. About 1880 the average annual yield was 5,000 barrels of dried weed, averaging 90 pounds to the barrel. The methods of conducting the business have changed but little in many years, and the simple apparatus required remains the gume as in the early days of the industry. Mr. T. M. Cogswell, of the Bureau of Fisheries, has furnished the data on which the following account is based. A small part of the crop is gathered by hand, but most of it is torn from the rocks by means of rakes used from boats. The rakes are made especially for the purpose, and have a 15-foot handle and a head 12 to 15 inches wide, with 24 to 28 teeth 6 inches long and an eighth of an inch apart. The gathering season extends from May to September. If the rocks are not scraped too clean in the early part of the season, it is said to be possible to get two crops in some of the warm, sheltered coves, where the alga grows much faster than in the more exposed places. The output in recent years has yaried considerably, owing chiefly to the inclination or disinclination to engage in the business. Some years a large number of people seem moved by a desire to gather the weed, while other seasons only a few go into the business. Occasionally heavy storms do damage by tearing the plant from the rocks and scat- tering it along miles of beach. There is said to be a scarcity at times, owing, it is supposed, to too active gathering the previous season, the rocks being almost completely denuded. Tn the preparation and curing of Irish moss fair weather and much sunshine are prime requisites. When first brought ashore, the plants are washed in salt water and then spread upon the sandy beach to dry and bleach. After twenty-four hours in good weather they are raked up and again washed and again spread on the beach to dry. Three washings are usually sufficient for complete cleansing, curing, and bleaching, but as many as seven are sometimes given, After the final washing the plants are left in the sun, the entire process requiring about two weeks of good weather and warm sunshine. The plants gradually fade, and by the time the curing is finished they are white or straw colored. ‘Two more weeks are then required to sort and prepare the product for shipping. Irish moss ( Chondrus crispus). UTILIZATION OF SEAWEEDS IN THE UNITED STATES. 171 Great care has to be exercised in the curing to prevent the rain from spoiling the crop, and when a storm is impending the moss is hastily raked in piles and cov- ered with canvas. Should it chance to get wet in the last week of its curing, it is practically ruined. The moss is sent to market in barrels holding 100 pounds, and the first of the crop is usually shipped in August. The product has a wide distribution in the United States and Canada, a part of it going to druggists and grocers, but much the larger part to brewers and firms handling brewers’ supplies. The wholesale price was 4 to 44 cents per pound in 1902, and 5 to 5} cents in 1903. From information regarding this business recently gathered by the Bureau of Fisheries, it is seen that 136 men were employed in gathering this plant in 1902; the boats, rakes, and shore property used were valued at over $12,000; and the quantity of dried alg sold was 740,000 pounds, with a market value of $33,300. In 1898 the output was 770,000 pounds, valued at $24,825. Statistics of the Irish moss industry of New England for 1902. | | Boats. Rakes. | Product. = == = —— | Shore -- — Locality. Men. | = ee, | | | Num Value. Num Value. lee Pounds. Value. | k = : 2 == uJ = Massachusetts: | | | Scituate .... | 100 15 $1, 873 75 $375 $5, 000 500, 000 North Scitua | 5 | 5 | 200 | 25 200 30, 000 | | Cohasset. .-.-- -+| 10 12 | 480 10 50 600 60, 000 Plymouth Har | | | | | HGrseibeacChe nc == . 6 See sean naan, 0 1 Sabo pGd Sharon at cebtb oS se enn ese enced sepa nOr Sone Dt OSS SD eUp Stans SEO Sent cesone cos matecSdns sect 417 explanation’ of plates'ss Seats eet ee se oe ree mister we ele lea el leyatle eons ele eee eect = (atte ale ranenge fates! alma tate haf aft eat as eet 419 HBEN REEL (Xoyp.On8. Ol Ny ees Se 5 SE 98 QUAN Sa SSE OIRe Sd Soap Sada ae nan Sano OD eine Sac bon sobdotincestioessse: 428 322 PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. By EDWIN LINTON, PH. D., Professor of Biology, Washington and Jefferson College. INTRODUCTION. The following report is based mainly on notes and sketches which were made at the time of collecting at the laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries, Beaufort, N. C., in the months of July and August, 1901 and 1902. While it has not been possible to subject the whole collection to detailed study, in most cases, especially wherever the character of the material permitted, the information obtained at the time of collecting has been supplemented by subsequent study of the preserved material. Most of the species of distomes, for example, were studied with the aid of specimens which had been stained and mounted in balsam. In a few special cases serial sections were cut in order to clear up some anatomical obscurity. This report should, perhaps, be understood as a contribution to economic rather than to systematic zoology. It is hoped that it may be followed by more detailed descriptions and more precise determinations than are here essayed. Since the plan of the report has as its central idea an enumeration of all the parasitic forms which were actually found, brief descriptions are made necessary. In the carrying out of this plan no doubt some forms are mentioned which, even though accompanied with figures, it may not be possible to bring into harmony with subsequent finds. Frequently, after the most painstaking search in a large number of fish, a single distome, for example, would be found in the resulting collection of entozoa which differed specifically and, according to the later classification, generic- ally, from any other find of this or of previous years. Such distome, moreover, even with careful manipulation, may show but a part of the anatomy necessary to a satis- factory determination. To bestow new specific names under such conditions is not to be thought of. On the other hand, if no mention be made of examples of entozoa unless found in sufficient numbers or in such excellent condition as to permit full descriptions, little will be accomplished toward an enumeration of the species which infest our fishes. To the naturalist no defense need be made for time and energy spent in the study of life in any of its phenomena. To those who are not naturalists, however, some justification is due. Particularly does this become proper when the general public, by means of such laboratories as those of the Bureau of Fisheries, furnishes facilities for scientific inquiry. One who has never undertaken to get knowledge at first-hand frem nature is likely to have little conception of the vast amount of work which is oftentimes necessary for the establishment of a very simple proposition. Suppose, for example, exact and complete information is desired as to the food of the English ‘ 323 324 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. sparrow. It should not require much reflection to convince anyone that before an adequate answer can be made to such an inquiry trustworthy observations must be made by competent investigators on the feeding habits of this bird, both adult and young, in different localities throughout the year and through a series of years. 3ut the general public may wish to know, and in this case has a right to know, what advantage there is to it in such scientifie inquiry as is implied by an investigation made on the food and the parasites of fishes. It may, I think, be confessed that, so far as may be seen while the investigations are in progress, much of the information which is collected will be of interest only to zoologists. In view, however, of the well-known fact that many diseased condi- tions and even epidemics result from the presence of parasites, and, further, that the parasites are as a rule introduced, either as eggs or larvee, along with the food, it is not difficult to see that the more complete and systematic our knowledge becomes of the interrelations of the animals which harbor the parasite—interrelations which depend very intimately on the food habits of fishes—the more certain are we to be able to cope successfully with any disease which may arise. A case in point is fur- nished by one of the recent triumphs of medical knowledge. It is scarcely possible that the cause of malaria and of yellow fever could have been discovered if it had not been for the preyious contributions to knowledge made by investigators in parasitism. The germ of malaria is a parasite whose round of life is passed in the blood cells of man and in certain organs of the mosquito. The germ of yellow fever seems to have a similar history. These interrelations between the mosquito and man were not even dreamed of a generation ago. The history of trichinosis is now so well known that a simple allusion to it in this connection is suflicient. Every well-informed person knows, or may easily know, how the disease is communicated and what part is played in the matter by the pig and by rats and mice. The immense value to humanity of such a discovery as the cause of malaria and of yellow fever is entirely beyond our powers to estimate; and yet this value must not be credited to this one discovery alone, as if it were a thing apart. No less credit must be given to the long line of investigators whose persistent interrogations of nature have led up to this discovery, and will surely lead to others no less valuable. In the summer of 1901 the material for study upon which this paper is based was obtained in large part from the fish market, and therefore came from fish of adult size. The following year a good deal of seining was done by the laboratory party. Almost every day, in fact, during the latter half of the season, the seine was dragged in the harbor and adjacent waters. This placed at my disposal not only several species of fishes which had not been examined the preceding year, but, as a rule, much smaller individuals of the common food fishes of the region than those which are taken to the markets. The number of fish examined in 1901 was 842; in 1902 the number was 1,209. As a rule only the viscera and body cavity were examined for entozoa, although occasionally search was made in the muscles for parasites encysted in the flesh, and the character of the food was always noted. The authority for the names of fishes in this report is Jordan and Evermann’s Fishes of North and Middle America. The faithful and efficient work of Mr. C. W. Stone, who assisted me in the collection of material, is most gratefully acknowledged. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA, 325 ADDITIONS TO THE HELMINTHOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA. ACANTHOCEPHALA, The adult form of Eehinorhynchus sagittifer Linton is here recorded for the first time. This name was assigned to certain immature forms which have been found on the viscera of several of our food fishes. The adult was found at Beaufort in the intestine of the cobia (Rachycentron canadus). At Woods Hole, Mass., the most abundant species of Aehinorhynchus is the one which I have referred to the species 2. acus, which infests a large number of the fishes of that region. It was not found at Beaufort, while 2. pr/st/s, not common at Woods Hole, was found frequently and in some 14 different hosts. NEMATODA,. One new nematode is recorded—/“laria galeata sp. noy., from the bonnet-head shark (Sphyrna tiburo), The generic name //eterakis is used instead of Cucullanus for certain small worms which I have recorded under the latter name in my Parasites of the Fishes of the Woods Hole Region. In like manner the same generic name is used for some small nematodes which I recorded in the above-cited paper as Ascaris (7) sp. There is much need of systematic work on those nematodes which are referred by different authors to the genera Cucullanus, Dacnitis, and Heterakis. Immature nematodes, most, if not all, belonging to the genus Ascaris, were found in 33 of the 59 species of fishes examined. So far as these have been studied the most frequently recurring type is charcterized by having a diverticulum of the bulbous base of the esophagus which extends caudad and lies parallel to the intestine. There is also a short diverticulum of the intestine which extends cephalad beside the esophagus (figs. 26-29, 33). Another type has only the intestinal diverticulum. In it the basal bulb of the @sophagus is elongated instead of being nearly globular as in the others, while the postanal region is usually transversely corrugated (figs. 31, 32). CESTODA. Three new cestodes are recorded: Dihothrium tortum, Otobothrium insigne, Rhynchobothrium plicatum. The first, from Synodus fiwtens, should perhaps be referred to a new genus, between Monobothrium and Dibothrium (Bothriocephalus). The second is from Carcharhinus obscurus, and the third from Sphyrna tiburo. One of the most interesting finds recorded in this paper is the species of R/A/ne- bothrium, near R. flevile Linton, found encysted on the viscera of the toad-fish (Opsanus tau). These cysts, occurring as they usually do in clusters (fig. 59), suggest some habit of budding while in the blastocyst (plerocercus) stage. Nothing of this kind, however, was demonstrated. Since this species appears to be very common in the toad-tish of Beaufort, and toad-fish are abundant and easy to get, the form might well repay a more extended study than‘is given it in this report. The same species yas found encysted in six hosts, including the toad-fish. Rhynchobothrium speciosum Linton was found for the first time in the adult stage. The final host was Carcharhinus obscurus, Among the larval forms belonging 826 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. to the genus Rhynchobothrium, one species was of very frequent occurrence, having been found in 15 different fishes. Doubtless some of the finds, in which the pro- boscides were not seen extended, also belong to this species, which is usually characterized in these notes as being small, with relatively long hooks, suggesting, indeed, 2. longispine Linton (figs. 87-93). Otobothrium crenacolle Linton, recorded in my Woods Hole papers ad aclne only, in Sphyrna zygena, was found encysted in 1+ different Beaufort fishes. It is quite evident that this form is encysted in the fishes of Woods Hole also. Rhynchobothrium sp., from Rhombus triacanthus (Parasites of Fishes of the Woods Hole Region, pp. 453-454, figs. 255-265) is really Otobothrium erenacolle. Identification of the Tetrarhynchide is difficult unless the proboscides can be seen. It is better, indeed, that the proboscides be completely everted, since differ- ences in the size and arrangement of the hooks in some species are often very considerable in different parts of the proboscis. But little can be determined rela- tive to the arrangement of the hooks on the inverted proboscis. Atleast two species of the genus Synbothrium are represented: S. filicolle Linton, neck of scolex elongated, slender; hooks, at least those at the base of the proboscis, slender and spine-like. Synbothrium sp., scolex relatively stout; hooks of several different sizes and forms, but all more or less recurved. (Figs. 116-118.) The latter appears to be near the larval form referred in a former paper to Tetrarhynchus erinaceus Beneden (Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. xrx, 1898, pp. 811-812, pl. Lxvit, figs. 1-8), which belongs in the genus Synbothrium. The larval cestodes, doubtless representing seyeral different genera, recorded in Parasites of the Woods Hole Region under the name Scolex polymorphus, were found in 34 of the 59 Beaufort fishes examined (figs. 76-79). As at Woods Hole, these forms are found not only in the alimentary tracts of their hosts, but also in the cystic ducts of several. They are almost never absent from the cystic duct of Cynoscion regalis. In all cases where these worms have been obtained from the cystic duct and from the intestine of the same fish, those coming from the cystic duct are larger, plumper, and move opaque than those from the intestine. Some of the older larye suggested the genera Calliobothiium, Acantho- bothrium, and Phoreiobothrium. One interesting cyst may be adverted to here (fig. 115) as furnishing an example of the absorption of an encysted larva. The cyst contains two bunches of hooks, which represent all that is left of a larval cestode, probably Zetrarhynchus bisulcatus. TREMATODA. It has been thought best to retain the generic name //7stomwm (see Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1899, p. 408). Respecting the classification of the distomes, the author is aware that his papers should be brought into some sort of harmony with the nomenclature of Loos, Lithe, Pratt, Stiles, and others. An attempt indeed was made to refer some of the new forms to genera into which the old genus Distomum has been broken up, but the result was not altogether satisfac- tory, in that it seemed to necessitate the creation of still other new genera, which, in view of the small number of specimens in many cases, and their poor condition, or immaturity in others, seemed to me to be an undesirable thing to do. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 327 The following new specific names are proposed: Aspidogaster ringens from Micropogon undulatus and Trachinotus carolinus. Distomum aduncum trom Opsanus tau. Distomum corpulentum trom Lagodon rhomboides and Orthopristis chrysopterus. Distomum imparispine trom Rachycentron canadus. . . ~ . ~ . Distomum inconstans trom Chetodipterus faber. Distomum pectinatum trom Bairdiella chrysura and Trachinotus carolinus. Gaslerostomum baculum from Scomberomorus maculatus. Gasterostomum gorgon trom Seriola lalandi. Other distomes were found which are evidently new, but to which it is not desirable to give names until more material is available. The form shown in fig. 204 is a case in point. In the find represented by that figure there was but one specimen, and it was necessary to cut it into sections before the anatomy could be made out. The appendiculate distomes referred to the species )). monticcllii were found in 19 species of fish. In many cases they were immature, so that identification was not always certain. The ratio between oral and ventral sucker was not uniform. In some the diameter of the ventral sucker was less than twice that of the oral; in others it was more than three times as great. In the case of the specimens from Jenticir- rhus americanus it is likely that more than one species is recorded under 2). monticelli/. The adult worms referred to this species agree fairly well with the one from Rachy- centron canadus (tig. 154). The most characteristic feature is the lobed vitelline glands. I think that there is much reason to believe that the same species of distome is affected differently by different specific hosts in which it becomes adult. The forms which were referred to the genus Asp7dogaster were particularly difficult to classify. Their position in this genus must be regarded as provisional, and points to the probable necessity of either extending .the limits of the eenus Aspidogaster, or of establishing a new genus. A Gasterostomum, found in 8 species of fishes, has been referred to the species G. gracilescens Rudolphi. The abundance of representatives of this genus is especially interesting and sug- gestive in view of the relative abundance of the larval Gasterostomum (Bucephalus haimeanus Lacaze-Duthiers) in the oyster. In all cases the number of trematodes and of adult cestodes, nematodes and acanthocephala given on any date represents all that were seen. This is not the case, however, with many of the encysted forms. In a few cases the number recorded simply indicates the number of cysts collected by my assistant. As a matter of fact, such forms as the encysted larvee of Otobothrium crenacolle and Tetrarhynchus bisul- catus as a rule occur in relatively large numbers. The plan followed in this paper, of arranging the parasites by number under the several hosts, will, it is believed, make it possible to refer to any form with almost as much precision as if specific names had been given less sparingly. In order to simplify the work of printing this report a list has been prepared of all the species mentioned in it which have been described in my former papers, with references to the literature. References to the appended list of papers only are given, since in them will be found citations to other and older literature. 328 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. PAPERS REFERRED TO BY NUMBER IN THE FOLLOWING LIST OF ENTOZOA. 1. Notes on Entozoa of Marine Fishes of New England. Report U. 8. Fish Conimission for 1886. 2. Notes on Entozoa of Marine Fishes of New England. Part 1, Cestodes. Report U. 8. Fish Com- mission for 1887. 3. Notes on Entozoa of Marine Fishes of New England. Part m1, Acanthocephala. Report U. 8. Fish Commission for 1888. 4. Notes on Larval Cestode Parasites of Fishes. Proceedings U.S. National Museum. Vol. xrx. 1897. 5. Notes on Cestode Parasites of Fishes. Proceedings U. 8. National Museum. Vol. xx. 1897. 6. Notes on Trematode Parasites of Fishes. Proceedings U. 8. National Museum. Vol. xx. 1897. 7. Fish Parasites collected at Woods Hole in 1898. Bulletin U. 8. Fish Commission for 1899. (1900.) &. Parasites of Fishes of the Woods Hole Region. Bulletin U. 8. Fish Commission for 1899. (1901.) LIST OF ENTOZOA MENTIONED IN THIS REPORT, WITH REFERENCES TO ORIGINAL DESCRIPTIONS AND MORE IMPORTANT DESCRIPTIVE NOTES PUBLISHED IN THE AUTHOR’S EARLIER PAPERS. [Figures in heavy-faced type refer to the preceding list of papers. ] Norr.—Many of the references to § are to alphabetic lists, where detailed references will be found. Only species which are mentioned in the author’s previous papers are included in this list. Acanthobothrium paulum Linton. 2, pp. 816-819, pl. vin, figs. 1-7. 7%, p. 275. 8, p. 411. Anthobothrium laciniatum Linton. 2, pp. 754-759, pl. mt, figs. 10-13; pl rv, figs. 1-3. 5, p. 439. 8, p. 411. Anthobothrium pulvinatum Linton. 2, pp. 759-765, pl. rv, figs. 4-9; pl. v, figs. 1-2. 5, pp. 439-440, pl. xxx, fig. 1. 4%, p. 275. 8, p. 411. Anthocephalum gracile Linton. 2, pp. 794-796, pl. vu, figs. 1-2. 4%, p. 275. SS, p. 411. Ascaris brevicapitata Linton. 8, p. 425, pl. 11, figs. 19-22. Ascaris habena Linton. %, pp. 282, 302-303, pl. xii, figs. 109-115. 8, p. 468. Ascaris increscens Molin. 8, p. 452, pl. vin, figs. 62-64, and pp. 487-488. Ascaris inquies Linton. 8, p..452, pl. v1, figs. 46-50. Ascaris incurva Rudolphi. 8, pp. 410, 446-448, 481, pl. tv, figs. 29-32. Ascaris neglecta Leidy. 8, p. 465, pl. v, figs. 33-36. Crossobothrium angustum Linton (Orygmatobothrium angustum). 1, pp. 468-469, pl. m1, figs. 1-3. 2, pp. 796-799, pl. vu, fig. 3. 5, p. 443. 7%, p. 272. 8, pp. 426, 427. Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi. 7, p. 289, pl. xxxvi, figs. 25, 26. 8, p. 415, ete., pl. xxv, figs. 312-314; in eighteen hosts. Distomum areolatum Rudolphi. 7, pp. 279, 293-294, pl. xxx1x, figs. 60-63. 8, p. 415, ete. Distomum bothryophoron Olsson. 8, pp. 437, 439, Distomum dentatum Linton. 7, pp. 283, 294, pl. xxxrx, figs. 64-67. 8, p. 483. Distomum globiporum Rudolphi. 8, p. 486, pl. xxxt, fig. 347. Distomum grandiporum Rudolphi. 6, pp. 520-621, pl. xiv, fig. 9. §, p. 486. Distomum hispidum Abilgaard. , p. 478, pl. xx1x, figs. 321-323. Distomum monticellii Linton. 6, pp. 518-520, pl. xurv, figs. 2-8. 8, pp. 451, 473, 482. Distomum nigroflavum Rudolphi. 6, pp. 530-531, pl. xvii, figs. 8-11, and pl. xix, figs. 1, 2. 7, p. 282. 8, p. 466. Distomum polyorchis Stossich. 8, p. 460-461, pl. xxx, figs. 363-365. Distomum pudens Linton. 7%, pp. 283, 290-291, pl. xxxvu, figs. 40-47. Distomum pyriforme Linton. 7, pp. 279, 292-293, pl. xxxvint, figs. 52-59. 8, p. 415, ete. Distomum simplex Rudolphi. 6, pp. 524 , pl. xuvii, figs. 3-7. 8, p. 415, etc., pl. xxx, figs. 331, 332. Distomum tenue Linton. 6, pp. 535-536, pl. Lr, figs. 2-8. §, pp. 455, 468. Distomum tornatum Rudolphi. 6, pp. 513-514, pl. xin, figs. 6-12. 8, pp. 442, 444, 452, 455, 469, pl. xxvil, fig. 310, PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 329 Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 6, pp. 527-528, pl. xivu, figs. 10-14 and pl. xivii, figs. 1, 2. 8, pp- 444, 464. Distomum vibex Linton. %, pp. 281, 291-292, pl. xxxvirt, figs. 48-51. 8, p. 464. Distomun vitellosum Linton. 7%, p. 290, pl. xxxvu, figs. 38, 39. 8, p. 416, ete., pl. xxx, figs. 333-340; in eighteen hosts. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. %, pp. 530-532, pl. v1, figs. 31-41, pl. vit, figs. 42-53. 8, p. 409, ete., figs. 12-14. Echinorhynchus proteus Westrumb. 1, pp. 496-497, pl. v1, figs. 3-5. 3, pp. 537-538, pl. Lx, figs. 85- 88. 8, p. 409. Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. 1, pp. 493-496, pl. vi, figs. 1, 2. 38, pp. 535-536, pl. tix, fig. 80. 8S, p. 409, ete. Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton. 7, pp. 297-298, pl. Lx1, figs. 85-90. 8, pp. 427, 446. Gasterostomum baculum sp. noy. 8 (Gasterostomum sp.), p. 447, pl. xxxrv, figs. 369-372. Heterakis foveolata Rudolphi. 8 (Cucullanus globosus, and sp.), pp. 476, 488, pl. xvu, figs. 205, 206. Heterakis sp. (Ascaris (?) sp.), p. 481, pl. vu, figs. 57-61, (Cucullanus sp.), p. 441, pl. xvu, figs. 207, 208. Tehthyonema globiceps Rudolphi. 8, pp. 487, 446, 450, 457, pl. xvi, figs, 209-217. Lecanicephalum peltatum Linton. 2, pp. 802-805, pl. 1x, figs. 2-4. 7, p. 275. 8, p. 433. Lecanocephalus annulatus Molin. , p. 455, pl. xrx, figs. 220-223. Monostomum vinal-edwardsii Linton. 8, p. 470, pl. xxx1v, figs. 373-376. Onchobothrium uncinatum Diesing. 45, p. 446, pl. xxxtv, figs. 2-5. SS, p. 433. Otobothrium erenacolle Linton. ‘2, pp. 850-853, pl. xim, figs. 9-15, pl. xrv, figs. 1-4. 7, p. 273. 8, p. 428. Otobothrium dipsacum Linton. 4, pp. 806-807, pl. Lxvt, figs. 1-5. Paratenia medusia Linton. 2, pp. 862-866, pl. xv, figs. 5-9. 5, p. 440. 7, p. 275. 8, p. 433. Phoreiobothrium lasium Linton. 1, pp. 474-476, pl. tv, figs. 24-29. 2, pp. 819-820. 5, p. 447. 7, pp. 272-273. 8, pp. 426, 427, 428. Phoreiobothrium triloculatum Linton. 8, p. 427, pl. xxvt, fig. 292. Phyllobothrium foliatum Linton. 2, pp. 787-794, pl. v1, figs. 5-10. 5, p. 443. 7%, p. 275. 8, p. 433. Rhinebothrium flevile Linton. 2, pp. 768-771, pl. v, figs. 83-5. 7, p. 275. S, p. 433. Rhynchobothrium bulbifer Linton. @ (R. tenuicolle Rudolphi), pp. 486-488, 7 pl. v, figs. 17, 18. 2, pp. 825-829, pl. x, figs. 8, 9, pl. x1, figs. 1,2. 4, p. 793. 5, p. 448. 8, 412, etc.; noted in seven hosts. Rhynehobothrium hispidum Linton. 2, pp. 833-835, pl. 1x, figs. 12-17. 7, p. 275. 8, p. 433. Rhynchobothrium longispine Linton. 2, pp. 835-837, pl. x1, figs. 18-20. Rhynchobothrium speciosum Linton. 4, pp. 801-805, pl. Lxrv, figs. 18, 14, pl. txy, figs. 1-7. 7%, p. 784. S, p. 413, etc.; noted in eleven hosts. Rhynchobothrium tenuispine Linton. 2, pp. 8387-838, pl. xu, figs. 1, 2. 5, pp. 448-449, pl. xxxry, fig. 8. S, 426, 433. Rhynchobothrium tumidulum Linton. 2, pp. 829-832, pl. x1, figs. 83-11. 8, p. 468. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 4 (larval Tetrabothria), pp. 3-4, pl. v1, figs. 8, 9. 4 (larval Echenei- bothria), pp. 789-792, pl. 1, figs. 4-15. 7%, noted under name of ‘larval cestodes,’’ as occur- ring in a number of hosts, pp. 270-284. 8, p. 413, etc.; noted in twenty-eight hosts. Spongiobothrium variabile Linton. 1, pp. 462-464, pl. 1, figs. 13-16. 2, pp. 778-780. 5, p. 442. 7, p- 275. 8, p. 433. Synbothrium filicolle Linton. 2 (Syndesmobothrium filicolle), pp. 861-862, pl. xv, figs. 24. 4, p. 819, pl. exvin, fig. 10. 7%, p. 275. S, pp. 413-414, etc.; noted in ten hosts. Tetrarhynchus bicolor Bartels. 4, pp. 813-815, pl. uxvin, figs. 1-6. 4%, p. 271. S, p. 414, ete.; noted in six hosts. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. & (Rhynchobothrium bisulcatum), pp. 479-486, pl. iv, figs. 9-23. 2, pp- 857-861, pl. xiv, figs. 10-12, pl. xv, fig. 1. 4, pp. 810-811, pl. uxvi, figs. 11-15. 5, p. 452. %,p. 272. 8, p. 414, etc.; noted in twelve hosts. Tetrarhynchus erinaceus Beneden. 4, pp. 511-812, pl. uxvu, figs. 1-8. 8, pp. 451, 454, 460. Zetrarhynchus robustus Linton. 2, pp. 855-857, pl. xiv, figs. 7-9. , p. 414, etc.; noted in five hosts. 330 BULLETIN OF LIST OF PARASITES THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. AND THEIR HOSTS. ACANTHOCEPHALA. Parasite. Host. | Page. (Bairdiellaichrysura) -.- s : Usually in submucosa of alimentary canal, especially |)287lichthys albiguttus in the stomach. Tetrarhynchusrobustus Linton acted tose saccgesecs0 6b80 Carcharhinus obseurus Monacanthus hispidus - Opsanus tau . Bean Orthopristis ehr Paralichthys albiguttus - Prionotus tribulus.. Pomatomus saltatrix. Pteroplatea maclura - Rachyecentron canadus . Scizenops ocellatus ....- Scoliodon terra-nove Siphostoma fuscum Stolephorus brownii......---.-- Symphurus plagiusa ~ Synodus foetens -... Trachinotus carolinu Tylosurus marinus . Dasyatis say . Carcharhinus Careharhinus obscuru Lophopsetta maculata Micropogon undulatus - Paralichthys albiguttus . Pomatomus saltatrix . Pteroplatea maclura. . Scoliodon terre-novee Scomberomorus maculati Scomberomorus regali Cynoscion regalis Galeichthys milbert Orthopristis chrysopterus lpomnaaeos saltatrix Fundulus majalis .. Coryphena hippurus Carcharhinus milberti Se eae Carcharhinus obseuru Seoliodon terrae-nove Bairdiella chrysura. Caranx hippos. Cynoscion nebulosus . Cynoscion regalis. - - Lagodon rhomboide: Leiostomus xunthuru Lophopsetta maculata. Menticirrhus americanus Micropogon undulatus Opsanus tau....-....- Orthopristis chrysopterv ———— —————— Pomatomus saltatrix Prionotus scitulus Prionotus tribulus. . Rachycentron ecanadi Scomberomorus regalis. Scomberomorus maculatt Silene vomer Siphostoma fuscum. Spheroides maculatus Symphurus plagiusa. . 401 407 377 412 405 369 349 371 390 363 3 TREMATODA. Aspidogaster ringens sp. nov Cercarive Dactylocotyle sp Dichdophora sp .....------ Distomum aduncum sp. nov Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi Bogs -aCaL Eade ee OsO Leiostomus xanthur' fMicropogon undulatus).......:...-.2.t.:-2..--- |) Tracoinowus earolinus Monacanthus hispidu Brevoortia tyrannns. -. Orthopristis chrysopterus . Opsanus tau.....-. Brevoortia tyranni Caranx hippos .- Coryphzena equisetis Lagodon rhomboide: Lophopsetta maculata. Orthopristis chrysopterus .~ Prionotus scitulu Prionotus tribulu 304 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. List of parasites and their hosts—Continued. TREMATODA—Continued. Parasite. Host. Distomum areolatum Rudolphi ......................-.- Orthopristis chrysopterus \Sonecone ocellatus....... Micropogon undulatus .. Distomum bothryophoron Olsson ..................-..-- Orthopristis chrysoptert Paralichthys dentatus Distomum corpulentum sp. nov Orthopristis chrysopte Coryphiena equisetis ... Lophopsetta maculata Micropogon undulatus - Distomum dentatum Linton ............................ Paralichthys albigutty Paralichthys dentatus Pomatomus saltatrix. Rachycentron canadu ieegodon rhomboides. |{Fundulus majalis .... Distomum globiporum Rudolphis =e eee ee Leiostomus xanthurus Orthopristis chrysoptert Distomum grandiporum Rudolphi..........._. reisce eee | Leptocephalus conger.... {Menticirrhus americant Distomum hispidum Abilgaard Distomum imparispine sp. nov. Distomum inconstans sp. noy.... __- Bairdiella chrysura Centropristes striatus Coryphena equisetis - Corypheena hippurus Cynoscion nebulosus || Lagodon rhomboides Leiostomus xanthurus - Menidia menidia....... Menticirrhus americanu Distomum monticellii Linton .:....................- .... {Micropogon undulatus. Many of these distomes being immature the specific | Paralichthys albiguttu identification, in such cases, is uncertain. Paralichthys dentatus || Pomatomus saltatr: Prionotus tribulus. Rachycentron cana Scomberomorus regalis Seriola lalandi...... Synodus fcetens ... \Trachinotus carolinu Distomum nigroflayum Rudolphi....................... Coryphena equisetis - . = E a Bairdiella chrysura . Distomum pectinatum, sp. noy {eee carolinu: Distomum polyorehis Stossich | Cyncevlon zeealis Ba onee c y Paralichthys albiguttu: Distomumi pnd ens Mintonesessees se eae ee ae ee) teaches canadus [Brevoortia tyrannus. Distomum pyriforme Linton ...........-...............- |, Lagodon rhomboid |Menidia menidia.... Distomum simplex Rudolphi-2-ss-8- eases ee Micropogon undulatus Corypheena equisetis Coryphzena hippurus |]Cynoseion nebulosus .. ') Menticirrhus americanus Micropogon undulatus Orthopristis chrysopter' Pomatomus saltatrix.. Scizenops ocellatus . - hone equisetis Distomum tenue Linton...........-_-.. eee Coryphena hippurus. ... Menticirrhus americanus Synodus foetens ....... Tylosurus marinus '{Cynoscion nebulosus Leiostomus xanthurus -. Menticirrhus americanus Micropogon undulatus -. |] Monacanthus hispidus Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich...................... Opsanus taileen Sesto se Orthopristis chrysopterus Paralichthys albiguttus . '|Rachyeentron canadus Siphostoma fuseum...... Trachinotus earolinus. Distomumiyvibexslantones.s ce eee Spheroides maculatus ‘2 PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 335 List of parasites and their hosts—Continued. TREMATODA—Continued. : Parasite. Host. Page. | } | | Bairdiella, chrysumay.ss------ 4060 see Sse een ee } 388 |, Cynoscion regalis. ---| 385 || Dasyatis centrura. 348 Lagodon rhomboides- | 382 Leiostomus xanthurus .~ 393 Leptocephalus conger. . 351 Menticirrhus americanus - 399 Aficropogon Snel ie ue 397 A - . Monacanthus hispidus - 401 Distomum vitellosum Linton................-.-..------. Opsanus tau........---... 409 | Orthopristis chrysopterus . 378 Paralichthys albiguttus 413 Pomatomus saltatrix..- 369 Prionotus seitulus 404 Prionotus tribulus. 405 Scizenops ocellatus - 390 Trachinotus carolin | 366 | Tylosurus marinus ... | 357 Bairdiella chrysura (figs. 16 ) 1..| 389 Callomyclenus schoepfi’ (fig208) 2-2 -22-525--=S. 403 Coryphena esquisetis|;¢. 979 « 374 Coryphena hippurus) ("ES 213, 214) -.----+---- { 373 Cynoscion regalis > ee TT GN 7 385 Siphostoma fuscum li Bee U.S.N.M. | 359 Spheroides maculatus| **» P- 987 ------------ | 402 Galeichthys milberti (fig. 209) .........--.------ | 300 Lagodon rhomboides (fig. 179) 5 382 Leiostomus xanthurus (figs. 173, 198, 199)..---- 393, Lophopsetta maculata 415 Paralichthys aligns as nigAls uty 24) A ee 413 Rachycentron canadus 372 DISEOMUMISD aes oes series ee aes amen aces cisnsawee ees Menidia menidia (Bul. U.S. F. C. for 1899, p. List of unidentified specimens comprising distomes, 444; figs. 357, 358) usually represented by one or very few examples, and ||Micropogon undulatus ae they often immature or in a poor state of preservation. ||Opsanus tau.........- -| ‘ Opsanus tau (fig. ) ES | | Opsanus tau (figs. 167, 205) -. Paralichthys albiguttus ... | Prionotus scitulus. ... Pteroplatea maclura . Seriola lalandi -.. Sphyrzena borealis Stolephorus brownii Symphurus plagiusa ~ Trachinotus carolinus | Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton ..........-.-..-------- {Garena hippoe:. regalis Gasterostomum baculum sp. noy..-....-.---------------- Scomberomorus maculatu Gasterostomum gorgon sp. NOV....--..-.-...-+---------- | Seriola lalandi Caranx hippos. Menidia menidia. Opsanus tau... Paralichthys albiguttus . Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi....-..-.-- costes BOnInEO Ta eAliGnie | 5 Spheroides maculati Stolephorus brownii ISeolex without distinctamyzorhynchus im sta sae wet laine ele telninla = ee elm ele ee ine eel Rhinebothrium 12 jBothria in pairs with frilled or lobed borders ....-..-.-..-----------------+---++++--+22+22 202222222227 Spongiobothrium =) (Bothnia Cruciiornms witht entire MAareins sce —eseeeet sae eee aie eee ee eer eee Anthobothrium 13 (Two auxiliary suckers on each bothrium -..--..-......-------------------+-- +--+ +2202 2 2222 eee erro s- Orygmatobothrium = \Oneanxillary sucker to each) bothrinmlsse.. 2c eee sem = as re eee ala loa aia featelele ee mel ie 14 14 sAuxiliary suckers relatively large, formed from anterior part of bothrium ........--.--------------------------+---- 15 + \VAtixiliamy suckers'smiall) circu) eit = 2 Seems eae eam ee ml le em lms alo amin ne tn mt 15 jAuxiliary suckers entire, scolex with terminal haustellum “| Auxiliary suckers horseshoe shape, anterior ends of bothria partly retractile.............-.-.....---- Calypimabottirs ium 16, { yoy Hopee hah sb of: elope Re ES ASA on Se ab eca Konan sae Hepa eee ae Sees anclseee nene aogseSceoco cCSHsceaeesoeseatt 17 SARS OGL ey CHU CLE OLIN ce ee stersrete seer ma me ET al at lt 18 17 sSeolex with terminal muscular GI eee ya a SPE A nage RRBs Apri cease sscscroeres) onsacmeos=* Cestode from Tile-fish ** \Seolex without terminal musculardisks—) 5)... se sss eee = ae ener oleae eee eee ne aes Phyllobothrium 18 jBothria slender, pedicelled, with crenulate borders... ...----.---------+++++s200 +020 esseeeeseeeeeereee Anthocephalum * \Bothria.short-pedicelled, border mot/crenulate’.-- 2.2 -- =~ = me ee = nn Crossobothrium 15 sBothria eure a) with HOOKS ex.s xo .= atest isle ape ete le ia Lem rei em se ei 20 “- \Scolex provided with retractile spiny proboscides.....---~- ----.------ 60 ese 2 ees 522 neo nnn en ees enn em enen= 25 aThe worms Pirores Sani to this genus in this report appear to be aaron Rownint See D, tortum under Synodus. 20. 21. . ee inconspicuous, of densely fibrous structure PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 337 Thysanocephalum PEPER BSC EET GTI O OATS CULE EC) CRS tee ne prea se a oe Nena Salsa tant Sera neler ee San ee no Ene See oe eee ances sot 21 Hooks simple Hooks compound. -. Bownxvig without gexiligny SUCKELS 2: = ee. ew esos sees ssaccce ees se oees seen cssdanssccccsesecesesacsdsccece Onchobothrium Leis with auxiliary suckers anterior to hooks ....-..-.--..- Calliobothrium Scolex flattened, bothria in pairs, hooks in pairs united by a chitinous bar.......-....-----.-.---------- Platybothrium PREVA A HOb gy ate oo 5552S SRO ROUTINE SES Be SRB UBOS CSS OSE SES COO S aH SEH One GHEE SA Res SEE = pore SSC BOND AO SCOne Raa 24 fHooks with two prongs each, bothria costate * |Hooks with three prongs each, bothria loculate at posterior e nal Pp i Acanthobothrium . Phoreiobothrium IBOUhTia WO ne os-sek eee: -e cece c= ee eee Be Se kee Sat Se ee Se nan as we ees. ed 26 B othria four nod oe cet Soc See dé ost SOO SoC Oe So sencoas cepeoesecuss -SeScctosee BES e OSS HEIDE BRCE SARS OS COCR EE MOOEDCOSHOS NCE ena without auxiliary pits Rhynehobothrium IBOLOMIANWALOVATLE DUEL VEDLLS aise eae tn erin a Sasa ee es COs aes otis A de Soe cee namaaresesstescse ase Otobothrium th othria lateral ........-.-. othria terminal B. B. F. 1904—22 Tetrarhynchus -- Synbothrium OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. BULLETIN 338 “sa480] JO 4.G0d} UL OSIOA *pua rowaysod prea -0O} ainssaad Japun paqort *xudreyd 07 [8 -19]B[ PUR IOLI9} -sod ‘sassRur ey *[ B10 UBY) Ja[[BUES | ‘(6LL “BYy) Seproq | “ sores i OG Xo Gp) -BUBI '[ BAG | YRYMOUIOS ‘OMT | —NUBIZ}URpUNqY | Joyous [RQUAA | -WIOGL UOposey wos ‘ds yurpungse Blige ‘xudavyd 04 ‘layons | *pua 0} ‘aeq) yo | “OW [81978 PUR LOL [BAQUDA UBYY IOAIVy dot1aysod 04 quogyur'sajsoy | -agsod_ premoy -o1sod = ‘sassvur ‘Teo uBya | “(OLI-S9L ‘83y) Ban ‘uaojyrsd xudareyd | ‘adams syog |-*7-* “Ge x Eg [FEO | OF asOfo “[BAO | [BUOSBIP ‘OMT | B[NUBIS asTBOD | JesSIBE [BIYUAA | -SAIT[O B[[opaleg: uody ‘ds “q ‘autsay “au0u | “yuep -UL JO SyLOJ puryaq |— snsvydosa ‘saqso} PULT -unqe you ‘pue asO[D aI edB [RIL {puaroteysod -aq pue 10 *pua omeysod IOW9}UR BAT OF ua “pula iowaysod | 0} Surpue}xa -aysod outed, =| IBauU ‘IaY 493 dJoyons [BiVUeA *[BLIO BOTA} “(poz Sy) snurpors Ivou Joyons [ByUaA | ‘ofdutis syIOy |--~ -x9 4B ‘paqoT | -07 aso0[o ‘omy, | Wory ‘[esoydueg | JNOqGB [BAQUaA | SHIOUTGoRIT woz “ds “q ‘pajurod “=) PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 357 5. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1902.—Aug. 7, 1; specimen in poor condition; ova few, 0.086 by 0.054, segmenting. 6. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. See under Menidia menidia, ete. 1901.—Aug. 1, numerous; fusiform, pale red to colorless; not much variation in size. One meas- ured 1.44 mm. in length and 0.56 mm. in greatest breadth. 1902.—July 31, 1. Dimensions, life, compressed: Length 1.4; maximum breadth 0.65; transverse diameter, anterior sucker 0.33; mouth 0.10; ova 0.018 by 0.011. Aug. 1,12. Aug. 11, numerous. Aug. 15, 30. Aug. 20, numerous. Aug. 22, numerous. Small, minutely spinose, of very various shapes, translucent white to orange yellow, depending on relative abundance of ova. The anterior end in some was curved yentrad, turning the sucker into a hood-like organ. These worms agree closely with Olsson’s figures and descriptions of forms which he refers with some doubt to this species. The same species was found in this host at Woods Hole, Mass., but was not identified. {Bulletin U. 8. Fish Commission for 1899, pp. 277, 298, pl. x11, fig. 91, and p. 442, pl. xxxrv, figs. 367, 368.) COPEPOD PARASITES. 7. Lernanthropus sp. From gills. These very singular forms are certainly appropriately named in their generic title; for not only do the males suggest the human form but the females, on account of a skirt-like prolongation of the abdo- men for the protection of the ova, simulate with absurd accuracy the same as modified by the attire commonly worn by women in civilized communities. 1902.—July 22,1; male. Aug. 1, females. Aug. 11, 5 females, 2 males. Aug. 15, 9 females, 3 males. Aug. 20, numerous; males and females; Aug. 22, + females, 7 males. Aug. 25, 7 males, 3 females. Length of male 1.73, of female 2.85 mm. 8. Copepod parasite. From gills. 1902.—Aug. 1, 1; white with single, Cyclops-like eye-spot of red pigment; female with white egg masses. Length, including caudal spines 2.1 mm. Aug. 11, 20; 1 on each date. Tylosurus raphidoma, Needle-fish. Number of fish Date. Scaminede Food notes. 1901. | & 3 August 26......-.. | 1, about 3 feet in | Fish (menhaden), and a few small crustaceans. | length. | NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes (Ascaris). [Figs 30. ] Two; from cysts on viscera. These belong to the type which is characterized in these notes as having a short anterior diverticulum of the intestine and a slender diverticulum from the base of the cesophagus. ’ Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 11; diameter, middle 0.3, tapering about equally in each direction; length of esophagus, not including the posterior globular portion, 0.95; of globular portion 0.1; diameter of oesophagus 0.1; length of diverticulum of csophagus 0.8, diameter of one 0.05; length of diverticulum of intestine 0.3; diameter at anal aperture 0.11; distance of anal aperture from posterior end 0.17. One orange-yellow cyst filled with waxy, degenerate tissue also probably due to nematode. CESTODES. 2. Otobothrium sp. [Figs. 102-109. ] In muscular tissues, very numerous, generally distributed through the muscles of the body, a few close beneath the skin, by far the greater proportion in the deep muscles. Of the latter a few were in the abdomonal muscles, but most abundant laterally along the vertebral column. These flesh parasites 358 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. are blastocysts containing laryee. They have doubtless penetrated the flesh from the alimentary ‘anal. When placed in sea water they were very active, extending and contracting, and assuming a great variety of consecutive shapes and dimensions. The blastocyst which was sketched while living measured about 8 mm. in length, about half the length being taken up with the anterior enlarged part. The larva when liberated from the blastocyst is also quite active. Its length, at rest, was from 4 to 5 mm. After the larva was removed from the blastocyst the latter was much more active than the former, being, in fact, altogether as active as it was before it was damaged. The neck of the larvee, between the bothria and the contractile bulbs, was covered with rather thick and fleshy spines 0.08 mm. in length, so that the surface under moderate magnification is rough. The proboscides are armed with hooks of various sizes and shapes; diameter of a proboscis near the base, 0.18 mm. excluding and 0.28 mm. including hooks; length of the longest of the large recurved hooks 0.14 mm. Otherdimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 4.5; breadth of head (marginal view of bothria) 1.4; length of bothrium 1.4; contractile bulbs, length 1.4, breadth 0.4. There were two varieties of these larvee. The longer kind remained firmly attached to the blasto- cyst, which was not the case with the shorter kind. The posterior end of the neck is emarginate, with a deep rounded notch on each side. This notch in the elongated specimens appeared to be opposite the intervals between the two bothria, while in the shorter specimens it was opposite the bothria. The accessory bothrial organs are small and somewhat crescentic. On account of the comparatively large size of these larvee it was naturally suggested that they might prove to be the encysted form of the new species (0. insigne) found in the dusky shark. A comparison of the proboscides of the two forms, however, makes this very doubtful. Tylosurus caribbeeus, (ar-fish. Date Number of fish z | examined, Food notes. | 1902. : August 15........ tee AS cmecoe SOD aAACnOS Small crustacea and fragments of insects which seemed to be small crickets. | | COPEPOD PARASITES. 1. Copepod parasite. From gill. One from gills; same form as No. 8 under 7. marinus; white with single median eye-spot of red pigment. Hyporhamphus roberti, Common Halfbeak. Number of fish examined. Date. Food notes. 1902. August 11 URS oacee cas eet eases Algz, sea lettuce; contents of intestine green. August 12 call Do. August 16 a =) Do. PATI PUSH 22 se ase Deseces .. Food almost exclusively alg, colorof contents of stomach and intestine green. Among the fragments of green algae were a few young crustaceans in the megalops stage,anda Caprella. These had evidently been taken while the fish was feeding on the alge. | | NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes (Ascaris). Type with diverticulum to both intestine and @sophagus. 1902.—Anug. 11; 1. CESTODES. 3) 2. Seolex polymorphus Rudolphi. Aug. 12, few, small. Cestode larva. Aug. 16, 1; looks like young Dibothriun. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 35 Siphostoma fuscum, Common Pipe-fish. | Number of fish ate. i Date examined, Food notes. 1902. Not noted. | Do. Fragments of small crustaceans, Not noted. Do. Do. | Not noted; no entozoa. | Completely digested; looked like vegetable débris; no entozoa, | Not noted. | Not noted; no entozoa. Amphipods and ostracodes, | Completely digested. | Small crustacea. | | | | August 6 | Do. | August 7 | Not noted; no entozoa. Copepods and minute spatangoid spines. Not noted. August 12. we AUrpust 205 22-7 CESTODES, 1. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1902.—July 14; few; bothria with two costs and rudiment at anterior end, suggesting the loculi which occur at the anterior end of bothria in Hcheneibothrium and Acanthobothrium; no red pigment. My attention was called by Mr. Gudger to some minute oval forms from this same lot which proved to belong here. They were similar to minute specimens found in Lagodon and others; length 0.09, breadth 0.06 mm. These minute forms contained calcareous bodies of relatively large size in the parenchyma. July 15; large numbers, minute. July 16; immense members, length 0.06 when contracted, 0.12 when extended, heads relatively large, cases of constriction making pseudo-segments noted in this lot. July 17; very numerous, small. July 29; very numerous, 0.01 mm. in length. Aug. 4; few, comparatively large. 2. Rhinebothrium sp. [Fig. 75.] Cysts with blastocysts containing larva which are identical with No. 4 under Opsanus tau, but do not occur in felted clusters so commonly as in that host. July 7; few. July 9; 24. July 23, 25; several. Aug. 4; few. Aug. 6; a large number on and in the liver, others on viscera; as in the toad-fish, so in this case the blastocysts were much elongated at the posterior ends, which were felted together in clusters. No cases were found which demonstrated budding of blastocysts, although the manner in which the blastocysts are associated together would suggest that as a possible explanation of the frequent occurrence of clusters of this parasite. Aug. 20; several. 3. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. July 17; 1 scolex, encysted on viscera. TREMATODES. 4. Distomum sp. Aug. 12; 1; length 1.65 mm.; breadth 0.65 mm.; agrees with No. 4 under Spheroides maculatus. 5. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. Aug. 12; 1; encapsuled on viscera. PROTOZOA. 6. Gregarines. July 17. The testis of a pipe-fish which was infested with what was taken to be a gregarine parasite was brought to my table by Mr. E. W. Gudger, who was working on the development of the pipe-fish. On account of the large amount of material to be looked over on this date, I was not able to give this much attention. Aug. 6; small, irregular gregarine-like forms observed in testis. 360 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Menidia menidia, Silverside. Date: Number Beh Food notes. 1902. ; July 7 - Fish. | : July 8 Intestines filled with copepods and other minute ento- mostraca with a few foraminifera. Tulyelpeeeeee sees | Amphipods, young gastropods, copepods, spines of annelids. July 19) = 2. ease Same food as above with addition of shrimp eggs. SUlyj 22 see eee Contents nearly completely digested; some vegetable débris. Material almost entirely digested; a few annelids. Nearly digested; small fragments of annelids. Food not noted. Intestine packed with megalops, small shrimp, copepods, and atew small gastropod shells. | July August 1. August 7. August 11 NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes ( Ascaris). Common type, diverticula to, both intestine and esophagus. 1902.—July 19; few. Aug. 7; few. CESTODES. 2. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. Aug. 1, minute forms seen in small piece of intestine which was being examined under the »ompound microscope for the food contents. TREMATODES. 3. Distomum monticellii Linton. Aug. 7; 1, voluminous intestine; no ova. 4. Distomum sp. This form resembles that figured in Parasites of Fishes of the Woods Hole Region, figs. 357, 358. The body of this worm is densely clothed with exceedingly minute spines. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 0.94; diameter, anterior 0.07, middle 0.22, posterior end 0.12; diameter of oral sucker (not distinct) 0.04, of ventral sucker 0.09, of pharynx 0.03; ova 0.018 by 0.014. Aug. 7; 1. The measurements of this specimen agree closely with the foregoing; the oral sucker, which was more plainly seen than in the specimen of July 7, measured 0.08 mm.; length 0.93; diame- ter 0.27; ventral sucker 0.11, pharynx 0.04; ova 0.025 by 0.018. 5. Distomum pyriforme Linton. July 7; 2. July 8; 1. July 23; 1. 6. Gasterostomumn gracilescens Radolphi. [Fig. 236.] See also under Carane, Menidia, Opsanus, Paralichthys, Pomatomus, Spheroides, Stolephorus, and Tylosurus. July 8; 1; length 0.75; greatest breadth 0.44; anterior sucker 0.2; mouth sucker 0.05. July 17; 12; small, oval, densely clothed with squarish spines; length 0.9, breadth 0.4; encapsuled, in some cases more than one ina capsule. July 23; few, small, not in good condition. Aug. 1; few. Aug. 7; several in yellowish cysts on viscera, small, oval. Aug. 11; few in cysts on viscera. 7. Monostomum sp. ; This is the same species as No. 5 under Fundulus majalis. July 22; 3. COPEPOD PARASITES. 8. Ergasilus sp., from gills. Aug. 7; several; length, including egg masses, 1.5 mm.; length of egg mass 0.7 mm. Mugil curema, JVhite Mullet. Number of fish Date. Bearmined Food notes. 1901. AUPUSES....-- 5.0 Nee Bar emeeenase sd aoicc Mud consisting of vegetable débris with diatoms; no entozoa found. * PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 3861 Mugil cephalus, Common Mullet. | Number of fish 4 a PS examined. Food motes: July 9 | July 10. | July 11- July 15. August In general the contents of the alimentary canal consisted of vegetable débris reduced toa pulp, in which were 1902 \ immense numbers and many species of diatoms, with ae a considerable proportion of sand. One fragment of a nemertean was found. Most of the || fish examined in 1902 were small. July 19. July 21. July 22 July 31. August 4. COPEPODS. 1. Anchorella sp. Form with linear, tapering neck, postero-lateral egg sacks, and thoracic appendages modified into a cylindrical organ which slips over a gill filament of its host. [Figs. 57, 58.] Dimensions, in millimeters, life: Length 6; breadth of posterior portion through egg sacks 2; length of neck 3.5; diameter of neck near base 0.7, at anterior end 0.2. Cuticle transparent, colorless, glistening. General color white, faintly pinkish or flesh color by reflected light; alimentary canal black, making a broad black band with irregular outline, most con- spicuous in the neck. The cylindrical organ of attachment was 1.6 mm. in length. It consists of two rings placed end to end, each ring having a distinct annulation at its middle. Rudimentary maxille occur at the anterior end. These were in constant, quick motion. The body and neck also kept up convulsive movements, which, in an unmutilated specimen, continued fora long time. 1901.—July 10; 2. July 11; 6. July 15; few. July 15; 6. The eggs in this lot were segment- ing. Aug. 26; 1. 1902.—July 21; 3. July 31; 4. Aug. 4; 2. Aug. 19; 1. 2. Copepods. Small, white, from gills. 1901.—July 11; 4. July 15; few. Aug. 26; 1. 3. Ergasilus sp. 1901.—July 11; 1; from gills. Sphyreena borealis, Northern Barracuda. Number of fish Food notes, examined. aes wide | = => 1902. ULE See aac ce 2 (small) .. | Fragments of small shrimp; no entozoa, July 19. do... E ‘| Fish. TREMATODES. 1. Distomum sp. [Fig. 211.] 1902.—July 19; 1. This specimen was found when a small piece of the intestine was being exam- ined under the compound microscope. Dimensions in millimeters: Length 0.24; diameter, anterior 0.028, at ventral sucker 0.057, maximum 0.072, near posterior end 0.021; diameter of anterior sucker 0/018, ventral sucker 0.036. Upeneus maculatus, Red (oat-fish. Number of fish | Date: examined. | 1902. | Food notes. Air Kar ee eee 14 (7D MIM )\esens: Sees Alimentary canal empty. | * 362 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. PARASITIC COPEPODS. 1. Lernwonema sp. Two on gill cover and 1 in flesh of abdomen near anal opening. Body filled with red fluid which circulates by means of somewhat irregular pulsations. It was observed to grow gradually slower and slower, then pause. After a short time it would resume and go at the rate of from 100 to 108 beats a minute. Pulsations were also noted at the arch of the neck next to the antler-like branches of the head. The head was also filled with red fluid; neck and branches yellowish by transmitted light. Length, head and neck 6 mm.; body 6 mm.; egg chains 8.5 mm. Considerable irritation is produced by this parasite. The tissues where the head and neck were buried were more or less congested and inflamed. These together with other copepod parasites collected by me at Beaufort have been turned over to Prof. C. B. Wilson. Scomberomorus maculatus, Spanish Mackerel. Number of fish examined. Date. Food notes. | 1901. | | | Aupust 3025-5--—- There were recogr d only a few crystalline lenses and small bones of fish and fragments of small crusta- | eeans. The viscera of a fish from the market, reported to me to be a mackerel, probably belong here. Examined on July 8, 1901. Fragments of fish in alimentary canal. CESTODES. 1L. Rhynchobothrium sp. One. The larva has some points of resemblance in essentials with the specimens from Llops saurus, but is smaller, and the part behind the contractile buibs is slender. Dimensions of living specimens in millimeters: Length 3.43; length of bothrium 0.63, of contractile bulbs 0.35, of part behind bulbs 0.63. A comparison of the preserved material shows that the contractile bulbs have approximately the same length. The probocides in this specimen were only partly evaginated, but so far as could be made out they are in close agreement with the species from Hlops (figs. 99, 100). The same species is represented by No. 3 under Scomberomorus regalis. 2. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. July 8; 1 seolex, on viscera, very active. Synbothriun jilicolle Linton. July 8, few, on viscera. Aug. 1; 1; similar to No. 6 under Scomberomorus regalis. TREMATODES. 4. Gasterostomum baculum sp. nov. [Figs. 233, 244. ] 1901.—Aug. 30, 6. This is the species recorded from this host before. See No. 8 ( Gasterostomum sp.) under S. maculatus, Bulletin U. 8. Fish Commission for 1899, p. 447. Dimensions, in millimeters, life: Length 2; maximum diameter 0.4; anterior sucker, length 0.17, breadth 0.19; ventral sucker, length 0.069, breadth 0.065; ovum 0.021 by 0.014. Scomberomorus regalis, Cero. 7 = ; Date. Bye ber On pel Food notes. 5 F | : SSS —_ | 1901. | % ANigust-2be.occe == ete eS ae at | Length of specimen 3 feet, weight 15 pounds. It did not Pp quite agree with the description of this species given in Jordan & Gilbert’s Fishes of North America, but was nearest that form. The contents of the alimentary canal were completely digested. No distinguishable fragments were found, even when looked for with the aid of the microscope. De SS Riss PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes ( Ascaris). On viscera. Type with short diverticulum of intestine and corrugated post-anal region. CESTODES. 2. Cestode blastocysts. Two from outside of viscera, yase-shaped. 3. Rhynchobothrium sp. Two larvee from cysts on viscera; neck elongated; bothria emarginate with elevated border; proboscides not seen everted, but long; sheaths in close spiral when neck is at rest. Dimensions in millimeters, specimen mounted in glycerine: Length of bothrium 0.36, breadth 0.42; diameter of neck 0.31, length of neck 2.4; length of part behind bulbs 0.68; length of longest hooks 0.021. See No. 3 under Hexanematichthys. 4. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. [Fig. 111.] Enormous numbers of small cysts in walls of stomach and intestine, for the most part on the submucosa, Some of the cysts were amber colored and filled with waxy, degenerate tissue; others contained blastocysts which contained no identifiable embryo, while others contained larvee which could be identified through the wall of the enclosing blastocyst. One of the latter in life and under slight pressure had the following dimensions, in millimeters: Length of blastocyst 1, diameter 0.8; length of larva 0.32, of bothrium 0.16, breadth of bothrium 0.12. One amber-colored, oval, thick- walled cyst was 1.54 by 1.09, the blastocyst 0.52 by 0.28; length of larva 0.28. 5. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. A few scolices were found in the material collected from this fish. It is likely that many of the cysts in the stomach and intestinal walls belong to this species. The hooks on the proboscides are shorter than is the rule in this species, but the number, shape, and arrangement are in agreement with the usual type. Diameter of proboscis, excluding hooks, 0.034, including hooks 0.044; length of hooks 0.01 mm. 6. Synbothrium filicolle Linton. Numerous on viscera; type with small, slender, recurved hooks; elongated blastocysts in brownish eysts. TREMATODES. 7. Distomum monticellii Linton. One. Genital organs very indistinct. The stained specimen has a faint indication of lobed organs, apparently the vitellaria near the posterior end. Measurements of living specimen under slight pres- sure, in millimeters: Length 2; maximum breadth 0.52; oral sucker, length 0.09, breadth 0.011; pharynx, length 0.05, breadth 0.06; ventral sucker, length 0.26, breadth 0.27; ovum 0.017 by 0.010 in the two principal diameters. 8. Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton. [Fig. 235. ] Fifteen. These specimens resemble this species, although no spines were seen. They were not in good condition when found. At the anterior end there is a knob-like projection of the anterior sucker; vitellaria agree in number and position, but are smaller. Dimensions of specimen in sea-water, pressure of cover glass, in millimeters: Length 4.2; diameter 0.26, of anterior projection 0.11; length of cirrus pouch 0.63; ovum 0.020 by 0.014. Diameter of pharynx in another specimen 0.05. Seriola lalandi, Amber Jack. 4 Number of fish | 7, a5 Date | Germinal | Food notes. 1902. | | | August 23.-.....- Me ShecSucesag eee Alimentary canal empty. This specimen was taken on Aug. 21 by the Fisheries steamer Mish Hawk, about 28 miles off Cape Lookout, North Carolina. The viscera were placed in formalin and brought into the laboratory on the 22d. The material was looked oyer on the 23d, 3864 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. NEMATODES. 1. Ascaris incurva Rudolphi. Four adult females and 2 smaller, which appear to be young; slender, fusiform; length 16-20 mm. Ova, some nearly spherical, about 0.05 mim. in diameter; others short oval 0.06 by 0.04. So far as these specimens haye been examined they agree with this species, although much smaller than specimens from the sword-fish. TREMATODES. 2. Distomum monticellii Linton. Few, small, immature. 38. Distomum hispidum Abilgaard. Fifty; with oral spines and stout spines on the neck. There is considerable variety of shape and size in this lot, but so far as studied they appear to belong to the same species. 4. Distomum sp. [Figs. 206, 207.] One, length 5 mm., breadth 0.5 mm. This specimen was at first a very puzzling one. On account of the apparent segmentation of the posterior part it was recorded in the notes made at the time of collecting as the fragment of a cestode. The posterior end is apparently four-jointed, the anterior end is much crumpled and folded together. The specimen had been killed with formalin before it was examined. When stained and sectioned it is seen to be not a cestode but a distome. The close approach to segmentation of the body is evident also in the sections. The general arrangement of the reproductive organs is shown in the diagrammatic sketch. The vitellaria are abundant, posterior and peripheral, extending as far forward as the seminal vesicle; testes two, on median line, following each other much as in PD. tenue. The ovary is situated a short distance in front of the anterior testis. I was able to find only one intestine in the sections. It is persistent to the posterior end. The oya, which are numerous, are massed between the ovary and the seminal vesicle, 2.06 by 0.03 mm., in the two principal diameters. Very little can be made out of the section of the crumpled anterior part more than the presence of at least one sucker. 5. Gasterostomum gorgon sp. nov. [Figs. 240-242. ] Sketches and description based on specimens which had been killed in formalin. Small, rather plamp and somewhat fusiform worms, differing from other species of this genus mentioned in these notes by having a cylindrical neck and the anterior sucker surrounded by a crown of about eighteen tentacles. In most cases the anterior end was inverted, when the worms have the general appearance of such gasterostoma as those found in the gar and other fish. The appendages are not hooks, although somewhat rigid, and they doubtless function as a kind of grappling organ to enable the worm to maintain a lodgment in its host. There is a dense covering of minute spines on the body. These spines are very short, flat, and rounded when seen on the flat surface, although appearing slender when seen in profile. The following points in the anatomy were made out: The characteristic cirrus pouch of the genus lay at the posterior end, and equaled nearly one-third the length of the body; the small, globular ovary was situated at its anterior end. The two testes lay on the dorsal side of the anterior third of the cirrus pouch, diagonal and close together. The intestine was ellipsoidal, elongate in a ventro- lateral view and immediately in front of the ovary. The globular vitellaria are dorsal and anterior to the intestine. The number was not definitely made out. Twenty-five were counted in lateral view. The position assumed by the worms in formalin is arcuate, as shown in the sketches. In the inverted specimens the anterior end is more or less truncate in outline. The oya, which oceupy the greater part of the interior of the body, are yellow and conical. Dimensions of one in formalin: Length 1.65 mm; diameter of body 0.36 mm.; of neck 0.21 mm.; of circle of tentacles 0.36 mm.; ova 0.022 by 0.014 mm. 6. Gasterostomumn sp. Few. These are very small and are a different species from No. 5. The anterior sucker is rela- tively smaller, and there are no tentacular processes; ova elliptical. COPEPOD PARASITES. 7. Copepod parasites. Two; from gills. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 365 Caranx hippos, Crevallé. Number of fish examined. Food notes, Date. SL 4 [oe nee Small crustacea. No entozoa found, August 15... Several otoliths of fish found in alimentary canal. August 17 Nothing found in alimentary canals that could be identi- | fied exeept a few otoliths of fish. 1902, Pee AUP UBD Lb acoso Li(small) i222. 2 oc2. 22 Food not noted. | NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes ( Ascaris sp. ). 1901.—Aug. 15, 2. This is the type characterized in these notes as having a short diverticulum of the intestine and transversely corrugated post-anal region. Aug. 17, few. CESTODES. 2. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus, Linton. 1901.—Aug. 15, from cyst in stomach wall. The hooks on the proboscis were rather smaller than the dimensions which I have given for this species. In other particulars the agreement is perfect. TREMATODES. 3. Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi. 1902.—Aug. 11, 2; small; no ova; in poor condition. 4. Distomum tenue Linton. 1901.—Aug. 17,1. This agrees closely with the variety fenuissime. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 6.3; diameter 0.56, of oral sucker 0.22, of pharynx 0.12, of ventral sucker 0.26; ovum 0.068 and 0.043 in the two principal diameters. The arrangement and proportions of the genitalia are in close agreement with this species. The ova, however, are considerably smaller. A few flat, rounded scales remained about the middle of the length on the dorsal side; pharynx remote from the oral sucker; esophagus short, specimen not in good condition. 5. Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton. 1901.—Aug. 17, 3; in poor condition, referred with some doubt to this species. Length about 2 mm.; ovum, length 0.020, breadth 0.013; another 0.024 and 0.017 in the two principal diameters. 6. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. [Figs. 230-232. ] 1901.—Aug. 15, 1; small, immature, fusiform, flask-shaped when compressed. Dimensions under pressure, in millimeters: Length 1.17; diameter, anterior 0.21, middle 0.54, posterior 0.11; pharynx, length 0.11, breadth 0.08. Body covered with very minute, squarish spines. 1902.—Aug. 11, 1. See under Menidia menidia and Tylosurus marinus, ete. Selene vomer, Moon-fish. ] : =} | | 1 Number of fish E ; Date. Bxaniinodl! Food notes. herr ia | a - aa a : a 1902. | | ily Sls. 5+ o.t odes eid (00081) hei eae Shrimp and other small crustacea. | August 18........ W(small) 2. soss- soos: Shrimp, gastropods, lamellibfanchs, sand; no entozoa. 366 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. ; CESTODES. 1. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. July 31; 1 scolex from eyst in stomach wall. Trachinotus carolinus, Pompano. ’ 1} Number of fish Date. eanined! Food notes. = — a et 2 = | 1901. : August 28.......- Wee sss Sie ee teense ctie Alimentary canal nearly empty, the scanty contents al- | most completely digested. There were recognized only | a few bits of wood and the spine of a sea-urchin ( Toxo- ~ | | pneustes). : | August 30......-- | B-------- 222s eee eee A large number of broken lamellibranch shells. | 7 (12 to 20 mm.) -.---- Diatoms and vegetable débris. 175mm). 5-22= Fragments of small crustacea. .-| 1 (50 mm.) Solenomya. --| 1 (small) - ..| Fragments of small crustacea; no entozoa. See eee | 8 (small) .............. Large number of broken lamellibranch shells, some cope- pods and small crustacea. Ul yis lee ces ase r2a(smaell ieee ee ee Fish. | August 15.-...... 12 (ST) eee eee Small amphipods and lamellibranchs. | PROTOZOA, 1. Myxobolis (Henneguya) sp. (Fig. 55.] 1901.—Aug. 30, cysts, 1 mm. and less in diameter, on mucous membrane of stomach and intestine. Color of cysts dead white. Spores: Length (not including caudal spine) 0.014 mm., breadth 0.007 mim.; length of caudal spine about equal to that of the spore proper. These Sporozoa agree with those found in the drum (Sciznops ocellatus) and sheepshead (Archo- sargus probatocephalus). NEMATODES. 2. Immature nematodes ( Ascari. 1901.—Aug. 28, few; type with slender diverticulum from basal bulb of cesophagus and short anterior diverticulum of intestine. Aug. 30, numerous, from alimentary canal; cesophagus long and slender; diverticula as in those of preceding date. 1902.—Aug. 15, several. CESTODES. 3. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1902.—July 19 and 21, Aug. 15, few, small. 4. Rhynchobothrium sp. 1902.— Aug. 15, commonly recurring form—small larva with relatively large hooks from small oval cysts on viscera. TREMATODES. 5. Distomum monticellii Linton. 1902.—Aug. 15, few; small, immature, with orange-colored spherical bodies in the excretory vessels. 6. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1902.—July 19, 1, small, immature. July 23, 1, distended and rigid when first seen. It had lain in sea water about twelve hours. 7. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 1902.—Aug. 15, few, in globular cysts. 8. Distomum pectinatum sp. noy. See No. 15, under Bairdiella chrysura. July 19, 4. July 31, 3, small. On July 18 clusters of distome eggs were found in the intestine of this host, about 100 ova in all, each 0.025 by 0.014. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 367 9. Distomum sp. [Fig. 204.] 1901.—Aug. 28, 1. This is a very remarkable form, if the specimen is entire. Following are my notes made at the time of collecting: 4 Ventral sucker near posterior end, as if the neck and body in a form like the appendiculate dis- tome D. tornatum had been interchanged. Surface slightly nodular, length 5.5 mm.; distance of center of ventral sucker from anterior end + mm., from posterior end 1.5 mm. Other dimensions, life, in millimeters: Breadth at middle of neck 0.88, behind ventral sucker 0.61; oral sucker, length 0.4, breadth 0.5; pharynx, length 0.21, breadth 0.21; ventral sucker, length and breadth each 1. Posterior end tapering and truncate. Specimen too opaque to show anatomy. It looked as if it had been broken behind the ventral sucker, but when examined with the aid of the microscope there was no indication of any break. Subsequent examination of longitudinal sections revealed the following anatomical features: The pharynx is adjacent to the posterior edge of the oral sucker. There is no csophagus. The intestinal rami extend to the posterior end of the body. The ovary is lobed and lies at the extreme posterior end of the body, where it is immediately preceded by the testes, which are two in number, median, and close together. The uterus is voluminous and lies for the most of its length in front of the ventral sucker. The genital aperture is about median and close behind the pharynx. The cirrus is surrounded by a rather large prostate and the vas deferens lies in many folds posterior to it, but not inclosed in the cirrus pouch. The vitellaria appear as clustered granules, mainly peripheral from the testes to near the anterior end. Oya numerous, with thin shells 0.027 by 0.014 mm. in the two principal diameters. 10. Monostomum sp. (Figs. 226-229. ] 1901.—Aug. 28, numerous small ovoid or elongated forms. Most of these worms were elongated anteriorly, very delicate and fragile. When highly magnified the body is seen to be crossed by exceedingly minute transverse lines, becoming a little coarser toward the posterior, where the outline is finely serrate. . Posterior half of the body filled with eggs. Dimensions of living uncontracted specimen, in millimeters: Length, 1.5; greatest breadth, 0.45; diameter of oral sucker, 0.075; of pharynx, 0.034; ova, 0.028 and 0.017 in the two principal diameters. Each oyum bears a filament of about the same length as the body of the ovum. A contracted specimen measuring 0.87 mm. in length yielded about the same measurements of other parts as the uncontracted specimen—i. e., oral sucker, 0.09; pharynx, length, 0.048; breadth, 0.034. The difference in length is made mainly by the contraction or elongation of the neck. 1901.—Aug. 30, 1. 1l. Aspidogaster ringens sp. noy. (See No. 24, under Micropogon undulatus.) [Figs. 243-249. ] 1901.—Aug. 28, many. There is a considerable variety of coloration in these worms. Some are orange, darker on back, pinkish below, pale posteriorly. Ventral sucker with pale border and pink center in some; in others pale throughout; in others orange. General color effect reddish-brown. The ventral sucker is thick and fleshy and has many loculi. The head appeared to be expanded into four short leaf-like lobes. Dimensions of a specimen lying in sea water, somewhat contracted: Length, 2 mm.; breadth, 0.8 mm.; thickness, 0.7 mm. The favorite attitude seems to be with the back convex and the ventral surface concave. Some are doubled on themselves ventrally. None were seen in active motion. 1901.—Aug. 30,19. A mounted specimen from this lot has two lobes on the ventral border of the mouth and three on the dorsal, as shown in figures of specimens from the croaker. 368 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Pomatomus saltatrix, Blue-fish. Number of fish Date. Food notes. examined. = 1901, | RAL O be cterere tetera 4 | Young fish in alimentary canals. July 10. 6 Fragments of small fish. July 18 Alimentary canal empty. Tuly | Fragments of fish. July | Alimentary canal empty. July 30 Fish. August 3 Do. August 24. ¥ood completely digested. Pin-fish and shrimp. August 28. Fish and shrimp. WHEE ewe eo August 30.......-. Shrimp. August 3l.......- Fish and shrimp. 1902. j iit Gt Coe eee di (GO sem) eerste steenin Numerousexceedingly minute spinesin chyle; noentozoa. 6 (small) - Fish. Fish; no entozoa. Fish, amphipods and other small crustacea. 8 (small) - 2 (small) - +l eotne dors. Fish, small gastropod shells; no entozoa. 6 (small) - Fish and small annelids. . July -! 1 (small) - Not recorded. July 29 --| 2 (small) - Fish. July 31.. 1 (small) - Fish, shrimp. August 4.. 2 (small) - Fish. August 8.. 5 (small) - Fish, shrimp, spines of annelids. August 11. 1 (small) . Fish, shrimp. GU eee donees 3 (small) - Fish, shrimp, bryozoa. 1 (small) - .| Fragments of small crustacea. 4i (Small) eae eee eco Fish. August 12. August 16. August 20. --| August 22.......- Shrimp. All the blue-fish examined at Beaufort were small, but few of them reaching a length of more than 8 inches. ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. 1901.—Aug. 28, 1 female. NEMATODES. 2. Immature nematodes (Ascaris sp.). [Fig. 34.] 1901.—Aug. 31, numerous, clustered cysts on viscera. Type with long diverticulum of cesophagus and short diverticulum of intestine—the most common form. Larger specimens with dark-brown intestine. Some of the cysts filled with brown, waxy secretion. 1902.—Aug. 11, cyst on viscera filled with fine granular material in which the very small worms were embedded. 3. Immature nematodes (Ascaris sp. ). 1901.—Aug. 27, 28, several on each date. This form differs from No, 2 in haying no diverticulum of the wsophagus, and the postanal region corrugated. Same form noted on other occasions in other hosts, but not of such frequent occurrence as the preceding. Same type as shown in fig. 31. 4. Ichthyonema globiceps Rudolphi. 1902.—July 25, fragments; neither extremity was seen; intestine dark-brown. July 28, many fragments. Aug. 4, several fragments; filled with the characteristic young, anterior end blunt, posterior attenuated, length about 0.5 mm.; diameter 0.01 mm. These fragments were in poor con- dition. They were from the alimentary canal where they had evidently been affected by the digestive juices of the fish. Aug. 8, 2 females, 212 and 20 mm., respectively. Longer specimen with fully developed young in the uterus which occupied the greater part of the body. The smaller specimen with eggs in the uterus. These worms came from the stomach, color reddish, intestine, as in all, dark-brown. Aug. 11, fragments. Aug. 22, numerous fragments. The broken condition was doubt- less due to the fact that the intestines of the fish had been cut into small pieces to allow any small distomes that might be in them to creep out into the water. Aug. 26, fragments, one blood-red. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 369 y, CESTODES. 5. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1901.—July 28, few; very small, in alimentary canal. July 29; few, small; no red pigment observed; rudiment of costa on each bothrium; a strong, terminal, muscular sucker about equaling a bothrium in size. 1902.—July 17, 25, few. July 31; many, small. Aug. 4,20; few, small. 6. Larval Dibothrium (?). 1901.—July 30, 2 flask-shaped larvee from serous covering of viscera. The anterior end of one of them was everted with the aid of needle points. when it was seen to possess two structures which appeared to be the rudiments of bothria; length about 2 mm. 7. Cestode larva. I here record a peculiar blastocyst collected on July 18, 1901, from the outside of the viscera; length 12 mm., breadth 2 mm., the dimensions, however, varying with states of contraction. [Fig. 81.] The minute, spine-like bristles, characteristic of cestode laryze and blastocysts, suggested by their shape the gland hairs of certain plants, being slightly knobbed at the ends. This feature was observed only at the anterior end of the specimen. 8. Rhynchobothrium speciosum Linton. 1901.—July 9, 1, encysted on viscera. Aug. 28; a specimen with rather long and slender neck, which was referred at the time of collecting to this species, but with some doubt. 9. Rhynchobothrium sp. Hooks suggest R. plicatum sp. nov. 1901.—Aug. 30, few, from oval cysts on viscera. Aug. 31; 1. 1902.—July 22, few. July 31; 1 Type with long neck and small but not minute hooks. 10. Olobothrium crenacolle Linton. : 1901.—July 30, encysted in stomach wall. Aug. 28; numerous, encysted in stomach wall. Ll. Vetrarhynchus bisuleatus Linton. 1901.—July 10, 30; Aug. 31; cysts in stomach wall; few on each occasion. 12. Synbothrium filicolle Linton. 1901.—Aug. 30, 1. 1902.—Aug. 22, 1, from cysts on viscera. 13. Synbothrium sp. See introduction, and No. 10 under Cynoscion regalis. 1901.—Aug. 28, 3. 1902.—Aug. 20, 1, from cysts on viscera. TREMATODES. 14. Distomum monticellii Linton (?). Appendiculate distomes which were found in this host on the following dates were thought at the time of collecting to represent three different species. 1901.—Aug. 24,1. Apparently identical with No. 9 under Lagodon rhomboides. Aug. 28; 6; 5 of these not in good condition. One recorded in notes made at time of collecting as a distinct species proves to be an immature appendiculate distome. Dimension of specimen in millimeters, slightly compressed, in glycerin: Length 2; maximum breadth 0.9; diameter of oral sucker 0.28; of pharynx 0.18; of ventral sucker 0.53. Intestinal rami voluminous; reproductive organs rudimentary. Aug. 31; 1. Dimensions, life, compressed, in millimeters: Length 5; breadth 1.5; diameter of oral sucker 0.34; of pharynx 0.21; of ventral sucker 0.82; no ova. 15. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1901.—July 30, 2, small. 1902.—Aug. 16, 2 16. Distomum dentatum Linton. 1901.—Aug. 31,1. The specimen was in poor condition. It appears to be an individual which has lost the oral spines. B. B. F.1904—24 370 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 17. Distomum tenue Linton. 1902.—July 17, 1, not in good condition. Aug. 8; 1, in poor condition; no spines certainly made out, but specimen looks as if it had been armed with spines. 18. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. 1902.—July 17, 1. See under Menidia, Tylosurus marinus, ete. 19. Microcotyle sp. [Figs. 147-159. ] 1902.—Aug. 8, 1, probably from gills; fragment, the posterior sucker-bearing portion missing. Figs. 147 and 148 were sketched from thisspecimen. The cirrus hooks formed an elongated cluster and are shown diagrammatically in fig. 148. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 1.85; breadth at anterior end 0.12; greatest breadth 0.42; length of cirrus hooks 0.025. The specimen was very fragile. It was broken while it was being examined, and destroyed in an attempt to mount the fragments permanently. Aug. 16; 2, from gills. Aug. 22; 1. These specimens were complete and belong to this genus. A mounted specimem has the foHowing dimensions in millimeters: Length of body proper 1.20; of posterior sucker-bearing portion 1.12; diameter through anterior suckers 0.10; greatest diameter 0.37; diameter of posterior sucker-bearing part 0.18; suckers at anterior end, length 0.051, breadth 0.039; pharynx, length 0.42, breadth 0.036; posterior suckers number about 50 pairs, each sucker 0.042 by 0.021, the longer diameter transyerse to axis of body; length of cirrus hooks about 0.015. The cluster of hooks on the cirrus is somewhat triangular, and each hook seems to be two-forked at the base. [Fig. 150.] The posterior suckers are provided with a chitinous framework, which is imperfectly shown in fig. 149. PARASITIC COPEPODS. 20. Lernanthropus sp. From gills. 1901.—July 10, 3, from gills. While I have not undertaken to identify the parasitic copepods, I here record an unusual form. The most striking feature was the possession of a pair of forked leaf-like appendages. These appendages were flexible and were frequently bent dorsally by a convulsive movement. The inner ramus of each appendage was the more active of the two and kept up a rhythmic moyement which appeared to be directly concerned with the circulation of the blood. At each such movement the blood was driven along the marginal vessel toward the body, at the same time the blood left the marginal vessel of the outer ramus. As soon as the convulsive contraction was over the appendage relaxed by its own elasticity and the blood returned to its vessels. The general color effect is dark reddish-brown. The blood is red. The appendages made out are: 1, a pair of small antennze; 2, a pair of hooked mandibles; 3, two pairs of maxillee; 4, a pair of appendages on the thorax which terminate in horseshoe-shaped suckers; 5, forked appendages at posterior end which function as gills. The tail is forked at the tip with two brown chitinous sucking-disks. Egg sacs 2, cylindrical, dark brown, protruding posteriorly, nearly equaling length of body. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1, female, with elongated pinkish egg-chains. Aug. 12; 1. Aug. 16; 2. Aug. 22; 14. Aug. 26; several, males and females. These have been turned over to Prof. C. B. Wilson. Rachycentron canadus, Cobia, ‘‘Cabio’’ (Beaufort). ws | Date. umiben ce aisle | Food notes. 1901. August 1......-.. ete ie tee es Contents of alimentary canal completely digested, only yellow and green mucus present. August 3. Fish, crabs, and shrimp. August & 8 Fish, shrimp, and crabs (spider crabs and others). August 12 | | Fish. 1902. August 8. .| 1 (150 mm.). ...---| Fisb, shrimp, and annelid ( Arenicola). Wupust Lass Seeleee ee OMe eae eeeecae Fish. All the fish examined in 1901 small, 16 to 18 inches in length. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 371 ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. [Figs. 1-7.] 1901.—Ang. 3, 3, adult, in intestine. This is the first find of the adult of this species. Immature specimens from the body cavity of many different hosts haye been found, and upon such material the species was based. When these adult specimens were first seen they were collapsed, flattened, and much crumpled, except at the posterior end, which for about 5 mm. was not transversely wrinkled, and, on account of its shape, suggested the head of a Dibothrium. Indeed, the worm at first sight might very easily be mistaken for a cestode. The resemblance is heightened by the shelf-like projections with dentigerous edges, which recur at rather regular intervals on the anterior half of the body, and of which 23 were counted in one individual, the last one, however, being rudimentary. These projections give to the worm a decidedly segmented appearance. The anterior 4 are somewhat crowded. A specimen placed in fresh water plumped up after the manner of most of the Eehinorhynchi when so treated, and afterwards transferred to killing fluid, measured 70 mm. in length. This was a female; another female measured 40 mm. and a male 23 mm. in length. 1901.—Aug. 8, 1 young and 5 adults found in the pyloric ceca. Details of the anatomy of a male are shown in figs. 1-4. NEMATODES. 2. Ascaris inquies Linton. 1901.—Aug. 3, 2, young. Aug. 8, 2 large, 6 small. Aug. 12, 3; 1 of them a male with very long spicules. - CESTODES. 3. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1902.—Aug. 14, 1, small. 4. Rhinebothrium, near R. flexile. 1901.—Aug. 3, many, in blastocysts. These were found in the alimentary canal. Tt is not at all likely that this fish is the final host. This larval Rhinebothrium is identical witb the one found in the toad-fish. 5. Cysts. 1901.—Aug. 1, a few cysts found in the stomach wall; contained white, granular material, but no entozoa. 6. Rhynchobothrium sp. This appears to be the kind referred to in this paper as small with relatively long hooks. (See introduction. ) 1902.—Aug. 8, several small scolices, with blastocysts attached. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 0.8; head, length 0.14, breadth 0.22; neck, length 0.40, breadth 0.15; length of body back of bulbs 0.38; diameter of proboscis, excluding hooks, 0.018; length of longest hooks 0.014. 7. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1902.—Aug. 8, few, from cysts in stomach wall. TREMATODES., 8. Distomum monticellii Linton. [Fig. 154. ] 1901.—Aug. 1, 3, very active, the neck especially so, being filiform when fully extended and capable of speedily shortening until the oral and ventral suckers almost touch each other; color pale red. Length, when compressed, 5 mm.; ova 0.023 by 0.017 mm. in the two principal diameters. Aug. 3, 2; length 2mm.; diameter of oral sucker 0.14 mm., pharynx 0.07 mm., ventral sucker 0.35 mm.; ova as in foregoing. 1902.—Aug. 8, 6, length 4.2 mm.; 1 smaller, 1.2 mm. 9. Distomum imparispine, sp. nov. [Figs. 189-194. ] Body elongate, of nearly uniform breadth throughout, narrowing somewhat at the neck and for a short distance behind ventral sucker. Neck and anterior part of body armed with spines, which are sagittate on the ventral side of the neck, slender and curved on the lateral margins of the neck, somewhat irregular on dorsal side of body, and disappear altogether about the posterior third. Mouth 372 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. surrounded by stout but unequal spines, which are 33 in number in the sketch (fig. 190); 34 were counted in the specimen. The number is probably variable. Ventral sucker larger than oral, its posterior border situated at about the anterior fourth of the entire length of the worm; pharynx large, long pyriform, remote from the mouth. Testes two, large, near posterior end, on median line, end to end, the posterior one the larger; cirrus-pouch long, behind ventral sucker; genital aperture not distinetly seen, but evidently on or near median line, close in front of ventral sucker. Ovary near front end of anterior testis; uterus in front of ovary, its folds mainly between ovary and cirrus-pouch; ova moderately numerous and relatively large; vitellaria diffuse, abundant posteriorly, and extending laterally to a point near base of cirrus-pouch. 1901.—Aug. 1, 3. Dimensions, life, ventral view, in millimeters: Length 9; diameter of head 0.65; of neck, narrowest part, 0.5; transverse diameter of oral sucker a little difficult to make out on account of the spines but about 0.56; breadth of ventral sucker 0.7, length of same 0.9; diameter of globular ovary 0.3; length of anterior testis 0.84; of posterior testis 1.16; breadth of each 0.56; ova 0.07 by 0.04 in the two principal diameters; length of larger oral spines 0.15. Pharynx, same specimen in glycerin, length 0.45; breadth 0.21. Number of oral spines 34. 10. Distomum sp. [Figs. 171, 172. ; 1901.—Aug. 3, 1. Dimensions, life, lateral view, in millimeters: Length 1; longitudinal diameter of oral sucker 0.08, of pharynx 0.05, of ventral sucker 0.17; ova much smaller at one end than the other, almost pointed-oval, 0.04 by 0.02 in the two principal diameters. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1. See No. 17 under Paralichthys albiguttus. 11. Distomun: pudens Linton. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1, in poor condition and crushed by accident under cover glass. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 1.3; diameter of oral sucker 0.12, of pharynx 0.10, of ventral sucker 0.11; distance of pharynx from oral sucker 0.27, from ventral sucker 0.04; neck conical. 12. Distomum dentatum Linton. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1, small, immature; length 1.2 mm. 13. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1, in eyst. Coryphena hippurus, Common Dolphin. ae Number of fish | : Date. SCaninedl Food notes. = — = = - = ~< —— —_ 1902. | Auguste 1 Ee ace Bet Once | Fish, among which a small lizard fish and silverside were recognized. This fish was sent to the laboratory by Mr. Charles S. Wallace, of Morehead City, N. C. ACANTHOCEPHALA. Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. One, immature; encapsuled on the viscera. NEMATODES. 2. Ascaris increscens Molin. One, jaws short and broad; post-anal region very short. oo . Ascaris sp. Fragments; one of them the posterior end of a male, with long conical post-anal region. Three pre-anal and four post-anal papillze were seen in side view. 4. Immature nematode (Ascaris). Type with elongated basal part of esophagus and corrugated post-anal region. 5. Ichthyonema sp. Fragments of female. Oya from one 0.036 by 0,018 mm., from another 0.032 by 0.016 mm. in the two principal diameters. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 373 CESTODES. 6. Rhynchobothrium speciosum Linton. One larva from cyst in stomach wall; another blastocyst without distinguishable larva may belong to a different species. 7. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. Very numerous, encysted in submucous coat of stomach. 8. Tetrarhynchus bicolor Bartels. Two from cyst in stomach wall. The cyst was globular and of a greenish hue. TREMATODES. 9. Distomum tornatum Rudolphi. Very numerous, for the most part in the stomach; 671 were collected. There was great variation in size, one of the smallest measuring 3 mm. and one of the largest 12 mm. in length. The fish had been dead for about thirty-six hours, during the greater part of which time it had been kept on ice. The worms were dead, but were apparently in good condition. The color was white except where the folds of the uterus lay, where the color varied from pale yellow to orange. The cirrus was seen extruded in several cases and was noted to be distinetly nodular. 10. Distomum monticellii Linton. Four; length 2.5 mm. 11. Distomum tenue Linton. Forty-two; elongated, slender, white. These are without oral spines and the bodies of most are smooth. In a few cases spines were seen on the neck—faintly on some, more plainly on others. Head and neck of many macerated. Cirrus extended in some cases, when it was seen to be relatively stout and smooth. These specimens bear a close resemblance to Distomum sp. from Enchelyopus cimbrius (see Parasites of Fishes of Woods Hole Region, fig. 330), which may be a specimen of D. tenue from which the oral spines have fallen away. Dimensions of specimen with elongated neck, in millimeters: Length 7.5; diameter, at oral sucker 0.21, at pharynx 0.51, at ventral sucker 0.6, from which point the diameter is nearly uniform to the posterior end; diameter of oral sucker 0.18, of pharynx 0.18, of ventral sucker 0.27; length of pharynx 0.2; distance of pharynx from anterior end 1.05; distance of ventral sucker from anterior end 2.25; ova 0.076 by 0.043. Another specimen with contracted neck measured 5 mm. in length; distance of pharynx from anterior end 0.3 mm.; distance of ventral sucker from anterior end 0.75 mm. The ova were undergoing segmentation. 12. Distomum sp. [Figs. 213, 214.] . Three, with extraordinarily voluminous intestines which obscure other organs. Same as No. 10 under Coryphena equisetis. Dimensions, in millimeters, slightly compressed: Length 3.35; diameter, anterior 0.11, at ventral sucker 0.33, nearly uniform to posterior end; oral sucker, length 0.10, breadth 0.08; ventral sucker, circular, 0.24 in diameter. These specimens are immature. There isno pharynx. Thecesophagusisslender. The intestinal rani begin in a convoluted mass slightly in front of the ventral sucker, and continue to the posterior end, being voluminous, and apparently irregularly constricted, so as to present the appearance of a series of translucent bodies filling the post-acetabular region of the body. The intestines are filled with structureless, seemingly colloid material. No trace of genitalia could be made out in any of these distomes. While they are immature, there should be no difficulty experienced in recognizing these peculiar forms. Coryphzena equisetis, Small Dolphin. | Date. Number of ish | Food notes. | examined. | 1902. | August 21........ (bcos shbosiestcennpbes Fish. 374 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. These dolphins were taken by the Fisheries steamer Fish Hawk about 28 miles off Cape Lookout. They agree with descriptions of this species in length of maxillary, profile of head, number of spines in dorsal and anal fins, coloration, and size. Length 20 to 24 inches. NEMATODES. 1. Filaria galeata sp. nov. [Fig. 20.] See No. 1 under Sphyrna tiburo (figs. 17-19). Numerous fragments from stomach. These worms have the appearance of having been introduced into the stomach of the dolphin along with some host in which they were adult. A number of these were mnales with only the posterior ends preserved. These fragments, while agreeing closely with the species described from the bonnet-head shark, present some differences. The posterior ends were simply curved in a helix instead of a spiral. This, however, may be accounted for by the flaccid con- dition of the specimens, due, presumably, to the digestive fluids of the dolphin. The long spicule of the male (fig. 20) was winged at the distal end so as to resemble the fluke of an anchor. The fragments of females contained ova in which young had already developed. It should be noted that the ova had lain in sea water for two days before they were examined. They varied some- what in size. The best formed ova measured 0.032 by 0.018 mm. in the two principal diameters. CESTODES. 2. Scovex potymorphus Rudolphi. Numerous, small, but with two costze developed on the bothria. 3. Blastocyst. One, with no indication of larva. It resembles the kind of which Rhynchobothrium speciosum is a type. . TREMATODES. 4. Distomum tornatum Rudolphi. Numerous, mainly from the stomach; 247 were counted. 5. Distomum monticellii Linton. A few smallish, immature specimens appear to belong to the species which I have been recording under this name. 5. Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi. Some small slender distomes agree closely with this species. ~I . Distomum nigroflavum Rudolphi. Four, 3 adult and 1 young. 8. Distomum tenue Linton. Forty-nine were counted. These agree with those from the common dolphin referred to this species. 9. Distomum dentatum Linton. Two small distomes were found which differ from No. 8 in being flattened dorso-ventrally instead of having a cylindrical shape. They resemble this species, but are devoid of oral spines. 10. Distomumsp. [See figs. 213, 214. ] Six: These are the same as No. 12 under the common dolphin. Their most conspicuous character is the very voluminous intestinal rami which obscure the other organs, if any are yet developed, but which are themselves translucent. PARASITIC COPEPODS. 11. Lernxonema sp. Numerous on dorsal fins and sides; on all, but most abundant on one of the fish; egg-chains yariously colored, green and purple; all with heads deeply buried in flesh of host. 12. Caligus sp. ; One; yellowish-brown. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 375 Centropristes striatus, Black Sea-bass. = Number of fish examined Food notes. Fish, crabs, shrimp. .| Crabs. | Fish and crustaceans. Fish. crabs (hermit crabs and others). Fish and erustacea (crabs and isopods), bryozoa ( Bugula). Fish, crabs, annelids, bryozoa, seaweed. Fish, crabs, mollusks. Fish, crabs, bivalve mollusks, annelids. Fish, crabs, shrimp, isopods. Fish, crabs, shrimp, bivalve mollusks. Crabs, sea-urchin ( Moiera atropos). Crabs. August 7. August 8... August 10.. August 12 August 13 August 15 August 16 August 22 met ls Geka case j= All the fish were rather small, many of them from 4 to 5 inches in length. In 1902, from July 7 to August 19, 45 fish, all small, were examined. The contents of the alimentary canals comprised fish, crabs, shrimp, amphipods, and other small crustacea, annelids, 1 ophiuran, and sea lettuce. NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes (Ascaris). [Fig. 33. Type with diverticula to intestine and cesophagus. 1901.—Aug. 2, rather numerous, small on viscera. Aug. 3,7, 12, 13,16, 22, and 27, few on each date. 1902.—July 8, few; July 17, 1; July 19, 3; July 21, 1; July 22, several. bulbs 3.7 mm. from anterior end of scolex. The hooks bear some resemblance to those of R. plicatum. 4. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. [Figs. 112-114.] 1901.—July 15, ineysts, very numerous in submucosa of stomach. The cysts were small; an average blastocyst measured 1.2 mm. in length and 0.7 mm, in breadth. Dimensions of larva in millimeters: Length 0.5; breadth of bothrium 0.16; diameter of neck 0.11; length of contractile bulbs 0.072, breadth 0.034; length of proboscis 0.45; diameter exclusive of hooks 0.017. July 22; large numbers of small oval cysts in stomach wall. A few of these were opened and the blastocysts liberated. They contained larvze which were immature, but under pressure the characteristic pits on the borders of the bothria and the position of the contractile bulbs could be made out. Aug. 28; small cysts, numerous, in stomach wall. 5. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1901.—Aug. 28, scolices encysted in stomach wall; associated with No. 4. TEMATODES. 6. Distomum monticellii (?) Linton. 1901.—July 29, 1, an appendiculate distome from the intestine; dall yellowish-white, finely and transversely wrinkled when contracted. Length very variable while living. When the length was 3.6 mm. the breadth was 1.8 mm.; alcoholic specimen, length 2.63 mm., breadth 0.87 mm. Dimensions, in millimeters in life, specimen compressed: Oral sucker, length 0.31, breadth 0.38; pharynx, length 0.22, breadth 0.18; ventral sucker, diameter 0.83. The larger anterior end of pharynx included in oral sucker; intestinal rami long. This specimen was stained and sectioned, but the reproductive organs remained indistinct. Aug. 28; 1, probably same species, immature. So far as can be made out this specimen agrees with D. monticellii. It agrees very closely with No. 15, under Micropagon undulatus. 7. Distomum tenue Linton. 1901.—Aug. 21, 1, agreeing with this species, or more nearly with the variety tenuissime. This specimen was in a macerated condition when studied, and there were no spines on the body or around the mouth. The following notes were made on the specimen after it had been in weak formalin over night. Dimensions in millimeters: Length 3.5; breadth 0.45; oral sucker, length 0.13, breadth 0.15; pharynx, length 0.19, breadth 0.12; ventral sucker, length 0.24, breadth 0.22, three ova prevent, length of each 0.092, shorter diameters 0.044, 0.048, and 0.051, respectively. Testes long oval, follow- ing each other closely on the median line, near the posterior end, the anterior one closely preceded by the ovary. Vitellaria rather sparse, but distributed as in D. tenue, viz., peripheral in posterior region. Pharynx near yentral sucker, distance from ventral sucker 0.2, from oral sucker 0.7. Aug. 28; 1. This specimen has the general arrangement of its anatomy like this species, but with the habit of body rather more like D. dentatum, and with oral spines missing. Dimensions, life, in milli- meters: Length 2.8; breadth 0.46; transverse diameter of oral sucker 0.17, of pharynx 0.1, of ventral sucker 0.19, no ova; pharynx remote from mouth; cirrus pouch behind ¥entral sucker. 8. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 1902.—Aug. 11, few; in cysts with greenish-yellow waxy secretions on viscera. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 387 Bairdiella chrysura, Silver Perch, Yellow-tail. Number of fish i Food notes. examined, te 1901. | August 10......-.. Wuseaee soe .. Small crustaceans and annelids. August 12. 16 (small Fish, shrimp, amphipods, and annelids. 9 August 13 Great abundance of teeth and spines of annelids, and a | few amphipods. August 15 | Fish, crabs, shrimp. August 16. - Shrimp. | August 21. Annelids. | 5 (small, 85 mm.) ....- Food material completely digested except a minute frag- | ment of a shrimp and the zoaea of a crab, 4 (50 mm. or less) ..... Small] crustacea. 26 (small) Shrimp, shell of Solenomya; sand in intestine. 6 (small) Spines of annelids. Sal seeae do... Shrimp and other small crustacea ( Caprella, etc.). - Shrimp. . Shrimp and small gasteropod (Olivia). Shrimp. Do. Contents of alimentary canal completely digested. August 5. August 8. Shrimp and annelids. August 11 Crabs, shrimp, and small lamellibranchs. August 12 .| Crabs, shrimp. August 18 .| Small crustacea. August 19 é . Food not noted. August 2 acl | Diecosedcboscocstesosne Do. ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. 1902.—July 16, 2. July 19, 2. July 25,1. Aug. 12, 1. NEMATODES. 2. Immature nematodes ( Ascaris). 1901.—Aug. 10, few, from body cavity; small; type found in many hosts, i. e., with slender posterior diverticulum on cesophagus and short anterior diverticulum of intestine. Aug. 12, few. Aug. 13, few. These are probably the same as the foregoing, although only the diverticulum of the cesophagus could be made out. Posterior end of these worms acuminate. Aug. 15, few; diverticula easily made out, that from the csophagus long and slender. 1902.—July 16, several, encysted on viscera. July 17; several, from clusters of yellowish cysts on mesentery. July 21; 2, encysted on viscera. Aug. 8, 11, 18, few, and very small on each date. 3. Immature nematodes ( Ascaris). Type with elongated basal part of cesophagus and corrugated post-anal region. 1902.—Aug. 11, few, associated with No. 2. CESTODES, 4. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1901.—Aug. 12, few, small. 1902.—July 14, these were very small and had been overlooked when the viscera were examined with the aid of the hand lens. | 1901. | ; : I> abu eee. Sees (Smet) saeeesests a= Small amphipods, fragments of other small crustacea, sea weed; no entozoa, 1902. July 7 | 11 (smallj ............| Shrimp, annelids. Tuly'8io2. 5552255 Oi(smBll) eso. .cess-e- Hermit crabs, amphipods, small lamellibranchs, sea weed. Qulysl4e 2s sacs. PS CSM BD ete aie Small piece of intestine examined with compound mi- croscope and found to be packed with a bryozoan (Bugula). MULL Vall 6 Sareea re res 2) (Small) S22 ecen == Large quantities of Bugula sp.and amphipods, also cope- pods, a few fragments of lamellibranch shells, a few egy cases of a gasteropod, and a little sand. OIG SE ees LiGt(smialll))scca-= see ase Bugula, gastropod eggs, small lamellibranch, Crepidula and three other small gastropods. Uhh ie Saesemeee Mainly Bugula. UL tea _ -| Small lamellibranchs and amphipods. GUL W238 e0 2 ae ask i (Small escens sec heee Small crustacea, several species of lamellibranchs, and bryozoa; no entozoa,. } 1 (small) Food not noted. 3 (small) -. Do. wr dota Amphipods and small gastropods ( Olivia, ete.). ---| 1 (small) .| Amphipods, small lamellibranchs, and bryozoa. AUPUSU 2082s. cce|aec oe (CC Scemneceneromrics Amphipods, small sea urchins, sand; no entozoa. ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. 1902.—July 25, 1, male. CESTODES. 2. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1902.—July 8, few. July 14, numerous, forms with one costa on bothria. July 18, few. July 19, several. July 21, 23, few, forms with two coste. July 25, few, minute. July 26, few, forms with two costee. Aug. 11; 1. 3. Cysts. : 1902.—July 7, small cysts on viscera; no laryee found. TREMATODES. 4. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1902.—July 8, 1. 5. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 1902.—July 16, 1, in capsule on viscera. Dimensions, life, compressed, in millimeters: Diameter of capsule 1.05; length of distome 0.85; diameter, anterior 0.21, posterior 0.45 (nearly uniform from ventral sucker back); diameter of oral sucker 0.18, of ventral sucker 0.19. Thirty-four oral spines, double row dorsal and ventral, single row lateral. This arrangement of hooks is like that of Distomum imparispine from Rachycentron canadus. July 18, 1. 6. Cercarie. 1902.—July 8, 3 redia-like bodies from body cavity; shape reniform with a few oil globules in the hilus; several individual aggregations of cells which are probably young Cercarix. Dimensions in milli- meters: Redia, length 1.05; breadth 0.45; cercaria from 0.07 to 0.15 in length. Alutera scheepfii, Mile-fish. Date. Wumber of fish < Food notes. examined. 1901. July 1632s. Bei (Rt) coh es Ey esi Alimentary canal throughout its length crowded with bryozoa. August 8........- Wi(small))-=st2---52-5- | Shrimp, amphipod, and sea lettuce. No entozoa were found save one small cyst with nothing in it that could be identified. B. B. F.1904—26 402 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Spheroides maculatus, Puffer. | Number of fish Date. examined. | Food notes. | | } | 1901. | JULY BLIs 2 See ws | SEI eee ee eee | A great variety of mollusk shells, broken, both bivalves | | (Pecten, Anomia, Solenomya, Venus) and univalves. | | Also barnacles ( Balanus); bits of worm tubes made of | sand and pieces of shell; fragments of tests of sea urchin (Moira atropos) and small spines of same; sponge. | August1......... 45 (sm a) eee eee | Food practically the same as in foregoing. Fragments of tests and loose spines of the Moira sea urchin, Moira, especially abundant. 1902. JULYiecee tases Jeli (QO imma) Seacrest Arbacia. Aupust iii Ses USSR Bo ce seooesonotc Crab, shrimp, Larnacle (Balanus), annelids, sea urchin (Moira), watermelon seed. August 15 Operculum of gastropod, sea urchin (Movra). August 20 -| Crab, shrimp, amphipod, annelid, bryozoa, seaweed. August 23 Ascidian, oyster and other lamellibranchs, Arbacia. NEMATODES. 1. Ascaris, immature. Type with diverticula on cesophagus and intestine. 1902.—July 7, 2, the larger 12 mm. in length, with characteristic jaws of Ascaris; post-anal region of smaller specimen rather more slender than the other; diverticulum of cesophagus with a series of punctate dots along its axis. Aug. 11, few. In this lot the jaws were sufficiently developed to show apparent identity of the species with A. habena. The diverticula of cesophagus and intestine also agree with that species. CESTODES. 2. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1902.—Aug. 11, 1 scolex from viscera. TREMATODES. 3. Distomum vibex Linton. [Fig. 188. ] 1901.—July 31,1. Aug. 1,1; color blood red. The flattened specimen measured 6 mm. in length and 3 mm. in greatest breadth. A reexamination of sections of specimens of this species showed the presence of diverticula of the intestines prolonged anteriorly parallel to the pharynx, as shown in sketch of this specimen. 1902.—Aug. 11, 2 large, 14 small; reddish-brown, diverticula of intestines noted in flattened speci- men. Aug. 15, 1. 4. Distomum sp. [Fig. 165.] This distome is the same as that described in my Trematode Parasites of Fish, Proceedings U. 8. National Museum, vol. xx, pp. 5387-538, pl. im, figs. 1, 2. Same as No. 4 under Siphostoma fuscum, and No. 13 under Cynoscion regalis. Squarish-oblong, thick, white. Dimensions in millimeters of living specimen, slightly compressed: Length 1.27; breadth through anterior sucker 0.3, through ventral sucker 0.4, maximum breadth 0.61, near posterior end 0.45; transverse diameter of oral sucker 0.16, of pharynx 0.13, of ventral sucker 0.16; ova 0.07 by 0.05. 1902.— Aug. 15, 3. Aug. 20,12. Aug. 23, 8. 5. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. 1901.—Ang. 1, 1. This is identical with the species from the gar (Tylosurus marinus) collected on the same date. It is of course possible that this specimen came from that lot. Since, however, great care has been exercised to prevent the mingling of material from specifically different hosts, I do not think it is likely to haye chanced on this occasion. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 403 Chilomycterus schepfi, Rabbit Fish. Number of fish BENG examined. Food notes. 1902. July 5.-----------| 1 (125 mm.)-.-..----.- Prinepally small mollusk shells, both gasteropods and lamellibranchs, among which a small Crepidula was abundant; shells more or less broken, Jully;852s0-0-2--=- ie LP eas Dos ee Large numbers of broken lamellibranch shells and smajt gastropods. The latter, for the most part, harbored hermit crabs. AW Ee esoecsaes Same as above. Same as above; small oyster shells, young Cardium, Tlyanassa, and claw of crab noted. August 16-. s ...| Fish, erab, lamellibranchs, and gastropods and seaweed. August 26........ Gastropods and lamellibranchs, several species; also bryozoa and an isopod. NEMATODES. 1. Ascaris neglecta Leidy. 1902.—July 8, 1, female. Body wall of living worm transparent, faintly yellow by transmitted light, vascular; intestine broad, yellowish; ovary darker; intestine and esophagus each with a slender diverticulum. Aug. 16, 2. TREMATODES. 2. Distomum sp. [Fig. 208.] 1902.—July 5, 2, small, white, subspherical; immature. Intestines voluminous, the bifurcation ventral to posterior half of pharynx, contents of intestine granular. Whole body appears to be filled with granular material when moderately compressed. Dimensions, life, moderately compressed, in millimeters: Length 1.06, breadth 0.82; diameter of oral sucker 0.15, ventral sucker 0.17; pharynx, length 0.105, breadth 0.120; orifice of oral sucker, length 0.06, breadth 0.09; ventral sucker, length 0.06, breadth 0.06. Both suckers circular. 1902.—July 22, 1; apparently adult of this species. Dimensions of living specimen in millimeters: Length 2.25, breadth 1.5; diameter, of oral sucker 0.33, of pharynx 0.16, of ventral sucker 0.38; ova 0.072 by 0.043. Aug. 16; 1. This was at first taken to be a Monostomum, the ventral sucker for some reason being difficult to make out. The diminsions agree with those of the one found on July 22. Aug. 26; 3. The body of these specimens is squarish, truncate in front, the oral sucker being sometimes retracted. Testes two, rather large, subspherical near posterior, and in all but-one so close together as to appear to be but one. Vitellaria abundant, posterior, lateral and peripheral to cesopha- gus; ovary in front of testes, dorsal. Unfortunately the anatomy of these worms is not distinctly shown in the preserved specimens. In one the genital aperture appeared to be a little in front of the ventral sucker to the left of the median line, but was not made out with absolute certainty. In another the cirrus appeared to make a sharp turn dorso-caudad then mediad to open in the ventral sucker as in Monostomum. Two specimens were cut into serial sections, one transverse, the other sagittal, but the material having been in poor condition when first collected, even with this aid the anatomy was poorly shown. In all the specimens the ventral sucker is less distinct than the oral, and the pharynx in all is very distinct. COPEPODS. 3. Chondracanthus sp. These interesting forms, along with other parasitic copepods collected at Beaufort, have been referred to Prof. C. B. Wilson. These were found on the gills, fins, ventral surface of body, and under the eyes of their hosts. At the points of attachment the skin was white and opaque, the patches looking somewhat like sporozoa cysts. Length 5.5mm; length of egg-chains 3 mm. Some of the ova contained nauplii. 1902.—July 5, 37. July 22, 23. Aug. 13, numerous. Aug. 16, 1. i) 404 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Prionotus scitulus, Sea Robin. Number of fish E Date. examined: | Food notes. 1901. x August iss. -2-. = bi(smmalll) Boece etee ae Numerous small mollusks (Bulla, Solenomya, ete.) and crustacea (ostracoids, copepods, cumacea, etc.). August 16....--.. fei Groth bl) eee eo Scone | Shrimp, small univalve mollusks (young Olivia). 1902. | AULUSH Tes. cncees reaps Babanceesoseeeres Crabs, shrimp, small gastropods. AIS NSH bos eceeee | Gene see ecyaeaineerecter | Fish, crabs, shrimp, small gastropods. | NEMATODES. 1. Immature nematodes (Ascaris sp.) . 1901.—Aug. 1, few, on viscera; type with diverticula on both cesophagus and intestine. CESTODES. 2. Rhynchotothrium sp. Type with oval cysts, short larva, and relatively long hooks. Aug. 1, 1902; 1. 3. Telrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. - 1901.—Aug. 1 and 16, few, encysted in stomach wall. 1902.—Aug. 15, cysts in stomach wall. TREMATODES. 4. Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi. 1902.—Aug. 15, 1. 5. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1902.—Aug. 15, 1, not in good condition. 6. Distomum sp. [Fig. 157.] 1902.—Aug. 1, 1, not in good condition. Dimensions, in millimeters: Length 1.65; diameter of oral sucker 0.09, of pharynx 0.05, of ventral sucker 0.2; ova 0.032 by 0.016. Prionotus tribulus, Sea Robin. Number of fish - Date examined. Food notes. 1901. ANWR ee sesnogaas Oo ee rare secaatateiainere elena Fish and crabs. July 18. Roe | SS Seen neon Fiddler crabs. July 31... -| 2(small)- ..-| Otoliths of small fish, crabs, shrimp. August -| 4(small)- .--, Crabs and shrimp. August 16.......- \6,(Srnall) Peeeer mee cece Fish and crabs. Mees as ecoonassoonodas Crustacea; no entozoa. | 5 (150 mm.)... ...| Crabs, shrimp. Ese reenteMeercecsscnne Lamellibranchs, young Limulus, small ecrustacea; no entozoa. [Seen see eee | Crabs, shrimp. August Shrimp, amphipods, copepods, ete., annelids. August 13. Shrimp. 5 August 18. .| Shrimp, lamellibranchs. INDISUR(R eos Sood | score posscdscecensnose | Shrimp, sea urchin. ~ ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. 1901.—July 31 and Aug. 16, 1 on former date and 2 on the latter, on serous coat of viscera inclosed in thin membranous cyst. NEMATODES. 2. Immature nematodes. 1901.—Aug. 1, few, not in good condition. 1902.—Aug. 13, few, type with diverticula on cesophagus and intestine. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 405 CESTODES. 3. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1902.—Aug. 20, few, small. 4. Rhynchobothrium sp. 1901.—July 8 and 18, numerous, encysted in stomach wall. They agree with the form figured in Larval Cestodes of Fishes, Proceedings of U. 8. National Museum, vol. x1x, pl. uxt, figs. 5-5. 1902.—July 11, few, type with small oval cysts on viscera, short larva, and relatively long hooks. 5. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1901.—July 31, Aug. 16, few, encysted in stomach wall. 1902.—July 11, few. Aug. 12, 3. TREMATODES. 6. Distomwm eppendiculatum Rudolphi. 1901.—Aug. 1, 2, cylindrical, with fine, regular, transverse wrinkles, under high magnification resembling annulations; position and general character of testes, ovary, and vitellaria agree with this species. Dimensions, in millimeters, life: Length, not including appendix, 0.88; diameter of oral sucker 0.069; pharynx, length 0.045, breadth 0.034; ventral sucker, length 0.12, breadth 0.13; diameter, anterior 0.12, middle 0.49; ova 0.028 by 0.014. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1. [Fig. 153.] Annulate, with sharply serrate outlines in life. Testes 2, close behind yentral sucker, diagonally placed. Seminal receptacle between testes and ventral sucker. prostate, elongated, and conspicuous. Ovary behind testes a distance equal to its own diameter; Vitellaria 2, close to posterior edge of ovary, not lobed; uterus voluminous. Length, in millimeters, 1.12; maximum diameter 0.3; diameter of oral sucker 0.06, of pharynx 0.03, of ventral sucker 0.15; ova 0.025 by 0.014. Aug. 20, 4, small. 7. Distomum monticellii Linton. 1901.—Aug. 16, 1. Dimensions, in millimeters, life, compressed: Length 3.29, breadth 0.61; diameter of oral sucker 0.17, of ventral sucker 0.38, of pharnyx 0.08; ovum 24 by 14 microns. 8. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1901.—July 8, 31, 1 on each date. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1. This specimen was remarkable for the elongation of the ventral sucker on a pedicel; the fimbriated border around the ventral sucker was also unusually prominent. The speci- men had no ova and appeared to be immature. Aug. 18,2. These were of very different appearance, the one from the other. One was oval and looked at first like D. pyriforme. The other at first had somewhat the habit of body of D. appendiculatum. This diversity of form is not unusual in this species. Specimens in the same lot are often found which bear but little resemblance to each other, but which, after flattening under a cover glass in the presence of gentle heat, expand into identical forms. COPEPOD PARASITES. 9. Lernanthropus sp. From gills. 1902.—Aug. 18, 2, females with long egg chains. 406 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Opsanus tau, Toad-fish. Number of fish examined Food notes. Fragments of crustacea. Fish and shells of gastropods (Jlyanassa, Urosalpynx, Achirus (?), Truttia, ete.). WUliy. 18 ieaiain ateiters ERR Br enR ESS abOs .| Small crabs. July 24. -| 1 (small) - Crabs. July 26... See) el eeeaaes .| Crabs and other crustacea. AU USt 2oesoo es OR ae ese eae nee (1) Ilyanassa (several), Pecten, sea anemone, small crab, piece of bark,and large pebble. (2) Pieces of test and spines of Arbacia (a large quantity). These fish were taken near the wharf at the laboratory. No entozoa were found in the alimentary canal of the second. It would appear that the diet of sea urchins had in this case acted as an anthelmintic. DOs. i.csteoe CERO epee sane aonene This lot, which was taken at the breakwater near Fort Macon, contained only crabs in the alimentary canals. August 3........- .| Crabs and gastropods (I/yanassa and Urosalpynz). August 6. Fish, crabs, and gastropods. August 5. -| Lamellibranch mollusks. August 9. | Crustacea (hermit crabs). August 1: .| Fish and erustacea. August .| Crabs, gastropods, and sea urchin (Arbacia). August 16 Fish and crabs. August 20. Ree pone Fish and mollusks. August 21........ ister icp eceeseccaconoes Stomach empty; material in intestine completely di- gested. Ao TIShi 228 eee ee Fish and crabs. August 2 Fish. Augusti27--o.s.-- | zag eeattopod and lamellibranch mollusks, small stone crabs. August 29........ 1 eetarceseessaenssese High; plamelbreneh mollusks, spider crabs, and other | crabs. AUP USt SOL. cases |Poan- seat ene ane Spider crabs and other crabs, gastropod mollusks. 1902. July 14. Hermit crabs and shrimp. ULV 6seeessesoee Crabs, gastropod shells (most of them with hermit crabs), annelids. July 19 All ce Crabs, shells, shrimp, July 2 ch Crabs, shells. July 2 Aiea .| Crabs, shells, shrimp, Pecten. July 26. lhe Se Shrimp. July 28. Bde Not noted. July 29. Sina .| Crabs, July 30. 3|) 4. Crabs (fiddler, stone, and hermit), shrimp. July 31. Alida --| Shrimp. August 4 obs 6S aa .| Shrimp, crabs, gastropods, lamellibranchs, eel grass. August 7.. -| 1 (large)... ..| Alimentary canal empty. August 8.. SESE, .-| Crabs, shrimp, sea urchin (Arbacia). August 11. he, Crabs, shrimp, gastropods. August 16. Ieee .| Stone crab, shrimp. Augustlse: es hace ..| Crabs, gastropods. August 19........ Oh ate Soe Se ADE SOpISADS Stone crabs, hermit crabs, shrimp, gastropod shells (Ulyanassa, Urosalpynx), Arbacia (spines and test), eel .| grass. August 20 9 Hermit crabs, spider crabs, etc., fish. August 21... Beers Crabs. August 22... aWales Not noted. August 23... ee Alimentary canal empty. ® August 26 2 Spider crabs. NEMATODES. 1. Ascaris habena Linton. 1901.—July 9, 2, young. July 18, 1, male, length 15 mm. July 24, 1, female; ova not mature, length 20mm. July 26, 1, female; oya 65 by 45 microns. Aug. 2, 5, all males; later on same date, 2 adults, | male and 1 female; also 2 immature nematodes. The latter had diverticula to cesophagus and intestine. Aug. 3, 6 in one, 2 in the other. Aug. 6, few, only 1 adult female in the lot; ova segmenting. Aug. 8,1. Aug. 9, few, young and adult. Aug. 2, 6. Aug. 13, 25, adult males and females, and immature. Aug. 21, 2 large and 3 small. Aug. 22, 12, all from one of the fish, adult and immature. The diverticula of an immature form with rudimentary jaws were compared with those of a young worm with the characteristic jaws of this species and found to agree. It would seem that a great many of the immature nematodes recorded from a yariety of hosts are young of this species, Aug. 23, few, smal]. Aug. 27,6. Aug. 29, 5, female. Aug. 30, 6, young, a a a a a PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 407 1902.—July 14, 1, male. July 16, 12, adult. July 19, 1, female. July 21, 2, females, large and small, stouter than usual, intestine greenish. July 26, 6. July 29, several, ova segmenting. July 30, few. July 31, few. Aug. 4, several. Aug. 7,1. Aug. 8, several. Aug. 11, 16, 18, several on each date, large and small. Aug. 19, numerous, large and small. Aug. 20, few. Aug. 21, few, small. Aug. 23, 1, female. Usually in the intestine near the pylorus, not infrequently in the stomach. 2. Immature nematodes. Probably for the most part young of Ascaris habena. 1901.—July 16, few, from alimentary canal; diverticula of intestine and cesophagus, as in many different hosts; the most usual type; agreeing in this particular with A. habena. Length 15 mm. July 26, several. Aug. 2,2. Aug. 6, few. Auz. 12, few; one of these immature worms, after lying for twenty-four hours in water, shed the cuticular investment and revealed the characteristic head of Ascaris. Aug. 20, numerous, encysted in intestinal wall. Some of the cysts were without nematodes and filled with waxy, degenerate tissue. Aug. 22, a yellowish cyst with calcareous nucleus, agreeing in general appearance with those of preceding date. [Fig. 27.] The diverticulum of the intestine was observed to extend halfway to the mouth, while the diverticulum of the cesophagus was longer than the cesophagus. [Fig. 28. ] 1902.—July 14, 2; length 8 mm. July 16, numerous. July 21, several, different sizes. Aug. 7, several, some encysted and surrounded by yellowish, granular material; several, encysted, with waxy secretion. Aug..18, several. Aug. 20, several. CESTODES. %. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. [Figs. 76-78. ] 1901.—July 9, numerous in intestine and larger than I have been accustomed to see them in this situation. Each bothrium was crossed by two distinct ribs (costs). Anteriorly there was a distinct muscular organ like a globular pharynx, which doubtless functions as a sucker. The appearance of this structure was not unlike the mouth and pharynx of a trematode. July 16, several, active; red pigment present in neck, and costee on the bothria. When disturbed some retracted the bothria until nearly inverted. The last part to disappear is the posterior edge of the bothrium. July 18, rather numerous in alimentary canal; very active; two coste on each bothrium. One was noticed which, in addition to the two costz, carried an anterior loculus on each bothrium. It is probably a young Calliobothrium. Another had the characteristic bothria of Echeneibothrium and Rhinebothrium. Its prominent muscular proboscis (myzorhynchus), if retained in the adult, would place it in the former genus. This free larva was very much smaller than the larval Rhinebothrium, which was encysted on the viscera, and abundant in this lot. (See No. 4, below.) Length of bothria, in this larva, about the same as that of its associates which have but two ribs on the bothria, instead of the numerous ribs of this one, viz., 0.2mm. Corresponding forms released from blastocysts (No. 4, below) measured about 0.7 mm. when at rest. July 26, numerous; large, two costee developed on bothria and two pigment patches in neck. Same found on three following dates: Aug. 2, few; in both lots on this date. Aug. 6, 23, several. Aug. 27, numerous; in intestine small; also in cystic duct, larger. Aug. 29, numerous, from intestine. The largest had bothria which resembled those of Calliobothrium and Acanthobothrium, but without hooks. Some of the smaller also had coste faintly outlined on the bothria. Aug. 30, few. 1902.—July 14, rather numerous in intestine, with costze on bothria but no red pigment. July 16, different stages of development, the longest with two costee. July 19, numerous. July 21, two sizes, the smaller about one-tenth the length of the larger, one curious abnormal form with three-forked posterior end, very changeable. [Fig. 78.] July 22, several. July 26, few. July 28, few. July 30 and 31, several, large and small. Aug. 4, numerous, some comparatively large. Aug. 7, numerous, small, with two coste. Aug. 11, rathernumerous. Aug. 16, few. Aug. 19, specimens with red pigment and two costee. Aug. 30, several, red pigment, two costee, one specimen noted with rudimentary hooks (Calliobothrium or Acanthobothrium). Aug. 21, large, two red pigment patches, rudimentary hooks. Aug. 22, rather numerous, small. Aug. 26, several, of good size. 4. Rhinebothrium sp. [Figs. 59-74. ] These are larval forms near R. flevile. They were found in 19 out of 20 lots of fish examined during the season of 1901. The dates on which they were found are included between July 9 and Aug. 30, 408 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. These larvee are found on the viscera generally, but especially on or near, occasionally in, the liver, and in the mesentery. Early in the season of 1901 I was struck by the large numbers of blastocysts clustered together in comparatively small compass. [Fig. 59.] The frequent recurrence of these clusters led me to examine them with some care with the hope that the reproduction of successive generations of blastocysts by some process of budding could be demonstrated. The cysts are, as a rule, comparatively thin-walled. The blastocysts are club shape, the part representing the handle of the club being usually much, often enormously, elongated. [Fig. 62.] Dimensions of one, in millimeters, life: Enlarged anterior portion 3 in length and 1 in diameter; slender posterior portion 9 in length and 0.1 in diameter. This specimen enlarged slightly into a rounded knob at the extreme posterior end, a characteristic feature of these blastocysts and possibly haying some bearing on the method of development of new blastocysts. The larva is situated in the enlarged anterior portion. When a blastocyst is subjected to slight pressure the larva may be seen through the transparent walls at the anterior end of the enlarged portion. The parenchyma of the blastocyst contains numerous calcareous bodies, which often are rather irregularly shaped. Upon continued pressure, especially if aided with needle points or similar tool, the larva-may be liberated from the blastocyst [fig. 64]. When so liberated it separates from the blastocyst. Even when separated entirely from its blastocyst its bothria often remain retracted. They may be seen in some instances protruding from the anterior end of the scolex. What is thus seen is of course the posterior edges of the bothria, since in retracting the head it is really inverted and the last part of the bothria to disappear is the posterior border. Usually the bothria may be made to appear by suitable manipulation, although I did not succeed in getting them to expand freely after they had been thus unsheathed. The bothria are leaf-like and have the characteristic loculi of the genus Rhinebothrium. The number of loculi on each bothrium was found in one favorable example to be as represented in fig. 71; that is, 27 on each side with an odd one at each end, or 56 in all. One character possessed by these larvee, which would at first glance ally them with Echeneibothrium rather than Rhinebothrium, is a terminal aperture into which the bothria may be retracted. This is a character, however, which is possessed by cestodes generally during larval stages of the scolex. Doubtless the larvie of the genera Rhinebothrium and Echeneibothrium will be found to be much alike. (See above under Scolex polymorphus. ) It is not unusual to find two or more blastocysts each with a larya inclosed in the same cyst. Attempts to demonstrate the vital connection between two blastocysts each containing a larva by means of sections have not been successful. A cyst containing two blastocysts each containing a well- developed scolex was sectioned and the sections mounted serially. The long tail-like portions appeared upon the first study of the sections to be continuous with each other, which would have amounted to a demonstration of budding. A careful reconstruction of the sections, however, showed that the two blastocysts were independent of each other. An interesting case in this connection, although demonstrating nothing, is shown in fig. 66, sketched from a cyst which was stained and mounted in balsam. The cyst is small, 1.41 mm. in length, shaped like a dumb-bell, completely invested with a connective tissue cyst, but with undoubted continuity of the material of the blastocyst. Further dimensions of blastocyst, in millimeters: Length, of larger end 0.45, of smaller end 0.21, of connecting part 0.65; diameter, of larger end 0.30, of smaller end 0.19, of connecting part 0.09, in the middle, constricted to 0.027 and 0.021 near the larger and smaller ends, respectively. 1901.—July 9, numerous cysts on liver, stomach, intestine and mesentery. July 16 and 18, numerous on viscera. In one of the fish the long tails of the blastocysts were felted together in a mass on the mesentery. July 26, very numerous, in a cluster 20 mm. square and containing several hundred cysts on the mesentery. One cyst in this lot contained three blastocysts, each with a larva. Aug. 2, numerous on liver, stomach, and intestine, some in clusters. Aug. 3; numerous in cluster in one of the fish, few on the liver in the other. Aug. 6 and 8, numerous, clustered. Aug. 9, numerous in clustered cysts on serous coat of rectum. Aug. 12, 13, 16, 20, 21, 22, 23, numerous clusters of cysts on viscera on each date. Aug. 27, clusters of cysts on rectum, in and on liver, cysts in stomach wall. Aug. 29, numerous clusters of cysts on liver and other viscera. Aug. 30, few, cysts on viscera. Clusters of cysts containing blastocysts and larvee on viscera. 1902.—July 14,19, numerous. July 21, 22, several, also elongated cysts with blastocysts, but no larvee [fig. 84]. July 26, 28, numerous. July 29, 30, 31, several. Aug. 4, numerous. Aug. 7, 8, not PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 409 numerous. Aug. 11, 12, 16, 18, numerous. Aug. 19, numerous, much waxy secretion associated with the clusters. Aug. 20, 21, numerous clusters. Aug. 25, 26, small clusters of cysts. See No. 2 under Siphostoma fuscum. 5. Rhynchobothrium tumidulum Linton. 1901.—July 26, from eysts associated with No. 4; larvee remaining attached to blastocysts; contractile bulbs long and slender with red pigment spot at anterior end of each, length 0.56 mm.; diameter 0.07 mm.; proboscides not seen extended. Aug. 27, from cysts on viscera. 1902.—Aug. 16, 1, cyst on viscera. 6. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. 1901.—Aug. 30, encysted, few. 7. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1901.—Aug. 20, 1 scolex from cyst. Hooks blunt; neck thicker than head. 1902.—July 21, 1, encysted in stomach wall. TREMATODES. 8. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1902.-—July 16,3. July 28, 2, immature. Aug. 16, few. Aug. 18, 5. Aug. 19, few. In some the testes were lobed, best seen under moderate pressure; in others they were not lobed. 9. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 1901.—July 16, globular cysts encapsuled on viscera containing immature distome with double circle of oral spines, about 24 in each circle; length of distome 1.96 mm. July 26, Aug. 2, 6, 23, in globular cysts on each date, associated with No. 4. Dimensions of a distome collected on Aug. 2, in millimeters: Length.2.38; diameter, at anterior end 0.28, at ventral sucker 0.53, near posterior end 0.76, of anterior sucker 0.18, of ventral sucker 0.25, of pharynx 0.2; length of oral spines 0.048. Aug. 30, few, in globular, pediceled cysts on viscera. It is to be noted that this species rests on immature forms and is doubtless identical with some adult form—e. g., D. dentatum. In globular cysts on viscera associated with No. 4, frequently with yellowish secretions. 1902.—July 14, few. July 16, numerous. July 19, 21, several. July 26, 29, 31, few on each date. Aug. 16, numerous. Aug. 21, few. Aug. 23,1. Aug. 26, few. 10. Distomum aduncum sp. noy. [Figs. 195-197. ] Small and minutely spinose, ovate, greatest diameter near posterior end, whence it tapers to the anterior end; posterior end broadly rounded. Oral sucker larger than ventral; pharynx a little longer than wide, remote from the oral sucker; cesophagus long; intestinal rami simple, thick-walled, short, extending but a short distance beyond the ventral sucker, which is situated a little behind the middle of the body. Testes two, lateral, a short distance behind the ventral sucker. The yery muscular base of the cirrus pouch lies on the right side of the ventral sucker. Four stout hooks were seen at the anterior end of this muscular organ [fig. 197h] which doubtless make a grappling copulatory armature at the base of the cirrus when everted. The cirrus was not seen everted; it appeared to arch from the ‘muscular organ in front of the ventral sucker to terminate in the genital aperture. The genital aper- ture is a very conspicuous organ in this species. It lies close beside the ventral sucker on the right side, and is specialized into a muscular sucker, slightly larger than the ventral sucker and of similar appearance. Ovary subglobular, adjacent to anterior edge of the left testis and to the genital sucker. The vitellaria are lateral lobed masses lying immediately behind the testes. The folds of the uterus are in the post-acetabular region, both behind and among the testes and vitellaria; ova numerous and small. Dimensions in millimeters of a specimen in formalin: Length 0.7; greatest breadth 0.35; trans- verse diameter of oral sucker 0.07; pharynx, length 0.04, breadth 0.03; vedtral sucker, length 0.048, breadth 0.041; genital aperture, length 0.061, breadth 0.058; ova, some variation in size, average of best-formed ones 0.020 by 0.010. The largest specimen measured 0.87 mm. in length and 0.38 mm. in breadth. A specimen which was not observed until after it had been killed was arcuate, the ventral surface being concave from side to side and from front to rear. 1901.—Aug. 27, 4. 1902.—Aug. 8, 11, 16, 1 on each date. A small specimen, apparently identical with the specimens above described, was found on Aug. 15, 1902, in the sand snipe (Calidris arenaria). 410 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 11. Distomum (?) sp. [Fig. 215.] 1901.—Aug. 27, 1, pale red, thick, dorsal surface roughly nodular. In lateral view about five papilla visible on the side, back of middle. When the worm was placed on the slide it lay on its side, in which position it was studied. While it was under the cover glass a white excretion was forced from the posterior end in a slender thread, probably from the excretory vessel. Dimensions, in millimeters, side view: Length 2.8; diameter, anterior 0.42, middle 0.70, posterior 0.42. 12. Distomum sp. Asmall fusiform distome. Aug. 8, 1902; 1. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 0.7; breadth, at anterior end 0.09, at ventral sucker, near middle and maximum, 0.3, tapering to posterior end; oral sucker, length 0.07, breadth 0.06; pharynx, length 0.06, breadth 0.05; ventral sucker, length 0.12, breadth 0.16; ova 0.029 by 0.018. This species resembles D. bothryophoron. 13. Distomum sp. [Figs. 167, 205.] A small, oval, minutely spinose distome resembling D. pyriforme Linton, but with smaller, more numerous and distinctly fusiform ova. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 0.5; breadth 0.3; diameter, of oral sucker 0.09, of pharynx 0.04, of ventral sucker 0.06; ova 0.029 by 0.018. In fig. 167 the specimen is compressed more than in fig. 205. 14. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. [Figs. 238, 239. ] 1902.—Anug. 8, several, small, oval, very minutely spinose, immature. Dimensions, in millimeters: Length 0.6; diameter, middle and maximum 0.45; diameter of anterior sucker 0.21, of mouth 0.09. See under Menidia, Tylosurus marinus, ete. 15. Monostomum vinal-edwardsii Linton. [Figs. 220-221.] 1901.—July 9, 1. July 16, 5. July 18, 5. Aug. 3, 1. -Aug. 16, 8. Aug. 22, 6. Aug. 27, 8. Aug. 30; 2. The excretory vessels of the neck seen in ventral view appeared to be enlarged into oval sacs at their inner ends and terminated at the surface in minute tubes. 1902.—July 14, 11. July 16,7. July 22,5. July 26,1. July 29,4. July 30, few. Aug. 8, 5 of usual size, length 1.8 mm., breadth 1.14 mm.; 1 smaller, length 0.42 mm., breadth 0.25 mm. Aug. 11,11. Aug. 16,1. Aug. 18,3. Aug. 20; 1. Hypsoblennius hentz, Blenny. x Number of fish | <= Date. examined, | Food notes. 1901. August 9....-.-:- Mee Se aie ce= Baa DSae Alge of various kinds, diatoms, and sand. 1902. DULY Sao eee es ceae (small); 224... 3-2-2 Seaweed, broken shells, clusters of egg capsules of small gasteropod. JULY SO See eae = see GOiseicesecaceesses Shell and sponge. TUL Slees serene | aeeee do tes Bees | Otoliths of small fish, seaweed, sand. No entozoa found. Paralichthys dentatus, Summer Flounder. Date. Number of fish ASRS. Food notes. 1902. AIP USE lee eee Me eresbotemesscroscrece Food not noted. It is probable that some of the flounders recorded under P. albiguttus belong here, as they were not always examined critically. Both species of flounder are common at Beaufort, and, moreoyer, are very much alike. ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. Aug. 1; 1, immature, from mesentery. 1902. DULY eee mest sare) steal do... Shrimp. July 8 3 (small, Shrimp, mud, and sand. a July 14 --| 1 (small) .| Shrimp and other small crustacea. July 15 adleaeas do... -| Shrimp. July 16... Seca do -| Food completely digested. July 19. Ba Bese do. -| Small erustacea (Caprella, ete.). No entozoa. TUL 2o See eee se aaa do. Alimentary canal empty. Do.. ! 1 (large) Do. July 23-. di (20;em iss Do. ° July 30.. 1 (small) ..-. Do. FOLgolese ss sees | eee z -| Annelids. August 11 ee .| Food completely digested. August 14... 2. Do. August 16.- 2 | Fish. August 18.- 1 Shrimp. August 19- 2. .| Fish, lamellibranchs, shrimp. August 20 A Wasaraee -| Fish, shell of Urosalpynx. August 21........ Ia(Small)e sss 2250222 Shrimp and amphipods. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 411 NEMATODES.» 2. Immature nematodes (Ascaris). Type with diverticula on both intestine and csophagus; 1. 3. Immature nematode ( Ascaris). Type with elongated basal portion of @sophagus and corrugated post-anal region; 1. CESTODES. 4. Rhynchobothrium sp. Probably encysted stage of R. longispine Linton. Type from oval cysts on viscera, small larva with relatively long hooks; few. TREMATODES. 5. Distomum monticellii Linton. One. 6. Distomum bothryophoron Olsson. One. 7. Distomum dentatum Linton. One. PARASITIC COPEPODS. 8. Lernanthropus sp. One, male, same species as that found on gills of Tyloswrus marinus. Paralichthys albiguttus, Mlownder. Number of fish Date. examined: Food notes. 1901. WU ye ieee see a Fish and mud in alimentary canal. July 19. ies .| Fragments of fish. July 22 aii Ae -| Fish. August 1. Alimentary canal empty, except for mucus. August 3. ac] lass .| Fish, head of mullet. August 6......... --| Contents of alimentary tract completely digested, , whitish. August 8......... Shrimp. August 13.. Sn95 .| Stomachs empty, intestines with whitish chyle. August 15... Fish and shrimp. August 16.-. Shrimp and fish. August 20.. Fish. August 21 Do. August 26 Do. August 27 ¥ Shrimp and sea urchin. ACANTHOCEPHALA. e . Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. 1902.—July 15, 1, male 2. Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. 1901.—July 22, 1, mesentery. Aug. 8,2. Aug. 13, 1, body cavity. 3. Hehinorhynchus sp. 1902,—Aug. 16, 3 from mesentery, orange color, immature, 412 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. NEMATODES. 4. Immature nematodes (Ascaris). [Figs. 26, 26a.] The type is here recorded which is characterized in this paper as having an anterior diverticulum of the intestine and a slender posterior diverticulum of the cesophagus, of frequent occurrence in this and other hosts, usually in the mesentery. 1901.—July 17, few. July 19, rather numerous. July 22, few, some of which proved to be young ascarids. Aug. 1, few. Aug. 8, not numerous. Aug. 13,1. Aug. 15, few; cysts in this lot, which occurred under the serous coat of the stomach appeared to be due to small nematodes. Aug. 20, 26, and 28, few on each date. 1902.—July 22, numerous. Aug. 16, 19, few. 5. Immature nematodes. [Figs. 31-32. ] These belong to the type which is characterized by haying an elongated bulbous basal portion of the @sophagus, with no diverticulum of the cesophagus, but with an anterior ccecal prolongation of the intestine. The post-anal region is transversely corrugated. 1901.—Aug. 13, 20, 21, few. 1902.—Aug. 11, 19, few. 6. Heterakis sp. This appears to be identical with ‘‘Ascaris (?) sp,’’ from Paralichthys dentatus (Bulletin of U.S. Fish Commission for 1899, p. 481, pl. vm, figs. 207, 208). See also under Leiostomus, Lophopsetta, and Scizenops, and introduction for remarks on FHeterakis. 1901.—July 17, 1, female, but not with mature ova; length 3.78 mm., length of cesophagus 0.74 mm. July 19, 1, female, not in good condition, the cuticle for two-thirds the length being digested off; ova not developing; length 6.5 mm., length of esophagus 0.74mm. Aug. 16, 1, female; length 5mm., length of cesophagus 0.7 mm. In this specimen the cesophagus was constricted in the middle, giving to it an hour- glass shape. The specimen was first supposed to be a male, there being two post-anal papille present. In alcohol it measures 4.3 mm. The reproductive aperture was noted 1.8 mm. from the posterior end. 1902.—July 22, 2, females. 7. Ichthyonema globiceps Rudolphi. [Fig. 21.] 1902.—Aug. 14, 1, from lower lip. Color reddish, particularly at the posterior end, and due to the perivisceral fluid. Intestine dark brown. The specimen is a female with an enormous number of young, which could be seen as a continuously wriggling mass through the transparent walls of the body and uterus. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 25; diameter, at anterior end 0.10, at nerve ring 0.21, at anterior end of uterus 0.25; distance from anterior end to nerve ring 0.21; from anterior end to anterior end of uterus 0.3; diameter of cesophagus 0.05; diameter of young 0.01. The young are characterized by having half a dozen or less brown granular masses apparently in the intestine. CESTODES. 8. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. (Fig. 79. ] 1901.—July 19, numerous in cystic ducts of both hosts examined on this date. July 22, Aug. 8, 15, numerous in cystic duct on each date. 1902.—July 7,8, 15, few. July 16, abundant. July 18, few, large and small. Aug. 20, numerous. 9. Cestode. 1901.—July 17, a slender flask-shaped larva from surface of viscera. Similar to No. 8 under Leiostomus 1902.—Aug. 18, cyst with larva, probably Dibothriwn; length 4.5 mm.; breadth 0.7 mm. Agrees with No. 7 under Lophopsetta maculata. 10. Rhynchobothrium sp. [Figs. 95, 96.] These are larval forms from small oval cysts in stomach wall, most of them, if not all, belonging to the type designated in these notes as small with relatively large hooks and relatively long contractile bulbs. The hooks of this species agree closely with those figured in Larval Cestode Parasites of Fishes, pl. vxm, fig. 7 (Proceedings of the National Museum, vol. x1x). 1901.—July 22, several. Aug. 6,1. This may be a different species from the foregoing, the edges of the bothria being raised into a prominent border. Dimensions in millimeters: Cyst 2.8 by 1.4; blastocyst 1.4 by 1; length of larva 1.1 [figs. 95, 96]. Aug. 26; same as those found on July 22. 1902.—July 22, few, on viscera. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 413 11. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. 1901.—Aug. 21, very numerous, cysts in stomach wall. 12. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. [Fig. 115. ] 1901.—Aug. 21, cyst containing a mass of hooks only. They doubtless represent the remains of a disintegrated scolex. They agree with this species. There are two bunches of hooks piled together irregularly and inclosed in the same cyst. Dimensions in millimeters: Cyst 0.2 by 0.14; thickness of wall 0.017; length of longest hooks 0.023. Aug. 26, scolex from stomach wall. 1902.—July 15, 2. July 18, 31, Aug. 19, 20, 21, few. 13. Synbothrium filicolle Linton. Usually in elongated blastocysts inclosed in thin cysts on viscera, especially on the liver. 1902.—July 22,2. Aug. 16, few. TREMATODES. 14. Distomum monticellii Linton. 1902.—July 15, 1, immature, but reproductive organs developed sufficiently to admit of determina- tion. Excretory vessels filled with orange-colored spherical concretions, as in No. 9 under Centropristes striatus. 15. Distomum vitellosum Linton. 1902.—Aug. 18, 1. 16. Distomwm pudens Linton. 1902.—July 14, 1; length 1.42 mm.; ova 0.07 by 0.04 mm. Specimen in poor condition. 17. Distomum sp. 1902.—Aug. 8, 1; length 1 mm.; ova 0.04 by 0.02 mm., conical. See No. 10 under Rachycentron canadus. [Fig. 171.] 18. Distomum dentatum Linton. 1901.—Ang. 3, 1; agrees closely with this species, but oral spines missing. The cirrus was spinose and lay for the most part behind the ventral sucker, and rather to the right instead of the left of that organ. Dimensionsin millimeters: Length 2; diameter of oral sucker 0.21, of pharynx 0.15, of ventral sucker 0.23; ova 0.065 and 0.037 in the two principal diameters. Aug. 6, 2, in poor condition; the oral spines were missing; otherwise in agreement with this species. Aug. 13, 1. Aug. 16, 12; 1 specimen without ova resembles the distome from the seup described in Bulletin of the U. 8. Fish Commission for 1899, page 296, pl. xxxrx, fig. 72. Aug. 20, numerous, 75 counted. In this lot there was a great variety both of form and size. The larger specimens were yellowish-white, thickish and nearly opaque; the smaller specimens more slender than the larger ones, bluish-white and translucent. These two forms appear, however, to be specifically identical. The oral spines, characteristic of the species, are present in the thick opaque specimens, while they appear to be absent from the translucent worms. The latter, indeed, seem to be in poor condition, fragile and degenerate. Cirrus in both kinds armed with minute spines; seen in dorsal view it passes dorsal to the ventral sucker near the right edge of the latter organ in one of the larger opaque individuals, more nearly median in one of the translucent worms. In another larger specimen the cirrus lay to the right of the ventral sucker, the spinous portion being in front of the sucker. Forms resembling Distomum sp., Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1899, page 296, figs. 72-74, oceur in this lot. Dimensions of 4 specimens in millimeters: HTP Ceres taar alike 1,28 2.31 | 3.01 4.20 Diameter of oral suck 18 -19 22 28 Length of pharynx... 12 «18 | -16 22 Breadth of pharynx. = 07 14] .16 25 Diameter of ventral sucker. e - 20 -28 «23 30 Maximum breadth of body...........--.-.----+--- 56 «95 nef Oalle ke dae Ova about same size in all, viz, 0.07 mm. and 0.04 mm. (maximum) in the two principal diameters. 1901.—Ang. 21, numerous, spined and spineless forms as in foregoing lot. The spines were larger in this lot than in former lots, and were imbricated on the anterior part of the body. There were twenty-four spines in each of the cireumoral circles. Length of spines on neck 0.02 mm., of longest oral spines 0.06 mm., of spines on cirrus 0.01 mm. Aug. 26, several. 414 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 1902.—Aug. 28,15. Aug. 30, few. In these lots both spined and spineless forms occurred. There was also great diversity of form, long and short oval, pyriform, flask-shape, ete. July 15, few. July 30, 4. Aug. 11, 12. Aug. 14, 1. Aug. 16, 5. Aug. 19, 6. Aug. 20, 10. Small and mature speci- mens together; some slender and almost spineless. 19. Distomum valde-inflatum Stossich. 1901.—Aug. 21, 1, from cyst. This specimen appears to agree with forms which I have been referring to this species. It agrees so well with D. dentatum, however, in the same host that there is some reason to regard it as the immature form of that species. Dimensions, in millimeters, of specimen liberated from its cyst: Length 0.62; diameter 0.5; diameter of oral sucker 0.11, of ventral sucker 0.10; pharynx, length 0.05, breadth 0.06; length of oral spines 0.04. 1902.—July 16, several, encysted on the liver and associated with much pigment; spines on body and around mouth, but still very small, the largest of the latter measuring only 0.014 mm. in length, in two rows and shaped like those of No. 18. Another encysted distome is evidently the same as that which I have been recording under the name PD. valde-inflatum. Dimensions, life, in millimeters, compressed: Length 1.12; diameter, anterior 0.15, at ventral sucker 0.45, near posterior end, maximum, 0.6; diameter of oral sucker 0.12, of pharynx 0.18, of ventral sucker 0.24; length of oral spines 0.04. 20. Distomum sp. 1901.—Aug. 28, 1, a filiform specimen, afragment. Dimensions in millimeters: Length 4; diameter (compressed) 0.16, uniform throughout; ova 0.024 and 0.017 in the two principal diameters, found throughout the greater part of the length of the fragment. is 1902.—Aug. 18, 1, a fragment; anterior end of a single specimen. Distance to posterior edge of ventral sucker 1.5; diameter of oral sucker 0.25, of pharynx 0.16, of ventral sucker 0.36. 21. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. [Fig. 237. ] 1902.—July 22, 2, oval, armed with minute spines. Dimensions, life, in millimeters: Length 1.27; breadth 0.6; diameter of anterior sucker 0.2, of mouth 0.08; ova 0.02 by 0.011. See under Menidia, Tyloswrus marinus, ete. Lophopsetta maculata, Suwnd-shoal Flounder. Mates Number of fish examined Food notes. The only food material identified was fish scales. Crabs. July 2i(smalil) S22 aes=e-2 == Mainly small shrimps. July 23... gee eee -| Contents of alimentary canal completely digested. August 1. 3. -| Fish. August 11... 1 Shrimp. August 18 Bi) cL (smailijie=. Do. August 25.-....-. 3i(small)"2.2.252..-255 Do. < ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. 1902.—July 23, 1, male. NEMATODES. 2. Ascaris sp. Immature. 1901.—July 22, from viscera. These belong to the type with a diverticulum from both cesophagus and intestine. Rudiments of the jaws of an Ascaris were made out in a specimen from which the embryonic cuticle was sloughing off. Aug. 8, numerous, from viscera. There were numerous clustered cysts on the mesentery which appear to haye been due to nematodes, although no worms were found in them. 1902.—July 15, 1. Aug. 1 and 25, few. 3. Heterakis sp. 1902.—Aug. 1, 1, a female, and fragment; length 4.2 mm. This is similar to Ascaris (?) sp. (Bulletin U. 8: Fish Commission for 1899, page 481, pl. vit, figs. 57-61, and probably Cucullanus sp., page 441, pl. xvi, figs. 207, 208. ) See introduction for remarks on Heterakis. | | PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 415 CESTODES. 4. Seolex polymorphus Rudolphi. 1901.—July 22, numerous. 1902.—July 15, very small. A few noted in smal! piece of intestine which was being examined under the compound microscope. Aug. 1, few, good size; some from cystic duct. 5. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1902.—July 15, 23, Aug. 1, 18, 25, from cysts in stomach wall. 6. Synbothrium filicolle Linton. 1901.—July 22, from viscera; type with slender spine-like hooks on proboscides; hooks with minute notches on the end. : 7. Cestode larva. : 1902.—Aug. 18, an elongated specimen; probably a Dibothrium. Agrees with No. 9 under Paral- ichthys albiguttus. 8. Cysts. 1901.—July 22, numerous small cysts were found in the stomach-wall which, however, could not be identified. : TREMATODES. 9. Distomum appendiculatum Linton (?). 1902.—July 15, a small appendiculate distome which was accidentally crushed before the examina- tion was complete. The posterior end was filled with ova which concealed the reproductive organs. Dimensions, in millimeters: Diameter of oral sucker 0.09, of ventral sucker 0.21; ova 0.036 by 0.022, many of the oya considerably smaller at one end than the other. 10. Distomum dentatum Linton. 1901.—Aug. 8, 2, small specimens without spines and otherwise in poor condition, but apparently belonging to this species. 1902.—July 23, 1, small oval, no spines around mouth, but in other particulars agreeing with this species; ventral sucker but little larger than oral. Also a few very small distomes, length 0.6 mm., were noted, which made their appearance when a comparatively large cyst was broken, liberating the white granular contents. Aug. 11, several. 11. Distomum sp. Same as form shown in fig. 171. 1902.—Aug. 18, 1. Etropus crossotus. Number of fish Food notes. | Date. | examined. 1902. | August 25.....--- Af (gmail) fesse Numerous spines of annelids seen in a small piece of the intestine. CESTODES. 1. Seolex polymorphus Rudolphi. One, small. Symphurus plagiusa, Acedia, ‘‘Sole.”’ 3 Number of fish _ Date. eaineds Food notes. 1901. August 26.......- 1a (small!) =o eeene oe Small univalve (Olivia), sete of annelids, fragments of 1902 fish scales, diatoms. July 7.. (Smal) Se ees ae Food not noted. eI ia ke SS Se 2h Sra) eee eee casas Minute spines and other fragments of small crustacea; fine, white sand. Jillysl epee esa 1M (sraall)\ is seo Setze of annelids, mud and sand. July 21 a | hecerd doe = Annelids, much sand. JRL yi 22 Wee eee tenece do. Small crustacea and lamellibranchs, setze of annelids. DU 2beecen seemlencee do. Diatoms. July 29 SoA Sesrets leyes Spines of annelids, sand, ete. July 31. -| 2 (small) Small lamellibranch shell, minute crustacea. August 4-. ---| 3 (small) .-. Food completely digested; no entozoa. August 13... -| 5 (small) .. Small crustacea, gastropod shell. ; August 18........] 3 (small) -. -| Fish, shrimp. August 19........ Ui (Smeill) Sse ee Fragments of vegetable tissue. | 416 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. ACANTHOCEPHALA. 1. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. 1902.—Aug. 18, fragment of female. CESTODES. 2. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. — - 1902.—July 7, few. July 14, several, with two cost. July 21, 1, small. July 25, several, com- paratively large, with two costa and red pigment, like young Acanthobothrium, but without hooks. July 31, many. Aug. 18, several, elongated, with two costee and red pigment spots. Aug. 19, few, small. A larval cestode found on July 17, and looking like an immature Rhynchobothrium, is here recorded. 3. Tetrarhynchus bisulcatus Linton. 1901.—Aug. 26; scolices from cysts in stomach wall. 1902.—July 25, few. Aug. 13, 6. Aug. 18, 6. TREMATODES. 4. Distomum sp. [Figs. 161-164, 212. See also fig. 209.] Here are recorded several finds of small distomes which probably belong to the same species. They agree in haying the oral sucker equaling or slightly surpassing the ventral sucker in diameter. (a) 1902.—July 7, 1. Dimensions, in millimeters: Length 0.96; breadth 0.51; oral sucker, length 0.09, breadth 0.10; ventral sucker, length 0.09, breadth 0.10. July 21; 2. Dimensions, in millimeters: Length 0.7; breadth 0.3; oral sucker 0.11, ventral sucker 0.10. Ova present; one of the specimens with conspicuous branching vitellaria laterally placed. Aug. 18; 1. Dimensions, in millimeters: Length 0.62; oral sucker 0.10, pharynx 0.04, ventral sucker 0.08. [Fig. 212.] (b) Larger than (a). [Fig. 164.] 1902.—July 17, 1. Dimensions, in millimeters: Length 1.35; breadth, anterior 0.18, at ventral sucker 0.51, maximum, a little way behind ventral sucker, 0.57; diameter of oral sucker 0.16, of ventral sucker 0.15; ova 0.022 by 0.014. July 31; 2. Aug. 19; 1. (c) [Figs. 161-163.] 1902.—July 14, 2. These small distomes were found with the aid of the conspound microscope in a small piece of the intestine which was under examination for the character of the food. They were not seen until the morning of the 15th, after they had lain overnight in sea water, to which a few drops of formalin had been added. Each was peculiar in being somewhat diagonally truncate at the posterior end. This truncated condition caused such an unusual appearance that they were first, when but slightly magnified, thought to be parts of the same worm accidentally cut in two. Body covered with minute, flat spines, 0.005 mm. in length arranged in transverse rows. Dimensions, in millimeters, of one specimen: Length 0.79; maximum breadth near posterior end 0.35; diameter of oral sucker 0.14, of ventral sucker 0.11; pharynx, length 0.06, breadth 0.045. Correspond- ing dimensions of the other: Length 0.78; maximum breadth 0.53; diameter of oral sucker 0.15, of ventral sucker 0.12; pharynx, length 0.07, breadth 0.045; ova 0.022 by 0.015. The stained and mounted specimens show some details of structure which were not evident in the living worms. ‘The testes are two, lateral and posterior; ovary between the right testis and ventral sucker; vitellaria lateral, as far forward as the posterior edge of the ventral sucker in one, nearly to the middle of the ventral sucker in the other. The cirrus appears to pass to the right side of the ventral sucker to the genital aperture in front of that organ. It is relatively large and armed with spines. No. 8 under Hevanematichthys may be an immature example of this distome. [Fig. 209.] PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 41 INDEX. [Most of the references to the names of parasites which are given in this index are to the list of entozoa with citations to literature (pp. 328-329), and to the lists of parasites and their hosts (pp. 330-336), where detailed references will be found.] PBN EI URSA RA Sa acletes ees e steam ecclesia Acanthobothrium paulum Acedia. . Cynoscion nebulosus regalis - - Gystsiesn-eeease Alutera scheepfii. AUIS NM ACuvlOCOLYLESD Rees soe- oc om accee shee sete oe coh ERTIES ee ec a ee 363 | DES VATISISA Ys ~~. camer os nee es er PMO OREL SAS) verse ete ass a cas tele aemoens Sacco ne cee sae' 336 | Dibothrium, fragment......-- 854 Anguilla chrysypa......-....-- scascescnssseessgaconcss 351 | DET POs min ats so tabitems aa aacas ca reots 331 Anthobothrium laciniatum ...............-....-.--. 328, 331 | WORE oor SoneapapeduesodnorceSeaaecaac 325, 331 Anthobothrium pulvinatum .......--...---..-..---- 328, 33 Diclidaphora: sp seas saeer es oe escnce so ocnecees co ceseeess 333 Anthocephalum pracile....-.-.--...--0-~-- ==... =~ 325,\S0 lee OLDLOGUS HOlDLOO KH te neeee ssa (ies sees secs see 383 Archosargus probatocephalus - 382 | Distomum aduncum........ 327, 333 AT PULUSISP: <= <22552cc-es0< 336 appendiculatum -. 328, 333 Ascaris brevicapitata 328, 330 areolatum ....... ADEM Geen some cee ese ececais ae caine cmincty mae 328, 330 bothryophoron -. TUGPESCEN Eee ere Sea ee tegen caterer 328, 330 corpulentum .... B 330 Gentatomiyern tes scce ecm seer cnc sen Md MATES See eats Sete sieeie a -aite aeae 2G, COU, PIODIpOLUmMe eo ose 2 = eee en ee A 328, 334 neglecta. . 328, 330 ETANAIDOLUM ec eeceesaeeees 2 ee sans ee 328, 334 PAR CHIU SSP nice aa sh cecoe nice sei e = oa ---- 330 Leb tT OON TIT a Aare eRe an SES SoaoeeoesOse aces 328, 334 Aspidogaster ringens - 327,333 EIN PANS PING pease eee ee eee oe 327, 334 Bairdiella chrysura. - 387 inconstans Barndoor skate... 346 monticellii MITACUGA some. Jean oe etwas ccieesine a oaees eahne x Bip GV EC LOI eet cle ent ete ein et sci LC HSMER DASH Naan pee saiee cone a nanocee on saan cone 375 IBV SMe ae eine = scien ecco a ime ce woseisiwe ical cs 410 Blue-fish- - 368 Blue shark......-.. = 341 Bonnet-head shark - - B44 BOMGlOCHUNSP=<22~-2- sane et eas cee sone we eSeeceec ce 336 BraAChiellaisn pe tate suse) corte oa saiidece a sesciane 336, BTeVOOnMAIbUTANMUSe emer ncrseenio nn (emcee sees coe 352 Bucephalus2 as. 2. . 22sec see eee seaeoe tae mae bviase eeis 327 LYTHGOE oe od enas cece andar SERSE mane ceneesaedoos 348 (CONS Oe ceca eee PRS O eB ACecnebaaSc Bar SORE er Onn mance 370 Calidris arenaria. . 409 Calliobothrium sp 342 Saeeeiina 336 365 341 GDSCUTUS earteteaase se eae 339 | Centropristes striatus. ~~ ~~~ ~~~ ee 375 | (GEROTNEE ee Aha Sones ianenoneada ra pooBA nese UoCoREEos CeKgi peste a= =e GCestode larve -...-.. Cheetodipterus faber. - Chilomycterus schoepfi -- 403 Chong Te cant hus Spence: oo smasee scat ea stict ose reese 336 (Clare) Cee eR ep eA ee Re beeen Enea ere 383, (Ch DID Sonasasaboggense Seaccun Use cee oecnaneee eeseneeaeee 370 MON PCW Ce lee nen een cine eee = ate cae see Se cee eae 351 WOREDOMNDATASILES ce sek tema farses ore eae cle esefaenies 336 Gorypbeenalequisetis:.<---e-- cee --ee nee ee Beet a5 373 hippurus 372 COW pulo titers oreo = aoe ae ae ace sets = annie eae noe 400 COVA ee a. ete are alee ee eee ee See ee 365 COMO ae mp clon «isn aac nea eat eaten Gate Socooeeee 394 Crossobothritim: angustum ..%...2 2... oes den cence 328, 331 Cucullanus (see Heterakis). B,B.F, BIN DIOR. ooo. - ete nce oes nana tenue... tornatum. ae : 328, 334 valde-inflatum .. = 334 WADGX sas eee eee vitellosum........... 9, 335 Distomum'sp iis .osae sees = esas cee eee eee 335 (eDOlphine commonins er enece =a eeee eee 372 | NTU ee es oan eee tee 373 feDuskyishar ky sor, acaschiseorciaccn se cewicemsen seec-Leee 339 nchen el bothniumispensestere eee eeeeee cee eee s 331 |; Hehinorhynechus pristis....-.-..--..-------.----- 9, 330 proteus - 329,330 Sapithiterwas: cece pee cee 325, 329, 330 Mchinorhynchusispasecs-se esas eee eee soe 2 BSI) Be SE BOS Se Se Be Seo oa E oe Se CORSE Sete 351 352 336 Etropus crossotus. ..- 415 HucinostOmMuUs eUlatenpec eases nes ae eee eae a 383 File-fish (Monacanthus). (Allutiera))\S22c8 cee see tone =--) 401 IND ats ee Co Sea pas ea Sone Rene bandeor ada AoC e Bae eeEe 410, 411 BPundulusiheteroelitus: 2.5) s-see.es. a2 ssn. ~ Mee eecistas 356, INA) Big Pere omens eee eee sae dese cee 355 Galeichthys milberti Gasterostomum arcuatum - baculum gorgon -_. eracillescens= =: ..22 << --22--.+-.:-2- 827,33) 1904—27 418 GasterostOMmUmMisp eeeanaee reece sees anaes 335 LOX e N01) tee Seore, oer QR AR OAS AEee Babe OOS ee SOA 361 (CUETO NE oat spac oons de SsonoseSdc: cechenssos Sache 359 Gule found 60) secs a eae ne ies ee 411 Halitbeaikursscttcccceitee at eae eee ise eee meer 358 Heterakis foveolata........... --- 329,330 ieterkisispeen eee =- eee es - 329, 330 IMog-tishisse-eece ene 376 Hy poxcbamphus ropes sees eae ee eee 358 Hypsoblennius henz.--- So eins sane ate owe ee 410 Ichthyonema globiceps_...-.----..------+----------- 029,300 TCH th yOnem ais py see ee ee ene eee epee et 530 Immature nematodes (Ascaris) .....---------------- 330, 331 Kalllisfish(s.s2- ies otc see ce rete ee oc em ciate re etaretaie 355, 356 Kyphosus sectatrix 383 Lagodon rhomboides. ..-....--- - 380 Lecanicephalum peltatum - - 329, 331 Lecanocephalus annulatus ........----.----.-------- 329, 331 1 OS EOTMUIS (2-8, GCN US Sapa atte ate teeter ee eee 391 Mheptocephalus: conger= cass ss. ceee nee ee ee ee ee OUT ONE A aes eee eae ee ata rae eae ee ee LEGO W OPAC NO oon o ne mm Sac obon SSS aSob acco sccedeeonSS IVAN Bik Nes cemns ccindowosseastersaeauseboacdh ocododnese Lophopsettanm ae sites seen emcee ee eee ee Menad ens 2 ssc ers sa eee he ace se doe ee aeene Menidia menidia .. Menticirrhus americanus. Micro por Omg ui Ga GS Peete pete epalereta rane ta pale alata ieee 394 Microcotyleispeecs--2- mena saee eee ee ear ease ecto 335, 370, 384 Monocanthus hispidus =. 2. s2ceec0 sess seoee ee oe =n 401 Monostomum vinal-edwardsii.........--..---------- 329, 335 MOTOSTO NE DINGS Places eet wee eae ae eee teers 339 Wyo or FEI Mn Goan ao sa7 Be aRSHe SCO SHS HsSaAaHanconcsseeeeS 365 Mnigal braziliensiss-ca-- fe. sess een sae ce ee ce eee iene 360 eephialltis Messe eee ae enemies Sonate 361 GUC taser semis ae esae eee niaeinae ee ee eae cee eena cee 36 Myxobolus sp 7 Needle-fish.-.-....--.- 3 Nematodes, immature - 380, 33 MIbR OU ares ae M5 2 SSEAS RAB AGRA non rods aeseae 331 Onchobothrium uncinatum ..........-.--.-..------- 329, 331 OPSA NUS TAU eee ae eee ee ame 406 Orthopristischrysopteruse 0-2 2) eee eee eee & Otobothriumicrenacolle: 22. 2-ssen-n= 3 eee ee == 32 3 dipsacum 829, 331 insigne. . Otobothrium sp -..- Oyster, parasite of - 3: Pandarusspss2e< S222 S2cc< She jects news ae et eee 336 Paralichthysial bigwittis sacs e) em nee eee eis ee 411 dentatugiten ee. aes ene eee 410 Paratenia medusian W553. csseeccae ese te eee enema 329, 331 Phoreiobothminm ll astute ates ep eee 32 triloculatum Phyllobothrium foliatum....... Pin-fish, common.....-- spotted ..... Pipe-fish:. 2... 250s sane cctesedeseneecsmseceecscneceereen Pomatomus'saltatrix ~~... - 0 ose ee cee eee cece eee 368 POmpan0 *225Jg-cet ss eas saeelaascee a= sosceeeee eee 366 OTR CC: Bae cisfesod ajocoae ete ene eee E ee eee eeeen ee 400 Prionotus scitulus 404 tribulus ... 404 Pteroplatea maclura. 348 Putte rosea ete cee ee eee eee 402 Rabbit-fshec eases eras 403 Rachycentronicanadusieseea= sees eee 370 RE Wee VISic se coon ese eee nee ea eee 346 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Page Redidrum es oe se. cae oa ose sae aac see eee eee 390 Red! g ost-fshine 2. = a= s re e soe 361 Rhinebothrium flexile -- 325, 332 IRhinebothiiumisp ss. seacee ec sets seen eee eee ees 325, 332 Rhynchobothriumibulbifer:.-s.2----- 22 se. sees naeaee 329 hispidum: --- ashen cence seems 329, 332 plicaibumis ses ao ee eee eee 325, 332 speciosum. . -- 329, 329, 332 tenuispine -----....- -- 329,332 tumidulum .....-... -. 329, 332 Rhynchobothriumisperssses esses ee eee ee ee 332 ROGK=sh. scoc- esos amen eee ae ee ee eee 355 PRU er GSh 5 ier met ate lalate ate tee (os etre eee 383 Sanderling ssa. oe estan cob ese ec aa eae eee een 409 Sand pike. ee acess cteise ane Sasa eee ee eee 353 Scizenops ocellatuss-s.t nce. sesce-se= seat eee eee 390 Scolex polymorphus.-. 326, 329, 332, 333 Scoliodenterree-nowee.-. see.) eoseee ace ee tees 342 Scomberomorus maculatus - . 362 Tegaligh ssf lUcss ck + eee ee 362 Sea catfish. -(-i.< naan ae tera eeee koe nema eee 349 Sea nmuUllete so eecwe seals eins oe ee eee ee ee ee eee 398 Seamrobiny se. c cee ea cas cece eee tae ele ee eee 404 Seleneéivomen ssi o22- cons demec ces sas ease ee eae 365 Seriola lalandi.. 363 Sharp nosed shark 342 Sheepshead .......-. 382 SHURE PAVIA Soecansenacnn 383 Silver) perch). s:-c22sa se So: cessed coca ek eee ee 387 Silverside si. 22.02 jsf 20 soeimsin ene = Jeneeeciens eee 360 Siphostoma fuscuiml-..- tees ee eee epee eiee eee eee 359 Small olphini 2322220 -sececile sseeisanceeee pee 373 SO] es: 2222 oo clecne nen one nin tee cantecee sues eacee eee oon 415 Spanishimackerely a. oseeeeaeee se eeee eee eee eee 362 Spheroides maculatus . =e 02 Sphyrzena borealis. ... Bo ptt | Sphyrna tiburo .............- --- o44 Spongiobothrium variabile...............-- -. 329, 333 SPOLOZOB Rete sare elaniete hate re ee eee dgas G8!) SD Ob eae oa w orate oe aictal=ielele sie roe See = ee ee eRe 391 Spotted! pin-fish® 272-3 oac-— 0c ee ee eae eee 383 Spotted weak-fish..<.- 2.2 -s2c2-ess-cceeeeneencceoeeeee 385 Squeteague:. << -ooensc occ chee eae eee aes eee ae 384 Sting wayiew cet coe ccs eet A A ee 346 Stolephorus brownies 2 ss se - se -eeeee ee eee 353 Striped anchovy ..-. 353 Summer flounder.......... 410 Symphurus plagiusa - 2.2.2. 252accccasecscesseneseceiee 415 Synbothmuntfltcollesssnssssee eo ee eee eens 326, 329, 333 Synbothrium isp 2s sccm ae tea eee eee see eee 326, 333 SY NOGUS TOSbCNS Aer cea meron etter ereentaie tate tee 353 PRN SP aa socckaredere co esas Seine sie eee Seen eee 333 Tetrarhynchus bicolor. - 329, 333 bisuleatus)-<.-2 3: --- 50. Letters same as in Figs. 1 to 4. Fic. 9.—Posterior end of same. Life; x 50. Letters as before. Fig. 10.—View of proboscis at about middle of its length. > 315. Fic. 11.—Hooks from circle near base of proboscis. 315. PLATE III. Echinorhynchus pristis Rudolphi. From spot (Leiostomus xanthurus) . Fic. 12.—Hooks near base of proboscis. > 315. Fic. 13.—Spines from anterior end of body, a little posterior to those figured next. 315. Fie. 14.—Spines from anterior end of body just back of neck. 315. Echinorhynchus sp. From gray trout ( Cynoscion regalis). Fig. 15.—Fragment of female, posterior end, lateral view. Life; x 50. Fic. 16.—Dorsal view of same. Life; x 50. Filaria galeata, sp. noy. From bonnet-head shark (Sphyrna tiburo). Fic. 17.—Posterior end of male, lateral view; sp, spicule. Life; 315. PLATE IV. Filaria galeata, sp. noy. From bonnet-head shark (Sphyrna tiburo). Fic. 18.—Anterior end; nr, nerve ring. » 315. Fie. 19.—Same, opposite side. > 315. Fic. 20.—Posterior end of male from stomach of small dolphin (Coryphena equisetis), evidently introduced with food. 170. Ichthyonema globiceps Rudolphi. From lip of flounder (Paralichthys albiguttus). Fic. 21.—Anterior end. Actual diameter of head, 0.1 mm. wu, Uterus with young. Ascaris brevicapitata Linton, immature. From stomach of dusky shark (Carcharhinus obscurus). Fic. 22.—Anterior end. Actual diameter of jaws, 0.15 mm. Fic. 23.—Posterior end of same. Actual distance from anal aperture to tip, 0.37 mm. Heterakis sp. From drum (Scienops ocellatus). Fic. 24.—Posterior end, ventral view. Life; x 210. 420 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. PLATE V. FHeterakis sp. From drum (Sciznops ocellatus). Fic. 25. Anterior end. Life; x 315. Immature nematodes (Ascaris). Fic. 26.—Anterior end of specimen from flounder (Paralichthys albiguttus), showing junction of cesophagus and intestine. Life; 540. Fic. 26a.—Posterior end of same, lateral view. Life; x 315. Fic. 27.—Specimen from toad-fish (Opsanus tau). Life; x 315. Fig. 28.—Another specimen from same host. Actual diameter at base of cesophagus, 0.4mm. Probably the young of Ascaris habena. Fig. 29.—Anterior end of specimen from gar (Tylosurus raphidoma). Life; x 50. Same type as that shown in Figs. 27 and 28. Fic. 30.—Posterior end of same. Life; x 210. PLATE VI. Immature nematodes ( Ascaris) . Fig. 31.—Specimen from flounder (Paralichthys albiguttus). In this type the bulbous base of the cesophagus is elongated and without diverticulum. Fig. 32.—Posterior end of another specimen of same type. Life; 315. Fic. 33.—Two specimens and three calcareous bodies in cyst from black sea bass ( Centropristis striatus). Life; 50. Fig. 34.—Cyst containing young nematodes from body cayity of blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatrix). Actual length of cyst, 1.44 mm. Fig. 35.—Small nematode from spot (Leiostomus xanthurus); posterior end of male. > 525. - PLATE VII. Minute nematodes from spot (Leistomus xanthurus). Fic. 36.—Female, collected August 18, 1902. Actual length, 1 mm. Fic. 37.—Enlarged view of head of same. Fig. 38.—Male from same lot. Actual length, 1 mm. Fic. 39.—Enlarged view of same. Fic. 40.—Female, same host, collected July 8, 1902. Actual length, 1.2 mm. Fic. 41.—Anterior end of same, lateral view. 525. Fig. 42.—Posterior end of male. > 300. Fic. 43.—Male, different species from foregoing, lateral view of head. Actual length of specimen, about 3 mm. Fia. 44.—Copulatory spines of same. » 170. (See Fig. 51.) Fic. 45.—Another species from same host, collected July 25, 1902; female. Actual length, 2 mm. PLATE VIII. Minute nematodes. Fic. 46.—Female, enlarged view of head of specimen from Leiostomus xanthurus sketched in Fig. 45. Actual diameter behind spines, 0.03 mm. Fic. 47.—Outline of posterior end, lateral view of same. Diameter at anal aperture, 0.04 mm. Fic. 48.—Ontline of posterior end of male from Leiostomus xanthurus. The head of this specimen was like that sketched in Fig. 46; from lot collected July 29, 1902. x 300. Fic. 49.—Small nematode agreeing with specimen from spot, Fig. 46, but from silver jenny ( Zucinostomus guia). Diameter at «, 0.1 mm. Fig. 50.—Lateral view of posterior end of male from same lot. Diameter at anal aperture, 0.76 mm. Fic. 51.—Outline of specimen from Leiostomus xanthurus shown in Figs. 43 and 44. X 46. a _—e Fra. Fig. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. Fre. Fig. Fia. Fig. Fia. Fig. Fia. Fia. Fia. Fia. Fic. Fic: Fia. Fia. Fia. Fia. Fia. Fic. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 421 52.—Copulatory spines from male from Leiostomus xanthurus collected August 4, 1902. Actual length of spicules, chord of arc, 0.12 mm. In this lot were specimens with same type of head shown in Figs. 40 and 41. The worm from which this sketch was made was larger than the others, and the tail was elongated as in Fig. 47. 53.—Anterior end of male from Leiostomus ranthurus collected July 17, 1902. Actual length of worm about 3mm. Optical section, 300. 54.—Posterior end of same. Optical section, 300. Sporozoa. 55.—Piece of intestine of pompano ( Trachinotus carolinus) with cysts containing sporozoa. Life; about natural size. 56.—Sporozoa from drum (Scienops ocellatus). Actual breadth, 0.01 mm. Life. Parasitic copepod. 57.—Specimen from gills of mullet (Mugil cephalus), lateral view. Life; actual length, 6 mm. el, Modified appendages which form a clasping organ to slip over a gill filament of the host. 58.—Sketch of specimen which had lain in water a few days. PLATE IX. Rhinebothriuvm sp., from toad-fish (Opsanus tau). 59.—Cluster of cysts from surface of liver. Life; enlarged about 2 diameters. 60.—Small cluster detached from No. 59 and flattened under cover glass. » 6. d, Small cyst containing a distome (D. valde-inflatum). The remaining cysts contain blastocysts, which in turn contained laryie. 61.—A single cyst and blastocyst. The latter is seen to be much elongated, with an enlargement at the distal end. Life; x 6. 62.—An enormously elongated blastocyst removed from its cyst, flattened, and showing a larva through the transparent wall. Life; >< 50. 63.—Cyst with contained blastocyst, slightly enlarged. 64.—Blastocyst removed from No. 63 and compressed. The posterior,ends of two of the bothria of the larva are seen protruding from the anterior end. 65.—Larva (scolex) removed from blastocyst. 66.—Small dumb-bell-shaped blastocyst in its cyst; optical section of specimen mounted in balsam; 70. PLATE X. Rhinebothrium sp., from Opsanus tau. 67.—Cyst containing blastocyst. Life; > 20. b, Blood vessels distributed over wall of cyst; ex p, excretory pore. < 68.—Front view of head of embryo; partly diagrammatic. Life; 50. 69.—Section, nearly longitudinal through cyst, blastocyst, and larva. » 110. 70.—Anterior end of blastocyst, showing orifice and pit into which the scolex is retracted. Sketched from another section of same series from which No. 69 was made. » 110. 71.—Diagrammatic sketch, showing plan of arrangement of loculi. PLATE XI. Rhinebothrium sp. from Opsanus tau. 72.—Transyverse section of cyst with blastocyst and larva. > 110. 73.—Portion of walls of cyst and blastocyst. 525. 74. Transverse section of wall of blastocyst. > 525. 75.—Part of viscera of pipe-fish (Siphostoma fuscum) with cysts containing larvee of Rhinebothriwm sp., same species as the one found in the toad-fish. Life; x 3. g b, gall-bladder; i, intestine; 1, liver; s, stomach. 429 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Scolex polymorphus Rudolphi. Fic. 76.—From alimentary canal of toad-fish (Opsanus tau). Life; x 80. This suggests the genus Calliobothrium. Fic. 77.—Same, more highly magnified. » 315. Fic. 78.—Specimen showing different states of contraction. a, View of entire specimen; > and e, poste- rior end of same. The numerals 1, 2, and 3 refer to identical parts in the several sketches, Actual length of a about 0.38 mm. Fic. 79.—One larger, many small specimens from flounder ( Paralichthys albiguttus) in place on intestine. Life; X 72. PLATE XII. Fia. 80.—Calliobothrium (?) sp. from the sharp-nosed shark (Scoliodon terra-novv). Young scolex with rudiments of hooks. Life; 135. Fic. 81.—Blastocyst from body cavity of blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatrix). Anterior end, life. The length of the entire specimen was 12 mm and its breadth 2mm. 1. Anterior end, tip everted. 2. Same, retracted. 3. Anterior tip showing characteristic knobbed bristles. Larval cestodes. Fic. 82. Echeneibothrium sp. Immature scolex from sting ray (Dasyatis say). Life; actual length of head about 0.5 mm; length of specimen 5 mm. Fic. 83.—Specimen from croaker (Micropogon undulatus). Life; actual length 5 mm. Fig, 83a.—Another from same host, different date. Length 7 mm. Fic. 84.—Cyst with blastocyst from body cavity of toad-fish (Opsanus tau). Actual length of cyst 1.35 mm. Tenia sp. from body cavity of rock-fish (Fundulus majalis) . Fic. 85.—Scolex with rostellum retracted. Life; actual diameter through suckers 0.9 mm. Fra. 86.—Hook of same. Actual length 0.22 mm. Rhynchobothrium sp. eneysted. Fic. 87.—Cyst with blastocyst and larva from mesentery of croaker (Micropogon undulatus). Life; < 50. Fic. 88.—Same, larva everted, but still attached to the blastocyst. > 50. PLATE XIII. Rhynchobothrium sp. Fic. 89.—Same as No. 88, larva compressed and proboscides eyerted. 80. This type was found many times during the season and in several species of fish. Fic. 90.—Portion of proboscis of same. > 315. Fig. 91.—Portion of proboscis near apex. Specimen collected from same host (Micropogon undulatus), but on different date. 315. Fic. 92.—Proboscis of same as No. 91 toward base. x 315. Fia. 93.—Cyst of probably same species from silver perch (Bairdiella chrysura), compressed and show- ing blastocyst and contained larva. 20. Fia. 94.—Portion of proboscis of specimen from black sea bass ( Centropristes striatus). > 540. Fra. 95.—Cyst with blastocyst and larva from stomach wall of flounder (Paratichthys albiguttus). Actual length, 2.48 mm. Fic. 96.—Larya removed from cyst, Fig. 95. Actual length, 1.1 mm. Fic. 97.—Cyst with blastocyst and larva from silver perch (Bairdiella chrysura). 20. Type with neck and proboscides rather long and hooks short and close together. Fia. 98.—Proboscides of specimen of Rhynchobothrium, probably same species as Fig. 97, from mesentery of hog-fish ( Orthopristis chrysopterus). > 540. Fic. 99.—Cyst with blastocyst and larva from big-eyed herring (Hlops saurus). Actual length of cyst, 5 mm. Fig. 100.—Portion of pri yboseis of same, 540. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 423 PLATE XIV. Fie. 101.—Rhynchobothrium tenuispine Linton, from cyst on viscera of croaker (Micropogon undulatus). Sketch from life; 80. Otobothrium sp. from muscles of gar ( Tylosurus raphidoma) . Fig. 102.—Cyst containing blastocyst. Life; actual length, 8 mm. Fic. 103.—Blastocyst removed from cyst ; Fics. 104-107.—Larvee removed from blastocysts. Actual length at rest, 4 to 5 mm. The true relation of the bothria to the notch at the base of the neck is shown in Fig. 107. Fic. 108.—Posterior end of bothrium showing the two auxiliary acetabula. Fic. 109.—One of the auxiliary acetabula greatly enlarged. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. Fic. 110.—Cyst with two blastocysts. From hog-fish ( Orthopristis chrysopterus). Actual diameter of cyst, 2 mm. Fic. 111.—Cyst from stomach wall of cero (Scomberomorus regalis). Actual length of blastocyst, 1 mm. Thick-walled, amber-colored cyst containing blastocyst with larva. PLATE XV. Otobothrium crenacolle Linton. Fia. 112.—Cyst with blastocyst from.submucous coat of stomach of gray trout (Cynoscion nebulosus). Life; actual length 1.2 mm. Fig. 113.—Larva from same. Life; * 135. Fic. 114.—Portion of proboscis of same. Life; 540. Fig. 115.—Cyst formed around two masses of hooks, which are probably those of Tetrarhynchus bisul- catus Linton, from flounder (Paralichthys albiguttus). Actual length of cyst 0.2 mm. Synbothrium sp., from surface of viscera of gray trout (Cynoscion regalis). Fia. 116.—Proboscis, near base. 315. Fig. 117.—Same, near middle. » 315. Fig. 118.—Same, near apex. X 315. PLATE XVI. Dibothrium tortum, sp. noy., from sand pike (Synodus fetens). Fig. 119.—Sketch from life enlarged. Most specimens are relatively more slender than the one represented in the sketch. Anterior egg clusters nearly transverse, succeeding ones becoming diagonal. Fic. 120.—Fragment from posterior end with egg clusters but little inclined to the axes of the body. Fig. 121.—Anterior end of living specimen. Actual diameter at x, 0.45 mm. Fic. 122.—Anterior end of alcoholic specimen. Actual diameter at anterior end 0.36 mm. Fic. 123.—Sketch of body with three sets of genitalia. Specimen mounted in balsam. Actual breadth 1.7 mm. Fig, 124.—Sketch of two sets of genitalia. Life, with a few details added from stained specimens. *« 3800. PLATE XVII. Fig. 125.—Three views of head of Anthobothrium pulvinatum Linton, from the sting ray (Dasyatis say). Sketched from living specimen showing some of the characteristic contraction stages; 4. Fic. 126.—Free segment of Anthobothrium laciniatum Linton, from the sharp-nosed shark ( Scoliodon terre-novv). X50. 8g, Shell gland. Fic. 127.—Onchobothrium uncinatum Diesing, from the sting ray (Dasyatis say). Sketch from life. Actual length 48 mm. Fic. 128.—Acanthobothrium paulum Linton, from the butter-fly ray (Pteroplatea maclura). Free-hand sketch of single bothrium. Life. 424 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 129.—Rhynchobothrium sp., from sharp-nosed shark (Scoliodon terre-nove). Lateral view of head. Life. Fig. 129a.—Front view of same. Life. Fra. 130.—Same species, head and neck, alcoholic specimen. Actual diameter of bothrium 1.12 mm. Fias. 180a and 130e.—Different views of proboscis; larger hooks on medial side. Actual diameter of proboscis, excluding hooks, 0.15 mm. : PLATE XVIII. Fia. 131.—Rhynchobothrium sp., from sting ray (Dasyatis say). One view of proboscis, sketched from specimen in balsam. Actual diamter, excluding hooks, about-‘0.09 mm. Rhynchobothrium plicatum, sp. noy., from bonnet-head shark (Sphyrna tiburo). Fic. 132.—Head, neck, and anterior segments. Life; * 50. Fic. 133.—Outline of median and post-median segments. > 50. Fia. 134.—Median segment. Life; 80. Fig. 135.—Segment toward posterior end. Life; x 50. This specimen was stained and mounted in glycerin when a conspicuous rudiment of the uterus became visible along the median line which was not seen in the living specimen and is not included in the sketch. Fig. 136.-—Posterior segment. Life. Actual length about 3 mm. Fic. 187.—Ova. 210. No bristles were seen on these ova, although in another segment of the same worm oya were seen with bristles as shown in the next figure. Fre. 1388.—Ovum armed with bristles. > 540. PLATE XIX. Rhynchobothrium plicatum, sp. noy., from bonnet-head shark (Sphyrna tiburo). Fia. 139.—Immature specimen. Life; actual length 4.8 mm. 7, Patch of red pigment. Fic. 140.—Another with scolex partly retracted. Life; actual length 4.5 mm. Otobothrium insigne, sp. noy., from dusky shark ( Carcharhinus obscurus). Fic. 141.—Sketch of specimen mounted in balsam. Actual diameter of head 1.2mm. 6, Contractile bulbs; s, proboscis sheath. Fig. 142.—Same, more enlarged. Fra. 143.—View of another specimen, also in balsam. Actual diameter of head 1.35 mm. Fias. 144 and 145.—Views of opposite sides of the same proboscis at about the same level. Actual diameter, excluding hooks, 0.06 mm. Rhynchobothrium hispidum Linton, from the sting ray (Dasyatis say). Fia. 146.—Strobile. Life; 50. 7, Red pigment. PLATE XX. Microcotyle sp., from gill of blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatrix). Fig. 147.—Sketch of damaged specimen. Life; actual length 1.85 mm. Fic. 148.—Cirrus of same, diagrammatic. > 525. Fic. 149,—One of the small suckers from posterior end of another specimen. Actual length 0.042 mm. There were about 50 pairs of these suckers. Fia. 150.—Hooks from cirrus; actual length about 0.015 mm. Dactylocotyle sp., from menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus) . Fig. 151.—Sketch of damaged specimen. 66. a, Posterior lobe with hook, more highly magnified. Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi. Fig. 152.—Dorsal view. From hog-fish (Orthopristis chrysopterus). Life; actual length 1.26 mm. Fig. 153.—Same from sea robin (Prionotus tribulus); ventral yiew. Actual length 1.12 mm. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 425 PLATE XXI. Distomum monticellii Linton. Fig. 154.—Specimen from cobia (Rachycentron canadus). Actual length 5mm. Sketched from life, but some details added from stained and mounted specimens. Fie. 155.—Ovary and yvitellaria of distome identified as this species, from the sand pike (Synodus fetens). Actual length of distome 4.2 mm. Distomum tornatum Rudolphi. From the whiting ( Menticirrhus americanus). Fic. 156.—Sketch made from specimen in glycerin. Actual length 10 mm. Fig. 157.—Oya of distome from sea robin (Prionotus scitulus). Actual length 0.03 mm. PLATE XXII. Fic. 158.—Distomum monticellii Linton. Immature specimen from black sea bass ( Centropristes striatus). Actual length 1.17 mm. Fia. 159.—Distomum globiporwm Rudolphi (?), from rock-fish (Mundulus majalis). Actual length 2.25 mm. Fic. 160.—Distomum appendiculatum Rudolphi, from menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus). Specimen in poor condition when found. Actual length 0.63 mm. Figs. 161 and 162.—Distomes from sole (Symphurus plagiusa). These specimens were obliquely and conspicuously truncate when first seen, becoming somewhat less so under pressure. Actual length 0.78 and 0.79 mm., respectively; specimens in weak formalin when sketched. Fria. 163.—Spines from anterior regions of same. Actual length of spine 0.005 mm. Fic. 164.—Probably same species, from same host, but collected on different date. Sketch made from stained specimen mounted in balsam; actual length 1.05 mm. Fia. 165.—Distomum sp., from puffer (Spheroides maculatus). Actual length 1.27 mm. Fic. 166.—Immature distome in intestine of anchovy (Stolephorus brownii). Actual length 0.25 mm. Fic. 167.—Distomum sp., from toad-fish (Opsanius tau). Actual length 0.65 mm.; life. Like many finds of distomes, in poor condition when seen; from same lot as figure 205. Dorsal view. Ova in this species distinctly fusiform. PLATE XXIII. Distomes from silver perch (Bairdiella chrysura). Fia. 168.—Ventral view. Life; actual length 0.8 mm. Fig. 169.—Another specimen from same lot. Life; & 135. Fic. 170.—Another specimen from same lot. Life; > 80. Figures 168, 169, and 170 were sketched from living specimens collected on the same day. See text for notes. Incidentally these figures show some of the difficulties which are encountered in identi- fying distomes. Distomum sp., from cobia (Rachycentron canadus). Fic. 171.—Lateral view. Life; actual length 1 mm. Fic. 172.—Ovya of same. Actual length 0.04 mm. Distomum globiporum Rudolphi. From spot ( Leiostomus xanthurus). Fic. 173.—Immature specimen, dorsal view. Actual length 0.9mm. (See Figs. 198, 199. ) Distomum bothryophoron Olsson. From hog-fish ( Orthopristis chrysopterus). Fic. 174.—Ventral view. Life; actual length 1 mm. Fic. 175.—Dorsal view of same. Life. 426 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. PLATE XXIV. Distomum vitellosum Linton. Fie. 176.—From the drum (Sci:enops ocellatus). Ventral view. > 80. Fic. 177.—Lateral view of specimen from same host but collected on different date. Life. Whensub- jected to pressure, the specimen assumed proportions like those in the following figure. Fig. 178.—From silver perch (Bairdiella chrysura).- Life; > 50. The characteristic lobes around the ventral sucker are shown in Figs. 177 and 178. Distomum sp., from pin-fish (Lagodon rhomboides). Fia. 1/9.—Ventral view. Life; actual length 2 mm. PLATE XX’V. Distomum corpulentum, sp. noy., from pin-fish (Lagodon rhomboides). Fra. 180.—Ventral view. Life; > 50. Fie. 181.—Ventral view of specimen compressed. Life; x 50. In this specimen the ova were escaping from the posterior edge, which appeared to be somewhat macerated. Fic. 182.—Dorsal view of a larger specimen. Life; x 50. id, Diverticula of intestine. PLATE XXVI. Distomum inconstans, sp. nov., from porgee ( Chxtodipterus faber). Fic. 183.—Four individuals showing some shapes assumed. Life; actual length 1 to 2 mm. Fig. 184.—Another specimen from same lot, compressed, ventral view. > 50. Fig. 185.—Dorsal view of another specimen, same lot. Life; >< 80. Fig. 186.—Ventral view of another specimen. Life; X 80. Fig. 187.—Spines from under side of neck. > 540. PLATE XXVII. Distomum vibex Linton. From puffer (Spheroides maculatus). Fic. 188.—Ventral view. Life; actual length 6mm. id, Diverticula of intestine. Distomum imparispine, sp. noy., from cobia (Rachycentron canadus). Fic. 189.—Ventral view. Life; actual length 9 mm. Fig. 190.—Ventral view of head. > 108. Fig. 191.—Dorzal view of same. > 108. Fic. 192.—Sagittate spines from under side of neck. 315. Fig. 193.—Spines on margin of neck. 315. Fig. 194.—Spines on body just back of ventral sucker. > 315. Distomum aduneum, sp. nov., from toad-fish ( Opsanius tau). Fig. 195.—Sketch of specimen lying in formalin. » 80. Fic. 196.—Ventral view. Sketch from life, but a few details added from specimen stained and mounted in balsam. Actual length 0.87 mm. «ac, Ventral sucker; g a, genital acetabulum. Fic. 197.—Cirrus, cirrus-pouch, ete. Sketched from living specimen. > 315. h, Hooks, three in number, on cirrus; vs, ventral sucker. PLATE XXVIII. Distomum globiporum Rudolphi. From spot ( Leiostomus xanthurus). Fic. 198.—Ventral view. Actual length 2.3 mm. Fic. 199.—Spines from neck. 540. (See Fig. 173.) Distomum pectinatum, sp. noy., from silver perch ( Bairdiella chrysura). Fie. 200.—Dorsal view. Life; x 80. Fic. 201.—Ventral yiew of another specimen. Life; 80. Fia. Fic. Fia. Fia. Fig. Fig. Fia. Fia. Fic. Fig. Fie. Fic. Fig. Fia. Fic. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fia. Fig. Fia. Fig. Fig. Fie. Fig. PARASITES OF FISHES OF BEAUFORT, NORTH CAROLINA. 497 PLATE XXIX. Distomum pectinatum. From silver perch (Bairdiella chrysura). 202.—Dorsal view of head. Life; x 315. 203.—Ventral view of head and part of neck. Life; * 315. Distomum sp., from the pompano ( Trachinotus carolinus). 204.—Longitudinal section. Actual length 5.5 mm. Distomum sp. 205.—From the toad-fish (Opsanus tau), same lot as 167 Ventral view. Ova peculiar in being distinctly fusiform. 206.—Inperfect specimen from amber jack (Seriola lalandi). Thespecimen simulates a segmented worm. Actual length 5 mm. 207.—Longitudinal and nearly horizontal section of same. 208.—Immature specimen from rabbit-tish (Chilomycterus schoepfi). Actual length 1.06 mm. 209.—Immature specimen from sea cat-fish (Galeichthys milberti). Actual length 1.8 mm. PLATE XXX. Distomum sp. 210.—From butter-fly ray (Pteroplatea maclura). Specimen removed from capsule. Actual length 1.35 mm. 211.—Immature specimen from barracuda (Sphyreena borealis). Actual length 0.24 mm. 212.—Immature specimen from sole (Symphurus plagiusa). Actual length 0.62 mm. 213.—Immature specimen from intestine of common dolphin (Coryphena hippurus). Ventral view. Actual length 2.5 nm. 214.—Immature specimen, apparently same species as shown in figure 213. Actual length 2.4 mn. 215.—Distomum (?) sp., from toad-fish (Opsanus taw). Lateral view. Actual length 2.8 mm. ex c, Material extruded from excretory vessel. Morostomum sp., from hog-fish ( Orthopristis chrysopterus). 216.—Sketch of specimen not in good condition; peculiar in that the species bears a superficial resemblance to Gasterostomum arcuatum. Actual length 2.25 mm. PLATE XXXI. Monostomum sp. 217.—From rock-fish (Fundulus majalis). Actual length 1.12 mm., life. 218.—From hog-fish (Orthopristis chrysopterus). Actual length 1.4mm. (See Fig. 216.) 219.—Ova and yellow bodies from uterus of same. Actual length of ovum 0.025 mm. 220.—Monostomum vinal-edwardsii Linton, immature, from toad-fish (Opsanus taw). Life; actual length 1 mm. ex p, Excretory pore. 221.—Excretory pore of same. Life; 525. 222.—Monostomum sp., from hog-fish ( Orthopristis chrysopterus). Life; actual length 0.86 mm. 223.—From same host. Ventral view, life. Actual length 0.9 mm. 224.—Cirrus, genital acetabulum, ete., dorsal view. Life; 315. 225.—Ova. X 540. 226.—From pompano ( Trachinotus carolinus). Actual length 0.87 mm. PLATE XXXII. Monostomum., from pompano ( Trachinotus carolinus). Fias. 227 and 228.—Two specimens from same lot as 226. Life; actual length of larger 1.5 mm. Fic. 229.—Ova. Actual breadth 0.017 mm. 428 Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi, from creyalle ( Caranx hippos). BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (See Figs. 236-239. ) Fie. 230.—Ventral view, life; actual length 1.17 mm. Fic. 231.—Spines from body. 540. Fic, 232.—Pharynx, ete. X 315. Gasterostomum baculum, sp. nov., from Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus maculatus), Fig. 233.—Dorsal view, life; actual length 2 mm. Fig. 234.—Ventral view of another specimen, life. Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton, from cero (Scomberomorus regalis). Fig. 235.—Lateral view, life; actual length 4.2 mm. PLATE XXXIII. Gasterostomum gracilescens Rudolphi. Fic. 236.—From silverside (Menidia menidia), encysted. (See Figs. 230-232.) Cyst filled with material that resembled small fat globules and an immature Gasterostomum. Actual length of cyst 1.5mm. 7, Rudiment of intestine. Fic. .—From flounder ( Paralichthys albiguttus); dorsal view. Life; actual length 1.28 mm. Fic. 238.—From toad-fish (Opsanus tau). Immature specimen. Life; actual length 0.9 mm. Fig. 239.—Another specimen from same lot. Gasterostomum gorgon, sp. noy., from amber jack (Seriola lalandi). Fic. 240,—Sketch of specimen killed in formalin, tentacles extended. .Actual length 1.65 mm., diam- eter of neck 0.21 mm. Fic. 241.—Another specimen from same lot, with tentacles retracted, the most usual condition in the preserved specimens. Sketch made from specimen in balsam, somewhat diagrammatic. Actual length 0.6 mm. Fia. 242.—Ovya of same. Length of ovum 0.022 mm. PLATE XXXIV. Aspidogaster ringens, sp. noy., from croaker (Micropogon undulatus). Fic. 243.—Lateral view. Actual length about 2mm. There is great variation in this species with different states of contraction; for example, the head may be retracted, or head and tail both retracted until the body proper is shorter than the ventral sucker. Fic. 244.—Dorsal view of a specimen the actual length of which was 1.5 mm., life. Fig. 245.—Dorsal view of living specimen, compressed. 50. Fic. 246.—Ventral view of alcoholic specimen. Actual length 1.8 mm. Fig. 247.—Ventral view of head and neck of living specimen, ventral sucker omitted. 59. Fic. 248.—Lateral view of posterior end of body of living specimen. 50. The position of the testis and oyary is variable. In some cases they lie near the middle of the length of the body. Fig. 249.—Front view of head, alcoholic specimen. EXPLANATION OF LETTERS ON PLATES. bl. be Selec blastocyst. | Od ....------- 22 sse2 e222 ees eee diverticulum of @sophagus. Aen ..cirTus. PAI ast ec ee” San meer nse cesophagus. cirrus pouch. ff Oppoaes Haun casaeecddaaaasesags= pharynx. eyst iy tueboe cea seron agar ssemesces prostate gland. excretory vessel. STiacc a seminal receptacle. genital aperture. WSU) stam seminal vesicle. intestine. t .- testis. diverticulum of intestine. | w ...-.--.----------------------- uterus. .-lemniscus. RRA Roh Soaeineei cases Sao Soe vagina. -- larva. Of See Str Se eae nemcn acco yas deferens, .-mouth. OU ae ee Ree esse DOS SSeee= vitelline gland. ovary. Ot Manne SSR Sees seen vitelline duct. PLATE I. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 2 cS HOS - 7 ; ) Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904. * PLaTE IV. Bull. U. S. B. F, 1904 PLATE V. ’ vet 7%. Bull. U.S B. F. 1904 . PLaTe VI. Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904. PLaTe VIl. NNT ) I te a 0 MW) = oily WHT > Y (/)K AM Uy : MB, 4 N) mM I) . WN (7 | i} i I < Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE VIII. PLATE IX. B. F. 1904 Ss Bull. U. A Bull. U.S. B. F, 1904 PLATE X. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904, PLATE XI. ARES < PLATE XII. 1904. Bull. U. S. B. F. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLATE XIll. PLATE XIV. Bull. U.S. B. F, 1904. PLATE XV. Buli U.S. B. F. 1904 | 2 a PLaTe XVI. Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 u PLaTeE XVII. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. u PLATE XVIII. PLATE XIX. Bull U.S. B. F 1904. Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904, PLATE XX. /¢ ph Peery ae a Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE XXI. LAE Se ax toca 2 CSI oo = eS ae = Syria PE se age Se eer RB Bull. U.S. B. F, 1904. PLATE XXII. Bull. U. S. B. F, 1904, PLATE XXIll. Buil. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLATE XXIV. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE XXV. ey CY If Pi act Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLATE XXVI. Bull. U. S. B, F. 1904. PLATE XXVII. 7 “i Bull. U.S. B, F, 1904, PLATE XXVIII. Fils or > eee Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE XXIX. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE XXX. Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE XXX]. jl. U, S. B. F. 1904. 4 ; PLATE XXXII. soe Se ce Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904. PLATE XXXII. l Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904, PLATE XXXIV, PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. By CHARLES WILSON GREENE, Protessor of Physiology, University of Missourt. I. Relation of the Blood Pressure to the Functional Activity. Il. A Study of the Blood and Serous Liquids by the Freezing- Point Method. B. B. F. 1904—28 PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. By CHARLES WILSON GREENE, Professor of Physiology, University of Missouri. I. RELATION OF THE BLOOD PRESSURE TO THE FUNCTIONAL ACTIVITY. INTRODUCTORY. The salmon is an anadromous fish. Its natural spawning beds are in the cold waters of the mountain streams. When the eggs are hatched and the young are able to swim, they proceed down the streams and out into the open ocean, where they feed and grow for a period of two to four years. Ou the approach of maturity they reenter the mouths of the rivers and make the long journey back to the spawning grounds in the mountain waters, a distance sometimes of hundreds of miles. The mature salmon as they approach the mouths of the rivers are strong and vigorous and in the very prime of condition. They have been feeding voraciously on the abundant ocean fauna and their tissues are loaded with the supply of fats and oils and other constituents which make the flesh so much sought after because of its delicious flavor and nutritious excellence. The fact which presents so peculiar and interesting a problem, or series of prob- lems, in fact, to the physiologist is this: The salmon takes no food after it leaves the ocean and enters fresh water.“ The journey, it may be of hundreds of miles, is made against the swift currents, rapids, and waterfalls of the mountain streams. It matters not how long the distance nor how great the exertion that is required, all the energy must be supplied from the store of material accumulated while the fish is feeding in the ocean, material present in its body when it enters the fresh-water stream. A prolonged fast is always of especial physiological interest. The winter sleep or hibernation of the bats, dormice, and the bears, while it is a period of fasting, is also a period of inactivity. All the vital processes are reduced to a minimum and little energy is liberated. In the salmon, on the contrary, the fasting period is the period of the greatest activity of the fish’s life. The changes and reactions within the body of an animal that is giving off daily a large amount of energy, and at the same time is taking in no food to renew its vitality, present peculiar physiological phenomena. Nature herself performs the experiment of inanition in the salmon and it remains for science to unrayel the details. The main question is how long and through aThis statement is borne out by the researches of the Bureau of Fisheries, and investigations by Miescher-Ruesch and Noel Paton on the Atlantic salmon in Europe show the same to be true of that species also. 431 432 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. what stages this one-sided process can advance before disintegration reaches the point at which the organized life of the individual animal must come to an end. The numerous investigations of the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries into the natural history of the salmon—especially the migration, feeding, and spawning habits—have firmly established the facts upon which the general statements made above are based. Of the numerous workers we may especially mention the recent investigations of Mr. Cloudsley Rutter, late naturalist of the Bureau’s steamer A/batross, who was one of the best informed men on all scientific questions that pertain to the Pacific salmon. It is to his energy and skilled insight that we are indebted for the more accurate details of the conditions under which the young make the journey from the headwaters of the rivers to the sea, also for details as to the progress of the adults to the spawning grounds, as well as for saving improvements in the methods of propa- gation. Mr. Rutter was at the time of his death in the midst of an exhaustive study of the embryology of the salmon. In the solution of the problem of the changes that occur in the salmon during the run to the spawning beds, there are three general courses open, in addition to the natural-history methods of observation. One is a study of the anatomy, by which may be followed the structural changes in the salmon after it reenters the rivers. Little has been done with this method except upon the alimentary canal. A second course is through the methods of physiological chemistry. These have been applied particularly by Miescher-Ruesch in Germany, and Paton and his coworkers in Scotland. The latter especially have published some instructive and interesting studies of the chemical changes in the tissues and organs of the Atlantic salmon (Sa/mo salar). No work has been published presenting the results of a chemical study of the salmon of our west coast, though the opportunities for observation are far more numerous and the natural setting of the problem is infinitely superior to that for the study of the Atlantic salmon either on the continent of Europe or in Scotland. The European species of salmon which spawns in the rivers of Scotland (Salmo salar), like our American steelhead (Salmo gairdneri), for example, returns to the sea for another period of feeding, thus spawning more than one season. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha, unlike the species of Sa/mo, does not return to the sea, but spawns once and dies, as was first conclusively proyed by the investigations carried on by Doctor Evermann in Idaho in 1895 and 1896.% It therefore presents a peculiarly favorable opportunity for the chemical study of starvation. The third and last line of observation seeks to trace the changes in the functional activity of the salmon by the methods of experimental physiology. These methods have never been applied to the study of this species—have been applied, indeed, in only a limited number of studies on fishes of any kind. The present investigation had its origin in the belief that good and fruitful results would be yielded by such an experimental study. Under the auspices of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, field work was begun during the summer of 1901. Only a small portion of the total results of the physiological investigations in progress will be reported in the following pages. a Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm, for 1896, pp. 151-202, and 1897, pp. 15-84. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 43¢ METHODS. The size of Oncorhynchus tschawytscha, individuals of which often weigh as much as 40 and 50 pounds, makes this a fish difficult to handle, especially since it sue- cumbs rather quickly to artificial conditions. To take a salmon out of the water in which it lives and to keep it alive under conditions which will permit of physiologi- cal measurements is indeed about as difficult as putting a mammal under the water for such a purpose, and for much the same reasons. I have been able, however, to keep salmon alive under fairly normal conditions for as much as twenty minutes—in one case, forty-two minutes. The procedure was as follows: A salmon holder was made of a broad board supplied at one end with a grooved block, which was fitted over the nose. A similar block for the back was also used for the smaller fishes. A narrow strip of sail canvas was tacked to one edge of the board from a point oppo- site the shoulder-girdle to some distance back toward the tail. The head end of the holder was cut out in such a way as to allow free movement of the operculum in respiration. The salmon was placed on its side on this board, quickly wrapped in the canvas, and tied to the board by stout twine bands around the nose, the shoulder-girdle, and at intervals along the body and around the tail. The gills were aerated by a stream of water from a garden hose which siphoned water from the hatchery flume, the sur- face of which was about 5 feet above the operating table. The hose was inserted into the mouth and the water was allowed to flow freely out over the gills and escape on the tables and floor. Especial care was taken to have both opercles freeand to direct the stream of water so that it irrigated the gills freely on both sides. The lower jaw was left free to make its respiratory movements, though these movements, of course, did not affect the artificial respiration. Blood-pressure measurements and respira- tory counts were the tests made upon the salmon under these conditions. Blood-pressure measurements were desired both of the ventral and dorsal aortee. The difficulties in the way of measuring the pressure in the ventral aorta proved exceptionally great. The pericardial cavity extends forward and includes the conus arteriosus and the origin of the short ventral aorta. The aorta almost immediately makes a sharp turn upward toward the base of the branchial apparatus, where the afferent branchial arteries have their origin. These branchial arteries pass at once to the gillarches and it is impossible to isolate any one of them without injuring the delicate gill structure. This difficulty, together with the great coagulability of the blood, was sufficient to invalidate all the efforts to lead off the blood pressure from these vessels. The ventral aorta itself, though deep-seated in these large fishes, is more easily exposed, and after considerable practice I was able to make the necessary dissection accurately and quickly. The pectoral arch which covers the pericardial region is cartilaginous in the salmon. In exposing the ventral aorta it was necessary to cut away the greater part of the muscles of the gular region, together with the anterior portion of the pectoral arch down to the wall of the pericardium, and to slit open the extreme anterior ventral portion of the pericardium. A slight loss of blood attends this operation, but all delicate vessels are quickly and effectively stopped by rapid blood-clotting. It is evident that one can not insert a cannula into the ventral aorta in the usual way—i. e., by ligation. The vessel is too easily torn to permit the use or insertion of the form of cannula such as Fick’s, and the blood 434 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. clots would quickly stop it were it inserted. Successful pressures were finally secured with a short-necked, wide-bulb, T-shaped washout cannula of the form in common use in physiological laboratories and figured in Stirling’s Hand-book, page 306. This cannula, filled with saturated magnesium sulphate under the proper pressure to prevent the too great loss of blood into its bulb, gave tracings unob- structed by clots for as much as ten minutes at a time, and clots could be easily removed by taking the cannula from the artery, washing it out, and replacing it. The cannula was inserted through a small puncture or slit cut in the artery with a slender pointed scalpel and was held in place not by the usual ligatures but by the elasticity of the tissue around the constricted neck of the cannula. The end of the vannula extended freely into the blood stream within the artery but was not large enough to offer any serious obstruction to the flow of the blood stream past its point of insertion. The greatest care was taken to adjust the whole apparatus with reference to the position of the fish at the beginning of the experiment so that the cannula should not be drawn out or the artery torn, either of which accidents was almost sure to end the experiment through the foo great loss of blood. Measurements of the blood pressure of the dorsal aorta were made by cutting off the tail and quickly inserting the cannula into the open end of this vessel, and plug- ging the accompanying veins when necessary, i. e., when they were not completely compressed by the cannula in the aorta. A little bleeding takes place around the cut skin, but a true measurement of the pressure and its variations is obtained for a period of two or three minutes and even longer. The blood pressure in all of the experiments reported in this paper was measured by means of a Ludwig’s mercury manometer, and the pressures are measured to the maximal pressures of the heart beats. BLOOD PRESSURE IN SALMON FROM THE SEA. A vigorous effort was made during the summers of 1901 and 1902 to secure measurements of blood pressure from salmon taken directly from the sea. The fishing grounds at Monterey Bay, the point visited, are so far out that it is difficult to bring the fish to the shore in good condition. July 26, 1901, a single live male, 92 centimeters in length, was brought into the laboratory in poor condition, having lost some blood from a gaff wound and being considerably asphyxiated by the trip in from the fishing banks. ‘The blood pressure measured in the ventral aorta was found to be 49 millimeters of mercury. This result can not be taken as normal, since it is vitiated both by loss of blood and by insuflicient aeration of the gills during the experiment. It is of interest chiefly as the first attempt to make the difficult blood- pressure measurement on the salmon. BLOOD PRESSURE IN SALMON FROM TIDE WATER. Black Diamond, California, at the head of Suisun Bay, just where the Sacramento and San Joaquin rivers enter the bay, was visited in the first two weeks in August, 1902. Two live salmon, caught in nets about 3 miles distant, were brought in a small float to the wharf of the Sacramento River Packers’ Association, to whom we are indebted for quarters as well as for many special favors facilitating our investigations. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 435 As in the case of the marine salmon, it was found impossible to transport these fish without considerable asphyxiation, and they did not revive as well as could be wished. While tke pressures given in Table I, below, are strong, still they must be considered somewhat below the normal for the fish in its native waters. The heart beat is obvi- ously far below the normal, a fact which is due to the failure of the ventricle to follow ,each contraction of the auricle. TasLe I.—Blood pressure from the ventral aorta of salmon taken from Suisun Bay at the mouth of the Sacramento River. Blood pres- sure in the Length Heart Date. No Sex {in milli- ventral aorta| rite per | | meters, | 42 millime- | minute | “| ters of mer- ‘ | eury. 19 | | July 10... NG | So eesbcpoee | 756 78 | 15 Ui Gah Eee 198 | Female...| 859 63 | 25 BLOOD PRESSURE IN SALMON FROM THE SPAWNING BEDS. Blood-pressure experiments were performed on some forty different salmon taken from the McCloud River at Baird, Cal.“ Twenty-one of these experiments were made in the summer of 1901 and the remaining nineteen in 1902. The majority of the fish used were young males or females that had been artificially spawned. A few were old exhausted specimens, males and females that had come down the river from the spawning beds above. ‘Two or three were prime, large, unripe males and females. The great intrinsic value for propagation purposes of these prime fish at —- Moree e ree Fic. 1.—Experiment Aug. 20, 1902. sure from the ventral aorta. millimeters of mercury. Salmon, No. 207, female; length, 823 millimeters. This tracing gives a normal blood pres- Maximal pressure, 75 millimeters of mercury; heart rate, 68 per minute; pulse pressure, 16 In this and the following figures the tracings were recorded by means of a Ludwig’s mercury manometer. The time is in seconds and the time line represents the zero pressure. All figures are reduced one-half. the hatchery deters one from using more than are absolutely necessary for experi- mental purposes. Figures 1 and 2 give typical ventral aortic blood-pressure tracings. Table II represents the total set of blood-pressure measurements. The maximal blood pressure, the heart rate, and the respiratory rates in all the blood-pressure experiments are brought together in the table following for convenience in reference. aThe United States fish hatchery at Baird furnishes an ideal spot for the study of the salmon on the spawning beds. An abundance of live specimens can be obtained at the very door of the hatchery, and the station is provided with the necessary equipment for handling the fish. I wish here to thank especially the superintendent, Mr. G. H. Lambson, and the accommodating hatchery force for numerous courtesies during the progress of the work. 436 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Tasie I1.—The blood pressure and heart rate, together with the respiratory rate, of salmon from the spawning beds. [Experiments performed at Baird, Cal.] Ventral aorta. Dorsal aorta. Length | Blood Blood pace Date. No. Sex. in milli- | pressure} Heart | pressure} Heart Oy HEN Remarks. meters. | in milli- | rate per | in milli- | rate per | Pee meters of| minute. |meters of| minute, | ™72Ute- 5 mercury. mercury. 1901. Aug. 8 | 7 Beginning pressure 45, rate 24. } Aug. 8 9 Aug. 10 10 Poor, irregular. Aug. 12 14 Aug. 13 15 Rate can not be deter- mined. Aug, 14 16 | Poor. Aug. 14 17 Old male off retaining rack; died in a few minutes. Aug. 14 18 | Aug. 15 19 Poor. Aug. 15 20 Aug. 16 22 Spawned naturally. Aug. 17 23 | Aug. 17 24 | Spawned artifie ally. Aug. 28 48 | After 6 minutes’ pressure | | | 66, rate 51. Aug. 28 52 | Female... 850 100 | Spawned artificially. Aug. 28 53 | Female... 730 57 Do. Aug. 28 54 | Female... 890 120 Do. | Spawned artificially; ex- periment continued for 40 minutes. Aug. 29 59 | Female... 1,160 70 Gey peees Sate) Merceeeess | 62 | Spawned naturally; after 28 minutes’ pressure 67, rate 56; experiment con- tinued 42 minutes. Sept. 1; 60 | Female... 870 70 79! haeSmanota bencsscoes 65 | Spawned artificially; aft- er 23 minutes’ pressure | 70, rate 50. Aug. 28 | 55/} Female... 900 67 Aug. 31 61 | Male ..... 920 108 BE ERB RnBe teal borcacecee Serarcreine Rate and pressure very irregular. 1902. ANIES 18s 201 Seas osama ene INSP SSUG), || esac ac Poor. Aug. 18 | 203 | Male ..... Aug. 19| 204 | Male -..... Aug. 19| 206 | Male ..... Old male off retaining rack, Aug. 20} 207/ Female... | Spawned artificially. Aug. 21 | 208 | Male ..... Aug. 22 Male ....-. Aug. 23 | 210 | Female... =) S oe Unripe; after 10 minutes’ pressure 64, rate 72. Spawned artificially. Aug. 23 | 212} Female... Just ripening. Aug. 25 213 Male ..... Aug. 26 | 214 Female... Aug. 26 | 215 | Female... Aug. 26 | 216} Male ..... Pressure fell rapidly. AUG 27" ||) 2217) |2Sss. ce eee Cocainized, no respira- tory movements. Aug. 27 | 218 | Male ..... 600 43 68 44 60 60 | Dorsal pressure measured first. Aug. 27} 219 | Male ..... 860 72 711) Becesaadias| BSade coco Honeesocs Fresh male in fine flesh | _ and color. Aug. 28 | 220] Male ..... 490 33 90 57 48 80 | Dorsal pressure measured first. Aug. 28 | 221 Male --..- 440 B68) serene ace 52 BB ez eos = Do. A comparison of the experiments in this list, which may be considered as repre- senting the results in normal animals, is interesting in several important respects. The experiments of this class showing the blood pressure in the ventral aorta have been selected and are presented below in Table III, from which it will be seen that the mean pressure for the 26 examples is 74.6 millimeters of mercury. a PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 437 Tape III.—Showing the blood pressure in the ventral aorta, the heart rate, and the pulse pressure of all the examples that were considered normal under the conditions of experimentation. | Pressure Pulse | Length Fs Heart eens se Date. | No. Sex. |in milli- | 22 the | rate jaar |] Meese lesneters: ventral mnten te milli- | | 5 aorta. | “| meters. |——- | ——— | | 1901. | Aug. 8 7 | Male. 520 60 45 40 Aug. 9 9 | Male 40 62 72 3 Aug. 16 25 850, 86 60 14 Aug. 17 540 47 86 6 Aug. 17 Female 900 80 58 12 Aug. 28 Male .... 650 64 52 18 Aug. 28 Female 850 | 100 57 18 Aug. 28 | Female | 730 yh 69 8 Aug. 28 | Female 890 120 60 16 Aug. 28 Female 900 67 63 16 i Female 1,160 | 70 63 14 Female .....| 870 | 70 52 22 | Male ....... 920 108 34 36 | 7AM eebogooandnacc em osbasca 59 66 6 203 | Male -| 69 | 76 | 10 204 | Male .. 45 | 54 6 206 | Male .. 94 | 66 | 8 207 | Female 75 68 16 208 | Male .. 7D) | 60 8 209 | Male .. | 99 44 18 210 | Female | 66 64 14 212 | Female | 66 76 18 213 | Male .. 94 56 | 20 214 | Female 50 CT Near sciccc ° 215 | Female 73 66 14 ZT h | see | 85 56 16 Mean for 26 specimens...........-...-- | 74.6 EEE Gaseccoesco Mean for 11 males .......-.--.---.. 74.3 SRG r|Gsoeeeeemes Mean’ fori3 females!= 2252222552 - 22-22: 75.4 GIES yee eee The highest pressure recorded in any single instance was that of a female (No. 54) 89 centimeters in length, taken Aug. 28, 1901, which had been artificially spawned a few hours before. This female was in prime condition in so far as shown by external appearances. It gave a ventral aortic pressure of 120 millimeters WWW Vwi iil Fig 2.—Experiment Aug. 28, 1901, No. 48, male; length, 650 millimeters. Showing a type of blood pressure tracing from the ventral aorta in which the respiratory movements affect the pressure. See also fig. 3. of mercury. A male 92 centimeters long, taken Aug. 31, 1901, gave almost as great a maximal pressure, i. e., 108 millimeters of mercury. The minimal pressures included in the above table are 45 and 47 millimeters, respectively, given by Nos. 204 and 23. No. 23, taken Aug. 17, 1901, was marked in the notes as a ‘*prime-condition fish,” yet the pressure is very low, although the heart rate is considerably above the average. 438 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TaBLe IV.—Showing the range of variations in the ventral aortic blood pressure in normal salmon from the 6 Je O, I spawning beds. Ventral aortic | pressure, in | millimeters of mercury. Number of specimens. 61 70 71_ 80 81 90 91 100 101 110 111 120 IG SPECIMENS Soose ena eee Mean, 74.6 It must be remembered, however, that in a series of experiments of this nature the artificial conditions tend to lower the natural or normal pressure which exists while the fish is in its natural habitat. Such events as loss of blood, inadequate respiratory arrangements, change in external pressure on the surface of the body exerted by the air as compared with that of the water, increase of body temperature in the air over that in the water out of which.the specimen has just been taken, as well as the general indeterminate conditions that affect the vitality of these river salmon— all these act to minimize the observed pressures. Wee AAA VIVA SY Fic, 3.—Experiment Aug 23, 1902, No. 210, female; length, 672 millimeters. Blood pressure from the ventral aorta, show- ing the rhythmic interference of the respiratory movements with the pulse pressure. The 11 males used, varying from 428 to 935 millimeters in length, gave an average ventral aortic pressure of 74.3 millimeters of mercury. This is the equivalent of 101 centimeters of water. With the fishes, as with the higher animals, the larger speci- mens of otherwise equal physical condition may be expected to give slightly higher pressures. Indeed, a reference to Table V below will show at a glance that such is the case for the salmon. The mean or average pressure for all the specimens between 70 and LOO centimeters in length is 82.6 millimeters of mercury, the equiva- lent of 112.4 centimeters of water pressure. The pressure in the smaller specimens between 40 and 70 centimeters in length is only 61 millimeters of mercury or 83 centimeters of water. The relatively slight intrinsic value of the smaller fish, which are invariably males, and the greater facility in securing and manipulating them in experiments, leads to their use in larger numbers. When the mean pressure is com- pared in the males alone, the difference is much more striking. The 7 males between 40 and 70 centimeters in length gave an average pressure of 60 millimeters, while the 5 larger males between 70 and 100 centimeters long averaged 96 millimeters pressure. The pressure of 74.3 millimeters of mercury may, therefore, be considered somewhat lower than the average pressure of prime male salmon. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 439 Taste V.—Showing the relation of the normal ventral aortic blood pressure to length in 24 specimens. The line is drawn through the mean or average. The figures refer to the specimen numbers. : Sees 0 _ 100 3505 5 °2/3 Erso E 022 = 60 i= Z 70 5 3 Ss a 60 50 40 40 50 60 70 80 90 /00 7) /20 Length in centimeters. The mean blood pressure for the 13 females included in the table of relatively normal fish is 75.4 millimeters of mercury. These salmon vary in length from 67.2 to 116 centimeters, and the blood pressures obtained from 50 to 120 millimeters of mercury. The majority of these specimens were artificially spawned females, hence a question may be raised as to how far these represent the normal or average condition of the circulatory apparatus. The artificially spawned females that were used were allowed to recuperate for several hours or even for a day or two after the eggs were taken and before the blood pressure was measured. One would think that the artificial spawning process would leave the fish more or less completely exhausted, but this does not seem to be the case, barring the temporary asphyxia that comes from keeping the specimens out of the water for the time required to spawn them. When thrown back into the water these females become lively and vigorous in a very short time. An illustration will suffice to explain the situation. A series of four selected females from the ripe pen were artificially spawned on the morning of Aug. 28, 1901, then thrown back into a pen to recover for the experiments of blood pressure. The afternoon of the same day these females, Nos. 52, 53, 54, and 55, gave good strong pressures, as will be seen by a glance at the table below. One of 440 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. them, No. 54, gave the highest blood pressure obtained during the wnole series of experiments, namely, 120 millimeters of mereury, or 163 centimeters of water. These four fish to all external appearance seemed of equal vigor, and the pressures were taken under very favorable conditions, yet the results gave practically the extremes of the entire series. Taste VI.—Showing blood pressure of four artificially spawned females taken under the same conditions. Millimeters of mereury. No: 52,°ventral ‘aortic pressure: 458-25 -Soceee = Saas e os ot ena ee eee 100 No..53, ‘ventral aortic pressure = Ssaa) Sif oe See ee aoe ne ee ee eee 57 No.154, ventrall'aortic pressures .ae 2 mete ta Son Sree re eee a 120 No:,55, ventral aortic pressures. <2- Sc cesses Sete tre aoe ae oe eee See ee ee 67 The vigor of the artificially spawned females is quite apparent. They do not succumb so quickly to the artificial aeration of the gills, and have more vitality on the experimental table than the prime conditioned fish which, presumably, have more recently arrived on the spawning grounds. The exhausted fish which were secured off the retaining racks gave surprising blood pressures. No. 17, taken Aug. 14, 1901, was a ripe spent male, 102 centimeters long. This fish gave the ventral aortic pressure of 47 millimeters, though it quickly died on the table. A naturally spawned female, No. 59, taken Aug. 26, 1901, gave a pressure of 70 millimeters, which is ahnost as much as the average for all the females measured. An exhausted male taken Aug. 19, 1902, gave the stronger pressure of 94 millimeters for a short time, though the pressure was very irregular. DORSAL AORTIC BLOOD PRESSURE. The blood pressure measured in the ventral aorta being led off that vessel at a point anterior to the first afferent branchial vessel should represent the maximal pressure of the entire system. In order to determine the fall in pressure as the blood flows through the gills, it is necessary to measure the pressure in some one of the systemic vessels, the nearer the dorsal aortic trunk the better. Schoenlein measured the pressure from the afferent branchial artery and from one of the abdominal arteries in the torpedo and in sharks, and found a very decided fall in the latter as compared with the pressure measured in the first afferent branchial artery. He gave the pressure in the afferent branchial artery in the torpedo as 22 to 24, in no case over 30, centimeters of water (16 to 22 millimeters mercury), while in the branch of the dorsal aorta and in one of the abdominal arteries the pressure was only 10 to 12 centimeters of water as a maximum. This great difference secured by Schoenlein must have been due to the effect of the branchial resistance, which is presumably high in the Selachii. The dorsal aorta itself was used in my experiments on the salmon. In order to reach it, the tail of the salmon was cut off by a quick stroke and the arterial cannula inserted into the open end of the aortic trunk. The apparatus was all carefully adjusted with reference to the position of the fish before any cutting was done, and PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 441 the time between the cutting of the artery and the insertion of the cannula was thus reduced to a minimum. The cannula itself usually compressed the vein in the hemal arch enough to prevent bleeding, and the bleeding from the small cutaneous vessels, which may be considerable if left alone, was easily checked by a tight ligature thrown around the body just in front of meveute = Cbisslicature should! ‘be laid’ JY SANA during the preliminary preparations. The blood pressure from the dorsal aorta is quite strong in the salmon, ao egaas ee a cate , Fic. 4.—Experiment Aug. 28, 1902, No. 220, male; length, 490 reaching: as much as 58 millimeters of minimeters, Blood pressure from the dorsal aorta, ‘The mercury in the maximal pressure meas- _*tTong pulse beat is noteworthy. Blood pressure, 57 milli- meters of mercury; heart rate, 48 per minute. ured (fig. 4). The average pressure for the six examples reported in Table VII is 53.3 millimeters of mercury, with the extremes of 44 and 58. The mean heart rate of this series is 49.2 per minute, while the average noted in connection with the measurements of ventral aortic pressure is 61 (for males alone 60). This lower average heart rate suggests the inference that the resulting mean blood pressure is below the normal average. This is no doubt possible on account of the slight loss of blood attendant on the operation, a loss which, though small, is felt all the more on account of the relatively small amount of blood in the salmon. ——— AMAA EA LLL Tasie VII.—Blood pressure and heart rate measured from the dorsal aorta. | | | | Pressure in | Length | the dorsal Heart Date. | No. Sex. in milli-| aortain | rate per | | meters. /millimeters) minute. | of mercury. | 14) Male........ 530 58 28 - | JS Male 22 ee 530, 58 72 | 590 51 (2?) | 600 44 | 60 490 57 18 140 52 | 38 Br enrol tee Sas 3 (MORRIS T tes 53.3 49.2 The striking thing about the results of these measurements, notwithstanding the criticism offered above, is the fact that the pressure in the caudal portion of the dorsal aorta approaches so nearly that of the ventral aorta. It would seem that the resistance to the blood flow through the gills is comparatively slight, and the reduction of blood pressure correspondingly insignificant. This fact is further borne out by the presence of the dorsal aortic pulse, which is generally strong and of considerable amplitude. It would be of comparative interest if the pressure could be taken from one of the efferent branchial arteries, but in the salmon this would be extremely difficult, if not wholly impossible. The visceral branches of the aortic trunk are so much atrophied in salmon from the spawning beds that the method of measurement from these vessels, though very easy in the Selachii, is quite impracticable in the salmon. 442 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. No synchronous measurements of the pressure in the ventral and in the dorsal aorte have been made, on account of lack of duplicate apparatus while in the field. Consecutive measurements are of little comparative value, owing to the necessary loss of blood in making the transfer of the cannula from one vessel to the other in the methods it was necessary to use. In the consecutive experiments reported it will be seen that the measurements taken second are considerably below the average, except in a single experiment, No. 221. THE RATE AND FORCE OF THE HEART BEAT IN THE SALMON, The tracings of the blood pressure taken from the ventral aorta at a point so near the heart, as was the case in the experiments reported in this paper, give considerable information about the heart itself. The 26 specimens given in Table III, page 487, give an average heart rate of 58.9—in round numbers 60—contractions per minute, or 1 per second. This rate seems rather rapid for so large a fish. A glance at the series of experiments shows a wide range of rates in different specimens, the extremes being 34 and 86 per minute, respectively. There seems no close corre- spondence between rate of heart beat and blood pressure. The three specimens giving the highest ventral aortic pressures, Nos. 52, 54, and 61, with pressures of ot Fic. 5.—Experiment Aug. 23, 1902, No. 212, female; length, 777 millimeters. Showing the maximal blood pressure in the ventral aorta when that vessel is completely occluded. Pressure before occlusion of the aorta, 46 millimeters of mer- cury; after occlusion, 113 millimeters. 100, 120, and 108 millimeters of mercury, have heart rates of 57, 60, and 34 contrac- tions per minute, respectively. It will be noticed, however, that the pulse pressure of No. 61 is very high, a fact which accounts for the maintenance of a strong blood pressure with a low heart rate. On the other hand, No. 23, which has a heart rate of 86 per minute, has a blood pressure in the ventral aorta of only 47 millimeters, while the average pressure of fish of this size is 60 millimeters. The pulse pressure, i. e., the increase of blood pressure accompanying each discharge of the heart into the aorta, varies exceedingly. In general the slower the rate the greater the amplitude of the pulse, though the exceptions are too numerous to conclude that the pulse pressure is an index of the rate; neither is it an index of the absolute pressure. Selected experiments indicate that there are factors to be determined which correlate the force and rate of the heart beat against the resistance to the discharge through the gills. The possible force of the heart is indicated by the experiment of compressing the aorta, thus blocking the discharge of the blood and compelling the heart to con- tract to its fullest capacity. The maximal pressure is surprisingly great in these tests, as can be seen by reference to Table VIII. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 443 Taste VIII.—Affects on the blood pressure and upon the heart rate produced by compressing the ventral aorta to the point of complete closure. Closure of the ventral aorta. Length | Blood pressure in Heart rate per | Date. No. Sex. jn milli- millimeters of : $ | meters. mereury. TEENIE | Before. | During. Before. | During. 1902° | Aug.18-.-| 203 | Male........- 1st, 54 | 60 Aug. 18 203 | Male .. 5 2d, 53 | 66 Aug.19.-} 204 | Male .- 10 | 8 | Aug.20..| 207 | Female - 50 | 60 i 212 | Female - 2 46 | 70 Male) - 2-22. 67 | 68 In one case, No. 213, a pressure of 67 millimeters before compression of the aorta was increased to 172 millimeters during compression. During this high pres- sure the heart rate and the pulse pressure remain practically the same as before compression, the rate increasing only 4 beats per minute. These tests reveal a latent power of the heart quite enough to double the blood pressure, and, therefore, to double the efficiency of the circulation if there is any coordinating mechanism by which the salmon may call into activity this latent or potential heart energy, a fact which remains to be seen. NERVOUS REGULATION OF THE HEART. My experiments have proved that the heart responds to vagus stimulation and to reflexes. It was noticed over and oyer again that during the dissections made in the process of experiments the heart was often very irregular. An example is given —s TH U C., which represents a “panenil ation of the blood equivalent to a 1.26 per cent solution of sodium chloride, assuming a dissocia- tion of 86 per cent at this concentration.“ The depression of the freezing point produced by the sea water taken from the fishing grounds of Monterey Bay is —1.924° C. Compared with sodium chloride this concentration is the equivalent of 3.20 per cent, or two and one-half times the concentration of the salmon’s own blood. As a matter of fact the osmotic pressure of the sea water will be somewhat less, since the dissociation of the different salts will be not quite so great as sodium chloride. The fact I want to emphasize is obvious, namely, that the total osmotic pressure remains far above that of the salmon’s blood. The above showing justifies the conclusion that the thin epithelial layer of cells which separates the blood in the gills from the surrounding sea water does not admit of free diffusion of substances in solution in the blood on the one side and in the sea water on the other. Respiratory exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide takes place through the gills between the blood and the sea water. The salts, however, can not freely pass. Even as diffusible a substance as sodium chloride is no exception to the rule, the gill epithelium being impermeable to it. In the absence of a chemical analysis of salmon blood, we may assume that the amount of sodium chloride present is considerably less than that necessary to produce a depression of the freezing, poy alnterpolated from Ostw wald’ s tables, Lehrbuch der Allgemeine Chemie, 2te ‘Aut. fod PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 447 of —0.762° C., i. e., the total depression due to all the blood constituents and equiva- lent to 1.26 per cent” of sodium salt (see ante). The percentage of sodium chloride present in sea water, according to an analysis of the North Sea water by Backs,? is 2.358 per cent in a total of 3.046 per cent of salts. Applying this analysis to the sea water of Monterey, where the salmon are taken, it is obvious that there is a difference in concentration between the sea water and the salmon blood in sodium chloride alone of a little less than 2 per cent, a difference which ought to suttice on known laws of osmosis in establishing a strong current of water from the blood to the sea water. Furthermore, the salmon are feeding constantly and voraciously at this time, a process which may introduce considerable sea water into the stomach. This is notably true at Monterey, where the chief food is the squid, the blood and body fluids of which have the concentration of sea water.° The skin, also, is a possible region of exchange of constituents between the blood and the sea water. Neither of these regions provides a channel by which the salts of the sea water may permanently enter the blood. Enough has been given here to demonstrate that we do not have to deal with a question of simple osmotic balance between the sea water and the salmon’s blood. Such a balance does not exist. The living epithelium of the gills does not act like an ordinary dead animal membrane; it is, in fact, a membrane impermeable, or at most permeable with great difficulty, to both water and salts. This question wiil be reviewed after presentation of the facts concerning the relations of the blood in fresh-water salmon from the upper streams. THE BLOOD OF SALMON FROM TIDE WATER. The blood was collected from seven different specimens of salmon taken near Black Diamond, California, in August, 1902, all from the main channel off Collinsville. The water in this region at the time of my examination lowered the freezing point by only —0.020° to —0.022° C., an amount that is insignificant as compared with the depression of the freezing point of sea water. aThe percentage obtained by interpolation from Hedin’s tables (Skand. Arch., Bd. 5, 1895, 8. 381) is somewhat less, i. e., 1.22 per cent. : b Quoted from Griffith's Physiology of Invertebrata, p. 137, New York, 1892. ¢ Bottazzi, La pression osmotique du sang des animaux marins. Archives italiennes de Biologie, T. 28, 1897, p. 61. 448 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Tas_e X.—Depression of the freezing point of blood from salmon taken in the main channel of Suisun Bay at the head of brackish water of the San Francisco Bay region. Depression of | freezing point | of whole blood. No. of specimen. Date. 1902. | Aug. 7..- | Aug. 10..| Aug. 10-..| Aug. 10.. Aug, 10.. Aug. 10.. | | Aug. 10. The mean depression in these seven examples is —0.787° C., a figure which differs from the mean of the sea salmon by 0.025° C. In making the run from salt water to the head of brackish water there is therefore a small fall in the osmotic tension of the blood. In the meantime the salmon have ceased to feed. The stomachs are empty save for a thick mass of tough mucous, but no obvious changes have occurred in the gross structure of the alimentary canal. It is unfortunate that there is no definite infor- mation as to the time consumed by the fish in adapting itself to the change from salt to fresh water. It has not yet been demonstrated whether the run is direct and continuous or more slow and gradual. The most plausible explanation of the directive influences determining the rapidity with which salmon make the journey through lower tide water is given by Rutter,” though he ventures no conclusion as to the rapidity with which the passage through lower tide water is made. He has determined that the progress through upper tide water is comparatively rapid, the salmon making the journey from Vallejo to Sacramento in about four days. There is a belief current among the fishermen at Black Diamond that salmon spend consid- erable time on the Flats along the upper bay, and the muddy condition of the skin and gills of fish caught in this region would to some degree bear out this view. Table X shows that a fall of the osmotic pressure of the blood hasalready begun by the time the fish have reached upper tide water, enough to depress the freezing point by —0.025° C. THE CONDITION OF THE BLOOD IN SALMON ON THE SPAWNING BEDS. Salmon make the run from upper tide water to the spawning grounds at a comparatively rapid rate. Rutter’ found that three specimens branded in the lower river at Rio Vista made the run, a distance of about 300 miles, in 65 days in two cases and in 61 days in one case. Rutter states, further, that the average duration of the spring run is six weeks, but that the fish arrive on the spawning beds from two to six weeks before spawning. From these observations it will appear that the spring run of salmon at spawning time have been in fresh water from eight to twelve weeks. I have made a large number of determinations on the blood of salmon of this class taken from the spawning beds at the United States fish hatchery at Baird, Cal., the results of which are given in Table XI. aRutter, Popular Science Monthly, July, 1902, p. 207. bIbid., p. 209. 3 I Pp PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 449 TasLe XI.—Depression of the freezing point produced by blood and serum from salmon taken on the McCloud River, Baird, Cal. | Length Date. No. Sex. | in centi- Blood. | ~ Serum. meters. Female Female. Female. Male ... Male . Female. | Female. Female. Female. | Female. Female. Female. Female. 3 | Female. Female. Female. Female. Male ... Female Male ....... | 42. Malescsteicd Male Remales sa |S.c ces Female. Male ... Female. Female- | Male ... | Male - Remaless ss: | "sess cae- a Ses} o Suez OOet | 291. | | Aug. 29..! 226! Female..... pesos abs aecc tees Mean of all determinations. ........ —0. 628 | —0. 613 Meanionmalese estes -e eee ae —0. 668 | —0. 653 Mean‘forifemales;2-- 2222222. 22.57 2 -0. 610 —0. 605 The mean or average depression of the freezing point produced by the blood of salmon from the spawning beds, as shown by the above table, is —0.628° C.,a figure that shows a marked falling off in the concentration of the blood when spawning salmon are compared with salt-water and tide-water salmon. The variation in the spawning-ground salmon is very great, as is to be expected when the probable great difference in time spent in fresh water is taken into consideration. Many salmon arrive on the beds during the spawning time in fine flesh and full vigor, while others which have been on the grounds for a longer time show unmistakable external signs of decreased energy and vitality. Such fish have a less concentrated blood and their tissues are notably less firm than is the case with fresh arrivals. The extremes of concentration of whole blood measured at Baird hatchery are Nos. 212 and 61, with a depression of the freezing point of —0.557° and —0.705° C., respectively. No. 212 was an artificially spawned female that was in thin flesh; No. 61 was a large prime male whose muscles were still pink and firm, a fish in full vigor. The larger number of samples of serum show an average depression of the freezing point of —0.613° C., which varies from the mean taken from whole blood determinations by about 23 per cent only. If we consider only the 14 fish in which measurements were made 450 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. on blood and on serum from the same individual, then the mean depression produced by the serum is only 1.7 per cent below that of whole blood. This difference appears almost wholly in two observations, Nos. 27 and 209, where the difference is considerable. ‘The presence of the corpuscles in suspension in the serum in whole blood ought not to change the depression of the freezing point unless’ the corpuscles are disintegrating. Observations of Hamburger’, Roth’, Bugarsky and Tangl’, and Stewart” all indicate that the corpuscles are inert in freezing determinations and nonconductors in electrical conductivity determinations. Considering the fact that the serum has essentially the same concentration as blood, then No, 206, with a serum that depresses the freezing point, —0.518° C., is the most dilute blood exam- ined. This specimen was an old male off the retaining rack and in my list represents the specimen nearest death and disintegration. The sides of this specimen were covered with fungus patches, and the skin was broken on an area over the back and on the nose. These pathological conditions would tend to break down the general osmotic resistance of the skin, just as erosion of the skin permits free absorption of materials in man or the higher animals. On the other hand, one must not draw the conclusion that this is the only or even the primary factor leading to the dilution of salmon blood in fresh water. In specimen 212 the skin was clean and perfect, and the fish seemed externally in perfect condition as far as abrasions and general appearance of the skin indicate. Yet the blood gave only —0.557° C. and the ovarian fluid the remarkably low figure of —0.429° C., some 0.12° below the general average of the series. The lower the vitality of the tissues for whatever cause the more dilute the blood was found to be. If salmon blood be allowed to stand for a day in a warm room, then the corpuscles break up in large quantities and the increased number of ions and molecules set free will of course increase the depression of the freezing point. Experiments in which there was evidence of such change were discarded and do not appear in the above considerations, as stated before. On the whole, the variations in the above table are to be explained as due to the different condition of the individuals studied, differences due to different times of sojourn in fresh water, differences in sex, vitality, ete. The difference in the blood of males and of females is especially noticeable. The average depression for the whole blood of males is —0.668° C., and for serum —0(.653°. The average for females is —0.610° and —0.605° C. for blood and for serum, respectively. This variation in the sexes amounts to about 83 per cent—i. e., the female blood, as determined above, is 83 per cent less concentrated than male blood and the serum 7% per cent less. I believe this observation has its explanation in the more profound changes taking place in the development of the large mass of the ovary as compared with the relatively smaller mass of the testes, and in connec- tion with the production of the large quantity of ovarian fluid at the time of the ripening of the eggs. Se aHamburger, H. J., Ueber die Regelung der osmotischen Spannkraft von Flissigkeiten in Bauch- und Peritoneal- hohle. Archiy f. Anat. u. Physidlogie, Physiol. Abt., 1895, S. 281. bRoth, Wm., Electrische Leitfihigkeit thierischer Fliissigkeiten. Virchow’s Archiv, Bd. 154, 1899, S. 466. eBugarsky and Tangl, Untersuchungen tiber die molecularen Concentrations-Verhaltnisse des Blutserums. Cen- tralb. f. Physiologie, Bd. XI, 1897, S. 301. aStewart, G. N., Elektrische Leitfaihigkeit thierischer Fliissigkeiten. Centralb. f. Physiologie, Bd. XI, 1897, S. 332. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. 451 THE OVARIAN LIQUID FROM MATURE FEMALE SALMON. A quantity of serous liquid, the ovarian fluid of Miescher-Russch, is always found in the abdominal cavity of the ripe females, the liquid being extruded with the eggs. This liquid is easily collected during the artificial spawning. It amounts to from 100 to 150 cubie centimeters, but varies greatly in quantity in different individuals. Determinations of the freezing point were made on series of samples of this ovarian liquid in the summers of 1901 and 1902. Females to be spawned were very rarefully freed from excess of water by wiping with dry cloths and the eggs spawned into a clean dry spawning pan. The liquid extruded with the eggs was strained through dry cleansed cheese-cloth into prepared bottles. The method of collecting did not admit of contamination at any point. The depression of the freezing point produced by these samples is given in the table below: TasBLe XII.—Depression of the freezing point produced by the ovarian liquid from ripe salmon from the spawning beds at Baird, Cal. | Depression of Date | ol the freezing | pointy 1901. a Aug. 23 ..| 36 Aug, 23 37 i Aug. 23 . 38 Aug. 24 40 | Aug. 24 41 Aug. 24 42 | Aug. 24 43 Aug. 28 51 |} Aug. 28 62 | Aug. 28 53 | Aug. 28 54 Aug. 28 55 | Aug. 27 56 | Aug, 29. 58 | Aug. 30 60 Aug. 31 62 Aug. 31 63 1902. | Aug. 20 207 | Aug. 23 211 | Aug. 23. 212 | Aug. 26. 214 Aug. 26. 215 Aug. 29 225 Aug. 29 226 | Mean of 24 spec- IMensisscee tes | —0. 549 The determinations reported in this table are remarkable for uniformity in result. There is only one noteworthy exception to the statement, viz., No. 212. In this fisa the concentration of the ovarian liquid is exceptionally low. By reference to Table X1 it will be seen that the blood of this fish also is very low, being —0.072° C. below the average in concentration. Leaving aside the ovarian fluid of No. 212, then the averages of determinations on the ovarian liquids for the two seasons agree within one point in one thousand, being —0.555 and —0.554 for 1901 and 1902, respectively. The concentration of the liquid from the abdominal cavity is less than that of the blood or the serum. The following tables give sets of determinations made on the ovarian fluid, the serum, and the whole blood from the same animal (Table XIII), and on the serum and ovarian liquid (Table XIV). 452 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TasLe XIII.—Depression of the freezing point produced by the blood, the serum, and the ovarian fluid from the same animal. ; | Date No. | Blood. Serum. | Ovarian fluid. | = 5s ei | ONG: DIG: | A=—0.586 A=—0.590 —0. 583 —0. 588 —0. 628 —0. 625 —0. 576 —0.579 | —0. 614 —0.596 | —0. 638 —0. 635 | —0. 604 —0. 602 TaBLeE XIV.—Depression of the freezing point produced by the serum and by the ovarian fluid from the same fish. Date. No. | Serum. Ovarian fluid. By | A=—0. =0: —0. -0. —0.6 —0. 6: | —0.579 | —0. 559 —0.596 —0. 48 —0. 635 —0.571 | —0. 605 | —0.555 —0.611 —0.559 These tables, together with Tables XI and XII, demonstrate that the ovarian fluid has an average concentration less than that of the blood or serum of from 0.060° C. to 0.080° C. The ovarian fluid in those fish in which the serum also was measured has a mean or average depression of the freezing point less than that of the serum by 0.052° C. In the six instances in which the whole blood and the serum also were determined the difference between the serum and ovarian liquid is 0.054° C.; between the whole blood and ovarian fluid, 0.056° C. Considering all the determinations on female salmon the mean difference becomes somewhat more, viz., 0.056° and 0.061° C., respectively. (See Tables XI and XII.) On the evidence at hand it would appear that the ovarian liquid bears a constant difference in concentration, represented by a difference in the freezing point, of from 0.050° to 0.060° C. less than that of the blood plasma of the same animal. The origin of the ovarian fluid in the salmon needs further investigation. In the one unripe female which I used in experiments, in which the eggs were not yet set free in the body cavity, the eggs were free from excess moisture and there was no appreciable amount of liquid in the abdominal cavity. Mr. G. H. Lambson, the superintendent of Baird Station, writes me in response to my inquiry: We have opened many females before the eggs were ripe, but never have noticed any egg fluid in them. The eggs before they separate are rather dry and do not wet the fingers. When we open the green females it is to secure the eggs for fishing and we may have overlooked the fluid, but from the fact that the eggs are practically dry I should think none was present. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON. : 4538 I have seen such females opened, but no liquid was present. Males do not con- tain more than a few drops of abdominal cayity liquid. In one of the largest male specimens used not enough liquid could be obtained from the body cavity for a freez- ing determination. The ovarian liquid is a clear, limpid, slightly translucent fluid very like mamma- lian transudates, hydrocoele fluid for example, in appearance. It makes its appear- ance when the eggs are being set free from the ovary and following this event. Paton” gives a quotation from Miescher-Reusch containing the phrase ‘‘the ovarian fluid which readily exudes from the ripe ovary when broken down.” Miescher- Ruesch? says that this ovarian fluid is a rich concentrated liquid to be regarded chemically as a ‘‘liquid caviar.” He says that the fluid gives the proteid reactions, that it is rich in phosphorized fat (lecithin), containing as much as 20 per cent, and that on digestion with artificial gastric juice it gives a further yield of phosphorus derived from nucleo-proteid. The ovarian fluid in the chinook salmon is much more fluid and less concentrated than in Salmo salar, it one can rely on the observations referred to above. At the time when the eggs are set free in the body cavity there is a very pro- found rupture of the surface of the ovary. ‘There are from 4,000 to 6,000 and even more eggs in each ripe female, hence it is obvious that the entire surface of the ovary is involved in this morphological disturbance. So large a ruptured surface would furnish an ideal condition for the transudation of materials from the blood and the tissues. It is probable also that some of the liquid comes from liquefaction processes in the ovary itself antecedent to and resulting in the freeing of the eggs, though the quantitative relations do not justify the assumption that this latter source accounts for more than a fractional part of the total liquid. Hedin® calls attention to the close correspondence in osmotic tension of blood and transudates, a relation which does not exist between the blood and secretions, a correspondence close enough in this instance to class the ovarian fluid asa transudate. I have not seen indications of the presence of blood pigment in the ovarian liquid which would indicate rupture of blood vessels in the ovary. True, the blood is sometimes present in the artificially spawned mass of eggs and fluid, but always under conditions that point to artificial rupture of ves- sels (usually in the spleen) by the mechanical pressure of spawning. Occasionally the ovarian fluid has a slight yellow color the same as that of the eggs. This color is attributed to the rupture and disintegration of eggs in the body cavity itself. COMPARISON OF THE FREEZING POINTS OF BLOOD OF SALMON FROM THE DIFFERENT REGIONS. The average depression of the freezing point of the salmon blood is, for sea salmon, —0.762° C.; for brackish-water salmon, —0.737° C., and for spawning-ground salmon, —0.628° C. The decrease in concentration for the second and third groups, compared with the first as a standard, is represented by —0.025° C. and —0.134° C., aPaton, D. Noel, Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, 1898, p. 143. 6 Miescher-Ruesch, F. Statistische und Biologische Beitrage zur Kenntniss yom leben des Rheinlachses im Siiss- wasser. Schweizerischer Fischerei-Ausstellung zu Berlin, 1880, 154. e¢ Hedin, S. G., Skand. Archiv f. Physiologie, 5, 8. 277. 454 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. respectively, or a decrease of 3.3 per cent for brackish-water salmon and 17.6 per cent for spawning-ground salmon. This decrease of 17.6 per cent in blood concen- tration is very significant from two very different points of view. First, because the change is as small as it is, considered in relation to so profound a change in environment as that represented by a passage from sea water to fresh water. This change made suddenly is well known to be fatal to many sea forms. The cyclostome ///stotrema stouti,“ when transferred to sea water diluted one-half with fresh water. dies in a few minutes with violent swimming and struggling. The blood of this cyclostome, however, has a concentration about the same as that of, the sea water in which it lives. In three samples determined in July, 1901, the average depression of the freezing point for Polistotrema stouté serum is —1.966° C., as against —1.924° C. for the water of Monterey Bay, in which it lives. This form can not make the transi- tion suddenly, at any rate. The related lampreys are anadromous, and it will be interesting to see what is the concentration of lamprey blood. Marine invertebrates ‘an not safely be transferred to fresh water. In this group, however, as Bottazzi? and others have shown, the blood has the concentration of sea water. Quinton found that the blood of marine invertebrates takes the concentration of the bathing liquid when placed in water of greater or less concentration than sea water—that is, that the skins are permeable to both salts and water. Garrey” has just shown that blood or body fluids of certain marine invertebrates varies not more than 0.02° C. in its freezing point from that of the water in which they live. He tested the following: Thyone briareus, Arhacia punctulata, Asterias vulgaris, Sycotypus canaliculatus, Venus mercenaria, Mya arenaria, Homarus americanus, and Limulus polyphemus. He also shows that the external tissues of these animals are permeable. Mosso* found that sharks (Scey//7wm) transferred to fresh water died within an hour. In fact, the circulation ceased at the end of one-half hour, though the heart still contracted, the blocking of the circulation being due to clogging of the vessels of the gills. Bottazzi also points out that in marine bony fishes the blood has a far less concentration than in invertebrates or in cartilaginous fishes, a fact which I can confirm for all three groups. He makes the point that bony fishes show an interme- diate position in this regard between cartilaginous fishes and air-breathing vertebrates in that they have acquired a certain degree of independence of their surroundings. Garrey was unable to demonstrate permeability of the tissues of Mwndulus when transferred from sea water to fresh water. The salmon show a very decided independence in the relation between the com- position of the blood and the surrounding water. Their gills and skin are imper- meable—the exception, of course, being the permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide. At first thought one would be inclined to ascribe the fall of concentration of the blood of 17.6 pers cent to orngie! absorption of water in fresh water, but such “aThis interesting species has been me aabieel tofa ee rof valuable physiological and eee neiecical papers. It was originally described under the name Bdellostoma stouti Cooper, and has been identified with Bdellostoma dombeyi by several authors. b Bottazzi, La pression osmotique du sang des animaux marins, Arch. ital. de Biol. 29, 1897, 61. ¢Quinton, M. R. Communication osmotique chez l’invertebres marin normal, entre le milieu interieur l’animal et le milieu exterieur. Comptes Rendus, 131, 1900, 905. aGarrey, Walter E. Osmotic pressure of sea water and of the blood of marine animals. Biol. Bull., vim, 1905, 257. e Mosso, Ueber verschiedene Resistenz der Blutk6rperschen bei verschiedenen Fischarten, Biol. Centralb. Bd. 10, 1890, S. 570. PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE CHINOOK SALMON, 455 is not necessarily the inference. The absence of food and the important metabolisms occurring during the eight to twelve weeks’ sojourn in fresh water are to be consid- ered in this connection, and possibly are suflicient to account for the change. The second consideration of the fall of concentration of the blood is in regard to its effect on tissue metabolism and tissue life. Observations on vertebrates have shown that while the concentration of blood may temporarily vary sharply, owing to the taking of water with the food or during abstinence from water and food, still on the whole the concentration is remarkably constant, as Roth’ has already empha- sized. This constancy in physical condition, or isotonicity, is in fact regarded as a prime physiological necessity for the normal life and activities of the tissues. The salmon undergoes a permanent alteration of 17.6 per cent, almost one-fifth, in the concentration of the blood, yet it is able to carry on vigorous activities of the muscular and nervous systems, as well as those internal metabolisms which result in the growth and development of the ovaries and testes and which involve a transfer- ence of materials in large amount to these organs from other parts of the body, especially from the muscles. The question may be raised, Is this decrease in the proportion of solids in the blood really injurious; and if so, how far may it proceed before death takes place? An indication of the limits to this process is given by specimen No. 206, an old male too weak to keep off the retaining rack, from whence I removed it on Aug. 20, 1902. This salmon remained alive long enough to secure a blood-pressure measurement. ‘The serum depressed the freezing point by only —0.518° C., representing a fall in concentration of 32 per cent in comparison with blood from the marine salmon. Basing judgment on this single case, one would say that a 32 per cent decrease in blood concentration represents the approximate limits of blood dilution which will support the organized life of the individual. A reference table of the determinations of the freezing points made by different observers on the blood and serum of divers species of animals is here presented. It is not exhaustive, but represents the results given in the papers available, together with some determinations of my own not previously published. Among the Selachii and marine invertebrata, where the blood concentration follows closely that of the sea water in which they live, obviously one must in making comparisons take the environment into consideration. a Roth, Virchow’s Archiv, Bd. 154, 1899, S. 488. 456 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TaBLE X V.—The depression of the freezing point produced by the blood and serum from different animals as presented by various observers. | | Animal. Blood. Serum. Observer. Dresser. Koranyi.b Hamburger. ¢ Do.d Winter.e Bugarsky and Tangl.f | Hamburger. Winter. ¢ Bugarsky and Tangl.f Do.f | Hamburger. ¢ | Winter.e Bugarsky and Tangl.f Hamburger.¢ Do.d Winter. e Bugarsky and Tangl.f Hedin.g Roth,h Winter. e Roth,h Hamburger.¢ 5 Winter.e Thalassochelys caretta -............. E 6 Bottazzi.t Cerna gigas. ..-- Charax puntazzi ae : Scorpzenichthys marmoratus.......-|.......-..-...-- —1.053 | Greene. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha: | Marine === somes See Sp oehosass Ac f Do. | Fresh-water Do. Salmo irideus ....... Do. Torpedo marmorata. Bottazzi.t Mustelus vulgaris -.. Do. Trigon violacea. . Do. rae occidentalis. -. Greene. Polistotrema stouti.. Do. Tautoga onitis....... Garrey.k Cynoscion regalis --.--- Do. Leptocephalus conger. Do. Anguilla chrisypa..--- aa 9 ie Che Do. Xiphias gladius ... Do. Mustelus canis ---- Do. Carcharias littoralis. = Do. Octopus vulgaris .... Bottazzi.t Octopus macropus. Do. Aplysia limacina . . Do. Aplysia depilans. .. Do. Homarus vulgaris . Do. Majasquinado..- Do. Sipunculus midus... Do. Holothuria tubulosa Do. Asterias glacialis .......: Do. Astropecten auriantiacus . Sones Sed Do. Alecyonarium palmatum .......-.... . 196 Do. Sea water, Bay of Naples, Mediter- Do. ranean. Sea water from Monterey Bay, Pa- |...........-...- —1.924 Greene. cific Ocean. | Sodium chloride: | ispericentesseese tases ee —0.606 Hamburger.d 3.783 per cent —2.29 Bottazzi. 7% aDresser, Arch. f. exp. Pathol. u. Pharm., Bd. XXIX, 1892, 8. 306. bKordanyi, Centralb. f. Physiologie, Bd. VIII, 1894, 8. 503. ce Hamburger, Archiv. f. Anat. u. Phys., Phys. Abt., 1895, S. 281. aHamburger, Centralb. f. Physiologie, Bd. VII, 1894, S. 758. e Winter, Arch. de Physiol., 1895. (This reference and the figures quoted are taken from R chet’s Dictionaire de Physiologie, T. 4, p. 595.) f Bugarsky and Tangl, Centralb. f. Physiol., Bd. XI, 1897, S. 301. g Hedin, Skand. Arch. f. Physiol., Bd. 5, 1895, S. 277. hk Roth, Virchow’s Archiy., Bd. 154, 1899, S. 466. Centralb. f. Physiol., Bd. XI, 1897, 8. 271. i Bottazzi, Arch. italien de Biol., T. 28, 1897, p. 61. kGarrey, Biol. Bull., VIII, 1905, 257. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES, AT WOODS HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS. THE AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. By S. J. HOLMES, PR. D., Assistant Protessor of Zoology, University of Wisconsin. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES AT WOODS HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS. THE AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. ¥S. J. HOLMES, Px. D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Wisconsin. INTRODUCTION. The present paper includes descriptions of all the species of Amphipoda known to occur on the southern coast of New England. In addition, many species have been deseribed which thus far have been found on the New England coast only north of Cape Cod; but it is probable that many of these will subsequently be discovered within the territory covered by this report. Many of the species of Amphipoda of southern New England were daeeribed by Professor Smith in Verrill and Smith’s valuable report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, published in 1873. I have been able, however, to add materially to the number of species mentioned in this work, both by the description of several new species and the discovery of many others heretofore known only from other localities. In the perplexities and difficulties involved in the classification of amphipods, I have received great assistance from Doctor Stebbing’s report on the Amphipoda of the Voyage of the Challenger and the volumes on the Amphipoda in Sars’s Crustacea of Norway. Only by working through a mass of miserable and fragmentary descrip- tion, which it falls to the lot of every systematist to peruse, is one qualified properly to appreciate such thorough and scholarly productions as these two works. I have not thought it necessary to include an extensive synonymy of the species described, and only those references have been given which are necessary properly to connect the descriptions with work that has been done before. A bibliography is added which lists the principal papers dealing with the amphipod fauna of the region covered and of adjacent territory. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the courtesies received during the preparation of this paper from Dr. H. C. Bumpus, formerly director of the laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries at Woods Hole, Mass. My thanks are due also to the PoHOR Society of Natural History for the loan of many valuable specimens, to Prof. J. 5. Kingsley for several specimens borrowed from Tufts’ College, and to Prof. S. L Smith, of Yale University, for the opportunity to examine the types of some of his species. 459 460 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Valuable aid was received both in the way of specimens and literature from the United States National Museum and the Bureau of Fisheries, and is gratefully acknowledged. The photographs of the species illustrated in the plates were taken in the zoological laboratory of the University of Michigan. The Amphipoda are found in practically all parts of the ocean. Many species are confined to near the shore, where they live among rocks and seaweeds. Others are strictly pelagic in habit, such as most of the Hyperiidea, which occur, often in very great numbers, at or near the surface of the open ocean. The Gammaridea also occur in great abundance, especially in the Arctic regions, where they assume, as a rule, a larger size than in more southern waters. Little that is definite is known concerning the réle played by the Amphipoda in the bionomic relations of marine life, but there can be small doubt that it is an important one. In addition to living wpon the seaweeds and the bodies of dead animals, amphipods actively prey upon smaller forms of life. In turn, they fall victims to the rapacity of higher organisms. They are preyed upon by many kinds of fishes, of whose food they constitute a not inconsiderable proportion. ‘The variety of their habitats and the great abundance they sometimes attain render them impor- tant elements in the food supply of many higher marine animals. GENERAL CHARACTERS OF THE AMPHIPODA. Malacostraca, in which the body is divided into a head, a thorax of seven free segments, and an abdomen, which consists typically of six segments and a telson; no carapace; eyes sessile and usually compound; gills in the form of sacs attached to the inner side of the first joint of the thoracic legs; first three pairs of abdominal appendages fitted for swimming; the last three pairs very different from the preceding ones in structure, directed backward, and adapted for springing. With the exception of the terrestrial sand-fleas, belonging to the Orchestiide, all of the Amphipoda are aquatic and the great majority of the species marine. EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF AMPHIPODA. In order to facilitate the identification of species by those who may not be familiar with this group of Crustacea, I have inserted the following account of those structural features which are commonly used in classification: Divisions of the body.—Vhe body of an amphipod crustacean is divisible into three principal parts—head, thorax, and abdomen. The segments composing the head are indistinguishably fused, and there is some difference of opinion regarding the number of segments of which the head is constituted. It is certainly as many as six; according to Della Valle, and to some others, it is seven; and Westwood puts the number as high as nine. But there is not, I believe, sufiicient evidence, either anatomical or embryological, to justify us in recognizing more than seven cephalic segments, if, indeed, that many. The term head, as Doctor Stebbing has remarked, is one of rather loose application. What is termed the head in the Amphipoda corresponds to the head plus the first thoracic segment in the Decapoda. In most of the Amphipoda the head is very sharply marked off from the thorax. In one group, however, the Caprellidea, the first thoracic segment is more or less completely fused AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 461 with the head, but the line of union is usually clearly indicated on the outer surface. The thorax is composed of seven free segments, each of which, except in some of the Caprellidea, bears a pair of appendages. The abdomen in the typical Amphipoda consists of six segments and a small terminal appendage, the telson, which perhaps represents an additional segment. The segments of the abdomen are usually free, but in some forms the last two may be fused. In the Caprellidea the abdomen is reduced to a mere rudiment. Eyes.—The eyes of amphipods are sessile and generally compound. In the Ampeliscide there are instead of two compound eyes usually four eves, each with a simple corneal lens. The eyes of the Hyperiidea are frequently of enormous size, covering most of the surface of the head. In Phrondma they are distinctly separated into upper and lower divisions. First antenne.—The first antenne are composed of a basal portion, or pedancle, which never consists of more than three joints and a terminal, usually multiarticulate, flagellum. A secondary flagellum is often present, but is generally of small size. Second untennx.—The peduncle of the second antenne consists typically of five joints. In the second joint occurs the opening of the antennal gland, which is generally indicated by a conical prominence. The flagellum is generally long and slender, but in some forms it is short and stout and employed in locomotion. Both pairs of antenne bear sete, and often olfactory clubs and peculiar slipper-shaped appendages called calceoli. Upper lip.—This is a plate articulated in front of the mandibles. Its form varies greatly in different groups. Mandibles.—TVhe mandibles of amphipods are strong and adapted for cutting and grinding. On the outer surface is inserted the palp, which never consists of more than three joints and may be reduced to two or even one. In many forms it is absent entirely. The inner edge of the mandibles is generally divided into teeth. Below the principal cutting edge is usually a smaller secondary plate, which is movably articulated and generally dentate. On the concave surface of the mandible there is usually a large molar tubercle with a roughened, rasping surface. In some forms (Lyssianasside) the molar tubercle may be small or absent. The right and left mandibles commonly differ in structure. Lower lip.—This consists of two principal lobes fused for a certain distance in the middle line. First maville.—TVhe first maxille consist of an inner plate, an outer plate, and a palp. The inner plate is smaller than the outer and is frequently very much reduced in size, or absent. The outer plate is elongated and tipped with a row of stout, curved, and usually denticulated or pectinate spines, which are employed in mastication. The palp consists of two joints or less. In Orchestia and some other genera it is absent. Second maxrille.—The second maxille are slender and weak and consist of a basal piece, upon which are joined an inner and an outer plate. These are generally flexible and setose on the margins. Maxillipeds.—The maxillipeds consist typically of an inner plate, an outer plate, anda palp. The first joints of the right and left maxillipeds are fused in the middle B.B. F. 1904—30 462 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. line. The inner and outer plates are formed by the anterior expansion of the second and third joints, respectively; the remaining joints, four in number or less, con- stitute the palp. Both inner and outer plates are frequently furnished with stout spines, which are employed in mastication. Thoracic legs.—The first two pairs of thoracic legs differ considerably in structure from the succeeding appendages and are designated gnathopods. The remaining five pairs are called the pereopods. Each thoracic appendage consists of seven joints, which may be designated, counting from the articulation with the body, as the coxal plate, basal joint, ischium, merus, carpus, propodus, and dactyl. The first joint or coxal plate is joined so as to permit only a small amount of lateral movement, and lies mainly outside the following joints, so that it apparently does not form a part of the appendage. The basal joint is elongated. The ischium, except in the posterior gnathopods of the Lysianassidee, is short. The three follow- ing joints vary greatly in their relative development in the different groups. The terminal joint or dactyl is usually in the form of a claw. Only very rarely is it absent (Haustorius, Bathyporeia). The gnathopods usually have the propodus in the form of a hand, and are adapted for grasping objects, although in many forms they are also employed in ordinary locomotion. The structure and relative size of the gnathopods vary exceedingly in different groups. In some cases the dactyl closes against a thumb-like process of the hand, as in the claw of the lobster, and in such cases the gnathopods are said to be chelate. Usually the dactyl closes against one margin of the hand, the palm, and then the gnathopods are said to be subchelate. Marked sexual differences are common in structure as well as in the size of the gnathopods, and in several species (/Jassa, some Orchestias) a dimorphism occurs in the second gnathopods of the male. The genus ated is unique in having the first gnathopods in a rudimentary form. vereopods.—The first two pairs of pereopods are usually of similar form and nearly equal size. They are generally smaller and less stout than the following pairs and have a narrow basal joint. Their coxal plates, like those of the gnathopods, are generally large. The dactyls in nearly all amphipods point backward. In many genera which Della Valle unites under the family ‘*Corofidi” the first two pairs of perzopods contain glands which may extend from the second into the fifth joint and which produce a sticky fluid which is discharged through a duct opening at the tip of the dactyl. This fluid, which hardens into a sort of web as it is drawn out of the duct, is used in the construction of tubes or nests in which the animal takes up its abode. The following three pairs of pereopods usually have small coxal plates and broad basal joints. They are generally of unequal size and in many genera are very dissimilar in form. The dactyls usually point forward. Abdominal appendages.—The abdominal appendages of amphipods fall under two very different types. The anterior three pairs, the pleopods, are adapted for swimming. Each consists of a single basal piece which bears two multiarticulate rami, which are furnished with long, plumose sete on both sides of each joint. The two basal pieces of each pair are held together by a series of coupling spines on the lower portion of the inner margin. The three posterior pairs of appendages, or the uropods, are firm in texture and comparatively immobile. They all point posteriorly and are closely approximated. Each consists of a basal piece, or peduncle, and two AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 4638 rami, which are generally uniarticulate, although in some forms the outer ramus consists of two joints of which the terminal one is usually small. Both peduncle and rami are generally armed with strong spines along the upper margins and at the tip. The terminal pair of uropods is frequently quite different in form as well as size from the preceding pairs. The outer ramus is sometimes greatly elongated while the inner one is rudimentary (J/el’ta, Niphargus, and a few other genera). In many genera the inner ramus is completely lacking ( Orchestia, Corophium, the Stenothoide). A great many amphipods, on the other hand, have the outer ramus of all the uropods shorter than the inner one. Very rarely (Cerapus) the second uropods are uniramous as well as the third. In /erezonotus the uropods are reduced to two pairs. The Caprellidze, owing to the rudimentary condition of the abdomen, possess at most two pairs of abdominal appendages, and these much reduced in size. In some members of this group the abdomen is entirely deyoid of appendages. Gills.—The gills of amphipods are in the form of flattened sacs which depend from the inner side of the coxal plates of the thoracic legs. They are usually confined to the last six pairs of thoracic appendages, but are lacking in different seoments in different groups. Marsupial pouch.—The eges of the Amphipoda are carried in a pouch under the thorax of the female. This pouch is formed by overlapping lamelle which arise inside the base of the second to the fifth thoracic appendages. In some forms there are less than four plates, but it is very rare that there are five. Each lamella is gen- erally more or less spatulate in form and bears on the margins very long plumose sete, which serve to hold the plates together. The following abbreviations are used in connection with the figures in the text: OME =) ar=/)-1= first antenna. /Deaneee pereeopod. Gnisse2552 second antenna. f AE telson. Gipaseaes gnathopod. Wie ania uropod, Tribe HYPERIIDEA. ~ Head generally large, often with enormously developed eyes; maxillipeds with the inner plates coalesced; palp wanting; gnathopods not very large, coxal plates small; last two abdominal segments fused. The Hyperiidea are pelagic forms and are often found in association with medusz, or, more rarely, other pelagic animals. The species often have a very wide range, and it would not be surpris- ing, therefore, if forms were met with off the coast of New England which had previously been recorded only from a far distant locality. Nearly all the known species of Hyperiidea are fully described and figured in the excellent Monograph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea by Prof. Carl Boval- lius. The species that have been met with near the coast of southern New England are described below. Family HYPERIIDA. - Head very large and tumid, the sides entirely occupied by the enormous eyes; antennz short and with undivided flagella in the female; with long multiarticulate flagella in the male; mandibles with a palp; gnathopods simple, subchelate, or complexly subchelate; perzeopods not greatly modified; uropods biramous, with flattened lanceolate rami. Perzopods subequal in length. Carpal ilobe of-the first enathopods'short.onr/ absent. c=. o- c= a-c/- ocean amcecwccecscaceeneetacccesccuuee HYPERIA Carpal lobe of the first gnathopods as long as the propodus ---- HYPEROCHE Mnird percopodsanarkedly longer than the Omersss-seee. - = oe on occ ec s coecice Seca cece ce cs cack EUTHEMISTO 464 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Hyperia galba (Montagu. ) Body tumid; antennz in the female scarcely half as long as the depth of the head, the first a little longer than the second; in the adult male both antennze may exceed half the length of body; first gnath- opods with carpus produced at the posterc- - inferior angle into a triangular pointed lobe; gre 2 second gnathopods with carpus produced into a narrow triangular lobe at the postero-infe- rior angle extending to or beyond the middle of propodus; perzeopods almost devoid of setze; rami of terminal uropods narrowly ovate- lanceolate; telson triangular-ovate, acute. Hyperia galba, male. After Sars. Length, 15 mm. Arctic specimens may attain a length of 20 mm. Arctic regions; Norway; British Isles; France; Greenland; off Cape Breton, Nova Scotia; Grand Manan; Gulf Stream, longitude 110° 9’ N., latitude 68° 52’ W.; Eastport, Me.; Salem and Woods Hole, Mass. Found commonly in Aurelia. Hyperia medusarum (Miiller). This species is closely allied to H. galba, but may be distinguished by the following characters: The gnathopods are larger and densely setose on the sides, while in ga/ba they have almost no setze on the surface; the postero-inferior angle of the first gnathopods is not produced, and that of the second is not produced as far as the middle of the propodus; the posterior margins of the first and second perzeopods are well furnished with sets. Length, 15 mm. Arctic regions; Norway; Greenland; Labrador (Packard); Bass Harbor (on Cyaneqa). Often found in Cyanea and Aurelia. It is very probable that this species will be found as far south as Woods Hole, although I have no knowledge of its occurrence south of Cape Cod. Its usual host, Cyanea, is often taken farther south. Professor Smith reports two species of Hyperia from Vineyard Sound. It is quite probable that they were this and the preceding species. Hyperoche abyssorum (Boeck). Body rounded above, more tumid in the female than in male; second antenn:e in female much smaller than first, the latter Very much shorter than the depth of head; flagellum of second antennz not much longer than peduncle; both pairs of antennze much elongated in male; gnathopods of similar form; carpus in both pairs produced into a long acute lobe which extends below the propodus to or beyond its distal end; first two perseopods with carpus compressed, the posterior edge acute, dentic- ulated and produced at lower end into a tooth; three posterior pereeopods subequal and not much longer than first two, but with long and slender dactyls and narrower carpi; telson triangular-ovate, not reaching the middle of peduncle of terminal uropods. Length, 5-6 mm. Artic specimens, accord- ing to Sars, may attaina length of 15 mm. All of the specimens of this species which I have examined are of small size. Artie regions; Norway; Greenland; Labrador; Albatross station 2029; Domino Harbor. Euthemisto compressa ((i0és). Body earinated above, the carina on last two segments of thorax and the first two of abdomen produced posteriorly in adults into a tooth. First antennee in adult female about as long as the head is deep, the tip curved downward; carpus of first gnathopods broad, but not produced at the postero- inferior angle; propodus about as long as carpus and about twice as long as dactyl; second gnathopods with carpus produced below propodus nearly to the tip; dactyl slender, but little over half the length of propodus; carpus of first and second perzeopods expanded, rather narrowly but regularly oval, the posterior margin furnished with several long and stout setee; propodus narrow, curved, little tapering, ‘and closing against the carpus; third perzeopods longer and stouter than the posterior two pairs, which reach but little farther than middle of propodus of the former; anterior margin of propodus armed with about ten setze and minutely pectinated with very short setze; dactyl over one-fifth the length of pro- AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 465 podus and devoid of setze; outer ramus of uropods much shorter than inner; telson not one-fourth the length of peduncle of terminal uropods. Length, 12-30 mm., the latter attained by Arctic specimens. Norway (Sars); Arctic Ocean; Greenland; Jeffries Bank, Labrador; off Marthas Vineyard, Alba- tross stations 914, 2029, 2095, 2101, 2255. This species, like the following one, is often taken in large quantities at the surface. Frequently many hundred specimens are taken without a single adult, or numerous adults may be taken without finding a single immature individual. The teeth on the dorsal side of the thorax and abdomen are often absent entirely in the young of both species. Euthemisto bispinosa (Boeck). Body carinated above, the carina on last two thoracic segments produced posteriorly in adults into a tooth; antenne about as in compressa; first perseopods with carpus irregularly oval, much broader than in compressa, the posterior margin bulging strongly backward near the proximal end and furnished with several rather weak sets; carpus of second pereopods oyal, broader than in compressa, the setee on posterior margin much as in first pair; third perzeopods large, much elongated; carpus markedly stouter in the basal half; propodus very narrow, elongated and straight, anterior margin furnished with but few setze, mainly on proximal portion and pectinate with minute spinules which increase in length toward distal end, where they may equal or exceed the diameter of the joint; dactyl devoid of setze and less than one-fifth the length of propodus; uropods and telson as in preceding species. Arctic Ocean; Finmark; Greenland; off Nova Scotia (Stebbing); Gulf of Maine; Vineyard Sound; Grampus station 89; Long Jsland. Family PHRONIMID. Very deep head, on the sides and top of which are located the large eyes; antenn attached to anterior side of head, the flagellum of both pairs multiarticulate in the male; second antennz rudi- mentary in the female; no mandibular palp. Phronima sedentaria (Forskal). Several specimens of this species, from various points off the coast of New England, were examined. They were usually found in tests of Salpa. The species is very extensively distributed over both the Atlantic and the Pacific oceans. The variations due to differences of age and sex are very great and have given rise to much confusion and the formation of many synonyms. @ Tribe GAMMARIDEA. Head rather small, with eyes rarely of very large size; body usually compressed; maxillipeds with inner plates free and furnished with a palp. The Gammaridea include the typical Amphipoda. Both the Hyperiidea and the Caprellidea are to be regarded as aberrant groups, highly specialized in relation to their peculiar habits of life. The Gammaridea comprise by far the greater number of species of amphipods. The group is one of great diversity, and its proper subdivision is attended with unusual difficulties. There are extremely wide differences of opinion regarding the limits of the families into which it should be divided. In the elaborate monograph of the Gammaridea by Della Valle, all the genera are grouped into ten families; Sars distinguishes twenty-five families in the fauna of Norway alone, and several new families have been instituted by Doctor Stebbing. At present a large number of families is proposed without being grouped into anything that approaches a satisfactory system. In the present paper I have not attempted the task of grouping the genera into families, as it was not really necessary for the purpose in hand, and have inserted a key which enables one to pass directly to the genera. aT subjoin a list of species of Hyperiidea examined from regions somewhat beyond the one covered by this paper. Parathemisto oblivio (Kroyer); Albatross stations 2029 and 2101. Cystisoma spinosum (Fabricius), a single specimen; Albatross station 2199. Oxycephalus clausi (Boyallius); Albatross station 2095, Anchylomera Blossevillii (Milne-Edwards); Gulf Stream, several specimens. Vibilia viatrix (Bovallius); a single specimen from off Newport. An undetermined species of Thyropus is reported by Professor Smith as having been taken off Gay Head. 466 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Key to the genera of Gammaridea. A. Eyes four, sometimes apparently only two (Haploops), each with a simple lens (Ampeliscide). Terminal uropods extending much beyond the others; telson oblong, deeply cleft .................... AMPELISCA, Pp. AA. Two compound eyes, or, rarely, the eyes rudimentary or absent. B. First antenne much shorter than the second; mandibles devoid of a palp; terminal uropods with a single uniarticulate ramus (Orchestiide). C. First antenne exceeding the tip of the peduncle of the second pair; aquatic forms ........--- ALLORCHESTES, p. CC. First antenne much shorter than the peduncle of the second; terrestrial forms. Mirstienathopodsiinibothisexes subchelatesces sce sciscinew joao eeatee eee eee eee ee ORCHESTIA, p. Hirst gnathopodsisimple inithe femal Cosmas semen aeec eens ee se eee eo ee TALORCHESTIA, p BB. Without the combination of characters of B. C. First two pairs of parzeopods devoid of spinning glands. D. Last pair of perzeopods much longer than the preceding ones, with the dactyl very long and styliform; eyes nearly contiguous above, near the end of the projecting front ((diceride). Carpus of the anterior gnathopods devoid of a prominent posterior lobe -...........---.----- PARCDICEROS, p. Carpus of the anterior gnathopods prolonged into a long lobe which extends behind thethanG ssc soso -seioce oe coe seca oe ore eeinsteiec soe ee aaa setae wins aasoe sonal Seisee ees eee MONOCULODES, p. DD. Without all the characters of D. E. Rostrum produced into a hood oyer the antennsz, Penultimate pereopods much longer than the last pair (Phoxocephalidz). K Palprof thefirstimaxilize tyo-jointed |. --cscccc. ope seca cana sn eee netics see et eee ee HARPINIA, p. FF. Palp of the first gnathopods one-jointed. Second gnathopods markedly larger than the first.-.........----.----20---eee-eeeee-- PHOXOCEPHALUS, p. First and second gnathopods of equal size EE. Rostrum not as in E. F. Mandibles not denticulated; palp three-jointed; first antenne witha short, thick base and a secondary flagellum; coxal plates deep; second gnathopods elongaied, slender, flexible, with the ischium elongated and the hand small and furnished with dense patches of short sete; dactyl rudimentary (Lysianasside). (GEM TSO TULTIE erate atctale teeta a ce he alae LYSIANOPSIS, p. GG. Telson deeply cleft. H. Postero-lateral angle of the third abdominal segment not produced...........--..-- HH. Postero-lateral angle of the third abdominal segment produced into a samy tooth HHH. Postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment produced into a large upturned tooth, above which is a deep marginal sinus. Basal joints of first antennze distally produced above; secondary flagellum small..HIPPOMEDON, p. Basal joints of first antennz not so produced; secondary flagellum well developed....ANONYX, p. FF. Without the combination of characters of F. G. Terminal uropods with a single ramus. PARAPHOXUS, p. - TRYPHOSA, p. HOoPLonyx, p. 474 . 479 Terminal uropods extending but little beyond the others; telson short and broad, not deeply cleft ....... BYBLIS, p. 482 472 469 . 468 477 477 475 H. Ramus of terminal uropods one-jointed; first gnathopods massive, the second small ...... UNCIOLA, p. 520 HH. Ramus of terminal uropods two-jointed (Stenothoidz). Mandibles: wa thy arpeilp este. cee cm ceinmtatactoe oc meta a mieten me etal alate mieten ote ee alanine ear METOPA, p. 483 Mandibles without a palp. STENOTHOE, p. 484 GG. Terminal uropods biramous; abdomen with tine last three segments free. H. Anterior gnathopods with the carpus and propodus forming a chela.......--.-----.--- LEUCOTHOE, p. 486 HH. Not as above. I. Carpus of the gnathopods joined in front of the proximal end of the propodus........... Evusirus, p. 493 II. Carpus joined in the usual manner, J. Persopods devoid of dactyls and peculiarly modified for digging ......-.....--.-... HAUsTORIUS, p. 476 JJ. Pereopods with dactyls. x K. First antenne with an accessory flagellum. L. Terminal uropods flattened, projecting beyond the others. Gnathopods larger in the male than in the female, the second pair generally larger than the first; telson small, flattened, cleft, or emarginate (Gammaride). M. Inner ramus of the terminal uropods scale-like, rudimentary; first antenne longer than thie SecON Goce eae ae caren nite eee inte aneera sre cal nate iele ee eee Sasceoeos MELITA, p. 504 MM. Inner ramus of terminal uropods not rudimentary, although often considerably smaller than the outer, N. Telson only slightly emarginate; thorax and abdomen dorsally Carina beds 1 ise ra Se Sew cae ales stale see a fais hectare ates eee tern GAMMARELLUS, p. 508 NN. Telson deeply cleft. ©. Last three segments of the abdomen with fascicles of spines. First three abdominal segments produced behind into acute teeth..CARINOGAMMARUS, p. 503 First three abdominal segments not so produced; abdomen not dorsally Leeroy hn le AR eee en oc beso aadod Sa nocaoSsIaced shoe CONC nC eo dboroeccedscSrane! GAMMARUS, p. 500 es AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 467 OO. Last three segments of the abdomen without fascicles of spines, although there may be spiniform projections from the posterior margins of the segments. Terminal uropods with comparatively short and broad rami. POStERIOLPErPODROSIRLOU Use teerts cial en eieple nee sien serene ain ae aietaia ae ELASMOPUS, p. 507 Terminal uropods elongated; posterior perzeopods rather slender.......-..---- M2RA, p. 525 LL. Not with all the characters of L. M. Body spiny; secondary flagellum minute...........-...---.---------------- RHACHOTROPIS, p. 493 ~ MM. Notas above. Coxal plates enormously developed; body tumid; no mandibular palp..STEGOCEPHALUS, p. 482 Mandibles with palp; fourth abdominal segment with an upturned process; coxal DISLESOM ONO IN AT yy SIZC yee se se ee ae eee aoe motte cele oie ee = PONTOPOREIA, p. 476 KK. First antennz with no secondary flagellum. L. Maxillipeds with the palp small and two-jointed; parasitic; thorax rather broad and UTR G esoe ome ase dentine 19d SoGeenC Oe mse nibs SSanooocusenpde tH ces oN bE assessors LAFYSTIUS, p, 492 LL. Not as above. M. Telson cleft. N. First gnathopods rudimentary... .- 2... 2.220 cece cece encase cn cwescecccenccccsssessccs= BaTEA, 499 NN. First gnathopods not rudimentary. O. First three pairs of coxal plates pointed below; body with prominent spines or tuber- eles and a median dorsal crest; head with a very prominent rostrum. Body with prominent tubercles on either side of the dorsal crest.........--. EPIMERIA, p. 491 OO. First three coxal plates not pointed below. Fourth abdominal segment with a posterior dorsal prominence; no mandibular palp DEXAMINE, p. 498 Fourth abdominal segment without a posterior dorsal prominence; mandibular DAL EN ee-] OU Le Cee aes a see eee eee eee ee ee ee ae PONTOGENEIA, p. 476 MM. Telson not cleft. N. Body dorsally carinated. ©. Abdomen with tubercles or spines on either side of the dorsal carina. P. Postero-lateral margins of the abdominal segments with very large Ry MCs bering Hoos acacia Ce UAL Stagencsaeeasene eee oe SeGE OREO RUCSOCS ACANTHOZONE, p. 491 PP. Postero-lateral margins of the abdominal segments with tubercles but no large DUT OS epee tagee ara stereo sien a ote toe iaaie sper ae iate mieten ie niet = im immaterial PLEUSTES, p. 488 OO. Abdomen devoid of tubercles or spines, except at the postero-dorsal and postero- dateralisn plese sas see ome oe see eee alate oe eile oe ae aie alo alates ain PARAMPHITHO#, p. 489 NN. Body without a prominent dorsal carina. O. Antennz with calceoli; last peduncular joint of the first antennz with a terminal lobe. Dorsal spines on some of the body segments. .........---------------------- HALIRAGES, p. 495 SN O1GLOTSE LES) OLIN Cs peste are aca a nil oll oe i ale ate lata eS CALLIOPIUS, p. 494 OO. Antennz without calceoli; no terminal lobe on the last peduncular joint of the first antenne. First antennez longer than the second ....-.....---...-.--.--.-.-------- SYMPLEUSTES, p. 490 First antennze shorter than the second ....-........---.-.-----------------APHERUSA, p. 495 GGG. Terminal uropods biramous, inner ramus minute. Last three segments of the abdomen fused. Wropods remarks Diy OCH eestor eaie mainte iene eraree ate wala a ctetalaiate a aistale ---CHELURA, p. 508 CC. First two pairs of perzeopods with spinning glands. D. Terminal uropods uniramous. He Mandibularipalp One-jointed) 22502 222 ne em ee ew nln wie ee aes oe Nanna ces enna = | SLPHONG@CETES, D.:522 Me Mand ip ular palpi iO} OL e ene a ms mentale neem oe cee ee erin wien sine element COROPHIUM, p. 521 EEE. Mandibular palp three-jointed ast two pairs Of ULOPOdSs UMITAMOUS=--- 2-5 anne wow ee wiriera oa ane main ale win ai insinl= = aelanim = nese min ane CERAPUS, Pp. 517 Penultimate pair of uropods biramous. Second gnathopods larger than the first .-...-. ERICHTHONIUS, p. 518 DD. Terminal uropods biramous. E. Propodus of the second gnathopods not subchelate........-...-.-.--------------++---------- PTILOCHEIRUS, p. 522 EE. Propodus of the second gnathopods chelate or subchelate. F. Terminal uropods with short hooked rami (Podoceridz). G. First antennze with a secondary flagellum. H. Hand of the second gnathopod of the male very large, and having a thumb-like process arising fromueari the base of thei posteriors1@e n= ete ae ei eee im nee ewes near a nacion ons Sosa JASSA, p. 511 HH. Second gnathopods of the male not as in Jassa. A Antennz rather stout, densely setiferous posteriorly, flagella with few segments. ..ISCHYROCERUS, p. 513 Antenne slender, with multiarticulate flagella ..........-..-..22--..02-------2-<-02-----+- GRUBIA, p. 510 GG. First‘antennz without secondary flagellum -_.....-......-----.------<------------+------/ AMPHITHOE, p. 509 FF. Terminal uropods with narrow rami devoid of terminal hooks. G. Second gnathopods much larger than the first, firstantennee with no accessory flagellum . . PODOCEROPSIS, p. 524 GG. First gnathopods much larger than’ the second, first antennz with a secondary flagellum. Second gnathopods of the male complexly subchelate .............-..-------------- MICRODEUTOPUS, p. 514 Second gnathopods of the male simply subchelate-.........-.----------.s.eeeee eee eee eee eee AUTONOE, p. 516 468 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Talorchestia longicornis (Say). Eyes large; first antenne but little exceeding the penultimate joint of peduncle of the second, flagellum about as long as preceding basal joint, and composed of about six segments; second antennze long, in males sometimes as long as the body, last joint of peduncle armed with short spinules and longer than all preceding joints; flagellum longer than peduncle; epimera not so high as their seg- ments, the lower margins short-setose; first gnathopods in male with the fifth joint produced at the infero-distal angle into a long, rounded lobe; sixth joint gently widening distally, the infero-distal angle produced and rounded; palm transverse; claw projecting much beyond the palm; second gnath- opods in male with hand oblong, large, and thick; anterior margin evenly rounded, the posterior nearly straight; palm oblique, the posterior angle produced; middle part of palm with a broad, convex lobe; finger short, strongly curved at tip, closing on the inner side of a prominence at outer end of palm; in the female the first gnathopods resemble those of the male, but there is no prominent lobe on the fifth joint, and the sixth joint is not distally widened nor produced into a lobe at the infero- distal angle; second gnathopods weak, second joint much widened and strongly convex in front; hand oblong, the lower end rounded; dactyl minute and located on the margin some distance above Talorchestia longicornis. Woods Hole, Mass. The gnathopods of the male are drawn to a smaller scale than those of the female. end of hand; third pereopods very short, the second joint as wide as long; first uropods extending slightly beyond second, rami subequal and about equal to peduncle; in the second pair the rami are longer than the peduncle and the inner rami are considerably longer than the outer; ramus of last uropods about as long as peduncle, but much narrower; telson triangular, fleshy, emarginate at tip, and furnished with a median dorsal groove. General color whitish, with often a row of brown spots along the middle of the back. Antenne reddish or pink at the base, flagella blue; propodi of the posterior peraeopods bluish. Length, 2 cm. Cape Cod to New Jersey. This species is commonly very abundant on sandy beaches. In the daytime these sand fleas lie quiet in their burrows, which are generally some distance above high tide mark. Their presence is indicated by small holes in the sand. The burrows are only a few inches deep, the depth depending largely upon how far the animal has to dig in order to reach moist sand. When dug out in the day- time Talorchestia is rather sluggish and apparently dazed. It often curls up and lies quiet as if feigning death and may even be picked up and handled in some cases without betraying signs of animation. When aroused it commonly makes a few leaps, when, especially if it alights upon loose sand, it lies quiet for a short time and than begins to burrow. At night it comes out of its burrows and may be seen in large numbers running over the seaweed recently washed ashore, which affords its principal food. Then it is very alert and is able to detect one’s approach at a distance of several yards. It is strongly attracted to light and gathers around a lantern inswarms. In fact, the easiest way to procure large numbers of this species is to take a lantern into their midst at night, placing it in the middle of a large blanket or sheet. The Talorchestia that congregate about the lantern may then be gathered in quantity and preserved. i AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 469 Talorchestia megalophthalma (White). Hyes very large, covering greater part of head; first antennie with the three joints of peduncle of subequal length; flagellum much shorter than peduncle; second antennze much as in T. longicornis, but shorter; first gnathopods in male much as in preceding species; fifth joint with a prominent infe- rior lobe; sixth joint narrowing somewhat from the base to within a short distance from the distal end, where it is widened into a rounded posterior lobe; second gnathopods of male with a large, more or less ovate hand, with anterior margin evenly conyex and the much shorter posterior margin nearly straight; palm oblique, evenly convex, spinulose, with a prominence bearing a strong spine at the posterior end; first gnathopods of female with no prominent inferior lobe and the sixth joint tapering distally and not produced at lower end; second gnathopods of female closely resembling those of 7. longicornis; second abdominal segment produced into a small, acute, triangular process at infero-distal ant, gn, 8 | 7 Talorchestia megalophthalma. Woods Hole, Mass. The second gnathopods of the male are drawn to a smaller scale than the other parts. des angle; first uropods with rami equal and about equal to peduncle; second pair with rami longer than peduncle, inner ramus the longer; third pair with ramus slightly longer than peduncle. Color whitish. Length, 15 mm. Casco Bay, Maine; Provincetown (Rathbun); Cape Cod to New Jersey. This species is much less common than lJongicornis, but lives in similar situations. It is readily distinguished by its large eyes and the shape of the second gnathopods in the male. The specimen which was named Orchestia megalophthalmus by White and from which Bate drew his description came from an unknown locality. Owing to Bate’s imperfect description and poor figure, it might be doubted whether the specimens referred to megalophthalma by Smith really belong to this species. Through the kindness of Mr. Bell, I have been able to compare specimens from Woods Hole, Mass., with the type specimen, which is preserved in the British Museum. Although the type is badly mutilated, I am convinced that the specimens from Woods Hole, which I brought for comparison, belong to the same species. Orchestia agilis Smith. Eyes prominent; antennules scarcely reaching penultimate joint of peduncle of antenna; flagellum shorter than peduncle; antennze scarcely half the length of body; peduncle stout in the male, last joint a little longer than preceding one; flagellum shorter than peduncle and composed of 10-15 short, compressed joints; first gnathopods of male with carpus produced below into a laige, rounded lobe; propodus shorter tham carpus, distally widened, the infero-posterior angle produced into a large 470 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES, rounded lobe, the distal margin forming a palm against which the finger closes; a deep notch between this lobe and base of finger; second gnathopods of male with propodus very large and stout; palm very oblique, convex, and notched a short distance within the posterior angle, which is a little produced; ‘the margin, when viewed laterally, shows a broad lobe next the base of the dactylus and two small, rounded lobes near the posterior angle, the tip of the finger resting between the small lobes.’’ In the female neither carpus nor propodus is furnished with a lobe, although the posterior margin of the former is somewhat produced below the middle; second gnathopods of female with propodus oblong, rounded below, and furnished on the anterior margin with a minute dactyl which does not reach the lower end; merus and carpus in posterior pereeopods of adult male swollen; rami of first ant, ---. Ocrhestia agilis. The antennz and uropode are drawn to a different scale from the other parts, and the gnathopods of the male are drawn to a larger scale than those of the female. Specimens from Woods Hole. uropods markedly shorter than peduncle; those of second uropods subequal to peduncle; ramus of posterior uropods several times narrower than the thick peduncle but nearly as long; telson narrowly rounded behind or more or less pointed, spinulous. Length, 1 em. General color, olive brown; antennz red or reddish brown; legs, coxal plates, and after portions of the body of a bluish color. Bay of Fundy to New Jersey. This species is exceedingly abundant under the masses of seaweed near the shore. It is seldom found so far up on the beach as Talorchestia, and is much more active during the daytime. Its specific name is very appropriate, asit hops with the greatest rapidity and, in relation to its size, to a remarkable distance. It is by far the most active of all the sand fleas of the region. When masses of seaweed are upturned the air sometimes fairly swarms with these amphipods. Like Talorchestia this species lives mainly upon seaweed, although it seems to be quite omnivorous and will not disdain animal food. It is seldom found under masses of drift that are not damp, or if so it is buried some distance in the sand. QO. agilis will bear immersion for over a week in sea water, as I have determined by experiment, and is able to swim, when necessary, as if to the manner born. Occasionally I have found specimens on piles at a considerable distance from the shore—fortunate survivors, doubtless, of forms overtaken by the waves and carried out to sea. Like Talorchestia longicornis this species is strongly attracted to the light, although under certain conditions it may become negatively phototactic. AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 471 For details concerning the phototactic reactions of this and other species of amphipods, reference may be made to my paper on Phototaxis in the Amphipoda (American Journal of Physiology, vol. 5, p. 211 ). This is undoubtedly the species referred to as Orchestia gryllus (Bose), by Stimpson, and _ possibly also by De Kay and Say. Bose’s original description, however, does not enable one to decide whether he had specimens of this or some other species of Orchestia. His description and figure apply to palus- tris Smith, as well as to the aboye, although his statements that gryllus “se trouve en grande quantité,”’ and that ‘“‘elle saute par le moyen de sa queue et glisse sur la sable, par le méme ‘moyen, avec une rapidité dont on ne se fait pas une idée,’”’ would more naturally be made concerning agilis than palustris. Orchestia palustris Smith. First antennie reaching a little beyond tip of penultimate basal joint of second antenne, the three basal joints of subequal length; flagellum nearly or quite as long as peduncle; second antennze with penultimate basal joint two-thirds as long as the last one; flagellum longer than peduncle; second, third, and fourth epimera quadrate, rather broader than deep; first gnathopods of male much as in agilis, the carpus having a prominent rounded inferior lobe and the propodus distally widened and x, gm 6 | | si Orchestia palustris. Woods Hole. First antenna and third uropod drawn to a larger scale than the other parts. produced into a rounded lobe at the infero-posterior angle; second gnathopods of male with hand oval, palm very oblique and evenly convex and spinous, the posterior end defined by a small prom- inence within which the tip of the dactyl closes; otherwise the palm forms an even curve with the posterior margin of the hand; dactyl fitting closely to the palm. First gnathopods in female much as In agilis, carpus somewhat produced and rounded at the infero-posterior angle; second gnathopods of female also resembling those of ayilis, but the second joint broader and much mere strongly and evenly conyex in front. Infero-posterior angles of second and third abdominal segments produced into triangular acute points; rami of first uropods shorter than peduncle, those of second pair sub- equal to the peduncle; ramus of last pair equalling or exceeding peduncle and relatively larger than in agilis; telson with a posterior notch, the lobes rounded, spinulous. Length, 18 mm. Color olive brown to olive green; some individuals reddish brown; antennz reddish brown. Cape Cod to New Jersey; coast of Texas. © This species is readily distinguished from agilis by its larger size, longer antennules, less robust hand on the second gnathopods of the male, the palm of which is not lobed, and the differently shaped second joint in the gnathopods of the female. Its habitat is also different, as it is found com- monly around salt marshes, often far from the shore, among grass and weeds or under objects of various kinds which afford concealment. It crawls and runs more readily than agilis and is not so ready to hop. 472 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Allorchestes littoralis Stimpson. Hyale littoralis Smith, Rept. U. 8. Fish Com. 1871-72, p. 556. Eyes oblong or reniform, their distance apart being less than their shortest diameter; first antennze about three-fourths the length of second, the three joints of peduncle of subequal length; flagellum a little longer than peduncle and composed of 9-13 joints; second antennze less than half the length of body; last joint of peduncle a little longer than preceding one, the lower side furnished with a large tuft of fine plumose hairs. First gnathopods much alike in the two sexes, third and fourth joints of subequal length, the latter produced distally into a prominent setose angle; fifth joint with posterior lobe oblong, rounded, and thickly setose; hand oblong, widening distally; palm slightly convex and nearly transverse, the posterior angle armed with two short but rather stout spines; posterior margin with a setose convexity a little distal to the middle; finger closely fitting the palm, inner margin with two or three short setee; a single short seta on outer margin near base. Second gnathopods stout in the male; the second joint elongated and concaye anteriorly, sparingly furnished with small spines on both margins; third joint about as wide as long; fourth joint about twice the length of preceding and strongly produced below into a pointed lobe; fifth joint with posterior lobe very long and narrow; hand large, roughly oval; palm oblique and evenly convex with two short, stout spines at its posterior extremity; posterior margin with a small setose convexity near the palm; finger much as in the first pair. In the female the second, third, and fourth joints of the second gnathopods resemble those of the male; posterior lobe of fifth joint not nearly so narrow and the hand smaller and more oblong than in the other sex; palm a little more oblique than in first gnathopods, armed with two spines at the posterior end; dactyl with a seta on the gn, 2 an, 3 NY Allorehestes littoralis. Woods Hole, Mass. outer margin near the base as in the male. First and second uropods with rami subequal to peduncle; first pair with peduncle armed above with two rows of three or four spines each; last spine of inner row enormously developed, about two-thirds the length of rami and pointing backward; each ramus with two spines on upper margin and a cluster at the tip; peduncle of second uropods with a few spines above; rami with two spines on upper margin and a cluster at the pit; peduncle of third uropods yery short and stout, with a single stout spine on the upper margin, ramus 2s long as peduncle but much narrower; the tip furnished with a cluster of spines. Telson deeply bilobed. Length, 6 mm. General color, green to olive brown; antennce reddish brown; eyes black. Grand Manan to Long Island Sound. Found under rocks rather high up on the beach; in fact, this species shows an approach to a terrestrial habit, as it can with some difficulty walk upright while out of water and hops very readily like the species of the preceding genera. Anonyx nugax (Phipps). Eyes large, dilated below, larger in the male than in the female; first antennze in the female with secondary flagellum over half the length of primary one; second antennz considerably longer than first; in the male both pairs of antennze longer than in the female and the secondary flagellum of first AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 473 pair not half the length of primary one; first gnathopods rather stout, hand long, subrectangular; palm transverse; hand of second gnathopods oblong-oval, about half as long as carpus. densely setose, the minute dactyl articulated near middle of distal ‘margin; last two pairs of pereopods nearly equal in length and considerably longer than third; postero-lateral angles of third abdominal seg- ‘ment ending in a triangular acute projection, above which is a deep sinus; fourth abdominal segment with only a slight dorsal depression; terminal uropods with lanceolate rami furnished with marginal spines and setose on inner edges; inner ramus but little longer than basal portion of outer; telson oblong, cleft nearly to base, a small spinule at the tip of each lobe. Arctic specimens may attain a length of 40 mm. (Sars). The New England representatives of this species are not often half Anonyx nugax. After Sars. epz, Side of that length. third abdominal segment. Second Extensively distributed throughout the Arctic Ocean; found gnathopods enlarged. in the North Atlantic, Norway, Iceland, Greenland, Behring Sea, Labrador. Common off the coast of New England and often found in great abundance near Woods Hole. Tryphosa pinguis (Boeck). Anonyx pinguis Boeck, Bemiirken Norske Amphip., p. 662, 1860. Orchomenenella pinguis Sars, Crust. Norway, p. 67, pl. 24, fig. 2, 1891. A plump, firm, and compact species. Eyes elongated; antero-lateral corners of head produced and narrowly rounded; first antennie short, first joint of flagellum elongated; second antennze much longer than first, especially in the male; coxal plates very large, first four pairs more than twice as deep as their segments; fifth pair much deeper than wide, posterior part of lower margin pro- duced into a rounded lobe; carpus of first gnathopods with a nar- row posterior lobe; hand oblong, distally tapering; palm nearly transverse; hand of second gnathopods oblong, postero-distal angle produced; posterior peraeopods short, basal joints broadly suboval; postero-lateral angles of third abdominal segment rounded, the margin above the angle minutely crenulated or nearly smooth; fourth abdominal segment with a rather deep dorsal depression near anterior end; terminal uropods with inner ramus not exceed- ing basal portion of outer one; telson distally tapering and cleft to beyond the middle. Color, whitish. \ Length, about 7 mm. Tryphosa pinguis. Vineyard Sound, Arctic regions; Norway; Greenland; Labrador; New England. Often taken in abundance near Woods Hole. It is not rarely found in company with Anonyx nugax. This species is closely allied to 7. minuta, but differs from it in haying narrower eyes, stouter first gnathopods with a much narrower posterior carpal lobe, and in the crenulated posterior margins of the third abdominal segment. The forms from New England previously referred to Orchomene minuta doubtless belong to this species. Hippomedon serratus Holmes, new species. Female: Eyes oblong, rather narrow; lateral lobes of head triangular, subacute; first basal joint of first antennze produced distally into a lobe which reaches as far as tip of third joint; second joint distally produced into a much shorter lobe; first joint of flagellum as long as the eight remaining joints; lower margin fringed with long hairs; secondary flagellum three-jointed; second antenne searcely half the length of body, penultimate joint of peduncle about two-thirds length of terminal one; flagellum about twice the length of peduncle; first four coxal plates fully twice as deep as their segments, the first distally expanded, concealing the mouth parts; second and third coxal plates about 474 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. three times as deep as wide, convex in front and concave behind; fourth pair markedly deeper than wide; first gnathopods with hand narrow, distally tapering, somewhat curved backward and about two-thirds length of carpus; palm pectinate with fine spines and not clearly defined above; dactyl about half length of palm; second gnathopods with hand longer than broad, densely ciliated and not exceeding half length of carpus; first and second perieopods with merus produced below nearly to middle of carpus; dactyl fully two-thirds length of narrow and somewhat incuryed propodus; poste- rior margin of basal joint of last perseopods with large, acute serrations; serrations on basal joints of third and fourth pereopods very much smailer; dorsal margin of third abdominal segment quite sud- Hippomedon serratus, female. Newport, R. I. The second antenn were broken in the specimen drawn. denly deflected near posterior end; postero-lateral angles of this segment strongly produced and upturned much as in H. propinquus Sars.; fourth abdominal segment with a dorsal carina; last uropods projecting beyond first pair, rami about twice length of peduncle; telson cleft to beyond middle, the lobes pointed. ; In the male the first antenne are a little longer and have more numerous joints than in the female, and the second antennze are nearly as long as the body. Length, 12 mm. Newport, R. I. Off Cape Ann, 36 feet. This species differs from H. denticulatus in the broader and much less abruptly upturned process at the postero-lateral angles of the third abdominal segment. From H. propinguus and H. holbdlli it differs in having a larger lobe on the first basal joint of the first antennze and in the form of the hand of the first gnathopods. In both these species the hand is widest near the middle and strongly convex behind; in our species the hand tapers from the base and is slightly concaye behind. Serratus differs from all three of the species mentioned in haying coarser serrations on the posterior margin of the basal joint of the last pair of perzeopods. Hoplonyx cicada Fabricius. Eyes narrow above, the lower part dilated; lateral corners of head rounded; first antennze about as long as head and first two thoracic segments, secondary flagellum nearly as long as primary one and composed of about seven joints; second antenn:e much longer than first; first four coxal plates more than twice as deep as their segments; fifth pair nearly as deep as wide; first gnathopods slender, the ischium twice as long as wide; propodus as long as carpus, scarcely tapering distally; palm oblique; second gnathopods with propodus oblong, about half as long as carpus; postero-lateral angles of third abdominal segment produced into asmall tooth; fourth abdominal segment with only a slight dorsal depression; telson nearly twice as long as wide, tapering somewhat distally, and cleft nearly to the base, a minute spinule at tip of each lobe. Hoplonyx cicada. Angle of third abdominal segment and telsi.n. ‘ rig -I or AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. Length, about 15 mm. Extensively distributed in the Arctic regions; Norway; British Isles; Iceland; Greenland; Labra- dor; New England. Often taken in considerable numbers near Woods Hole. Ranges from 20 to over 600 fathoms. The eyes, which are pale in alcoholic specimens, contain in life a bright red pigment. LYSIANOPSIS Holmes, new genus. Antenne short and differing little inthe two sexes; mandibles edentate, furnished with a three- jointed palp behind the middle, and a small molar process nearer the cutting edge than the base of palp; first maxille with narrow inner plate furnished with two apical sete; palp two-jointed; maxilli- peds with inner plate narrow and extending beyond middle of outer one; outer plate oval, the inner margin deyoid of spines; palp narrow; anterior gnathopods rather stout, simple; second gnathopods slender; propodus short, setose, with a minute dactyl near middle of distal margin; postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment rounded; uropods normal; telson entire. ) This genus is closely allied to Lysianella, but differs from it in not having the penultimate joint of . the second antennz expanded, in having the first gnathopods simple instead of subchelate, and in | having the outer ramus of the terminal uropods consisting of a single joint. Lysianopsis alba Holmes, new species. Lateral corners of the head produced into a triangular subacute lobe; first antenn:e short, first : basal joint stout, longer than the next two; flagellum a little longer than the peduncle and composed / of about ten joints; secondary flagellum about half length of primary one and composed of about four joints; second antennie about as long as first; flagellum about as long as peduncle; mandibles each with a small molar tubercle; palp joined a little behind middle; first maxillee with the inner plate narrow and furnished with two sete at the apex; second maxille setose at the tip and ciliated on te Res Lysianopsis aba. Eel Pond, Woods Hole, Mass. ep, Side plate of third abdominal segment. the inner margins. Inner plate of the maxillipeds furnished with plumose sets on the inner margin and armed with a few short teeth at the tip; outer plate devoid of spines or setze and serrated or cren- ulated on the inner margin; first gnathopods stout, propodus tapering distally to the rather stout dactyl; second gnathopods with the propodus subeordate; the three posterior pereopods increasing rapidly in length posteriorly, the last pair quite long and slender and haying the posterior margin of the basal joint serrated; similar serrations on the two preceding pairs, but less pronounced; fourth abdominal segment slightly indented on dorsal side; first uropods extending backward farther than second, and these exceeding the third; peduncle of terminal uropods very stout, longer than the styliform rami and produced into a triangular projection at distal end of upper margin; telson oblong, entire, distally rounded. 476 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Color white; eyes black. The yellow or orange gonads may often be seen through the integu- ment. Sometimes specimens are of a yellowish color. Length, 6mm. Type No. 29246, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Found commonly in the mud in the Eel Pond at Woods Hole. Specimens were also taken off Nobska. This species has the habit of lying very quiet fora long time with its body strongly flexed. When disturbed it starts quickly and swims vigorously for a time and then comes to a yery sudden stop with its body flexed and lies quiet as before. Unlike most amphipods it P is little affected by light, but contact with a solid body causes it T. quickly to stop when swimming and lie still. It has a strong pro- * pensity to get under any object it meets. Individuals coming in con- tact often try to get under each other. Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer. Eyes reniform, red in life; first antennze about as long as the second; first peduncular joint a little longer than the next two; fla- gellum shorter than peduncle; secondary flagellum minute, two- jointed; flagellum of second antenne a little shorter than peduncle; first four coxal plates of nearly equal depth, setose below, a small tooth on the postero-inferior angle of the first three; carpus of first Pontoporeia femorata. After Sars, $0athopods yery broad, projecting in front of propodus, and fur- abs, Dorsal side of fourth abdominal nished with a broad, setose lobe behind; propodus broadly subovate, segment. the posterior margin bulging outward near the base; second gnatho- pods with propodus narrow, a little shorter than carpus; postero- inferior angle produced so that the hand is almost chelate; last pair of pereeopods with basal joint very broad, rounded and strongly setose behind and longer than rest of appendage; fourth abdominal segment with a prominent bifurcated spinous projection in mid-dorsal line; telson somewhat longer than broad and cleft to beyond the middle. Length, 14 mm. Circumpolar; Norway (Sars); Greenland; Labrador. I have found several specimens of this species in the collec- tion of the Boston Society of Natural History, but they had no label giving their locality. It is probable that, like most of the other specimens in the collection, they came from somewhere on the New England coast. T ob, Haustorius arenarius (Slabber). ss) Lepidactylus dityscus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. I, 1818, p. 380. Head with a short, triangular rostrum; eyes small, nearly round; both pairs of antennz short; peduncle of first pair with numerous plumose setze; secondary flagellum over half as long as primary; last two joints of peduncle of second antennze compressed and much dilated, the lower margins fringed with long, plumose sete; penultimate joint several times larger than the last one and produced into a rounded lobe at antero-inferior angle; flagellum not exceeding peduncle; first four coxal plates increasing success- ively in size, the first three concaye behind, strongly convex in front and tapering below to a rather obtuse point; fourth coxal plate larger than the others, concaye behind, strongly convex in front and broadly rounded below; gnathopods rather small, carpus widened at middle, larger than pro- podus, which is very thickly setose and bears a small terminal dactyl which is much reduced in the second gnathopods; first two pairs of perseopods similar, carpus much dilated, being produced into a very large, rounded posterior lobe, which is furnished on the margin with several spines; propodus more or less pyriform, flattened, constricted toward the base, the rounded extremity armed with several spines; third perzeopods with basal joint, merus and carpus much dilated, propodus narrow; fourth perszeopods much larger than third, with the same joints dilated, the small and narrow Haustorius arenarius. Off Marthas Vine- yard. _at distal end; flagellum six-jointed AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. AT7 propodus joined to posterior angle of the quadrate carpus; fifth perzeopods large, the basal joint much enlarged, wider than long, merus short, produced posteriorly into a large lobe which is over twice as wide as Jong; carpus much dilated; propodus much larger than in the preceding pairs. The three posterior segments of the abdomen small. First uropods with a very stout peduncle, which is bent upward, the upper margin armed with several stout spines and concave except near the base, where there is a prominence surmounted by an unusually stout spine, the first of the series, in front of which (proximally) are seyeral iong setee; rami narrow, unequal; terminal uropods with rami about twice length of peduncle, inner ramus the larger and two-jointed; telson broad, divided into two lobes, which are setose on outer and distal margins. Length, 18 mm. Georgia to Cape Cod (Smith); off Marthas Vineyard; Holland (Slabber); Norway (Boeck) ; France; British Isles. I have examined specimens from North Devon, England, and have satisfied myself of their specific identity with our American forms. : Phoxocephalus h6lb6lli ( Kroyer). Phoxus kroyeri Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853. Head with the rostral broad triangular, about equaling peduncle of first antennze; eyes small and imperfectly developed; first antennz shorter than second and not as long as head, first joint of peduncle thick, about as long as next two and having a triangular process gt gn. | Ur, of gnathopods oblong, slightly wid- ened distally, the palm oblique, even- ly convex, and terminated distally Phoxocephalus holboli, female. Grand Manan. with a triangular tooth, at the side . of which is inserted a strong spine; first and second perweopods with merus much wider than carpus and nearly twice as long; propodus narrow, of about same width throughout; dactyl about one-fourth length of propodus; third perzeopods with basal joint very broad and about two-thirds as long as rest of appendage; last perzeopods with basal joint very large, serrated posteriorly and fully as long as all the other joints; postero-lateral angles of third abdominal segment narrowly rounded; terminal uro- pods with rami subequal in the male, narrowly lanceolate and furnished with plumose sete; in the female inner ramus devoid of setze and much shorter than the outer; telson cleft nearly to base into two narrow lobes. Length, 5 mm. Arctic regions; Norway; British Isles; France; Iceland; Greenland; Labrador; Grand Manan (Stimpson); Vineyard Sound in deep water (Smith). and nearly as long as peduncle; sec- ondary flagellum three-jointed and a little over half length of primary one; second antennze with penulti- mate joint expanded, furnished with several spines on surface and distal end and several long setze on lower margin; flagellum six-jointed and shorter thanfpeduncle; first four cox- al plates deeper than wide and much deeper than their segments, lower margins setose; first gnathopods nearly as large as second; basal joint curyed forward; hands of both pairs Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes, new species. Male: Rostrum projecting beyond the first basal joint of first antennze; eyes very large; second antennze with slender flagellum over half length of body; first four coxal plates increasing successively in length and furnished below with several simple sete; first pair expanded distally’ first and second B. B. F.1904—81 478 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. gnathopods very nearly alike; hand oblong, slightly widened distally with an oblique, gently convex palm which terminates posteriorly in a rounded elevation furnished with a few slender spines; first and second perreopods with carpus scarcely half as long as merus and about two-thirds the length of the very narrow propodus; dactyl nearly straight and oyer half length of propodus; third perzeopods with basal joint oblong, slightly concave in front and slightly convex behind; merus a little wider than long; carpus quadrate, broadly expanded, armed with stout spines; propodus much narrower than carpus, but about as long, armed in front with three fascicles of stout spines; dacty] slender, over half length of propodus; fourth pereeopods stouter than in oculatus; carpus shorter than merus or propodus, and, like those joints, armed with fascicles of strong spines; dactyl styliform; fifth perzeopods with basal joint expanded much as in oculatus; merus slightly longer than carpus; dacty] slender, the tip turned slightly forward; posterior margin of lateral expansions of third abdominal segment furnished with several setze; first uropods with rami nearly as long as peduncle, the inner ramus with u ually a single spine near middle and the outer with two or three spines on the basal half of upper ga Paraphoxus spinosus, male. Newport. R. 1. margin; second uropods reaching about to middle of rami of first pair; third uropods extending far beyond the first; rami furnished with plumose setee on both margins, outer ramus with a few short spines on outer side; telson longer than broad, the lobes distally rounded. Type No. 29241, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Length, 4.5mm. Newport, R. I., taken by 8. D. Judd. Numerous specimens were examined, but they were apparently all males and unfortunately the terminal joints of the first antennee had in all cases been broken off. In the type species of Para- phoxus (P. oculatus) the two pairs of antennz in the female are of nearly equal length, the eyes of the female are very much smaller than those of the male, and the terminal uropods smaller, much more unequal in size, and devoid of the marginal plumose setze found in the male. It is probable that similar sexual differences will be found to occur in the present species. This species may be distinguished from oculatus by its stouter appendages. In the third perzeopods the merus is relatively shorter and broader and the carpus broader than in oculatus; the joints of the fourth perzeopods are much stouter and armed with strong spines. In oculatus, according to Sars’s figure in the Crustacea of Norway, there are no setze on the posterior margin of the lateral expansions of the third abdominal segment. Harpinia plumosa (Kroyer). Pho.cus fusiformis Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 57, 1853. Rostral hood extending beyond the antennular peduncle, eyes wanting; first antennze nearly as long as head, first basal joint larger than the next two and bearing a few large plumose setze at distal end of lower margin; second joint produced somewhat at distal end of lower side, where it bears ae AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. A479 several large, plumose setze; flagellum shorter than peduncle and composed of about six joints; secondary flagellum over half the length of primary one and composed of about five joints; second antennie slightly longer than first, the penultimate basal joint broadly expanded and rounded below, where it bears about seven large, plumose sete and several curved spines; flagellum shorter than peduncle and composed of 5-7 joints; first four coxal plates much deeper than their segments and fringed below with long, plumose setee; first and second gnathopods of nearly equal size; hands oval; palm oblique and defined posteriorly by a prominence; posterior pereeopods with the widely expanded basal joint produced and rounded below, and coarsely dentate on the posterior margin with a few irregular and sometimes obscure teeth; postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment produced into a slender, slightly upturned spine; telson about as broad as long, the lobes distally rounded. Length, 7 mm. Arctic regions; Norway; Greenland; Grand Manan; Albatross station 2212. : Ampelisca macrocephala Lilljeborg. Pseudophthalmus pelagicus Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 57, 1853. Ampeélisca sp. Smith, Rept. U. S. Fish Com. 1871-2, p. 561, pl. iv, fig. 17. Head about as long as first three segments of thorax; eyes surrounded with bright-red pigment; lower corneal lens at antero-lateral angle of head; first antennze in the female often shorter than pedunele of second pair; second antenne of the female scarcely exceeding half the length of body, Ampelisca macrocephala, female. Woods Hole, Mass. eps, Side plate of third abdominal segment. last segment of peduncle shorter than preceding one; first pair of coxal plates distally widened and extending as far forward as the eyes; propodus of first gnathopods oblong, about as long as carpus; that of second gnathopods about half as long as carpus; dactyl of first and second perzeopods consid- erably larger than the two preceding joints combined; last pereeopods with basal joint broadly rounded below; ischium broader than long; merus deeply concave below, and produced into a pointed setose lobe at the lower posterior angle; carpus more or less heart-shaped; lower posterior angle more produced than corresponding anterior one and armed with several spines; propodus oblong; lower posterior angle rounded and slightly produced; dactyl slender, often a little longer than propodus; postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment with a long, acute, slightly upturned projection, above which is a rounded sinus followed by a rounded lobe; fourth abdominal segment in the female with a slight dorsal depression followed by a carina, which ends abruptly at the posterior end; penultimate uropods with outer ramus armed near tip with a very long spine. Length, 15 mm. Woods Hole; Newport; Spanish Bay; Cape Ann; Casco Bay, Maine; off Halifax; Grand Manan. Specimens taken from near Woods Hole differ from those figured in Sars’s Crustacea of Norway 4380 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. in that the first pair of coxal plates project a little farther forward, the dactyl of the last pair of perzeopods is as long as, ora little longer than, the propodus, and the dactyls of the first and second pereopods are a little larger. At first I was inclined to regard the Woods Hole forms as constituting a species distinct from, but very closely allied to macrocephala, but a comparison of them with specimens taken at various places along the coast farther north led me to consider them as not specifi- cally distinet. The specimens from north of Cape Cod present gradations between those found at Woods Hole and the forms figured by Sars, so that none of the differences enumerated are constant. Ampelisca spinipes Boeck. First antennze of female a little longer than peduncle of second pair; second antenne less than half the length of body; last two joints of peduncle of subequal length. First antennze in the male very much longer than in the female, being over one-third the length of body; second pair exceeding length of body and with last joint of peduncle much longer than pre- ceding one; propodus of first gnath- /) opods nearly as long as carpus and ©P3 somewhat bulging on proximal por- tion of posterior margin; second gnathopods slender, the narrow car- pus nearly twice as long as the -pro- podus; dactyl of first and second perzeopods about as long as two pre- ceding joints combined; last pair of perzeopods with ischium nearly twice as long as wide, much longer than the nearly square merus; carpus sub- rectangular, elongated; propodus longer than carpus or dactyl; pos- tero-lateral angle of third abdomi- nal segment not produced, and form- ing nearly a right angle; fourth ab- dominal segment of the male with a prominent dorsal carina which ends of Ampelisea spinipes, female. Near Woods Hole, Mass. €p3, Side plate of third abruptly posteriorly; the following abdominal segment. segment deeply indented above; the i corresponding features of the female are much less pronounced; no long terminal spine on outer ramus of penultimate uropods; terminal uropods thickly setose in the male but nearly devoid of sete in the female. General color, whitish; a rose-colored or light-purplish spot in the first coxal plate; a few other spots of the same color may occur on other parts of the body. Length, 14 mm. Woods Hole; Long Island Sound; Newport; Norway (Sars); France. The male differs from the female in having longer second antenne, with the terminal joint of the peduncle relatively longer, the last basal joint being only a little longer than the preceding one in the female; in having the lower side of the peduncle of the first antennze and the upper side of the peduncle of the second furnished with numerous tufts of short setee; in having the fourth abdominal segment with a deeper depression on the proximal portion of the upper side and a more prominent dorsal carina, and in haying the terminal uropods more strongly ciliated. Ampelisca compressa Holmes, new species. Body strongly compressed and generally strongly flexed; head markedly shorter than first three segments of thorax; first antenne shorter than peduncle of second pair; third joint of peduncle a little shorter than first; flagellum only a little longer than peduncle, second antennie slender, over half length of body in female, and much longer than body in adult male; peduncle in male over a third length of body, last joint a little shorter than preceding one; first four coxal plates higher than their AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 481 segments, the first considerably expanded below; first and second perzeopods with dactyl slender and longer than two preceding joints. Posterior per:eopods with basal joint widely expanded; ischium as broad as long; merus with a posterior lobe extending to middle of carpus. Postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment broadly rounded; fourth abdominal segment in both sexes with a prominent dorsal erest which increases in height posteriorly and carries a pair of short sete on its posterior mar- Ampelisca compressa, Vineyard Sound. eps, Side plate of third abdominal segment. gin; terminal uropods similar in two sexes, furnished with only a few short spinules and setze; outer ramus of nearly same width throughout its length; telson about two-thirds as wide as long, lobes rather obtuse distally, but with inner angles subacute. Length, 6 mim. Vineyard Sound; Newport; off Block Island; Long Island Sound. This is the most common species of Ampelisca in the regions around Woods Hole. It is appar- ently easily obtained in large quantities, as I haye examined several bottles containing thousands of specimens of this species with scarcely any other amphipods. Ampelisca agassizi Judd. Byblis agassizi Judd, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. X VILL, 1895, p. 599, figs. 9, l0a-f, 1la-c. Male: Head about as long as first three segments of thorax; eyes normal; first antennie scarcely half length of body; the first joint of peduncle scarcely twice as long as thick, the second nearly twice as long as first and about three times length of third; first two or three joints of flagellum with rather long setee on lower side, the remaining segments narrow, elongated, and furnished with very short setze; lower sides of first two joints of peduncle furnished with tufts of very short hairs; second antennze exceeding length of body; antepenultimate and penultimate joints of peduncle with tufts of short hairs above; last peduncular joint about as long as preceding one; first gnathopods with distal end of coxal joint widened, and about two-thirds as long as carpus; dactyl of first and second gnatho- pods about as long as two preceding joints; last pereeopods with basal joint broad and produced below nearly to tip of merus, lower margin rounded; merus produced distally on posterior side as far as middle of carpus; propodus fusiform, longer than carpus; postero-lateral angle of third abdominal seg- ment rounded; fourth abdominal segment constricted at base, the posterior portion furnished with a high rounded median dorsal crest, the following abdominal segment with a dorsal indentation; terminal uropods extending beyond the others by about half the length of their rami, the rami setose on both margins and not serrated; telson longer than wide, cleft nearly to base, sides convex and lobes distally rounded, each furnished with a pair of short sete. Length, about 7 mm. Described from Mr. Judd’s type specimens (No. 18919) obtained from the U. 8. National Museum. This species is, in some respects, intermediate between Byblis and Ampelisca, but its affinities are 482 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. mainly, I believe, with the latter genus. The form of the mandibular palp is like that of the type species of Byblis, but the broad second joint of this appendage, which is said to characterize Ampelisca, is not a generic character of much importance. In Ampelisca spinipes, for example, this joint is only Ampelisca agassizi. A, dorsal margin of the 3d, 4th, and 5th segments of the abdomen. Drawings made irom one of Mr. Judd’s type specimens. slightly widened, although it is broader than in Byblis. A. agassizi agrees with Ampelisca and differs from Byblis in that the telson is much longer than broad and cleft nearly to the base, in the form of the last pair of perzeopods, and in the fact that the terminal uro- pods project much beyond the preceding ones and have no serrations on the opposing margins of the rami. Byblis serrata Smith. Body and appendages furnished with scattered pigment cells; first antennze much longer than peduncle of second; second antennz shorter than body in the female, but longer than body in the male, last joint of peduncle a little shorter than preceding one; lower margins of anterior pairs of coxal plates serrated, the serrations prominent and acute in the female but blunt in the male; dactyls of first two perseopods about as long as the propodi; posterior lobe of basal joint of last pair of pereeopods reaching about to tip of carpus; postero- lateral angle of third abdominal segment rounded; fourth abdominal segment in male with a dorsal depression, behind which is a prominent, rounded carina; these features much less pronounced in the female; first and third uropods ex- tending backward to about the same distance, second pair not reaching so far; telson pointed, cleft to the middle. Byblis serrata. Woods Hole, Mass. b, Lower margin of first coxal plate in the male. Length, 11 mm. Woods Hole; Newport. A description of the sexual differences in this species is given by Judd (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVIII, p. 596, 1896). Stegocephalus inflatus Kroyer. A large species, easily recognizable from its tumid form and enormous coxal plates. Head partly concealed and pointing downward, with a flattened, triangular rostrum and a prominent, subacute process between bases of antennze; antennze short, of nearly equal length; first pair very stout, with AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 4838 first joint of peduncle somewhat longer than both the other two, third joint much wider than long; flagellum thick and tapering, secondary flagellum minute; peduncle of second antennze much more slender than that of first and a little longer than the flagellum; thorax tumid, first five coxal plates taken together forming an almost semicircular plate; the second, third, and fourth much deeper than their segments; first and second gnathopods small, similar, subchelate hands narrow; basal joint of last perseeopods much enlarged, postero-inferior angle acute or subacute; fourth abdominal segment with a dorsal depression; telson acute, with a narrow posterior incision extending beyond the middle. This species is said by Hansen to attain a length of 47 mm. Extensively distributed in the Arctic and North Atlantic oceans. I have examined specimens taken at Grand Manan (100 fathoms); Eastport; off Head Harbor, Me. (100 fathoms); and near Woods Hole. Metopa greenlandica Hansen. Stenothoé clypeata Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 51, 1853. Female: Eyes nearly round; antennze of nearly equal length; peduncle of first with first two joints of subequal length, third joint about a third the length of second; flagellum shorter than peduncle and composed of about nine joints; peduncle of second antennz much longer than that of first, last Metopa grenlandica. Eastport, Me. joint a little shorter than preceding one but somewhat longer than the flagellum, which consists of about six joints, of which the first is much the longest; second, third, and fourth coxal plates very large and of subequal depth, second produced forward as far as eyes and broadly rounded in front; fourth coxal plate longer than deep, subquadrate with rounded angles, and about equal in length to three segments of thorax; mandibles with first joint of palp short, second expanded, a little over twice as long as wide, the inner margin setose; third joint small, scarcely a third the length of second and not half so wide; maxillipeds with inner plates distally rounded and nearly reaching extremity of the following joint, which is slightly produced at inner distal angle into a rudimentary outer plate; palp large, first three joints of nearly equal size; fourth joint in the form of a large incurved claw; first gnathopods small, basal joint narrow, carpus large, longer and broader than hand and setose on surface and both margins; hand narrowed toward base, palm transverse; second gnathopods with carpus produced into a narrow, posterior lobe; hand large, oblong, palm convex and dentate, ending above in a sinus which lies just within the base of a large tooth; first two perseopods slender, devoid of spines; last two pereeopods with basal joints much dilated, especially in last pair; first uropods with rami shorter than peduncle; second pair with longer ramus nearly equal to peduncle; single ramus of terminal uropods about equal to peduncle, and pointed apical division of ramus nearly as long as basal part; telson oblong, the extremity narrowly rounded. The color is described by Stimpson as “bright yellow; in the young pale bluish. Eyes conspic- uous, red.’’ Length, 7 mm. Grand Manan (Stimpson); Eastport, Me.; Albatross stations 2057 and 2062; Greenland (Hansen). 484 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In the male of this species the second joint of the first antennz is relatively somewhat longer than in the female; the second gnathopods are stouter, the ischium has a prominent anterior lobe, the hand is oblong with a large pointed process above the middle, the proximal portion of the palm is nearly straight and dentate, with a deep sinus between it and the pointed process. Stenothoé cypris Holmes, new species. Eyes round; antennze of subequal length and about one-third the length of body; peduncle of first pair with first joint very stout and nearly as long as the next two; third joint a little over half as long as second; flagellum subequal to peduncle and composed of six to eight joints; peduncle of second antennze more slender and much longer than that of first, the last two joints of subequal length; Ane 7, g Stenothoé cypris. The antenne and pereeopods are drawn (o a different scale from the other parts. Weods Hole, Mass. flagellum shorter than peduncle and composed of about six joints. No mandibular palp; inner plate of first maxillee small, outer armed with five mostly pectinated spines on distal margin and having numerous short setze on inner side; palp one-jointed, incurved, with about five spines at distal end; outer plate of second maxillze much longer than inner and furnished with six setee on rounded distal margin; inner plate of maxillipeds very small and rounded; outer plate represented by a small process on inner angle of ischium; first gnathopods simple; propodus tapering distally; coxal plate well developed; second gnathopods larger than first; coxal plate fairly large; basal joint bent forward and armed with seyeral slender spines on anterior margin and a very few on posterior one; carpus pro- duced behind into a long, distally rounded lobe, which bears a few very stout pectinate setee; hand oblong, widest near distal end; palm oblique with a stout spine near its distal end; coxal plate of first pereeopods small, that of second enormous, broader than deep, more or less ovate in outline, and equal in length to about six segments of body; first uropods with peduncle longer than the subequal AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 485 lanceolate rami; rami of second uropods nearly as long as peduncle; the single ramus of terminal uropods about equal or a little exceeding peduncle, and with terminal and basal segments of subequal length; telson entire, acute; in the male the palm of the hand of second gnathopods somewhat more oblique than in the female and furnished with several spines. Body pellucid; first segment more or less rose colored above, a row of rose-colored or sometimes brownish spots or bars along middle of back; eyes rose colored; joints of peduncle of antennze yellowish at tip; a dark bar across tip of abdomen and base of uropods; gills with a tinge of rose color. Length, 2 mm. This species was taken in material obtained from piles at Woods Hole, Mass., September, 1900, and among masses of Pennaria from Grassy Island. It is easily recognized by its enormous fourth coxal plates, which give the animal an appearance much like some of the Cladocera. All of the thoracic legs, when drawn up to the body, are entirely concealed by the large coxal plates. This species swims in an irregular, jerky manner, and after swimming hut a short distance suddenly stops, flexes the body, and drops to the bottom. Its motions in the water resemble those of the ostracod Cypris. Stenothoé minuta Holmes, new species. Eyes round; antenn:e of subequal length and a little over half length of body; first joint of first pair very much thicker than second and nearly as long as second and third; flagellum slender, about gr n v ‘ gn ee P3 Stenothoé minuta. Woods Hole, Mass twelve-jointed, furnished with short setze and olfactory clubs; second antennze with last two joints of peduncle of nearly equal length, flagellum with somewhat fewer joints than in first pair; mandibles without palp, the cutting edge divided into numerous teeth; first maxillee with inner plate small and bearing a single large seta near distal end; outer plates with five stout spines at distal end, one of which is quite short, and a single, stout, pointed seta at outer end of spine row; inner margin furnished with short sete; palp two-jointed, distal end of second joint furnished with a few spines and sete; maxillipeds with inner plates minute, distally rounded, and having two short set each on distal end; outer plates absent, ischium haying but a minute angular point at inner angle; first two joints of palp 486 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. of equal length and about as broad as long; third joint nearly as long as first and second; last joint claw-like, strongly incurved, inner margin pectinated from very near base to tip, spines decreasing in length distally; first gnathopods with coxal plates reduced; basal joint with a few slender spines on anterior margin; merus rounded below, where it is furnished with four spine-like setee and several much shorter sete; carpus produced posteriorly into a small rounded lobe, which has about three large, spine-like setze at its distal end; hand nearly twice as long as wide; palm very oblique and minutely pectinated like inner margin of dactyl; second gnathopods larger than first, coxal plate large, oval in outline with one side flattened; basal joint more or less sigmoid; merus produced below into an acute angle; carpus with a narrow, distally rounded posterior lobe which bears numerous short, stiff setee and three large setee at the tip; hand widest across distal end of palm; palm oblique, only slightly curved, not pectinated, distal end armed with two or three pairs of spines; perzeopods of sub- equal length, posterior pairs with basal joints considerably expanded, and merus rather broad and produced downward at postero-inferior angle; dactyls of all persopods large; first uropods long and slender with lanceolate rami subequal and nearly equal to peduncle; outer ramus of second uropods markedly shorter than inner; the single ramus of terminal uropods about as long as peduncle; basal diyision a little shorter than conical terminal one and armed with a spine at distal end of upper margin; peduncle with a spine aboye near middle and a spine at distal end; telson flattened, oblong, pointed, entire, with three small spines near lateral margins. Found upon piles and among seaweed at Woods Hole. Pellucid, marked with scattered reddish-brown spots. A reddish-brown band across end of abdomen. Thorax in some specimens crossed with red bands. Eves bright red. Length, about 23 mm. Type No. 29245, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Leucothoé spinicarpa Abildgaard. Leucothoé grandimanus Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 51, 1853. Bate, Cat. Amphip. British Mus. p. 157, pl. XXIX, fig. 4, 1862. Rostrum very short and obtuse; eyes broadly oval, red; antennze of subequal length and less than half as long as body; peduncle of first antennze with first joint about as long as second and pro- duced into small acute lobe at distal end of lower side; third joint not a fourth as long as second; flagellum scarcely two-thirds length of peduncle and composed of about 16 joints; second antenne with last joint of peduncle shorter than preceding one buta little longer than flagellum; first four coxal plates a little deeper than their segments, the first produced forward and rounded or truncated in front; carpus of first gnath- opods produced into a slender, tapering process which is as long as propodus and is upturned at its distal end; propodus of nearly same width throughout, mi- nutely serrated below, and furnished with a series of evenly spaced curved setze; dactyl slender, curved, Leucothoé spinicarpa, female. Grand Manan. and between one-third and one-half length of propo- dus; second gnathopods with the carpal process ex- tending as far as palm; hand large, especially in the male; oval in outline, with a sharp process above base of dactyl; palm minutely denticulated or serrulate; postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment produced into a small tooth; telson narrow, elongate, acuminate. Length, 15 mm. Arctic regions; east side of the Atlantic from Norway to the Mediterranean and the Azores; Greenland (Hansen); Grand Manan (Stimpson). A specimen examined from Grand Manan, the type locality of Stimpson’s L. grandimana, was found to agree perfectly with the description and figures of spinicarpa given in Sars’s Crustacea of Norway. I have also compared this specimen with several specimens of spinicarpa received from Great Britain through the kindness of the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing. AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 487 Parcediceros lynceus (M. Sars). (Ediceros lynceus M. Sars, Oversigt Norsk-Arctiske Region Krebsdyr., p. 25. Monoculodes nubilatus Packard, Mem. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, pt. 2, 1867, p. 298, pl. vr, fig. 4. Eyes oblong, contiguous, situated near end of blunt rostrum; first antennee about half as long as second, which are not a third the length of body and have peduncle and flagellum of subequal length; first four coxal plates large, the first produced forward in the middle; second and third subrectangular, much deeper than wide; fourth about as broad as deep; fifth rather large, with anterior and posterior divisions qn ‘ equal; body smooth, without spines; first four abdomi- nalsegments with more or less of a median dorsal carina; lateral wings of first three abdominal segments with lower margins broadly rounded, setose, and devoid of any angular projections or teeth; first two gnathopods of subequal size; first pair with carpus very small, pointed behind, but not produced into a prominent lobe; hand es IP \ gradually narrowing toward base, palms long, oblique, conyex, with a spine at its distal end, fingers very nar- row, fully half as long as hand; carpus of second gnath- Pareediceros lynceus, female. After Sars. opods produced into a long, narrow, setose lobe which lies close to posterior margin of hand and extends as far as distal end of palm; hand oval, palm evenly curved, with a spine at its upper end; rami of first uropods shorter than peduncle; those of second about equal to peduncle, while those of terminal pair much exceed peduncle; margins of rami armed with a very few distant spines; telson oblong, rounded at tips. Length, 18 mm. Arctic and North Atlantic oceans; Norway; Greenland (Hansen); Labrador (Packard, Smith); south of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms (Stebbing); Grand Manan; Eastport, Me.; off Cape Ann, 25 fathoms. Monoculodes edwardsi Holmes, new species. Rostrum triangular, rounded above, and curved downward, reaching about to tip of first joint of antennular peduncle; antero-lateral lobes of head broadly rounded; eyes at base of and but little upon rostral projection; first antennz but slightly exceeding peduncle of second; first joint of peduncle about as long as next two; flagellum considerably longer than peduncle and composed of about 14 joints; second antennz over half length of body; last joint of peduncle as long as the two preceding ones; flagellum about twice length of peduncle and composed of numerous (over 60) short articulations; Monoculodes edwardsi. Near Woods Hole, Mass. H, head; the eyes were so indistinct in the specimen drawn that no attempt was made to figure them. mandibles with second joint of palp bent inward, third joint about equal to second in length and setose at tip and on inner margin nearly to base; inner lobes of lower tip well developed; inner plate of first maxillz suboval, with two sete at tip; outer plate with eight spines, some of which are furcate; first joint of palp longer than broad; second joint spatulate, setose distally and on distal third of inner margin and having two setz on distal third of outer margin; maxillipeds with inner plates small, oblong, not reaching the distal end of first joint of palp, distal end rounded and furnished with 488 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. about eight sete; outer plates reaching only a little beyond middle of broad second joint of palp, inner margins armed with about ten strong spines, which increase rapidly in length toward distal end, where there are two setze, which form a continuation of the spine row; outer margin without sete; palp large, terminal joint a stout, nearly straight claw; coxal plates unusually small; first gnathopods with carpal lobe long, distally setose; hand oval, palm evenly convex, a little larger than posterior margin of hand, and furnished with a spine at distal end; second gnathopods with carpal lobe slender, extending along posterior side of hand as far as palm; hand oblong, palm about as long as posterior margin of hand and armed with a spine at distal end; propodi of first and second perzeopods short, with several tufts of very long setee on both margins; dactyls over half length of propodi; third and fourth perzeopods with merus broad and produced into an obtuse triangular lobe at postero-inferior angle; dactyls over half length of propodi; last pereeopods with basal joint nearly as wide at base as it is long; propodus longer than merus or carpus, and about equaling styliform dactyl; third abdominal segment with postero-lateral angles rounded; rami of first uropods shorter than peduncle; those of last uropods a little longer than peduncle; telson oblong, distally rounded. Length of specimen examined, 9 mm. Described from a single specimen taken by Mr. V. N. Edwards at Woods Hole, Mass., along with specimens of Calliopius leviusculus and Gammarus. The eyes could not be seen with distinctness. Several smaller specimens, which were taken by Mr. Judd at Newport, were examined. In several of these the rostrum was curved downward more strongly than in the specimen figured. Type No. 29243, U.S. Nat. Mus. Pleustes panoplus (Kroyer). Amphithonotus cataphractus Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 52, 1853. Rostrum well developed, triangular, acute, concave above, furnished with a median ridge below, and curyed slightly downward; eyes rounded, convex, situated widely apart; antennze short, scarcely half length of thorax and of subequal length; first joint of first pair a little longer than next two and \Ur,- T+ Ury Pleustes panoplus. Labrador. a, Abdomen and uropods. very much thicker; flagellum larger than peduncle; last two joints of peduncle of second antennee of subequal length; flagellum a little shorter than peduncle; thorax broad, with a median dorsal carina on all segments; lateral margins of segments produced into a ridge, which in last three or four segments is produced posteriorly into a tooth; a tooth on posterior margin of last two thoracic segments on either side of dorsal carina; first three segments of abdomen furnished with a median dorsal keel which decreases in height posteriorly; a carina on either side of the middle on all abdominal segments, repre- sented on the first segment by a tooth on the posterior margin, on the second segment by a large flattened tooth which projects behind the posterior margin, on the third by a ridge which is produced into a tooth near the middle, on the fourth by a ridge which is elevated near its anterior and at its posterior end; a small tooth on posterior margin of first two abdominal segments below lateral carinz; postero-lateral angles of second and third segments of abdomen acute; first four coxal plates large, AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 489 deeper than long, and deeper than their respective segments, the fourth deeply excavated at upper posterior angle; last three coxal plates acute behind, first two (fifth and sixth) ridged along lower side; mandibles with second joint of palp twice length of first and almost as long as third; first maxillze with outer plate but little longer than its breadth at base and armed distally with nine dentigerous spines; second joint of palp over twice length of first, and armed around tip and on distal third of inner margin with eight or nine very short spines; maxillipeds with inner plates broad and very short, not quite reaching distal end of outer part of ischium; outer plates small, oblong, not quite reaching tip of first joint of palp; fourth joint of palp claw-like, smooth; gnathopods of subequal size and similar form; merus with postero-inferior angle acute; carpus with a very narrow, setose posterior lobe; pro- podus large, subovate, palm convex; dactyl, when closed, fitting into a small pocket at upper end of palm; outer ramus of posterior uropods markedly shorter than inner; telson subquadrate, with broadly rounded posterior angles. Stimpson describes the color of this species as fas very variable, generally dark reddish or brown, variegated, and mottled with white. Some specimens were of a uniform deep purple, others pure white. Eyes yellowish or yermilion colored, with a black dot in the mid@le.”’ Length, 15 mm. Stimpson states that this species, when disturbed, ‘‘rolls itself up and remains quiescent, as if feigning death. * * * When in motion this animal preserves an erect posture, like the isopods, with its tail bent up underneath. It seldom swims, but makes powerful leaps by means of its wel!- developed caudal stylets.’’ Grand Manan (Stimpson), taken ‘‘in 10 fathoms on a sandy bottom inside of Duck Island ledge’’; Henley Harbor, Labrador, ‘‘at a depth of 4 fathoms among weeds”’ (Packard); Gulf coast of Lalrador (Smith); Eastport, Me. My description and figures of this species are taken from a single imperfect specimen from East- port, Me., collected by Professor Packard and belonging to the Boston Society of Natural History. Paramphithoé pulchella (Kroyer). Paramphithoe ewacantha Sars, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., p. 168, t. XIv, fig. 3, 1885. Thorax and first three abdominal segments with a prominent dorsal crest which on posterior segments of thorax and first three segments of abdomen is produced posteriorly into large, oblique, compressed spines. In some specimens the dorsal carina appears as far forward as the first thoracic segment, but the first three segments and often the fourth have no posterior spinous projection; fourth abdominal segment with a triangular compressed elevation above, but no true spine; postero-lateral angles of second and third abdominal segments (and to a less extent the first also) produced into an acute tooth; head with a broad obtuse rostrum and projecting, subacute lateral angles; eyes broadly oval or nearly round; first antenne nearly as long as body, first basal joint as long as next two; second antenne seldom much over half length of first; first coxal plates tapering to a subacute point below, the three following ones with lower margin rounded; gnathopods similar; hand oblong, widening somewhat dis- tally; palm oblique, smooth except for a minute tooth not far from middle; the three posterior peropods nearly equal; terminal uropods slender, outer ramus a little over half length of inner one; telson oblong, distally rounded, with a minute projection on either side of tip. Length 17 mm. Widely distributed in the Arctic Ocean; Greenland (Kroyer); Norway (Sars); Labrador (Grand Manan). The specimen figured approaches the form described by Sars as P. ewacantha, but which that author subsequently concluded, in agreement with Hansen, was ‘‘only an excessively developed variety ’’ of pulchellc. Ur; Paramphithoe pulchella. After Sars. 490 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Sympleustes latipes (M. Sars). Calliope ossiani Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus., p. 149, pl. XXVIII, fig. 3, 1862. Calliope fingaili Bate & Westwood, British Sessile-eyed ecrustacea, Vol. I. p. 263 Parapleustes latipes Sars, Crust. Norway, Vol. I, p. 360, 1895. Sympleustes latipes Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. IV, 1899, p. 209. Head produced into a small rostrum; eyes light colored in alcohol; first antennz over half length of body, first joint of peduncle longer than second; third joint much narrower than second and scarcely half as long, and not having a prominent lobe at inferior distal angle; second antennze much shorter than first and more slender, peduncle about reaching tip of peduncle of first pair and nearly as long as flagellum; first gnathopods small, quite strongly setose especially on posterior margins of merus and carpus; merus produced below into a rather narrowly rounded Jobe, carpus larger than hand, hand narrowed toward base, distal end of oblique palm furnished with a few spines, second gnathopods very much larger than first; carpus short, produced posteriorly into a long narrow lobe which is curved downward; hand large and stout oblong, widening distally to palm, which is trans- Sympleustes latipes. Grand Manan. verse, somewhat concave in the middle, distal end broadly rounded and furnished with several short but stout spines; pereeopods stout, the last three pairs with basal joints considerably expanded and similar in form, and merus joints dilated and produced at postero-inferior angle into a triangular projection which extends downward beyond middle of next joint; first three segments of abdomen and, to a less extent, last segment of thorax somewhat elevated posteriorly and more or less carinate; postero-lateral angles of second and third abdominal segments produced into a small acute tooth; uropods all extending backward to about the same point; rami nearly equal to peduncle in first pair and of nearly equal length. In second and third pairs inner ramus much longer than outer and exceeding pedunele; telson ovate with subacute or acute tip. Length, 15 mm. Grand Manan, 45 fathoms, one specimen; Greenland; Norway; British Isler Sympleustes glaber (Boeck). Sympleustes glaber Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. IV, 1899, p. 209. Body smooth and evenly rounded; head with a small rostrum and very prominently projecting and somewhat upturned lateral angles; eyes somewhat irregularly rounded; first antennze about two- thirds length of body, first joint of peduncle larger than next two and having a spine-like process on lower side of distal margin; second antenne shorter than first, last joint of peduncle shorter than preceding one; flagellum larger than peduncle; first four coxal plates deeper than wide and consider- a AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 491 ably deeper than their segments, the first three with a small but conspicuous denticle at the postero- inferior angle; first and second gnathopods of not very unequal size (the first a little smaller), and cf similar form; merus with a spiniform projection at the postero-inferior angle; carpus subtriangular with a posterior setose lobe which is more prominent in the second gnathopod than in the first; hand much Ur, larger than the three preceding joints, oblong-oval in outline, palm evenly curved; margin laminate and furnished with a short tooth, or spine, near the middle, and two fascicles of stout spines, one be- hind the other, at distal end; dactyl evenly tapering, smooth within, ep and furnished with two or three setz near tip; when closed, the T 3 dacty! fits between the spines of the distal end of the palm; three posterior pereeopods with basal joint large, oval, and serrated on pos- terior margin; postero-inferior angle of merus produced strongly downward; postero-lateral angles of third abdominal segment with Sympleustes glaber. Afier Sars. CPs, a small, somewhat upturned tooth, a short distance above which is eas of the third abdominal a convexity of the posterior margin; uropods rather slender, last ee : pair with inner ramus nearly twice as long as outer; telson nearly twice as long as wide and distally rounded. Length, 6 mm. Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Norway (Sars). A single imperfect specimen was examined, which was taken by Hyatt and Van Vleck from Eastport, Me. It agrees perfectly with the description and figures of this species in Sars’ Crustacea of Norway, except that the lateral lobes of the head are rounded instead of acute. Epimeria loricata Sars. Epimeria cornigera Verrill (not Fabricius). Head produced into a long rostrum which is rounded above and curved downward; eyes nearly round, protruding; antero-lateral angle of head produced and acute; first antennze shorter than second, first joint of peduncle wide, longer than next two; flagellum over twice length of peduncle; second antennz scarcely half length of body; last joint of peduncle two-thirds length of preceding one; thoracic segments with a median crest which becomes higher posteriorly, and is continued upon first four segments of abdomen, posterior ends of crest of each segment becoming successively more acute toward posterior end of body; two rows of tubercles on either side of median crest extending from the first thoracic to third abdominal segment; in lower row but one tubercle to each segment, and in the upper row one tubercle to each thoracic segment, but three upon each of first three segments of abdo- men; coxal plates very large, first three narrow, acute below, antero-lateral angle of fourth and postero-lateral angle of fifth coxal plates strongly produced, acute, and bent outward; first two enath- opods similar in size and shape; hand oblong, small, palm only slightly oblique; third and fourth pereopods with basal joints deeply excavated behind, forming grooves with sharp margins; fifth peropods shorter than fourth, basal joint laminately expanded behind, narrowing in distal half; uropods with flattened subequal lanceolate rami which are larger than peduncles; telson broad, with a triangular notch at tip. Length, 30 mm. Arctic regions and North Atlantic Ocean: New England, off Head Harbor, 50 fathoms, rA\ A Aw RK Acanthozone cuspidata (Lepechin). Body covered with numerous large spines. On the thorax the spines are arranged in five Acanthozone cuspidata. After Sars. S;, The third segmentof TOWS, one median dorsal row of very large spines, the thorax. a lateral row of large nearly horizontal spines on either margin, and a row between these and the median dorsal spines; first thoracic segment with a large spine projecting nearly horizontally over the head; first three abdominal segments with a very large median spine and several spines on either 492 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. side upon posterior margin; fourth segment with a small median spine and, as in the fifth segment, with a recurved hook at the postero-inferior angle; rostrums small; first basal joint of first antennze produced distally into a spine; first three Coxal plates acuminate below, first bent forward; fourth with two inferior spinous projections; gnathopods similar, hand long, narrow, with a short, nearly trans- verse palm; basal joints of three posterior perseopods with two large spinous processes on posterior margin; telson narrowly truncated at tip. Length, 19 mm. Widely distributed in the Arctic regions; Greenland; Labrador; Grand Manan; Eastport, Me.; off Cape Ann. This is one of the most peculiar and striking of the Amphipoda of our coast and is easily distin- guished from all the other forms by the abundance and large size of its spines. Lafystius sturionis Kroyer. Body robust, depressed; head short and broad, with a broad and obtuse rostrum; eyes rather small, nearly round, and containing few facets; first antennie slightly longer and much stouter than the second, less than half the length of the body; the three joints of peduncle of nearly equal length, the second a little the shortest; flagellum seldom longer and often shorter than peduncle and composed of six or seven segments, which are furnished with long olfactory clubs; second antennie weak, peduncle —. Lafystius sturionis, male. Woods Hole, Mass. not much thicker than flagellum, the latter composed of five or six elongate segments; maxillipeds with very narrow inner plates, which bear two or three sete: on inner margin and a pair of small setz at tip; the large outer plate pectinated and furnished with a few large setze distally; the small two- jointed palp not reaching tip of outer plate; thorax tumid, first two segments shorter than others, coxal plates small; first gnathopods small, very slender, simple propodus very narrow, dacty] styliform nearly straight and a little irregular in outline; second gnathopods small, joints, except the first, short, hand produced and rounded at postero-inferior angle, dactyl bifid at tip; perseopods well-developed and of not very unequal length, merus of first and second pairs dilated and produced downward in front; propodus in all perseopods large and stout, dactyls large, smooth, hook-like; in the first pair the propodus is stouter, and the dactyl stouter and more curved than in succeeding perseopods; uropods armed with very few spines; rami narrow, nearly equal to peduncle in first pair. a little longer than peduncle in second pair, and very much longer than peduncle in third. Length, 6 mm. From the mouth of a goose-fish, Lophius americanus, taken in Vineyard Sound (Smith); ‘‘From the back of a skate (Raia laews) in the Bay of Fundy”? (Smith); Halifax, “parasitic on Cottus”’ (Stebbing); Scandanavian coast (Sars and others); Mediterranean, on Lophius piscatorius, (Della Valle) ; British Isles. The above description with the figures accompanying it were taken from specimens obtained from goose-fish taken near Woods Hole. AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 493 Eusirus cuspidatus Kroyer. Head with a short, pointed rostrum, which is rounded above and curved downward; eyes reni- form, pale in alcoholic specimens; first antennze scarcely half length of body; second segment as long as first and over twice the length of third; secondary flagellum minute, one-jointed; second antennz nearly as long as first; last joint of peduncle nearly as long as preceding one; flagellum a little shorter than peduncle; first four coxal plates of subequal depth, the first produced forward and rounded at lower angle; second and third equal, twice as deep as wide, rounded below; fourth nearly as wide as deep, deeply excavated at upper posterior angle; first and second gnathopods subequal in size and similar in form, carpus attached near middle of anterior margin of hand, a narrow process extending down posterior margin half way to palm; palm long, evenly curved, defined posteriorly by a small prominence; dactyl long, slender, fitting closely to palm; first and second perzeopods slender and elongate; three posterior pairs increasing successively in length, pos- terior margins of expanded basal joints serrate; last segment of thorax and first two segments of abdomen with a median dorsal spine at posterior end; the first four segments of abdomen and to a less extent the last segment of thorax with a median dorsal carina; fourth segment with a marked depression above a little in front of middle; postero-lateral angle of third segment of abdomen produced and acute; that of fourth segment broadly rounded and armed with numerous upturned serrations; much less evident serrations on the postero-lateral margins of first two segments; uropods extending backward to nearly the same point; peduncle of first pair with a large spine on outer side of distal extremity; outer ramus relatively much shorter than inner in second uropods than in first or third; telson long, narrow, flattened, grooved above, with a narrow fissure at posterior end which extends nearly to middle. Length, 17 mm. Norway; Arctic regions; Greenland; Grand Manan. Ge Eusirus cuspidatus, After Sars. Rhachotropis aculeata (Lepechin). Head with a prominent, acuminate rostrum which is slightly curved downward; eyes prominent, tenuid, their inner ends obtusely pointed; a rounded prominence between posterior ends of eyes; first antennze nearly as long as second, first basal joint thick, flattened; third joint about one-third length of second, which is shorter than first; flagellum subequal to base; thorax broad, last two segments with three sfrong spines on posterior margin, last segment considerably longer than preceding ones; first five segments devoid of spines with exception sometimes of a trace of a spine on the mid-dorsal line of fifth; coxal plates small, first strongly produced in front and incurved at its anterior angle; fourth and fifth with a short longitudinal eminence on outer surface; first two gnathopods similar; carpus short, with a narrow posterior lobe; hand large, ovate, a prominence at upper end of the evenly convex palm; all of the perseopods with slender, elongate, slightly-curved dactyls, basal joints of fourth and fifth pairs with a large tooth on proximal portion of posterior margin; last perseopods much longer than others, basal joint much expanded proximally, the posterior margin strongly sinuous with a large tooth at lower end; first three abdominal segments flattened at sides, with three longitudinal dorsal carinee, each of which ends on the posterior margin of its segment in a spine, the middle carina having a smaller spine near the middle of each segment; fourth segment with a median carina furnished with two spines as in preceding segments, a small lateral carina on either side which bears no spine and does not reach posterior margin of the segment; telson narrowly triangular with a broad groove, apex cut with a long narrow incision. Several specimens taken off the coast of New England measured from 20 to 28 mm. A large speci- men from the Arctic Ocean received from Doctor Stebbing measured 38 mm. This is one of the largest of our species of amphipods, and is extensively distributed in the Arctic regions. It is reported from Labrador by Packard and Smith and by the latter also from northern New England. I have examined specimens collected off Cape Ann in 25 fathoms, which is as far south as I have any knowledge of its occurrence. It is found in rather deep water. B. B. F. 1904—32 494 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Calliopius leviusculus (Kroyer). Head with a small, triangular rostrum; eyes rather large, reniform; first antennze somewhat shorter than second, the first basal joint considerably thicker and a little longer than second, third joint with inferior process long and narrow and furnished below with about eight calceolze; flagellum a little longer than peduncle, joints very short at base but distally longer than broad and produced at antero-inferior angle; each joint with a pair of calceolee and several olfactory sete on the lower side and a few very short setee above; second antennze about twi -fifths the lenzth of body; last two basal joints of subequal length, the penultimate reaching as far as penultimate basal joint of first antenne; flagellum subequal to peduncle, joints not produced below and each furnished with a pair of caleeoli on median side; first four coxal plates deeper than broad, about as deep as their segments, and increasing successively in length, the first produced at anterior angle; first two gnathopods of similar form and of nearly equal size, the second a little the larger, with lobe on posterior side of carpus longer and narrower; hands ovate, palm very oblique with a row of stout spines on outer side which begins a little beyond middle of palm and a little above its distal end; gnathopods of male similar to those of female, but stouter; merus of first two perzeopods strongly produced downward at anterior angle; merus of three posterior perseopods strongly produced downward at posterior angle, that of last pair more dilated than in preceding ones; first three abdominal segments more or less protruding at Calliopius leviusculus. In connection with the antenne, two of the more distal segments of the flagellum are shown. posterior end, especially in older specimens; postero-lateral angles of second and third segments with a small tooth; second, third, and fourth, and often, but to a less extent, the first, segments more or less indented above near base; first uropods with outer ramus markedly shorter than inner, which is somewhat shorter than peduncle; both margins of both rami and peduncle armed with numerous short spines; peduncle of second uropods relatively much less narrow than that of first, somewhat shorter than inner ramus; outer margin armed with about five spines, inner with several more; outer ramus much shorter than inner; both margins of both rami armed with numerous short spines; terminal uropods extending beyond the others; rami flattened, lanceolate, subequal, much longer than peduncle, with both margins of each furnished with numerous spines and plumose setz; telson oblong, slightly tapering and rounded at tip. Length, 16 nyn. Narragansett Bay (Judd); Vineyard Sound (Smith); Woods Hole; Gloucester; Grand Manan; Halifax; Labrador; Greenland; Arctic regions; Norway; British Isles. Z I have examined numerous specimens and find transitional stages between forms which Sars describes as Calliopius rathkei and those he refers to /aviusculus. Smaller specimens usually present the characteristics of rathkei. AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 495 Halirages fulvocinctus (M. Sars). Pherusa tricuspis Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, p. 139. “Atylus (Paramphithoe) inermis (Kroyer fide Boeck) Packard, Mem. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, 1867, p. 298, pl. 8, figs. 3-8b. Head with a small, downwardly curved rostrum; eyes large, broadly reniform, pale in alcoholic specimens; both pairs of antennze long and slender, the first, which is usually a little the longer, often exceeding length of body; peduncle of first antennze with first joint longer and stouter than second; third joint shorter than the second, with its antero-inferior angle produced into a laminate, pointed process which is furnished below with calceoli, as are also the lower margins of second and of basal portion of third segment; segments of flagellum with calceoli on lower side of each; second antennz with last two basal joints subequal, penultimate one reaching distal end of peduncle of first antennze; flagellum and last two joints of peduncle with calceoli along upper margin; first four coxal plates of moderate size, scarcely as deep as their segments, the fourth about as wide as long and concave behind; last segment of thorax and first two segments of abdomen pro- duced posteriorly in mid-dorsal line into a large spine; lateral portion of first abdominal segment broadly rounded below, with a minute cusp a little behind middle of lower mar- gin; postero-lateral angle of second abdominal segment projecting as a small tooth, above which the pos- terior margin presents an angular prominence; postero-lateral angle of third abdominal segment with a prominent tooth, above which the posterior margin bears a large up- turned tooth; margin between these two teeth serrated; gnathopods small, nearly equal in size and of similar form; basal joint elongate, curved forward in the first and a little backwards in the second; carpus lone, a little broader relatively and a little more obliquely truncated at postero-distal angle in first than in second pair; hands narrow, palm oblique, with a row of four spines on outer side at distal end; uropods with flattened, narrow rami; first two pairs with outer ramus markedly shorter than inner and tip of each ramus armed with a cluster of spines; second uropods markedly shorter than first or third, third extending backward only a little farther than first; rami of third uropods of nearly equal length and over twice length of peduncle, much broader than those of preceding uropods, and lanceolate in form, terminating not in a cluster of spines but in an acute tip; telson oblong, tapering distally, concave above, tip with a shailow emargination. The color, according to M. Sars, is ‘‘a pellucid yellowish-white marked with rings of brownish- yellow in the posterior dorsal margin of each segment; antennze with brownish rings; eyes red.”’ Length, 17 mm. Arctic regions; Labrador (Packard, Smith); ‘“‘south of Haiifax, Nova Scotia; latitude 43° 3/ N., longitude 63° 39’ W.; depth 85 fathoms’’ (Stebbing); Ipswich Bay, 27 fathoms. In some of the specimens which I have examined the first antenne are shorter than the second, while in others they are longer, sometimes exceeding the length of the body, as described by M. Sars. Halirages fulvocinctus. Ipswich Bay, Mass. Apherusa gracilis Holmes, new species. Head with front obtuse, curved downward; eyes large, pale in preserved specimens; lateral cor- ners of head rounded; first four coxal plates well developed, much higher than their segments, the first somewhat expanded distally, fourth about as wide as deep and slightly emarginate posteriorly; enathopods similar; carpus in first pair a little wider than propodus, evenly rounded and setose poste- riorly; hand oblong-oval, scarcely longer than carpus; palm eyenly convex and not sharply marked off from posterior margin and bearing a pair of spines near the end; second gnathopods with carpus subtriangular, much less convex posteriorly than in first gnathopods; hand oblong, longer and broader than carpus, widest near upper end of palm, where there are a few spines; first two segments of abdo- 496 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. men with a dorsal posterior spine; third segment rather abruptly bent downward at posterior end but not produced into a spine; postero-lateral margin of second abdominal segment with convexity near the middle, below which are several upturned teeth which are continued around the rounded lower angle; postero-lateral margin of third segment of abdomen armed with several prominent upturned teeth; uropods elongated, last pair with the longer ramus nearly three times length of peduncle and armed with five or six spines on the inner and four or five spines on the outer margin; outer ramus about two-thirds length of inner and armed with four spines on outer margin; telson oblong, entire, and distally rounded. Length, 5 mm. Type No. 29242, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Described from two rather imperfect specimens taken off Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard. The flagella and last basal joint of first antennze were broken off; first basal joint of these appendages longer and stouter than second, as in the other species of this genus; second antennze shorter than body; last two joints of peduncle of subequal length and joints of flagellum narrow, sparingly setose ® Ge Ur3--- Apherusa gracilis. Gay Head. The figures on the left represent the head and the first three segments of the abdomen. and devoid of ealceolee; terminal joint of mandibular palp considerably shorter than preceding one and with inner margin slightly concave and outer margin convex. Anterior portion of first three abdominal segments crossed by a light band. Body and appendages with numerous dark pigment cells. Eyes red. From Apherusa jurinii and A. borealis this species differs in having the postero-lateral margin of the third abdominal segment armed with numerous teeth. From A. bispinosa it differs in that the carpus and propodus of the first and second gnathopods are much shorter and broader, and in having no large tooth at the upper end of the row of dentations on the postero-lateral margins of the third abdomi- nal segment. It presents the same points of difference from A. megalops, besides having smaller eyes and having the lateral corners of the head rounded instead of produced and acute. It approaches A. tridentata in the armature of the sides of the abdomen, but differs from that species in having the carpus of both gnathopods very much broader, in having the outer ramus of the terminal uropods relatively shorter, and in not having the posterior margin of the telson serrated. Pontogeneia inermis (Kroyer). Iphimedia vulgaris Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853 Rostrum narrow, prominent, but not large; antero-lateral angle of head acute; eyes rather large, broadly reniform, fading to a pale color in alcoholic specimens; antennze slender, first somewhat shorter than the second, with first two joints of peduncle of subequal length, the third two-thirds length of second; flagellum slender, over twice length of peduncle; second antennze over half length of body; last two basal joints subequal; flagellum over twice length of peduncle; flagella of both pairs of antenne furnished with short setze, and on first are small groups of olfactory hairs on alternate joints; first fonr coxal plates about as deep as their segments, first three deeper than wide and of similar form; gnathopods small, of nearly equal size and of similar form, the narrow basal joints of each with numerous very short sete on anterior margin and a few very long setze posteriorly; carpus of first pair long and narrow, longer than propodus, obliquely truncated at postero-inferior angle, posterior mar- AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 497 gin furnished with several tufts of setze, in each of which is one or more very thick piumose sete and seyeral more slender simple ones; hand oblong, narrow, narrowing somewhat toward base; palm oblique, nearly straight, with a row of three spines on outer margin around distal end; an oblique row of two or three spines on inner surface of hand near distal end of palm; several gnathopods with carpus narrowly triangular, not truncated at posterior inferior angle, posterior margin with about eight trans- verse rows of stout plumose setee; lower margin with a few simple setee; hand oblong, palm oblique, a row of three or four spines on both inner and outer surfaces of hand near distal end of palm; dorsal side of abdomen more or less protruding, especially in older specimens, at posterior end of third and fourth segments; fourth segment indented slightly near base; first two uropods with outer rami markedly shorter than inner; peduncle of first slender, longer than inner ramus, armed with about eight spines on inner margin and many more smaller spines on outer; both margins of both rami with numerous short spines; a cluster of large spines at tip of each ramus; peduncle of second uropods shorter than inner ramus, with five to seven spines on outer margin and about four on inner; ramj much as in first Pontogeneia inermis. Grand Manan. pair, but with much fewer marginal spines; third uropods extending beyond second, rami flattened lanceolate, the inner somewhat longer and broader at base than outer one and about twice length of peduncle; both margins of both rami furnished with numerous spines and plumose sete; telson cleft nearly to base, the lobes subacute. Nearly colorless, with scattered spots of purplish; antennze with a few transverse purplish bars. Eyes reddish or reddish brown. Length, 11 mm. Vineyard Sound (Smith); Grand Manan (Stimpson); Halifax; Bay of Fundy to Greenland (Smith) Arctic Ocean; Norway (Sars). Found commonly in tide pools and often taken at the surface. It is often associated with Calliopus leviusculus. The antennze of the males of this species are provided with a number of very large calceoli. These organs occur on the peduncles of both pairs of antennie, but are absent in the flagella. In several specimens examined there were 5-7 calceoli on the lower side of the second joint of the peduncle of the first antennze and four or five on the lower side of the third joint. On the second antenne the calceoli are on the upper inner margin of the last two basal joints. In the specimens examined the penultimate basal joint carried 7-8 calceoli, and the last basal joint 6 or 7. I have found no ealceoli upon the antenn: of the females. These organs are very large and conspicuous, and are in the shape of an urn with a very wide and flaring mouth. Each is situated upon a prominence to which it is united by a short stalk. Both the outer and inner surfaces of these organs are beautifully striated. 498 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Dexamine thea Boeck. Head produced into a small rostral projection; eyes nearly round, margin of the head in front of each produced into an acute angular process; first antenne over half length of body; first joint of peduncle rather stout, nearly two-thirds length of slender second joint, which is about three times the length of third; flagellum slender, with 12-16 elongated segments; second antennz (at least in female) much shorter than first; last two joints of slender peduncle of subequal length; flagetlum not much (if any) exceeding peduncle, and composed of 5-9 elongated joints; mandibles much as in D. spinosa; under lip with very small inner lobes; first maxillze with inner plate very small, subovate, and terminated with a single seta; outer plate with about eleven dentate and furcate terminal spines; palp unarticulate, distally widened and furnished with several terminal sete, the inner margin devoid of sets or possessing a single one; second maxilla asin D. spinosa; maxillipeds with inner plate short and rather broad, the transverse distal margin furnished with about six large sete; outer plate very large, overlapping the palps, inner margin minutely denticulated toward distal end, the distal half (or less) of inner side furnished with about six stout spines which increase in length and become set farther from the edge toward the tip; palp scarcely exceeding tip of outer plate; dactylus absent; first four coxal plates well developed, much deeper than broad, but not much deeper than their segments; lower margins setose; first gnathopods rather stouter but shorter than second; carpus short, subtriangular; hand rather broader than carpus; palm oblique, finely pectinated, rounded distal end armed with two stout spines; second gnathopods with carpus narrowly triangular, 3 Ur3-"~ Dexamine thea, Woods Hole, Mass. furnished with a tuft of large setee at lower posterior angle and another near middle of posterior margin; hand regularly widening toward distal end; palm oblique, finely pectinated rounded posterior angle armed with two stout spines; hand and carpus taken together forming a narrow, elongated triangle; pereeopods very spiny, dactyls narrow, over half the length of propodi; basal joint of penultimate pair much expanded; posterior margin serrated and strongly bulging backward; basal joint of last pair not expanded, linear; first four segments of abdomen each larger than any of the thoracic segments, and armed dorsally with a strong posterior spine; postero-lateral angle of third segment produced and acute; second uropods much shorter than first or third, rami like those of first, with an elongated terminal spine and several lateral spines; terminal uropods extending a little beyond first, the rami flattened, subequal, lanceolate, devoid of a terminal spine, and nearly twice the length of peduncle; telson much elongated, extending nearly to tip of posterior uropods, cleft nearly to base, lobes denticulated at tip and furnished with about three tufts of spines near lateral margins and one or more spines at distal end. Length of specimens examined, scarcely 3 mm. Adult specimens examined by Sars measured 4mm. Norway (Sars); British Isles; France; Woods Hole, Mass. AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 499 Described from several specimens taken at Woods Hole, June 25, 1900. The females were carry- ing eggs. This species is closely allied to D. spinosa, the type of the genus, but is of much smaller size and has the basal joint of the posterior pereeopods very much narrower, much fewer joints in the antennae, smaller and differently shaped eyes, and much fewer spines on the inner margin of the outer plate of the maxillipeds. The hand of the first gnathopods is a little stouter and has the palm somewhat less oblique than in the specimen of thea figured in Sars’s Crustacea of Norway, but in every other feature the Woods Hole specimens agree perfectly with Sars’s description and figures. Batea secunda Holmes, new species. Female: Head with arather prominent narrow rostrum; eyes well developed; first antenne nearly as long as second, first joint of peduncle much stouter and a little longer than second; third joint \ m¥P Batea secunda. Woods Hole, Mass. small, less than half the length of second; flagellum consisting of about 18 elongate segments which are furnished with well-developed sete and, on alternate members, with olfactory clubs; second anten- nee nearly half as long as body, last two joints of peduncle of nearly equal length; peduncle about as stout as that of first antennze and composed of elongate joints; mandibles with a well-developed molar 500 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. tubercle, dentate primary and secondary cutting plates, and a spine row composed of five stout, irregu- larly serrate spines; palp with third joint about three-fourths the length of second; last two joints strongly setose on inner margin; lower lip with rather small inner lobes; first maxillee with inner plate narrow, furnished with three plumose setae —one at tip and two near distal end of ciliated inner margin; palp two-jointed, distal extremity nearly transverse and armed with several strong spines and setee; maxillipeds with inner plates well developed, extending a little beyond first joint of palp, distal end broadly rounded, furnished with several short plumose setee and three short stout teeth near the middle line; outer plate about equaling second joint of palp, furnished with a few odontoid processes on distal part of inner margin and two or three stout plumose setze at distal end; terminal joint of palp claw-like; first gnathopods consisting of rudiments of coxal plate and basal joint, former very small, latter curved, distally rounded, and furnished with several curved sets around tip; coxal plates of three following appendages well developed and about as deep as their segments; first gnath- opods rather slender; carpus with a large, triangular posterior lobe; hand with palm oblique, only slightly curved and minutely denticulated; dactyl with four spinous projections on inner margin behind tip; second pereeopods with coxal plate broader than deep and deeply excavated at upper pos- terior angle; the three posterior perzeopods increasing successively in length, basal joints broad, last pair considerably longer than preceding; claws of all the pairs large, strongly curved, and haying a small seta near distal end of inner margin; the posterior margin of third abdominal segment with sey- eral upturned teeth above the rounded postero-lateral angles; first two pairs of uropods with rami styliform, outer ramus considerably shorter than inner; second uropods not extending nearly so far backward as first or third; third uropods with rami flattened, lanceolate, over twice the length of peduncle, margins of both armed with numerous short spines and plumose setz; telson deeply cleft. Length, 5mm. Type No. 29244, U. S. Nat. Mus. Several specimens were taken near Woods Hole during the summer of 1900. Some were dredged by the Fish Hawk in about 25 fathoms, and others were obtained off Nobska, at a depth of about 6 fathoms. The body and coxal plates in the living specimens were marked with blue or purplish pig- ment spots, formed by small clusters of hexagonal pigmented cells of the hypodermis. Sometimes the blue or purple color of these spots is replaced by a reddish brown, and in some specimens neither kind of spots occurs. There are also branched pigment cells on the body and appendages, which are dark in transmitted light, but silvery green in reflected light. The flagella of both pairs of antennze are blue or purplish and the peduncles may contain branched pigment cells. The eyes are brownish. When placed in a dish of sea water the animals swim for only a short distance and then curl up and drop to the bottom. : The genus Batea was first established by Fritz Miller to contain a species found on the coast of Brazil (See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), vol. 15, p. 276, pl. x, 1865). The genus has not, up to this * time, been met with north of the equator. It differs from all the other genera of the Gammaridea in the rudimentary character of the first gnathopods which in both the type species, B. catharinensis and the present one, consist of only the coxal and basal joints. Our species agrees quite closely with the one described by Miller, but has the coxal joint of the first gnathopods much smaller and fewer tooth-like processes on the inner margin of the outer plates of the maxillipeds. As in catharinensis, the eyes are larger and the antennz longer in the male than in the female, and the first and second pereeopods are furnished with long plumose sete only in the male sex. In one male specimen in my collection the second antennze exceed the length of the body. Gammarus locusta (Linn«us). Gammarus ornatus Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx, 1830, p. 367, pl. 10, figs. 1-10. Body rather slender and compressed; eyes elongated, reniform, nearly reaching anterior margin of short lateral lobes of head; first antennze a little longer and more slender than second and often (generally in females) shorter than half the length of body, the first joint a little longer than the second, which is twice the length of the third; secondary flagellum longer than second joint of peduncle and about 8-jointed; peduncle of second antennie stout, the last two joints of subequal length; flagellum shorter than peduncle; first gnathopods of male with hand elongated (much longer than carpus), tapering from near the base, posterior margin continuous with palm, which is somewhat uneven, armed with a stout spine near the middle and a large spine with a row of several smaller ones above it at distal end; second gnathopods of male with hand much larger than in first, about twice AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 5OL length of carpus, subquadrate in outline; palms somewhat oblique and uneven, sharply marked off from the posterior margin, armed with a stout spine near middle and a large spine followed by several smaller ones near distal end; in the female the gnathopods are smaller than in the male and more nearly equal in size and shape; in the first pair the hand is not so narrow as in the male; hand of second pair resembles in shape that of male, palm less oblique than in first gnathopods; postero-lateral angles of second and third abdominal segments produced and acute, the margin above the angles gen- erally furnished with short sets; the three posterior segments with a median projection bearing a fascicle of spinules and a lateral fascicle on either side; last pair of uropods with both rami stout, inner nearly as long as first joint of outer; inner margin armed with about four stout spines; outer margin of outer uropods armed with about six groups of stout spines; telson with a group of two or three spines near base and three on apical margin, with another spine near the latter close to outer margin. Color, olive brown to reddish brown, the margins of the segments colored a little more deeply than the other parts. Above the bases of the pleopods and first pair of uropods is a red, orange, or pink spot, produced by an aggregation of globules. Some of the globules are highly colored, while others are nearly or quite colorless. There is usually also a long patch of colored globules along the intestine. Length, about 25mm. Arctic specimens, according to Sars, attain a length of 48 mm. Gammarus locusta, male. Woods Hole, Mass. The distribution of this species is very extensive, reaching throughout practically the whole of the circuin-boreal region. On the eastern side of the Atlantic it extends into the Mediterranean Sea, and on the western side all along the New England coast and probably considerably further south. In the Pacific Ocean it extends from Bering Strait down the coasts, both of Asia and North America, for a considerable distance. This is the species of amphipod decidedly most often met with in collec- tions from New England. It is abundant near the shore, but ranges into a depth of over 50 fathoms. Gammarus annulatus Smith. Gammarus natator Smith, Rept. U. 8. Fish Com. 1871-2, p. 558. Eyes more or less reniform, broader than in Jocusta; antennze often not more than one-third the length of body; first pair shorter than second, with second joint of peduncle only a little shorter than first and the third half the length of second; secondary flagellum nearly half the length of primary, peduncle of the second antenne longer than flagellum, the last joint a little longer than preceding one; both pairs of antennze with very long, fine, plumose hairs; first four pairs of coxal plates very deep, the lower margins of anterior three fringed with long hairs; first gnathopods in the male with hand narrowly oval, palm uneven, very oblique and continuous with posterior margin of hand, armed near the center with a stout spine, a pair of stout spines near distal end, above which is a double row of smaller blunt spines; hand of second gnathopods of male oblong, broader than that of first pair, with palm less oblique, concave in the center where the large spine is situated, and armed with a double row of spines at the distal end, the two rows being unequal in size and in number of spines; in the female the hands of both gnathopods are less stout than in the male, and are nearly equal in 502 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. size and similar in shape. The palm in the first pair is, however, more oblique than in the second, and in both pairs the palms are more even than in the male sex and have laminate edges marked with fine vertical lines; perzeopods slender, first and second pairs armed with only a very few weak spines but furnished with long slender hairs, which are especially abun- dant on posterior margins of carpus and merus; last three pairs with fascicles of spines; postero-lateral angles of second and third ab- dominal segments produced and acute; fifth and sixth abdominal segments with both me- dian and lateral fascicles of spines; third segment with only a median fascicle; last uropods elongated, rami narrowly lanceo- late, the margins furnished with long, plu- mose hairs; outer margin of outer ramus with several spines, the terminal article nar- row and tapering to an acute tip; inner ramus equaling or exceeding end of first joint ofonter, both marginsarmed with afew spines; Gammarus annulatus, male. Woods Hole, Mass. telson with a variable number of spines rakskee outer margin and several at the tip. Length, 15mm. Abundant in Vineyard Sound; Gloucester. This species of Gammurus is pecu- liar on account of its habitat at the surface, where it is often taken in great numbers. Professor Smith has kindly sent me the types of his Gammarus annulatus. They prove to be the same species as the one he has described as Gammarus natator. Gammarus marinus Leach. Body slender; lateral lobe with a rather deep emargination below; eyes reniform; first antennze about half as long as body; second basal joint a little shorter than first, but twice the length of third; flagellum long and slender; second. ary flagellum about 7-jointed and scarcely half as long as peduncle; second antenn shorter than first: last two joints of peduncle of sub” equal length, flagellum longer than peduncle; first four coxal plates not large, the fourth deeper than broad; first gnathopods in the male some~ what stouter and larger than the second; carpus about three-fourths the length of hand; hand narrowly oval; palm very oblique, continu- ous, with posterior margin a little concave in the middle, where there is a stout spine on the outer side which is the first of a row of three spines, the last one of which is near distal end of palm; second gnatho- pods of the male with carpus a little longer than hand; osterior margin with 10-12 short tranverse rows of long setze; hand subrectangular, about twice as long as wide, posterior margin densely clothed with long sete arranged in about 13 trans- verse rows, palm oblique, concave in the middle; first gnathopods of the female nearly as large as those of the male and resembling them in form; first pair stouter than second, hand subquadrate, broader than in Gammarus marinus, iaale. Woods Hole, Mass. AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 503 the male; palm oblique, but not nearly so much so as in the male, and devoid of median concavity, being gently and evenly convex. In the second gnathopods the carpus is both longer and broader than the hand, which is much like that of the male in shape, but is more nearly rectangular, with palm almost transverse and gently and evenly convex; postero-lateral angles of the second and third abdominal segments not produced nor sharp-pointed; three fascicles of spines on each of the three posterior abdominal segments, the spines on each segment being arranged in two rows which converge anteriorly; terminal uropods with outer ramus large, both margins armed with three to five fascicles of stout spines; inner ramus small, often less than one-third the length of outer; telson with three spines at the tip of each half and one on a pair of spines close to outer margin near base. Length, 15 mm. This species is found under stones at low tide. It has been taken at New Haven, various places in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, Newport, and Woods Hole. A comparison of specimens from New England with specimens of Gammarus marinus Leach, from North Devon, England, shows a similarity in all essential respects between forms from these two remote localities. In specimens from our coast the second gnathopod is a little smaller relatively to the first than in the specimens examined from England. Carinogammarus mucronatus (Say). Gammarus mucronatus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. I, 1818, p. 376. Eyes reniform; first antennze a little longer than second; first joint of peduncle longer than second; third joint about three-fifths the length of preceding one; flagellum about twice the length of peduncle; gné Carinogammarus mucronatus. Great Egg Harbor, secondary flagellum not half the length of peduncle and composed of three or four joints; second antenn with flagellum about equal to peduncle and composed of about ten oblong joints; first four coxal plates deep; the first one oblong, of similar shape to the second and third; fourth deeper than 504 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. wide; first gnathopods in male stout, smaller than second; carpus not quite half as long as hand; hand narrowly oval; palm uneyen, very oblique, continuous with posterior margin; hand of second pair oblong, with the two sides nearly parallel; palm oblique, with a laminate cross-striated edge which is concave near the middle, a cluster of spines around the distal end. In the female the gnathopods are of nearly equal size; hand of first pair subquadrate, with anterior margin quite convex; palm oblique and quite evenly convex, with a few slender spines around posterior end; hand of second gnathopods oblong, nearly rectangular; palm nearly transverse, evenly convex, with a few slender spines around distal end, where it becomes more sharply curved; posterior margin of first three abdominal segments produced backward in the mid-dorsal line into a prominent acute tooth; last three segments with fascicles of spines; telson with three terminal and a few lateral spines on each division. General color olive green. A reddish spot above bases of first four abdominal appendages formed as In Gammarus locusta. Length, 6 mm. Cape Cod to Florida; Alabama (Herrick); often in brackish water. Melita dentata (Kroyer). Gammarus purpuratus Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 55, 1853, Body much compressed; eyes round or oval; first antennse much longer than second; second joint of peduncle longer than first and about four times the length of third; secondary flagellum about five-jointed; peduncle of second antenne long and slender; last joint a little shorter than preceding ~T Melita dentata, male. Narragansett Bay. one; flagellum shorter than peduncle; first four coxal plates deeper than their segments, the fourth deeper than wide; first three with a small tooth at postero inferior angle; first gnathopods of male with hand and carpus of subequal size, a dense tuft of very short setee on posterior side of merus and anterior side of carpus near distal end; hand oval; palm quite evenly convex, very oblique and continuous, with posterior margin of hand above it, which it about equals in length; second gnatho- pods of the male with a very large, strong hand, palm very oblique, with a large triangular tooth near lower end and terminated above by a large spine tooth, the space between the two teeth convex in the middle and armed with short spines. In the female the first gnathopods closely resemble those of the male; carpus longer relatively than in the other sex and hand of similar shape though smaller in size; AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 505 no prominent tooth near lower side of palm, margin of palm serrated and defined above by a spine tooth as in the male; perzeopods slender and: elongate, with basal joints large, oblong, and serrated on posterior margin; posterior margins of abdominal segments produced into teeth, the median one of which is the largest, the median tooth on the fourth segment being largest of all; posterior uropods elongated, outer ramus with sides nearly parallel to near the tip and armed on inner side with four or five and on the outer with five or six fascicles of short spines whose length is less than the diameter of the ramus; the median one of the group of terminal spines is much stouter than the others; inner ramus minute; each lobe of telson terminating in an acute point, on inner side of which is a large and a small spine and on outer a spine or seta. Length, 16 mm. This species is extensively distributed in the Arctic Ocean, extending down the eastern side of the Atlantic along a large portion of the coast of Norway and on the western side to Buzzards Bay, and perhaps farther. Several specimens were dredged by the Fish Hawk in Rhode Island waters. In some specimens the spines on the posterior uropods are larger than in the one figured. The depth range of this species, according to Sars, is from 10 to 15 fathoms. ; Melita nitida Smith. Body slender, compressed; eyes small and round; first antenn two-thirds the length of body or more; second joint of peduncle longer than first and nearly twice the length of third; flagellum longer than peduncle; secondary flagellum three-jointed in adults, not longer than third joint of Melita nitida. Woods Hole. peduncle; second antennz shorter than first, last joint of peduncle nearly as long as preceding joint; flagellum shorter than peduncle, joints furnished with whorls of long setze, like those on last joint of peduncle; first four coxal plates deeper than their segments, first three oblong; first gnathopods much alike in the two sexes; carpus longer and broader than the hand, which is oblong, somewhat curved backward; palm about one-third the length of the nearly transverse distal margin of the hand; finger short, much curved, very thick at base, and articulated in the middle of distal margin of hand; hand of second gnathopods in male large, oval, palm evenly convex, about as long as posterior margin above it, with which it forms an almost continuous curve; tip of finger closing against inner side of hand; hand of second gnathopods of female much like that of male, but smaller in size; basal joints of last three perzeopods large, oblong, armed with short spines in front and serrated behind; posterior margins of abdominal segments not dentate nor produced; fifth segment with several spines on posterior mar- gin on either side of mid-dorsal line; last uropods long; inner ramus minute, situated in a sinus of peduncle; outer ramus of much the same form as in the preceding species and armed on either side 506 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. with several fascicles of strong spines which are relatively larger than those of dentata; median spine of terminal cluster not unusually large; telson with tip of lobes triangular, acute; a few spines around tip and on distal part of inner margin. General color of the body and appendages grayish, the color not confined to pigment cefls, but scattered in the form of minute pigment granules in the cells below the integument; body and legs crossed by bands of a somewhat darker color; a red spot above on anterior portion of head; eyes black, with a slight tinge of red. Length, 10 mm. New Jersey to Cape Cod (Smith); Woods Hole, under rocks near the breakwater. Melita parvimana Holmes, new species Eyes oblong; lateral angles of head rounded; first antennze much longer than second, first and second joints of peduncle of subequal length, each about twice the length of third; flagellum about twice the length of peduncle; secondary flagellum not longer than last joint of peduncle and consisting of two joints; second antenne with last joint of peduncle about three-fourths the length of preceding one; flagellum shorter than peduncle and consisting of six segments; last two joints of gn ant 2 ant Melita parvimana. Newport, R.I. Only the proximal portion of the first antenna is shown. peduncle and first few joints of flagellum carrying large clavate appendages (olfactory clubs ?) near upper margin, outer surface of these clubs very regularly annulated; first three coxal plates much deeper than wide and setose on the lower margin; fourth pair nearly as wide as deep; first gnathopods rather short and stout; carpus as wide as long, its rounded posterior lobe armed with about seven long setose spines; hand broad, subquadrate; palm oblique and armed with numerous short, stout, notched spines; posterior margin nearly straight and furnished with numerous setose spines; second gnathopods longer but not much stouter than first; carpus somewhat longer than wide; hand oblong, slightly widening distally; palm very oblique, armed with numerous stout notched spines; first and second pereeopods slender, merus much longer than carpus; dactyl nearly two-thirds the length of propodus and furnished with one or more setz near distal end of lower margin; the three posterior perseopods long and slender; carpus longer than merus but shorter than propodus; dactyls slender, nearly straight and oyer half the length of propodi; lower margin with one or more sete near distal end; posterior margin of basal joint of last perseopods more coarsely serrated than in preceding ones, especially toward the lowet side; abdomen smooth aboye and devoid of teeth or spines on posterior margins of segments; postero-lateral angles of first three segments produced into an acute tooth; a few spines near lower margins of second and third segments; posterior uropods rather small; inner ramus minute and AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 507 scale-like, subovate, outer ramus acute, single-jointed, and scarcely twice the length of peduncle; telson small and cleft to a little beyond the middle. Length, 12mm. Type No. 29240, U. S. Nat. Mus. Described from a single specimen taken by 8. D. Judd, at Newport, R. I. This species differs from most of the species of Melita in haying smaller second gnathopods, smaller terminal uropods, and more elongated propodi on the peraeopods, but possesses no characters which exclude it from the genus. Elasmopus levis (Smith). Mera levis Smith, Rept. U.S. Fish Com. 1871-2, p. 559. Eyes nearly round; first antennz rather stout and about two-thirds the length of body; third joint of peduncle about two-thirds the length of second, which is subequal to the first; flagellum about as long as peduncle, segments rather short; secondary flagellum not half as long as last joint of peduncle and consisting of two oblong joints and a minute very short terminal joint; second antenne scarcely longer than ~eduncle of first pair and slender, flagellum shorter than peduncle and consisting of about a9 Elasmopus levis. Woods Hole, Mass. eight joints. First four coxal plates not deeper than their segments; fourth about as broad as deep. First gnathopods in male with hand oblong, subequal to carpus; palm quite oblique and evenly convex. Second gnathopods of male very large, carpus scarcely one-fourth the length of hand; much broader than long, with a narrow posterior lobe; hand oblong, the opposite sides nearly parallel, palm oblique, smooth; a row of four or five spines near base of finger on a ridge just within margin of palm; the stout finger closes not against palm but into an excavation on inner side of hand; a conical tooth at upper end of this excavation. Hand in first gnathopods of female much like that of the male, but the palm nearly transverse. Second gnathopods much smaller than in the male, oblong in shape, some- what resembling first gnathopods of the male; palm oblique, armed with two rows of spines along its entire length and with a pair of larger spines at distal end; finger more nearly straight than in the male; more evenly tapering and closing against the palm. Merus and carpus much expanded in last two perzeopods of male; terminal uropods projecting beyond others, rami short, broad, inner one narrower than outer and a little shorter, with a small spine near base of inner margin; outer ramus with three fascicles of stout spines on outer margin; tips of both rami truncated and armed with numerous spines; telson with lobes oblong, notched at the tip, where there is one or two spines. 508 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Body olive brown to grayish, marked with numerous small rounded lighter colored spots and a series of larger light spots along mid-dorsal line. Pigment scattered as in Welita nitida. In specimens with much gray pigment the legs are barred with dark bands; in others these bands may be scarcely visible. The extreme tips of the basal joints of both antenne are light colored; eyes black. Length, 10 mm. New Jersey; Long Island Sound; Vineyard Sound (Smith); Provincetown (Rathbun); Woods Hole, Mass. Found under rocks and among seaweed at low tide. Gammarellus angulosus (Rathke). Amathilla angulosa Boeck, Amphip. boreal. arct., p. 137, 1870. Head with rather large oblong or reniform eyes; lateral angles rounded; rostrum very short; antenne rather stout, subequal, scarcely half the length of body; peduncle of first pair with joints decreasing successively in length and width; flagellum longer than peduncle; secondary flagellum four-jointed; second antennze with flagellum larger than peduncle, segments, like those of first pair, furnished with a terminal circlet of sensory clubs; body with a dorsal carina which extends from head to near end of abdomen, not so high as in G. homari and not extended as a posterior projection from the end of each segment; first four coxal plates rather small, not so deep as their segments, quadrate in form and increasing successively in size from first to fourth; gnathopods, aside from coxal plates, of almost exactly same form and size; hand narrowly ovate; palm setose and armed with four or five fascicles of strong spines; three posterior perzeopods of nearly equal length; dactyls of all pairs simi- Gammarellus angulosus, female, Aiter lar and furnished with a single prominent seta near the distal end Sars. of lower side; postero-lateral angles of first three abdominal seg- ments rounded; terminal uropods with rami flattened, lanceolate, broader than in G. homari, the margins furnished with spines and plumose sete; outer ramus a little larger than inner one; telson nearly as broad as long and slightly emarginate at tip. Length, 10 mm. Norway (Sars); British Isles; France; Nahant; Casco Bay, Me. G. angulosa is closely allied to G. homari, but differs from it in being of smaller size, in having no posterior projections from the dorsal side of body segments, in having shorter and stouter antenne, and in the shorter telson. G. homari has been reported from Grand Manan under the name of Gam- marus sabinii by Stimpson. Another species, Gammarus macrophthalmus, is described by Stimpson from the same locality. It is said to be very closely allied to the preceding species (G. sabinii) in color and general appearance. The back, however, is carinated only at the abdomen, which readily distinguishes it. The appendicular branches of the superior antennze are minute, and scarcely per- ceptible. Eyes very large, subreniform, near each other; epimera small; caudal stylets of first pair as large as those of second, both with their outer rami shorter and narrower than the inner ones; last pair with broad, lancet-shaped rami, shorter than in G. sabinii. Color sometimes bright crimson, but usually mottled red and flake white; very variable. Length 0.5 inch; of the inferior antenn, which are longest, 0.2. Were it not that Stimpson states that in macrophthalmus the back is carinated only at the abdomen and describes the secondary flagellum of the first antennse as ‘‘minute, and scarcely perceptible,”’ I should be inclined to regard this species and angulosa as identical. Chelura terebrans Philippi. Body robust, somewhat depressed; head tumid; antennz shorter than half the length of thorax; second antenne with flagellum consisting of a large oblong joint, setose on the edges, and one or two minute terminal joints; coxal plates small, diminishing in depth posteriorly; third abdominal segment with a median dorsal posteriorly directed spine-like projection, which is very large in the male; last three abdominal segments coalesced; uropods peculiarly modified for boring, the first pair lying under the abdomen and having a long peduncle with two short rami; second uropods subdorsal, peduncle AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 509 with an immense dorsally projecting lobe, broad and coarsely serrated in the female, but oblong, serrated, and thickly setose on the margin in the male; rami short, quadrilateral, distally serrate; terminal uropods very large, inner ramus minute, outer narrowly oval in the female but narrow and much elongated in the male. T Ur; $ Ur, 2 Length to tip of telson, 5-6 mm. Extensively distributed along the coast of Europe; from Norway to the Mediterra- nean; east coast of the United States (Smith). This species, like the isopod Limnoria, has the habit of boring in timber and is very destructive to piles and other submerged woodwork. Amphithoé longimana Smith. Body rather slender; eyes round and red in life; first antennze slender, about as long as body; second basal segment longer than first, and nearly twice as long as third; second antennee stouter than first, especially in the male, and some- what shorter; peduncle much elongated, and about twice the length of the flagellum; first five coxal plates much deeper than their segments; the first strongly produced at anterior angle, and concaye on superior free margin, the three following plates oblong; gnathopods in male well developed, first pair unusually elongated; carpus long and narrow; propodus three or more times as long as wide, as broad as carpus and about as long; palm short, transverse; dactyl large and projecting when closed, far beyond the palm; both carpus and propodus have the posterior margin thickly coyered with rather short setze; second gnathopods with carpus subtriangular, much shorter than propodus; propodus oblong, much wider than in first pair; palm oblique, concave, posterior angle prominent. Gnathopods in the female comparatively small; propodus of the first pair oblong, longer than carpus; palm oblique Chelura terebrans. After Sars. The third uropods of the male are drawn to a smaller scale than the other parts. Ur. Amphithoé longimana. Woods Hole, Mass. and rounded posteriorly, where it is armed with a strong spine; dactyl projecting beyond .palm, but not nearly so far as in the male; in second gnathopods carpus produced posteriorly into a narrow, distally setose lobe; hand oblong, shorter and broader than in first pair; palm oblique, defined pos- teriorly by a slight projection and a strong spine; none of the angles of abdominal segments produced posteriorly; terminal uropods with rami of subequal length and not more than half as long as peduncle. Color very variable, ranging from dark reddish to light green. Length, 9 mm. Woods Hole, Mass.; Vineyard Sound; Long Island Sound (Smith); New Jersey. The habits, color variations, and general natural history of this species I have described at length in a previous paper (Biological Bulletin, vol. 1, 1901, pages 165-193). B. B. F. 1904—33 510 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Amphithoé rubricata (Montagu). Amphithoé maculata Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853. Amphithoé valida Smith, Rept. U. S. Fish Com. 1871-72, p. 563. A stout, robust species; eyes rather small, circular to oval in outline; first antennze sometimes exceeding half the length of body, especially in the female; second basal joint about as long as first and twice as long as third; flagellum generally longer than peduncle and slender. Second antennze stout, especially in the male, in which they may nearly equal the first pair in length; flagellum short and thick, composed of few joints, often less than half the length of peduncle; coxal plates deeper than their segments, the first strongly produced at anterior angle, which is narrowly rounded; second coxal plate broad, produced, and very broadly rounded at anterior angle; first gnathopods in the male stout, basal joint broad and produced into a prominent lobe at inferior angle; hand oblong, palm oblique conyex, posterior angle rounded and armed with a spine; second gnathopods with basal joint broad, inferior lobe relatively smaller and more acute than in first pair; hand rather stout, with a terminal tuft of plumose setze; palm oblique, proximally convex and distally somewhat concave, posterior angle produced; in female, carpus of first gnathopods shorter than in male, and hand narrower but otherwise quite similar in form; hand of second gnathopods resembling that of male, but not so Amphithoé rubricata. Arichat Cape. densely setose at the tip, and the posterior end of the palm has a strong spine; posterior angles of three anterior abdominal segments rounded; terminal uropods more than half the length of peduncle. Color varying from green to reddish; generally a row of light-colored spots along mid-dorsal line, one spot to each segment. Length, 20 mm. Found under rocks and amongst seaweed at low tide; specimens are often found in tubes covered with sand or bits of alge. Whole coast of Norway (Sars); England; France; Azores; Labrador; Bay of Fundy; Grand Manan (Stimpson); Woods Hole; Newport, R. I. I have compared American forms with specimens of this species from England. Specimens sent to the U.S. National Museum by Professor Smith under the name Amphithoé valida, and which I haye examined, agree well with Professor Smith’s description of that species, which is certainly identical with A. rubricata. Grubia compta (Smith). Amphithoé compta Smith, Rept. U. S. Fish Com. 1871-72, p. 564. Body more robust than in Amphithoé longimana, but less so than in A. rubricata; eyes round, red in life; first antennee sometimes as long as body; second basal joint a little longer than first, and about three times as long as third; flagellum slender, elongated; a small two-jointed secondary flagellum not longer than last joint of peduncle; second antenne rather slender, nearly as long as first; flagellum slender and elongate; anterior coxal plates oblong, much deeper than their segments, anterior pair not produced forward so much as in preceding species; gnathopods in the male much elongated and with both margins furnished with long plumose hairs; first pair about as large as second; merus produced downward into a large triangular process, which is excavated anteriorly to receive carpus; carpus considerably larger and slightly broader than hand; hand oyal; palm oblique, nearly straight, rounded at posterior end, where it is armed with a strong spine; second gnathopod merus produced downward AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 5il into a jointed process, carpus narrower than in first pair, propodus oblong; palm oblique, sinuous, with a projecting posterior angle, but no terminal spine; gnathopods in the female of nearly equal size, of similar form, and very smalkin comparison with those of male; merus of both pairs produced, but not so much so as in the male; carpus and propodus in both not very unequal in size; propodus narrowed at proximal end and widened distally; palm oblique, rounded posteriorly, where it is armed with a spine; postero-lateral angles of second and third abdominal segments with a triangular acute Grubia compta. Woods Hole, Mass. tooth; first pair of uropods with a large spine on distal end of peduncle, which is about two-fifths the length of the rami; terminal uropods with rami unequal, outer or shorter one scarcely half the length of peduncle; inner ramus with spines at the tip and on inner margin. Color yariable, much as in Amphithoé longimana. Length, 12 mm. North Carolina to Cape Cod (Smith); Woods Hole, common in the Eel Pond. Found among alge and eel grass. Jassa marmorata Holmes, new species. Closely allied to J. pulchella; rostrum small and broadly triangular; eyes round, on prominent lateral lobes; both pairs of antennze stout, first shorter than second, its first basal joint much shorter than second, which is a little longer than third; flagellum not much longer than last joint of peduncle and composed of five or six joints, of which the first may be as long as all the rest; secondary flagellum minute one-jointed; second antennz very stout, last joint of peduncle a little longer than preceding one; flagellum short, about three-fifths the length of last joint of peduncle, and composed 512 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. of two or three joints, of which the first is much the longest; lower margins of both pairs of antennz clothed with long sete; first gnathopods in both sexes with hand ovate, broader in female than in male; palm very oblique, with a row of three spines around its upper end; second gnathopods with hand enormously developed and produced at upper end of palm into a long, narrow process; a triangular tooth near lower end of palm; second gnathopods in the female much smaller than in the male, the hand stout, oval in general outline, anterior margin very convex; palm concave, with a large triangular tooth near the lower end; two short, stout spines just above upper end of palm; merus of first and second perseopods much dilated and produced downward in front; peduncle of first uropods with a gn $ Jassa marmorata, Three different forms of the second gnathopods of the male are shown. Narragansett Bay. large spine on lower apex which is nearly half the length of the rami; third uropods with peduncle twice the length of rami; telson broader than long, rounded or subacute behind, with a minute spine and one or more setze on either side. This species is conspicuously mottled. The ground color is reddish, which is interrupted with large light-colored spots. There is a light spot or band on the head behind the eye; first thoracic segment mostly colored, but the second light, except in the mid-dorsal line and occasionally on the sides; third and fourth segments mostly colored, and the fifth with a broad median blotch; a median dorsal band extending through the following segments, with a lighter band on either side; both antennze crossed by rather wide bars of color. ; Length of a large male, 10 mm. I haye compared this species with specimens of Jassa pulchella, from North Devon, England, which were received through the kindness of the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing. There is a striking simi- Jarity in the general appearance and color-marking of the two species. Both pairs of antennze are, however, much stouter in marmorata; the flagellum of the first pair is not so elongate and is com- posed of fewer and very much stouter joints and has the first joint much longer. The second antenne differ considerably in their flagella, which are composed of six joints in the specimens of pulchella that AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. 51S were examined, while in our species they are composed of but two. The large hands of the males are much alike in the two species, but are somewhat narrower and with a more slender dactyl and basal process in pulchella. There is an apparent dimorphism among the males of this species, similar to that which is said to occur in European species of the same genus. The different forms of the males of Jassa pulchella have been regarded by Boeck and Hoek as due to age. Nebeski, however, does not share this view, since he finds that the two forms of the male are often of equal size. An examination of quite a large number of males of marmorata of different ages shows that the changes in form of the large chelipeds are correlated with different stages of growth. In the small males the hands resemble those of the females. In the largest males the hand is elongated, as shown in the figure, and furnished with a long basal projection. Among males of intermediate size this projection is of variable length, but never so large as in the largest specimens. The fact that the two types of hand are found in individuals of about equal size may be accounted for on the supposition that the one form is younger than the other and has not passed through the requisite number of molts to attain the final form, but has grown more rapidly. The rate of growth depends largely on food supply, which may vary considerably in different situations. One individual might easily attain the size of another without having passed through so many periods of molting. Ischyrocerus anguipes Kroyer. Cerapus fucicola Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 48, fig. 34, 1853. Podocerus fucicola Smith, Rept. U, S. Fish Com. 1871-72, p. 565. Male: Eyes nearly round; first antenn considerably shorter than second; second joint of pedun- cle a little longer than third and nearly twice as long as first; flagellum shorter than last two joints of Ur, Ischyrocerus anguipes. Marblehead Beach, Mass. peduncle; secondary flagellum very small, consisting of an elongate joint and a minute terminal joint; second antenn stout and elongate, last two joints of peduncle of subequal length; flagellum shorter than last joint of peduncle, and composed of five or six joints, of which the first is longest; terminal joints with curved spines; first four coxal plates subquadrate, about as deep as long and as high as their respective segments; first gnathopods small, basal joint broad; carpus rounded and _ setose behind; hand subovate, palm very oblique and nearly straight, a row of four or five spines beginning near end of palm and extending along posterior margin of hand, finger with inner margin acutely serrate; second gnathopods large, much elongated, basal joint narrow, elongate, gradually widening distally and curved forward, lower anterior angle produced downward into a rounded lobe; ischium 514 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. produced anteriorly into a prominent rounded lobe, as in first gnathopods; merus with pointed proc- ess at infero-posterior angle; carpus very much larger than in marmorata, with an angular posterior projection which bears a tuft of setee; hand elongate, thickened, curved backward, devoid of a basal process, posterior margin somewhat coneave and densely fringed with rather short, plumose sete; a blunt projection near infero-posterior angle of hand; peduncle of first uropods with a spine at distal end, which is less than half the length of rami; terminal uropods with rami very small, scarcely one- fourth the length of peduncle; telson triangular, with rounded apex. In the female the second antenne are much smaller than in the male, being only a little longer and but little stouter than the first pair, and the body is broader in the middle; second, third, and fourth coxal } letes larger and relatively deeper, being somewhat deeper than long; first gnathopods resembling those of male, but with basal joint narrower; second gnathopods very much smaller than in the male, basal joint relatively broader, and widening more toward distal end; merus broadly rounded and setose below; carpus subtriangular, short, produced behind into a setose lobe; hand narrowly oyate; palm slightly sinuate, the upper extremity with a pair of stout spines, between which the tip of the finger closes; one or more stout spines and five or six tufts of setee above these on posterior margin of hand. Length, 10 mm. Norway (Sars); Greenland (Kroyer); Labrador; Iceland; Siberian polar sea; Grand Manan (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy (Smith); Marblehead Beach. Professor Smith states that ‘this species was dredged by Professor Verrill in 4 to 5 fathoms off Watch Hill, R. I., in April, 1873.”’ It seems to be rare on the southern coast of New England. According to Stimpson, ‘‘the color varies from light olive or greenish to light crimson. Eyes usually white. The articles of the antennz are sometimes alternately red and white.’’ Professor Smith states that some of the specimens taken at Watch Hill ‘‘had a transverse dorsal band of red or orange on each segment, and similar ones on the epimera, and were minutely speckled with dark brown; the antennze and legs were annulated with white and light red or orange. Microdeutopus gryllotalpa Costa. Microdeutopus minax Smith, Rept. U.S. Fish. Com. 1871-2, p. 565. Eyes nearly round; first antennz a little over half the length of body, second joint of peduncle longer than first and over twice as long as third; flagellum longer than peduncle; secondary flagellum Microdeutopus gryllotalpa. Eel Pond, Woods Hole, Mass. Three different stages of development of the large gnathopods of the male sre shown. much shorter than last joint of peduncle and consisting of one joint, with sometimes a minute terminal knob-like joint; second antenne about two-thirds as long as first but considerably stouter; peduncle AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. Lay 5s elongated, last two joints of subequal length, terminal one being usually slightly shorter; flagellum rather thick and shorter than last joint of peduncle; coxal plates not as deep as their segments; first gnathopods in male yery large and powerful; carpus enormously developed, broadly suboval in outline and produced at postero-distal angle into a lobe which projects beneath the propodus and bears two large teeth; behind the latter two smaller teeth on posterior margin; propodus about two-thirds as broad as long, posterior margin with two or three irregular tuberculiform prominences; first gnatho- pods in the female simply subchelate; carpus about two-thirds as wide as long; posterior margin rather long and thickly setose; propodus a little narrower than carpus but about as long; palm oblique, evenly convex, with a spine at the posterior end; dactyl serrate within; second gnathopods with carpus narrow with a rather long ciliated posterior margin which is nearly straight; carpus rectangular, over three times as long as wide; palms transverse; dactyl stout, serrated within; terminal perseopods about reaching tip of uropods; first uropods with a long spine at distal end of peduncle which extends nearly to middle of rami; telson oblong, distally rounded. Length, 8 mm. European coast from Norway to the Mediterranean; Long Island Sound and Vineyard Sound (Smith); Provincetown (Rathbun); Woods Hole, common in the Eel Pond. Microdeutopus danmonensis (Bate). Eyes nearly round; first antennze over half the length of body, first segment somewhat shorter than head, not so stout as in preceding species; second segment markedly longer than first and over Ps Miecrodeutopus danmonensis. Woods Hole, Mass. twice the length of third; flagellum slender, longer than peduncle; secondary flagellum about as long as last joint of peduncle and composed of two long segments, and usually a minute terminal knob-like segment; second antennze about two-thirds as long as first, peduncle elongate, more slender than in gryllotalpa; last basal joint not longer than preceding one but equaling or exceeding flagellum; first 516 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. gnathopods in male more slender than in gryllotalpa, the carpus narrower and produced at postero- distal angle into a narrow triangular process which extends beyond middle of propodus; posterior margin with usually one or more small teeth behind this process; propodus much narrower than in gryllotalpa, being fully twice as long as wide, basal half of lower margin smooth; distal part with a low projection; first gnathopods of female similar to those of gryllotalpa, but with a shorter carpus and slightly narrower propodus; second gnathopods differing more in the two sexes than in the preceding species; carpus in male elongated, with a slightly curved posterior margin; hand narrower than carpus and nearly as long, over twice but scarcely three times as long as wide, with the palm somewhat oblique; carpus in the female shorter than in the male and with posterior margin strongly convex; hand much as in the male, but slightly shorter; posterior pereeopods extending much beyond the uropods; uropods much as in gryllotalpa. Length, 6 mm. Norway (Sars); British Isles (Bate); Woods Hole, Mass., common in the Eel Pond along with the preceding species. This species is readily distinguished from the preceding one by the two-jointed secondary flagellum of the first antennze, by the more slender first gnathopods of the male and their entirely different carpal process, the less elongated hand of the second gnathopods, and the longer and more slender terminal perzeopods. Autonoé smithi Holmes, new species. Autonoé sp. Smith, Rept. U. S. Fish Com. 1871-2, p. 562. Eyes round; first antenne nearly as long as body; first joint of peduncle about as long as head and about two-thirds as long as second, which is nearly three times the length of third; flagellum slender, longer than peduncle; secondary flagellum scarcely as long as third joint of peduncle and consisting of two elongate joints and a minute terminal knob-like joint; second antennz about two-thirds as long as Autonoé smithi. Woods Hole, Mass. first, subpediform; peduncle elongate, penultimate basal joint extending forward as the penultimate basal joint of antennules, and about equaling preceding joint in length; flagellum stout. six or seven jointed, shorter than last joint of peduncle, its first joint about as long as all succeeding ones; coxal plates small, margins furnished with a few distant sete, the first four subquadrate, much broader than deep; first gnathopods large and stout, coxal plate somewhat more irregular in outline than in the following pairs of appendages; stout basal joint not more than twice as long as wide, abruptly narrowed near proximal end to about half the width of lower portion; carpus very thick, about as wide as long; hand broadly and irregularly ovate in outline; palm sinuous, convex below and concave above, its thin margin furnished with numerous minute blunt teeth, its upper end defined by a large tooth at the base of which is inserted a stout spine; two prominences on the short posterior margin of hand above this tooth; second gnathopods with carpus oblong, longer than hand; hand oblong, strongly convex in front, slightly narrowed beyond middle; palm transverse, conyex; a spine at rounded posterior angle, ee eee AMPHIPODA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. Sie thin margin of palm finely pectinated; dactyl armed within with about six short, oblique spines; first two pereopods with basal joints narrow and elongated; ischium longer than broad, carpus narrower than merus and slightly tapering toward either end; dacty] slender, a little over half the length of propodus; third perseopods short, fourth much longer, last pair very long and slender; postero-lateral angles of first three abdominal segments rounded and not produced; first uropods narrow, rami sub- equal to peduncle in length, latter with a long. narrow spine projecting from distal end below rami; rami of second uropods a little longer than peduncle, the latter furnished as in first pair with a long spine at distal end, which extends to about half the length of rami; rami of third uropods subequal and nearly twice the length of peduncle, which is devoid of a terminal spine; telson wider than long, distally rounded. Body and coxal plates with blackish pigment, the fifth thoracic segment lighter than the others; abdomen lighter than thorax; legs transparent and almost devoid of pigment; body and appendages with a diffuse reddish-brown coloration, which is deeper on the large hand, becoming more intense toward the tip and on the base of the dactyl; dorsal side of body crossed with purple, orange, or rose- colored bars; both pairs of antenne very beautifully and conspicuously marked with spots of red, pink, or orange, these spots on the peduncles of both antennie at the bases of the setze, on the flagellum of first antennee; they are regularly arranged, a pair of oblong spots being separated by a colorless longitudinal interval on each joint. Eyes black. Length, 6 mm. Vineyard Sound (Smith) ‘‘in tubes in masses of a compound ascidian (Amowroucium pellucidum Verrill) in 3 to 8 fathoms.”’ Cerapus tabularis Say. Head with asmall rostrum and a faint dorsal carina; first and second antenn:e subequal in length, and in the male a little over half the length of body; first segment of first antennze stout, laterally compressed, furnished below with a carina which is more prominent near the base; second and third segments subequal; flagellum three-jointed and about as long as last joint of peduncle; second antennze with fla- gellum three-jointed and nearly as long as last peduncular segment; coxal plates broader than deep; first gnathopods with carpus produced downward at postero-distal angle into a small lobe; propodus oblong, narrower than carpus, but about as long; palm oblique, spinulous; second gnathopods in male with carpus furnished at its postero-inferior angle with a large, acute tooth, above which is a rounded sinus separating the latter from a small rounded tooth; propodus oblong, slightly incuryed, nearly as long as carpus, inner margin irregular; dactyl large and stout; second gnathopods in female similar to first pair; third pereeopods very small; merus with a long spatulate lobe on posterior margin; carpus articulated to posterior margin of merus above distal end of latter, and produced greatly beyond articulation of oblong propodus; dactyl short and broad with an abruptly recurved hook-like tip; second uropods small, about as large as outer ramus of first pair, ramus very short and furnished with a terminal hook; terminal uropods much like preceding pair but stouter; telson twice as broad as long, distally emarginate, the two lobes rounded and armed above with minute hooks. Length, 4.4 mm. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey (Say); Vineyard Sound, in masses of the compound tunicate Amouroucium pellucidum, and in Noank Harbor, Connecticut (Smith). This species has the peculiar habit of carrying the tubes in which it dwells, unlike most of the tube-dwelling amphipods which live in a fixed abode. ee eS ee Heat ie z ne W a) Py Piate VIII. Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904. 1. Paramphithoé pulchella, Grand Manan 2, Sympleustes latipes. Grand Mi 3. Epimeria loricata. Off Head Harbor, Meine PLATE |X. Bull. U.S. B. F. 1904 PLATE X. 1. Calliopius leviusculus. Vineyard Sound Gammarellus angulosu Near Woods Hole Gammarus locusta. Near Woods Hole Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 PLATE X}. 1. Gammarus marinus. Woods Hole. 2. Gammarus annulatus. Vineyard Sound. Melita nitida. Woods Hole. PLATE XIl. . Elasmopus levis, male (la) Female Woods Hole. 2. Mera dane. Eastport : 3. Ptilocheirus pinguis. Vineyard Sound Bull. U. S. B. F. 1904 . Amphithoé rubricata. Near Woods Hole. 2. Amphithoé longimana. Right figure a female, left a male. Woods Hole . Ischyrocerus anguipes, male. Marblehead Beach, Massachusetts SINGD Ey ex<. Page. MOMOMUN ALIS PE UNV RUB ccicin dcicieis cc ccecndaciercsseeeesens 220 POS AARC 1S PEIISONIM Made Sn nici ae soca alee is wclc wee 247 PASI CELE MATEINATUS ie seen ewe ice ecmewetecssseces 245, 256 saxatilis, examined for entozoa........---- 400 SURE Reeetsreteretetatses te fetate ae =lsle a= cin nlajare/ciejeleieia'c'e 245 MDYSSOLUIM IV PCLOCHE a) cae nine cjecenie so cm ece cee cece 464 Acanthobothrium parasitic in fishes ..............-..- 331 Acanthocephala in fishes at Beaufort ..............--. 330 acanthonotus, Benthopecten, new species.......-..-. 299 Acanthozone cuspidata .. 491 ACTCIS NNEC LON USE ene Re meric ia swine sini Sass sec Siciceccees 254 TROT: mee aso Satb en eeee ea DROSS EOC SBSRE Senos 254 PIGHICA UA PRIDEGHOULODIS serrate eee ie atsezscecsencees 493, PUCERELEL I UU BENCUION pete eters So safes toe silo w'oe oi emcees 244 VICK UMVS sees se seta sjceee's act obese cr 233 adscensionis; Epinephelus--..-..-........-.----.:----- 239 adspersus, Tautogolabrus. . 256 aduncum, Distomum, new species .....-..-.--. 409 JEga symmetrica, new species. . 211 /Egina pachyderma .......... 58 JEginella longicornis 525 7Opinidwe -..-2.-.-... 58 AEquorea albida .........-.- 52 JEquoreide, key to genera - 51 affinis, Fierasfer . . 205 agassizi, Ampelisca. 481 agassizii, Corynitis 42 Aglantha conica.. 56 digitalis - 55 Aglaura hemistoma.....- 55 Aglauride, key to genera . 55 Ablia egmontis.........- Eee 235 PAU BITE PUSER rece ayn aa nce sce 147, 181 alascensis, Pseudarchaster, new specie -- 803 Alaska isopods 5 209-221 starfishes, new species. .... 291-320 _ alaskensis, Holophryxus, new specie: 221 UIPLLE MESO ILE Us tee ee mse ees aan wn onsen eno 72 alba, Lysianopsis, new species 475 ePIC eNO MOLCAE a Se aes Saco as awison ccs ieee 52 albirostris, Corythroichthys .... 285 Albula vulpes gene ence ane cnewecceceenasnenneene 232 album, Hemulon.........- 242 Alectisieihiaris- ---------< 5c so BY] Algz utilized in Japan .. . 133-165, 288 ATOTCHeSTeS ITTEOTHIIS ss satu cam iciels\niciainielac<-erclncsa sens - 472 ANOS ERAT PUIG ae natal estes ta ema cite 121 Alutera schcepfii, entozoa of.... 401 PIV SH OVE ee eae ce wos ae een 155-160 AETICHN Ay ATM Ain crete ce eisatclae ct ciate sroeiaa soles seers 239, 256 americanus, Hemitripterus.......... BS Doser Es ecae 250 Men ticirrhuss-eoces cles < «se <5 - sec aces caren s 286 Glavalta sD IDULEL Beemer ean eon se nae soos ee eee 31 Clytia bicophora. 46 molliformis: = -2sossssee 47 Codium lindenbergii, uses of . Bee 64 mucronaium | Uses!Ol- 6... 2 a5 ens - ssh once ae 164 TOMEDLOSUM USES Olsens e= see ae ee eee 164 Godoniidetkeyto genera 2-5 cc. ee isoceissence essences 29 coeruleus, Callyodon......... Seb AnSPIAG aan Hee PES COOeCOEe 248 Jae VE ae sop sunset soos eonneseseqase ropes 248 Colorado, fishes of Boulder County........-....-.... 223-227 commersonii, Catostomus ...... Soa 2253} commissuralis, Obelia ....-- Se 48 compressa, Ampelisca. . ==) e480) Huthemisto: 22 tass2-422 2. esc cenwe code ceae 464 COW LA GUUP Wee teres aoa ease eat -lintnim clei on en aie 510 concentrica, Malaclemmys eeneaie mA COQ SRR SC eae 16 CONI Ca ARIAT Uh Bice ncn afs-- cea eases seis enact Secs 56 Di POLE Arcee eee ae nee = eee ets eset eee 31 Copepoda in fishes of Beaufort.........--...--2--....-- 336 Corbicula atrata, culture in Japan -- - 288 cormutus)Notropises.-- 2. sosse-s2= oe 227 §21 corpulentum, Distomum, new species....-.........- 378, 382 WONTAR A PASS ZL ee eeness ete neces ee ees ween 42 5338 Page. Coryphena hippurus sacs sec san o- s-onees esac esenes ee ae 238 OntOZ08 Ole. peepee t=. se neseeeee 372 Corythroichthys albirostris-- 02.2.2 cc - ee ee 249, 256 Holacanthus ciliaris...........-. Moe cemtt eens saclactsioac 248 CriCOlONS sansa oe ee tern a eee 248 holacanthus, Diodon .- 249 h6lb6lli, Phoxocephalus.. - 477 holbrooki, Diplodus ......-.. 248 holmesi,Tole; new: species!" ,cc--.---0-- sees secs aceon 216 MOlMCeNLisi aSCENSONISpeseaeesae oe ees soe se enon eee 236 SiCCILEN ees sae cee ce is aece ete ete Seesaw 236 tortugse, new species... ------:.....-:----- 236 Holophryxus, new genus 220 alaskensis, new species...........-....- 220 hooper, Stylactisi. + -2-.-.---222---- 41 hoplomystax, Sparisoma. 247 Hoplonyx cicada ........ -- 474 hudsonius;Elippocampuseseca prolifer .... 2 33 iy bopriatiue NUCHAIIS (ccc tae. 22-2. 5 cone oe eee 155 inflatus, Stegocephalus 482 | United’ States zaness-e---ee et eeeeaeee 173 insolatus, Chromis.. - 244 Lecanicephalum parasitic in fishes 331 Iodine from seaweeds .............------+- 160 | Lecanocephalus parasitic in fishe 331 industry in Scotland..-.-.....-..-- --- 175 | leidyi, Mnemiopsis -..--..:....-.. 72 lows; Etheostomay: <5 <3: s2s--c0 ssn. cesses eee 227 | Leiostomus xanthurus, entozoa of............ 391 SHAM OSs sUSeS| Olas ee eee es — eee ee ee ee 165,169 | lepidonotus, Cryptopeltaster, new species. --... 311 trroratasUnciolfeck pao wes cose oe eee eases 620))|) uepisoma nuchipinnG-..-s2.--4-2--> onsen anes see eee 254 Tsch'yrocerus@0E Wipes mesece cer oa eee see 513)|| eptecheneismavcrates: <= 2. os tes — cn eo ee ee 254 Lsinglass; seaweed: 52. =.)ect eee cmos csete cee en eek 137,171 | Leptocephalus conger, entozoa of............-..--...-- 351 isopods:from -Allaskasioe-- < s.- <2 seaeseees 165 | Lophaster furcilliger, new species. -.-.....-..........- 312 Kelp, description and uses of........-. ....-.-:.---..- 173 | Lopholatilus chameleonticeps, blood-vascular sys- kentuckiensis; Hy bopsiss,---4-- eae ese ce nese se eee ee 227 LEM. Soe =e el Lee TRO MDM as saeco tance chee cee ete ete Sea tee eee 146 osteology..........- 81-86 Korethrasteride - . 313 welatiOns eee sseeseae 81-86 Kyphosus incisor 243 | Lophopsetta maculata, entozoa of....... 414 sectatri 243 | lorieata, Epimeria.. ae 491 entozow Of... == 5s scncs gamete sce 383 | Lucernaria quadricornis .-.....-.-.--...-:s-0--2-<---- 63 INDEX. 537 . Page. Lucernariide, key to genera ..............-.----2----- MSTO PR PTOOWIRN ICR soe snciotnniee siclae nce sms «minis lero iastela - 483 luteus, Hippopodius ..... | Microcotyle parasitic in fish 339 Lutianus analis.........- Microdeutopus danmonensis 515 apodus. ---5--- gryllotalpa .......:. 514 Cit UMne Sooo saanescsnseubsncagas Micropogon undulatus, entozoa of 394 MISE US yeaa Nee ee ete ae costae | Micropterus salmoides............-...---..-- 227 OGM ores em inet ee ance Microspathodonmichrysurus).-2<-3..2--esecs- pecan e- == 246 BYDESTIS se eeaee wees ao | Mimaster swifti, new species .........-.-.....--------- 301 AIRE NININ INO LII DIS sc Sane wine as ciel nate Sel i= sles eins alal= a Mimasterintp=sncsaccccestacias cecsane sameeren sce cee oe 301 ynceus, Parcediceros. <<. -c0sc2- =. -cnceen-eanensss=- minax, Ericthoniu 519 Lysianopsis alba, mew species .....--..-.......-.----.+ | minuta, Stenothoé, new species.....-......------------ 485 OWS CO UA ese see exe ee ete hoe eenesens 475 MICNOTUS PUNCLICUlalUISeese= eee seat aaa esas 239 POACKAVI Ss SUM PNALDUSS. once wena Sac neaaamesscr--enie 239 Mira MUL Raga o secon «soos fa aa Seee mason cian een ears 45 macrocephala, Ampelisca ....-......---....---..2-.2-- A7Sei mirabilis; SynG@ongmefacss=accae = cate see eee cae eee ee 30 macrognathus, Opisthognathus ...............-------- 202) | mMiras, MH ydrehth vse... s-2-5 ces hassee- eee eee 32 macrophthalma, Harengula............-..------------ 233 | Mnemiidee 72 TKO WIE J NOE pe Sem oa aa onne = CORSE RIE SH SE OACOnSOS 254 | Mnemiopsis leidyi 72 macrospilota, Malaclemmys, new species .......------ 16—17),\) “MonscanthusiGiliatnses.-= cers te. -s6-cqsceccecene tone 249 IMACTOSLOMUM | Heeml OMe. =~ <-atelein a einelaeacie al srcinie= 242 INIDIGUS :2 2 -cssese tee ne te eres ee etesine 249, 256 Mactra sulcatoria, culture in Japan ...........-----.-- 288 entoz08 Of. 2-4 t2c2sceeceen2- 401 PAA OUIShI SESE NOS so een acee oe seem eee ce eee eee 256 | Monoculodes edwardsi, new species........---.-.----- 487 IPSCHOM DEN CUA pe rieeanes see a oee eect ee ae 243 | Monostomum parasitic in fishes ....-.....-.-..--.---.- 333 Scomberomorus esas. 9-2 =o s- oa= ae seae 2a) MOOLeL CA CTEIS ase stele Selon sae caide eee a5 seweetsee eames 254 THACTIUPUUNA, HAlTCHOBreS: <<. ce 2 naan nee ae = 246 | MMOLIO WE pPIMepHelUsre= ase seen eee ne emer eri ce 240 TAC HOSUS, HMPINEPNELUS «2. —<-ves ec meee nnn see = == 239))|) Moringa, GYIMOLhOVaRs cscceseeseeeec cree seen coon ee 234 Malaclemmys, age attained ..........-....-...---..--- 13 | mucronatus, Carinogammarus .............-..--,----- 503 ibliopraphy-=sesss ees aes eel 40 \eMupilicephalus!s ste caso ~ eee ee ons acini some ae 235 entratege se aso ssemceec nop asa e eee 14 entozoa' Of...) 2242-2 -2 2. seectoscoe nce 361 CONCEN UCR seep essen wean 16 CULCM Aisa semen soe see eee ect ne ee ene ae 235 differences dueito age: no. - 2 one =n 12 BH EOZOGLO ferme mae tae ele eae rl ee 360 discussion of species'<. =<... -------2.-.-- 14 oeur, cultivationin' Japan 9. --eeseese-= ewes 275 general natural history -.......-.-...-. 10 el emulleni¢kempherigs=sse-s = sence a: nee ee 238 generic synonymy and diagnoses...-.. 4 | Mulleticulture:in Japan! :22--- 52-25-22 22-22-52 ee ene ee) OTD littoralis, mew species --.---.----------* 18"), multiocellatus; Antenmarius: ~~. 2.22... --22se-ccce ence 256 f macrospilota, new species ....-......-- 16 | murbachii, Gonionemus...- 53 malformationsieee.----ss-n ee ee aae ance 13 | Mustelus canis, experiments with..................... 190 Dileata<% s22sc 32-5 ete Ae eee see Lg WTO UItICA AV CLC La ee meee eee cee ae eee eee 59 TEVISIOM OF = 26-0. ccc ser set tees enerer ee 1-20 | Myecteroperca venenosa apua 240 Rexualidifferences:-.----¢--sces- ses ase 11 | myops, Trachinocephalus 233 Wanita DITOStTIS'== 22225. clewceccesscccseccedsioeces cece 939.) Myrichthys acuminatus)\=-22 2-22 cs=------22-2-2—- 233 MapO SOPOLALON cone ce sameness etaaa= sons esan -- 251 | Myxobolus parasitic in fishes....-..-.-.- 335 Marrelide, key tojgenera So 22cc- sno. nc- o-oo me 387 | Myxoderma, new subgenus ............. 316 marginatus, Abudefduf = 245,256 | Narcomedusz of Woods Hole...-......- 29,57 marinus; GaMmMarus-.<---2-.J=-.2-----< aoe =.) 502)|| narinari, Stoasodon------ -ss--5---2--- 232 marmorata, Jassa, new species ..-. 511 | naucrates, Leptecheneis. -.- 254 martinicus, Pseudupeneus..-..- 243 | Nauphantopsis diomede ... 66 maxillosa, Gnathypops - - 252 | Nausithoe punctata...... 66 maximus, Lachnolaimus .. 246 | Nemalion, uses of-...-.--.--.... 165 Mediaster tenellus, new species 307 | Nematoda in fishes of Beaufort. 330 Mediasterinz 079} NEMOpsis/DaChel= m2 sae em erteelem eas = 41 medusarum, Hyperia.- 464 | Nereocystis liitkeana, description and uses. 173 Meduse, account of-...-.....-.- =e 26 | nigricans, Hypoplectrus unicolor............-......--- 240 Medusze of the Woods Hole region pe ol=7O wienleTumM (BOLCOSOMEe =.= cnn: oc tee seins ent oe cian se miceirae 227 megalepis, Doratonotus..........- 246) | niphobles, Sparisoma - =. .-:---.52ss---2--.s---osec----- 247 megalophthalma, Talorchestia - 468 | nitida, Melita... 505 megalops, Argulus...........- 129 Podocerops 524 melanurum, Hemulon .. = 242 | nitidum, Thalassoma. . 246, Melicertum campanula = 44 | nolliformis, Clytia ... 47 Melita dentata. - 504 | Nontentaculata-... 73 Tmt Cipa- see at gee SOGe Sc HS SOE AA Sen ECoG REEEe ISAC BOD INGtODIS CR VUE Bor ce emi etemeee ene ene ane anes 227 parvimana, new species...........-........---- 506 COTHULUS ps seer ee a tance cone eoanee eas eee 227 Menidia menidia, entozoa of .............----.-------- 360 OG CNRISS emer se eee aan en tte ee ae 227 Menticirrhus americanus. ......-...-2.:--2.-2+----<-- 244 PIDLOMC DIS! sees ween eee ae eee eee 227 entOZ0n) Of: eens a enemenssee ene 398 RGWIDY, Seb Scbage coctistesoceBnURASe GucmCObee eae 227 littoralishes=-Sonn-cone esac soso ns asters 2440 Noyacwlichth ys Tosipes? 2-25 <2ae eo ene eee aceee 247 IMentensia OVUM). 222-2225 22 -iseeanaer ses aneorsee sea 7d MCh ais peby DORN A LOUS ae <= see ae aac cee a ae eae 226 TWNGTST E10 (0 F72) pee Go pC Be SRe Sore CCRC CER CC SEpEdared Zia cnuchipinne,, GepisOMma:s-—- a. 2- see ease sass noateecers 254 Mesogloia decipiens, uses of..........-.-.----22:------ LGD we PONS BEAM OM YX eens niece oe cine weiaiemciciela\s/sicleists cleslaieiee'ste 472 538 INDEX. Page. | Page. nutriculasTurritopsissessascee cee eee eee ee 87 | Pelagiide, key to genera .._........2.22.2220-202-e-00+ 69 QObeliay . 03202 c2c She 35 sco Jens o@acates Saveerseewces Joe 47) | ‘Rempherisimulleri 23.5. seers ease ae eee eee eee 238 (GOMMISSUTaliSh-eese pe see eee ee een eee 48) | “pendula, iy bOCOd On) or eecer. == eine ieee see eee 34 Giaphana) -.shcs- aces eesess ae soe ager Cees 48 penicillatus, Persephonaster, new species. ............ 297 PUSILOLMAIS esc ee ea ae ees ae ee setae 49.| Pennariaitiarella, 2 sot o¢ cee cs an cree eee eee eee 32 Belatindsa i: ~ sere ecer es nese eee eee eee 48 | Peprilus paru........ Dea eidee ees wo oee a een nee 256 DYLITORM IS 42: sas ese oe eee es eS 490) sperfasciata, Anchoyiatnsesasess5cn- eee eee ace 233 Oceanian eet eset acesese oe eee Renae aoe aes 49 | languidas ssh 6o esac cece eeies ete cers 50 ribet sol hah ahem sne oe cmcecSaaaceaboorae ACeISe & 50 oceanops, Hlacatimus 2-5. seas -s-seea sooo tec eeaee eens eee Phoreiobothrium parasitic in fishes ................... 331 QOgilbiaicayorum sets: cone a eon cee ene eee meen eee Phoxocephalus/hol bollieec-sosensen ose ceeer ecto eee 477 Oligoplites saurus. ..--- Phronimasedentarig:.).2.4.---c-escccee seeeieseeeeeeee 465 Onchobothrium parasitic in fishes............-..-.---- Phronimid ee 2522s - eee seine he nee ee ane ee 465 Oncorhynchus, cultivation in Japan .............----- 6, | Phryxusiabdominalis= =2:ces-57.ncc eee ee ee 220 Oniseldses) 2232525 oes es hee aenaes sees Sees Phyllitis\fascia, usesiofis sss. .. \ oo seaen ass eee 164 Opsanus;tau;entozon Oli scc-- meeeseneeeeese eee ete nee ae 406" | (Physaliaipelagican =. 2. jecc. espe sacle ae cee eee 61 experiments:withe wees eae ee encore 190)|' pileata, Malaclemmiys).< 2222 ene nisecee eee neeeee 17 ‘Orbigmianus, Panexoccetusee.<-ce gece secs asseiee eee 234 | pileus;: Pleurobrachiel:s- sscceres cscs cere ericeaee ee 71 Orchestiaipalustriss2e=-<- ceo see sss cbee sees e eee se nee 4715 MPimephalesspromelag?acass- sere eee «eee eee eee 226 Orehistomaitentaculatacs-n.cs2- 2. a= er ae aeons ee 44 || “pinguis, Ptilocheirus'=22-)- ososecp cece == eee eee eeee 522 OLELONENSIS, SpherOMsy = - 2 see ci so spe se sere ata e eloate aie 216 Try phosa) east wcaee sos ees aee ee eee ee ee 473 Organs, lateral-line, of fishes.............-----..----- 183-207 | Pinna japonica, culture in Japan...-..-.......-....... 287 ormata, Phacellophora cscs asa. see ae seieeaer ence ease 68 | piptolepis! Notrop1Ssceeeeece eee ese ee eee 227 40|-|planifrons, Pomacentrus =o... 2 --eeeeee meee eee 245 Orthopristis chrysopterus, entozoa of 376 | Blatophrysiocellatus tees eee ee eee eee seeaee 255 Ostrea cucullata, culture in Japan -. 278 | Pleurobrachia pileus .........-....-.---.. 71 Otobothrium parasitic in fishe 331 | Pleurobrachiidee val ovata, Beroe - - 73 | Pleustes panoplus - se 83 ovum, Mertensia..-... 71 | plicatum, Rhynchobothrium, new species 345 Oxylabrax undecimalis 239 | plumieri, Heemulon ...:........- 242 Oyster culture in Japan ...... 278 Scorpzena. . 250 pearl, culture in Japan. . - 283 plumosa, Harpinia 478 PPELCHy.C Or aye MN Bore terete a eee eer 58 | Plutonasteride .... 300 palometa, (rachinotus=s--cecicem=aieaacmiclemneenanin= aa 237. Podoceropsis nitida. . 524 pie inek A OEE Wh 35.5. ee reo SeeSee cpa sssee aes sees 471 Podocoryne carnea ....... 38 Pandarus parasitic infishes-....-......-..---.......... 336 | Pollachius virens......... 256 OAMOP US, Me) CUSUCS te team ee allele ee 488 | Pomacanthusarcuatus ...- 22 oon. eae ee ewe en eae 248 Paralichthys albiguttus, entozoa of........-....-..-.-- 411 FUSCUS Ss; cose isis go se Sa th ee See eee 244 dentatus,entozoa,of-—---.--.-.--.-.----- 410 Te@UCOstiCtus cae a= meee eee eee ee 245 Paramphithoé pulchella:.-- 2-22.22 22. -s02-cneemnee oe 489 ALU sss ine cece ce doase eee see e Ree Ce Ee 248 Paraphoxus spinosus, new species .......----.--------- 477 | PISTONS eee alee lata se 245 Parasites of fishes. se--ee sea so -eeeeeeeeree 115-131, 321-428 | Pomacentrus analis.........-...-.-.----+-.------s00-<- 245 Paratenia parasitic in fishes. ...........-.........----- 331 | Pomatomus saltatrix, entozoa of 368 Parexoccetus orbignianus!- --eeo2---=-\eeoeeaeseeees 284 | Pomoxis sparoides 227 Parcediceros|LyNCeUSss~-e see osese eee ne ene earns 487)|| Pontoporeiatem orate. see naan ciee ee eee 476 patra, Me mU OU) sam sees eens eae eee 942'"|\ Pontogenciatinermisy) <2 52-53 .n-aee ee eee 496 Than Sexe) o) al 5 Soe een aod ata IOD See SSS OonABonaseaS 256 | Porcellanaster tenebrarius, new species............... 293 Roma cam thus een leet er eee oleae 248) SPorcel AM aSter sere acreage elaite cle eesteetae atin 293 parvimana, Melita, new species...........-.-.---..---- 506%) *Porcellioscaben=S..naeies -- saan eres eee eer 7 2207 Pearl oyster, culturein Japan=---. 2. - =e eee eee 283 | Porphyra, uses and culture.............--------- 155, 173, 288 pectinatum, Distomum, new species ...........-.---- 366; 89) | BPOxpite Winn Cae). are ciate aleeieratela alene etc eels 59 pectinatus, Bathybiaster, new species ...............-- 295 | Priacanthus\cruentatus....... 25. 222s s. sce secen--one= 241 Peganthide -. 58 | Prionotus roseus...........-- Benes tosses osopse soa lC 250 Pelapia cyanellacs-cseseseeee sess = eat eee eee ee 7 scitulus, entozoa of ... 404 pelagica, Physalia - 61 tribulus 260 INDEX. 539 Page. Page. Prionotus tribulus, entozoa of -.........-.........----- 4045 | Rocinelpanpustate..~.s sce. ciscocanccsece oe aanaerocs 914 probatocephalus, Archosargus....-.........----------- 243 bellicepsieeensseesee ass 213 MNOUMOLAT SMM COLYME 22240 sawse c= serew a lee ee oes cee 30 propodialis, new species .......--.-.....-...- 214 Iproliter-s Hv boCOdONsasee tence odcecmcineciencosse stale, S38 IG TOSCUR tPriQNOLUS!s sss c= ocas): oasis s oeeee eee messes ceeee 250 MLOMEIAS WPLMe PORES! sess scenes se cescesaceseeeees os 226 | rosipes, Novaculichthy 247 ERD CHOU EU UCA Aa cemmeite ae anni om yan alse oe acielnle 240 | rotaformis, Ephyroides . 66 propodialis, Rocinela, new species 214 | rubricata, Amphithoé .- - 510 PROTA cas ainise aiciese vclnesie S40 eTUDIICOrnIsHiric HHONIS sees sessions eel ee 518 haeckeli-=- =o. --. = = 34 | rugosa, Stomotoca ...... 35 Protozoa in fishes of Beaufort. ..............-.--.----: 335 | Rypticus saponaceus Escort eat PSPNESICY AM ODRIVS tetra cere Baetectenn Je Sele eee cat siaie sie 238 | sacculatus, Zoroaster (Myxoderma), new species. -.--. 316 Mn CUIATIIN Seer cme ea tas aes Joesecce ties Sciccie 256)) |Paalmoid es! MICrOpLCrUS = 2. = 2 conn sess =m mone 227 Pseudarchaster alascensis, new species. ........-.-..-- 303 Salmon and trout culture in Japan.................--- 276 pusillus, new species. - 304 | salpinx, Haliclystus............... 63 Pseudarchasteride ......... 303 | saponaceus, Rypticus. 241 pseudogula, Eucinostomus .-. 243 | Sarcodia, uses of .... : 165 Pseudopleuronectes americanus. -....-.-...-------.--- 2561) |e Sardi nese eaneN eit deme emcee meee ns sees ea ee eine le ae 233 experimentsiwith-.-. 9190'!| ‘Sargassumjusesiof-<.. << 5-5-2. nce enw ie nina 165 PReTICOSCALUS SUACAM AIG hue «2 sce ce acs eee sec nee oe oe 248 | saurus, BIOPS ies sees ames cen adantces vcleew tee eee -nsteee 232 PACH OUPEN EUS MACUIALUSE sso -c 25s cesses ooo Nocatee ase 243 Olig@plites ieee ssecss- met cen sane eae eee 237 MBTtNICUS)= eases se ses ee eee en 248 | scaber, Porcellio..............- 217 PSIG LACUSHESSVTIC HEN YB erases o- + sanaaeececeseacs se 247 | Scienops ocellatus, entozoa of... 390 Pteraster jordani, new species. . 314 | Schizymenia edulis, uses ...... 180 Pterasteridee ... Side schoeph, Ceratacen thus ia. sacc.cc se ace esate ea 249 Pterophryne gibba..........-- . 255, 256 Chilomyctertis/-22-:--. = 222: -2oss2ness eens 190, 249 Pteroplatea maclura, entozoa of............-.-----.--- 848i asclurussireemulones. 20-0822". 5c8e occ seo see eee 242 Pimlocghelrusipineiin:. 92. se8—sse - 282 ace see cenecc some 22H Scolex: parasitichniiShests ace oes soca secant 331 IPEVCnOR Ena aACtea === scams. cm sae neiee aes tee ee = 45) Scollodoniterre-nOVveel =. < scence co ces ce eecisncle eeeeee * 9232 MHP eLveDSIS, ATP CIA 249 Synbothrium, meres in 333 Trout and salmon culture in Japan 276 Syncoryne mirabilis . - 30 | Tryphosa pinguis............-.-- 473 producta . 30 tubularis, Cerapus 517 Ret Cul ater = snes eee eee 30 Turris|e@piscopalis =.= as-mnsenateatelatene sre oman wera ee 36 INDEX. Page. Turris'vesicarla.:.. 52.2 .-2-:.2.-- 36 | ventricularis, Eucheilota. | Zoroaster (Myxoderma) evermanni, new species. | | Turritopsis nutricula .... 37 Turtles, culture in Japan........--...... eset 260) revision of the genus Malaclemm 1-20 Tylosurus caribbieus, entozoa of..... 358 marinus, entozou of. 356 raphidoma........ 234 entozoa of . 357 typicum, Rhopalonema.... a4 Ulmaride, key to genera 67 Ulva laetuca, uses of. . 164 | latissima, uses of .....-. 181 | Undaria pinnatifida, uses of. 164 Unciolairrorata...........- 520 undecimalis, Oxylabrax. 239 unicolor, Hypoplectrus. ..-.-.-- 240 nigricans, Hypoplectrus 240 unifasciatus, Hyperhamphus .-... 234 Upeneus maculatus, entozoa of. 361 Wraphycisitenviss. 2220s u2 SoS. once eee nie saa G206 Utilization of seaweeds in the United States. - 167-181 WGI RET rent nt Ry RSE ae ee eee ter ins 59 velifer, Carpiodes.........- 226 venenosa apua, teroperca. 240 veneris, Cestus 73 O vernilli Atollas. 5.3... verrucosa, Charybdea. vesicaria, Turris vetula, Balistes. . Callyodon . virens, Pollachius. ....-. Virginicus, Anisotremus virgulata, Euphysa . viride, Sparisoma volitans, Cephalacanthu: vulpes, Albula Willia ornata ... Woods Hole medusie wosnesenskii, Idotea.. Xyrichthys psittacus Xystzema cinereum... xystrodon, Sparisoma. zebrinus, Fundulus. sacculatus, new species. ophiurus, new specie: Zoroasteridz - zygena, Sphyrna Zygodactyla groenlandica ...- B. B. F.1904—35 ad 541 Page. 46 67 6d 36 249 247 256 243 33 247 250 232 40 = 21-79 216 247. 243 247 227 S17 316 315 315 232 52 S) N WS S3IYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVY: WS Saluyvugi7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31uVY Ny Wp) = w = 2p) = Ser 79) w & a a = & ANS w — pear w = x =-| NS Ss 5 = = < = < 4 NSN 2 > > AG? Zi, > - = > = Ge fof? i +] = 2 be x = ke wH: = — nw m w w > . m 44 z n = oO = w nn = 4 =e Oo {e) z > 2 SMITHSONIAN Lah fs | ‘Lp NVINOSHLIAWS NWINOSHLIWS PEs | NVINOSHLIWS NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS saluvugiq LIBRARIES AN INSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT} LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN zZ < res re) Ww oe l= = 7) @ = 48 = y Yin, e, a fad = S 4 - Ge“Gp, — fa ) = 2 i - > =e > = >: > — b> 2) =) a — b> 8] os, —_ as ie = P= = = ee o ile ot: z i i= AN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YWYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU] z = a) z o z oe w PANIES, cm < Ko = < = GQ = > = a = 7) Sh ae 7) Fa ” ae 77 , WS S3IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVY 4 2 : 2 2 sox @ ze = a. Jp 3 a 5 os OG = fH FS WSs < =a < Pe = < a SS < c = ax Ye, = S = \. = = 5 0 WG 95 a 5 eB 0 oe 2 =i 2 = 2 sii 3 | IAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!1Y¥VY¥dIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 1 FS a wo — wo — w = Vy wo J = = 5 2 5 “yy 2 LB - a = 2 = OS Re 2 m wy m a m n°’ 7 m 7) = 7) = = w = a) IWS SaIyvugi7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥Vy n i$ Zo n Zz n z wn a = Ws < = < = . = = bet é = =: = 2 = a neem fe, pee 2) n See n fe} Rifee Ee ; o x= fo} Se Oo yt oF E SN 2 = z = 2, > = “SS = = > = > Zag ” 2 77) A 7) = IAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUT 2 a 2 os 2 2 2 — g = g = % 5 4 Bi = = Ws 5 fe = 3, S Ps = SQ cc c 3 iS a ao = S S oO = mo - st (e) - o BN (me) °o - oO = a = ai =A a 2 INS S3IuYvVHUaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVY z = = EE = iS On z So O76 a 6D 2 ot GRD 2 oD 5s SMS 2 % 7 z ie 7) Ar eae) s, => Pee ao RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJLNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT SMI 7) S ” S < ee = a tu no wW = lw WW Sy tly ee | = 2 a =) 7 f. oe fea =e fo = ors AWS = > rz Li 2 Ores = WE phe 2 F 2 ORS i o z o zZ Oo RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IyvUgIT_LIBRARIES SMI n ” = aN Z < a Sa = SS = =. * =| z A Lp = C af N 2 = WAN oO ee fe) Gr = RAN oH NS SES E NY" Z, = = E WS 2% nilisnie Bo ene - 2 ae NLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NvI z ‘s no S nw < = o > % wn ve on WwW un Ww no = 4 7 = = a = < = = = = zi x : = e s = = rs) = 3 = 3 = 3 2 4 2 = = ai 2 RARIES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!YVYdIT_LIBRARIES_ SM mm 8 = 3 c 5 - g = ) = ° S 5 2 : 2 - : E . 2 : = pe) eee Es 5 = = S = FY F 2 = x = = rill ae a % @ Z ° 2 LNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYEIT LIBRARIES x NOILALILSNI_ NVI 2 2 = ed n o z = = = N= = = S z o = NS 4 4 z 3° eee D9 CYR = x fe) z BY 2X 2 = = 2 E NS = 2 = G = > = 2 > = : 7) a ” : 2 > = 7) RARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYaIT_LIBRARIES SM s LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN WwW z us = Rsk 2 i = = = % NX 4 er = = < a Was = y ree, > Pad a8 i > > > 2 WWE z © Gi > : : = SY a an ee © 7 es = ae ogee o = o Z o RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa1uvVugI7 LIBRARIES SM g Zur 2) = no ? ras a = < = < = Ws a = et z Sj z = ty, = . = /s 5 § NA: iB & Uh 2 Ng 7 = ro ACA oO “92: fe} Cr = WN oe & 2 aN \ = 2/7 i = NS 2X 2 oe 5 : feo _NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSI7_LIBRAR! ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION a eee, a wi a wi = Ww 3 = x = == a = a : = a er = a c <= < rt